Anda di halaman 1dari 744

ATP

INDEX
COPYRIGHT

2002

COPYRIGHT IS NOT CLAIMED AS TO ANY PART OF AN ORIGINAL WORK


PREPARED BY A UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS
PART OF THAT PERSONS OFFICIAL DUTIES OR BY ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY
OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS PART OF THAT PERSONS DUTIES.
"ATP" is a registered trademark of Aircraft Technical Publishers. All original
authorship of ATP is protected under U.S. and foreign copyrights and is subject
to written license agreements between ATP and its Subscribers.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE
REPRODUCED, STORED IN A RETRIEVAL SYSTEM, OR TRANSMITTED IN ANY
FORM BY ANY MEANS, ELECTRONIC, MECHANICAL, PHOTOCOPYING,
RECORDING OR OTHERWISE, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE
PUBLISHER.

Aircraft Technical Publishers

Customer Service

101 South Hill Drive

6AM-5PM PST M-F

Brisbane, CA 94005

(800)227-4610

ATP Grid Index to Manufacturers Publications:

Raytheon Aircraft Co.


Bonanza V35B; F33A;

F33C; A36; A36TC; B36TC

Maintenance Manual
Section

Topic

General Information

Title Page
Manufacturers Introduction
Record of Revisions
Record of

Temporary Revisions
Letter of Transmittal (Highlights

of Changes)

Aircraft General

05.00.00

Time Limits/Maintenance Checks

05.00.00

List of Effective

05.10.00
05.10.00
05.20.00

Pages

Time Limits

Overhaul and

Replacement

Scheduled Maintenance Checks

06.00.00

Dimensions and Areas

06.00.00

List of Effective

06.00.00
07.00.00
07.00.00

07,00.00

Pages

General

Lifting and Shoring


List of Effective Pages
General

08.00.00

Leveling and Weighing

08.00.00

List of Effective

08.00.00

Pages

General

09.00.00

Towing and Taxiing

09.00.00

List of Effective

08/19/2002

Schedule

Pages

Copyright

Aircraft Technical Publishers


BC

0220

MM

Page

1 of

Section

09.00.00

10.00.00
10.00.00
10.00.00

Topic
General

Parking, Mooring, Storage, and Return


List of Effective Pages
General

11.00,00

Placards and Markings

11.00.00

List of Effective Pages

11.00.00

General

11.20.00

Exterior Placards and

12.00.00

Servicing

12.00.00

List of Effective Pages

12.00.00

General

12.10.00

Replenishing

12.20.00

Scheduled Service

Airframe

Markings

Systems
Airframe

20.00.00

Standard Practices

20.00.00

List of Effective Pages

20.00.00

to Service

General

20.01.00

Torque Wrenches

20.02.00

Electrostatic Discharge Sensitivity

20.03.00

Electrical Bonding

20.04.00

Control Cables and Pulleys

20.05.00

Bearings

20.06.00

Tube and Hose Assemblies and Fittings

20.07.00

Locking

20.08.00

Airplane

20.09.00

Corrosion

Devices

Finish Care

Conditioning

21.00.00

Air

21.00.00

List of Effective Pages

21.40.00
21.50.00

Heating and Ventilating System


Cooling

23.00.00

Communications

23.00.00

List of Effective Pages

23.10.00
23.10.00

08/19/2002

Speech

Communication

Ground Communication System

Copyright

Aircraft Technical Publishers


BC

0220

MM

Page

2 of

Section

23.60.00

Topic
Static Discharging

24.00.00

Electrical Power

24.00.00

List of Effective Pages

24.30.00

DC Generation

Standby Generator

24.31.00
24.40.00

External Power

24.50.00

AC Electrical Load Distribution

25.00.00

Equipment/Furnishings

25.00.00

List of Effective Pages

25.00.00

General

25.60.00

Emergency

27.00.00

Flight Controls
Record of Temporary Revisions

27.00.00

List of Effective Pages

27.00.00

27.00.00

General

27.10.00

Aileron and Tab

CE-748,CE-772 and After;CJ149 and After;D-10097,D-10120

27.10.00

and After;E-I111,E-1241 Thru E-21111 Except E-1946 and

E-2104;EA-1 Thru EA-388 Except EA-320


After, EA-320, EA389
E-1946, E-2104, E-2111

27.11.00
27.20.00

Rudder and Tab

27.20.00

F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC AMD B36TC

27.21.00

V35B

27.30.00

Elevator and Tab

Stall Warning/Safe Flight System

27.31.00
27.50.00

Flaps

27.70.00

Gust Lock and

Dampener

28.00,00

Fuel

28.00.00

List of Effective Pages

28.00.00

General

28.10.00

Storage

28.20.00

Distribution

28.40.00

Indicating

30.00.00

Ice and Rain Protection

30.00.00

List of Effective Pages

30.00.00

08/19/2002

After

General

Copyright

Aircraft Technical Publishers


BC

0220

MM

Page

3 of

Section

Topic

Propellers/Rotors

30.60.00

32.00.00

Landing Gear

32.00.00

List of Effective

Pages

32.00.00

General

32.10.00

Main Gear and Doors

32.20.00

Nose Gear and Doors

32.30.00

Extension and Retraction

32.40.00

Wheels and Brakes

32.50.00

Steering

32.60.00

Position and Warning

33.00.00

Lights

33.00.00

List of Effective

Pages

33.20.00

Interior

33.40.00

Exterior

34.00.00

Navigation

34.00.00

List of Effective Pages

34.10.00

Flight Environmental

34.40.00

Independent

Position Determining

35.00.00

Oxygen

35.00.00

List of Effective

35.00.00

General

36.00.00

Pneumatic

36.00.00

List of Effective

36.00.00

Data

Pages

Pages

General

39.00.00

Electric Panels Parts and Instruments

39.00.00

List of Effective

Pages

39.00.00

General

39.10.00

Instrument and Control Panels

39.20.00

Electrical and Electronic Equipment Racks

Structures

51.00.00

Standard Practices

51.00.00

List of Effective

51.00.00

08/19/2002

Structures

Pages

General

Copyright

Aircraft Technical Publishers


BC

0220

MM

Page

4 of

Section

Topic

52.00.00

Doors

52.00.00

List of Effective Pages

52.00.00

General

52.10.00

Passenger/Crew
Cargo

52.30.00

53.00.00

Fuselage

53.00.00

List of Effective Pages

Plates/Skin

53.30.00
55.00.00

Stabilizers

55.00.00

List of Effective Pages

55.00.00

General

55.10.00

Horizontal Stabilizer

55.20.00

Elevator and Rudder

55.30.00

Vertical Stabilizer

55.40.00

Rudder

56.00.00

Windows

56.00.00

List of Effective

General

56.10.00

Flight Compartment
Passenger Compartment

57.00.00

Wings

57.00.00

List of Effective Pages

57.00.00

General

57.30.00

Plates/Skins

57.40.00

Attach Fittings

57.50.00

Flight Surfaces

Canard

Pages

56.00.00

56.20.00

or

Propeller/Rotor
61.00.00

Propellers/Propulsors

61.00.00

List of Effective Pages

61.10.00

Propeller Assembly

61.20.00

Controlling

Power Plant

08/19/2002

Copyright

Aircraft Technical Publishers


BC

0220

MM

Page

5 of

Section

Topic

71.00.00

Power Plant

71.00.00

List of Effective Pages

71.00.00

General

71.10.00

Cowling
to Continental Aircraft

72.00.00

Engine (Refer

73.00.00
73.30.00

Engine Fuel and Control


List of Effective Pages
Fuel Flow Indicating

74.00.00

Ignition

74.00.00

List of Effective Pages

73.00.00

74.00.00

General

74.20.00

Distribution

77.00.00

Engine Indicating

77.00.00

List of Effective Pages

77.00.00

General

79.00.00

Oil

99.00.00

List of Effective Pages

99.00.00

General

80.00.00

Starting

80.00.00

List of Effective Pages

80.10.00

Cranking

81.00.00

Turbines

81.00.00

List of Effective Pages

81.00.00

Engine Manuals)

General

91.00.00

Charts

91.00.00

List of Effective Pages

91.00.00

Chart 1 Consumable Materials

91.00.00

Charts 2, 4 and 5

91.00.00

Installation of Flared Fittings

91.00.00

Chart 3 Thread Lubricants

End of Index

08/19/2002

Copyright

Aircraft Technical
BC

0220

MM

Publishers

Page

6 of

NIFGI
INTRO

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES

V35B
F33A
F33C
A36

A36TC
B36TC

(D-10097, D-10120 and After)


(CE-748, CE-772 and After)
(CJ-149 and After)
(E-llll, E-1241 and After)
(EA-I thru EA-272 Except EA-242)
(EA-242, EA-273 and After)

Nlaintenance Manual

NOTE: This manual

was

formerly

called the Beechcraft Bonanza Series

Maintenance Manual.

Copyright
P/N: 36-590001-9
Issued:

May

9, 1980

Raytheon

Aircraft

Company 2002
P/N: 36-590001-9A23
Revised: june 28, 2002

Published

By

RAVTH EO N AIRCRAFT COM PANY

P.O. Box 85

Wichita, Kansas 67201


U.S.A

NOTE
Where Beech Aircraft

Corporation is referred to in this publication,


Raytheon Aircraft Company.

it will be taken to read

EXPORT STATEMENT

Exported under the authority of license exception: TSU.


7hese commodities, technology or software were exported from the United
States in accordance with Export Administration Regulations.
Diversion contrary to U.S. law

prohibited.

Raytheon
Ai

rcraatRaytheon

Company

Member of GAMA
General Aviation

CAIIA

Manufacturers Association

RECORD OF REVISIONS

MFG REV

DESCRIPTION

NO

ISSUEDATE

ATPREVDATE

INSERTEDBY

A22

See

Highlights

11/10/00

3/5/01

ATP/RCL

A23

See

Highlights

6/28/02

9/4/02

ATPNDR

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE REVISIONS

Always destroy superseded pages when you

insert revised pages.

Title Page

June 28, 2002

"A"

Page

A23

"B"

Page

A23

PART NUMBER

DATE

CHAPTERS AFFECTED

36-590001-9A

May 9, 1980

Original

36-590001 -9A 1

October 10, 1980

Introduction, 5, 6, 11,24, 25,


30,34,36,73

36-590001-9A2

January 28,

36-590001 -9A3

March 12, 1981

36-590001-9A4

January 20,

1981

1982

Introduction, 12, 21, 25, 33,


35, 61,71,73, 77, 81
5, 11,32, 57

Introduction, 6, 12, 21, 23, 24,


25, 27, 28, 34, 39, 57, 61,81,
91

36-590001 -9A5

February 18,

36-590001-9A6

October 27, 1983

1983

Introduction, 5, 6, 27
Introduction, 5, 6, 12, 21, 24,

27,28,30,32,33,39,61,71,
72, 79, 91
36-590001-9A7

December 21, 1983

71

36-590001 -9A8

January 18, 1984

5, 12, 20, 28, 57, 91

36-590001-9A9

September 27, 1984

Introduction, 5, 12, 21,23, 25,


27, 33, 35, 36, 71, 74, 91

1985

36-590001-9A10

May 31,

36-590001-9A11

August 29,

36-590001-9A12

August 28, 1987

1985

Introduction, 27
12, 28

Introduction, 5, 11, 12, 25, 27,


28, 32, 36, 51, 55, 71,74

NOTE: A List of Effective pages will be in the front of each chapter.


a part number which appears on the title page with the date of the issue. Subsequent revisions are identified by the addition of a
part number Al after a part number denotes the first revision to the basic publication, A2 the second, etc Occasionally, it is necessary to
reissue and reprint a publication for the purpose of obsoleting a previous issue and outstanding revisions thereto As these replacement reisstles are
the code will also change to the next successive letter of the alphabet at each issues For example, B for the first reissue, C for the second, etc

publications

are

assigned

code after the

ordering a handbook, give the basic number, and the reissue code when applicable, if a complete up-to-date publication
be required, give the basic number and revision code for the particular set of revision pages you desire

Is

desired Should only revision

A23

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Always destroy superseded pages when

A23

(Continued)

you insert revised pages.

PART NUMBER

DATE

CHAPTERS AFFECTED

36-590001-9A13

March 30, 1990

Introduction, 7, 32

36-590001-9A14

June 20, 1991

Introduction, 5, 12, 20, 27, 55,


71, 91

36-590001-9A15

December 20, 1991

Introduction, 52

36-590001 -9A 16

October 16, 1992

5, 9, 11,12, 21,25, 27, 28,


51, 55, 56, 91

36-590001 -9A 17

November 16, 1994

Introduction, 32, 74

36-590001 -9A 18

August 18,

36-590001-9A19

March 29, 1996

5, 27

36-590001 -9A20

February 26,

27

36-590001 -9A21

December 23, 1999

5, 32, 52

36-590001 -9A22

November 10, 2000

20, 25, 57

36-590001-9A23

June 28, 2002

1995

1999

Introduction, 12, 21, 23, 27,


32, 91

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

ia~b
TEMP
REV NO

DESCRIPTION

ATP REV

INSERT

DATE

REI

REMOVE

DATE

BY

REMOVED

INCOR

BY

ISSUE DATE

27-1

27-50-00:4

12/1 1/92

27-2

27-50-00:4

1 1

/1 5/93

12/1 5/97

ATP/M B

2/1 5/97

27-2

2/1 5/97

ATP/M B

8/09/99

A20

ATP/M B
/JRS

Raytheon

Aircraft

BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RECORD OF TEIIlIFORARY REVISIONS


Affected

emporary
Revision
No.

Removed

Inserted

By
Chapter

Page(s)

Date

By

Revision
No.

Date

inserting or removing a temporary revision, the applicable revision number and the initials
of the person(s) inserting and/or removing these revisions should be recorded on these pages.

When

NOTE: Insert the Record of

Temporary

Revisions after the

Log

of

Temporary Revisions page(s).

Pagel

Rayeheon

Aircraft

SEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

No.

Page

Removed

Inserted

Affected

emporary
Revision

By
Chapter

Page(s)

By

Date

Revision
No.

Date

Raytheon

Aircraft

BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LOG OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS


Revision
No.

Date

27-1

Dec 11/92

27-2

Nov 15/93

Subject
drive cable connection

Flap
Flap drive cable connection

Incorporated
TR 27-2
A20

Page 1
Feb 26/99
NOTE: Insert this

Log

of Temporary Revisions after the Record of Revisions page.

Ral~heMI Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P/N 36-590001-9, REVISION A23, JUNE 28, 2002


HIGHLIGHTS
The

chapters

which have been revised

are

listed below with the

Highlights

of each

change.

Remove the affected

pages and insert the A23 revision in accordance with the attached Instruction Page. Enter the revision number
and the date inserted on the Record of Revisions page of this manual. The Highlights Page may be retained with
the manual for future reference.

Description

Chapter/Section

5-10-00

Added data

5-20-00

data from 1000 hours to

Changed

references for Hartzell

Pressure

Pump

to

Magneto

Flap Motor

Added data

Changed

Change

Nose Gear Retract Rod Rod-ends from

on

Changed shimmy damper

Added

of

supplier

and

on

Chapter

5-20-00.

condition.

propellers, Woodward Propeller Governor

and Air

data.

Standby

Air Pressure

Brush check removed

System

replacing

motor

Check Valve data.


on

condition

covers

the brushes.

the FACTS program.

on

references from FAR to 14 CFR.

Added data for

Standby Alternator/Generator,

Instrument Air

System

and

Standby

Instrument Air.
Revised
Added

Landing Gear Gearbox inspection.

inspection

of Fuel Strainer and Control Column. Revised Fuel Cell,

Caps

and

Vents data.

Added

Inspection

Revised Nose

of

Landing

Revised Cable and

Added

Flapper

inspection

Valve data.

Gear Retract Rod data.

Pulleys

data.

of Rudder Forward

Soar and other chages.

Page
A23

Jun 28/02

Raytheon Aircraft
REVISION 36-590001-9A23
to the

BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P/N 36-590001-9

Title

MAV 9,

1980)

INSERT

REMOVE
PAGE

(ISSUED:

CHAPTER

PAGE

Title

Page

CHAPTER

DATED

Jun 28/02

Page

Logo Page

Logo Page

"A"

Page

"A"

Page

A23

"B"

Page

"B"

Page

A23

All

5EFF

5-EFF

Jun 28/02

All

5-TOC

1 and 2

5-TOC

Jun 28/02

All

5-10-00

1 thru 6

5-10-00

Jun 28/02

All

5-20-00

1 thru 20

5-20-00

Jun 28/02

NOTE

These instruction pages may be discarded after the above revision has
been properly incorporated into the Maintenance Manual.

Page

1 of 1

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVIP/
CHA PTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

Introductian-Effectivity
Introduction

PAGE

DATE

Aug 18/95

Sep 27/84
Sep 27/84

Jan 20/82

Jan 20/82

May 9/80

Oct7/83

Sep 27/84
Sep 27/84
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25

26
27

28
29

30
31
32

33

Introduction-Effectivity
A18

Page 1
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONAN;LA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

WARNING

INTRODUCTION

only genuine BEECHCRAFT or


BEECHCRAFT approved parts obtained from
BEECHCRAFT approved sources, in
Use

NOTE
Service Publication reissues

automatically provided

manual. For information


reissues

or

revisions

or

revisions

connection with the maintenance and

are not

to the holders of this


on

how

applicable

to

to this

Beech

Genuine BEECHCPAFT parts


and inspected under rigorous

are produced
procedures to
insure airworthiness and suitability for use in
Beech airplane applications. Parts purchased

Service Bulletin No. 2001.

from
The BEECHCRAFT Bonanza Series Maintenance Manual is
in accordance with GAMA (General
Manufacturers Association) Specification No. 2
also meets the intent of the requirements of
Specification 100 (Air Transport Association of

prepared

Aviation

format. It
the ATA

America)

with respect to the arrangement and content of the


SystemlChapters within the designated chapternumbering

system.

The Maintenance Manual is

of

obtain

manual,

refer to the latest revision of BEECHCRAFT

repair

airplanes.

supplemented by

the

sources

Salvaged airplane parts,

even

reworked

parts

obtained from non-BEECHCRAFT approved


or parts, components, or structural
assemblies, the service history of which is
unknown or cannot be authenticated, may have

following publications: (1)

The BEECHCRAFT Bonanza 36


Series Parts Catalog, P/N 36-590001-1 (2) BEECHCRAFT
Bonanza 35 Series Parts Catalog, P/N 35-590102-5 (3)
BEECHCRAFT Bonanza 33 Series Parts Catalog, P/N 33-

sources,

(4) BEECHCRAFT Bonanza Wiring Diagram


Manual, P/N 35-590102-9 (5) BEECHCRAFT Bonanza 33,
35, 36 Series Continuing Care Inspection Guide PIN 9836711 and (6) BEECHCRAFT Approved Model 33, 35 and
36 Inspection Guide P/N 98-32227.

temperatures

590010-7

other than BEECHCAAFT,

though outwardly identical in appearance, may


not have had the required tests and inspections
perfor~ed, may be different in fabrication
techniques and materials, and may be
dangerous when installed in an airplane.

been

subjected
or

unacceptable

stresses

have other hidden

damage,

to

or

not

through routine visual or usual


nondestructive testing techniques. This may
render the part, component or structural

discernible

assembly, even though originally manufactured


by BEECHCAAFT, unsuitable and unsafe for
~airplane use.

NOTICE

BEEC)~1CRAFT expressly

Corporation expressly reserves


supersede, cancel and/or declare

Seech Aircraft
the

right

to

obsolete any part, part numbers, kits or


publication that may be referenced in this
manual without

prior

disclaims

any

respon!jibility for maifunctions, failures, damage


or injury caused by use of non-BEECHCRAFT
approved parts.

notice.

ASSIGNMENT OF SUBJECT MA TERIAL


It

shall

be

owner/operator

the

responsibility

of

the

to ensure that the latest revision

publications referenced in this manual


utilized during operation, servicing,

of

maintenance of the

are

and

publication is organized at four levels:


Group, System/Chapter, Sub-System/Section, and
Unit/Subject.

airplane.

CORRESPONDENCE

question should arise concerning the care of your


airplane, it is important to include the airplane serial number
in any correspondence. The serial number appears on the
model designation placard (see Chapter 11 for placard
If

The content of this

Identified by different colored divider tabs.


Group
are primary divisions of the manual that enable
separation of content. Typical of this division
separation between Airframe Systems and the Power

These

broad
is the
Plant.

location).

System/Chapter

The various groups

are

broken down into

major systems such as Environmental Systems, Electrical


Power, Landing Gear, etc. The systems are arranged more
or less alphabetically rather than by precedence or

INt~ODUCTION
A9

Page 1
Sep 27/84

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SEAIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

importance. They
the first element of

assigned

number, which becomes

standardized

numbering system. Thus,

are

the element "28" of the number 28-00-00 refers to the

chapter "Fuel". Everything concerning the fuel system


be covered in this

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

SUBJECT

FUEL

28

chapter.

Indicating

28-40

broken down into sub-systems. These sub-systems are


identified by the second element of a standard numbering

Fuel

28-40-00

system. The number "40" of the number 28-40-00 is for the


indicating portion of the fuel system.

The material is

Sub-System/Section

The

major systems of

The individual units within

Unit/Subject
be identified

by

system, such

an

airplane

are

sub-system may
numbering
is assigned by the

the third element of the standard

as

28-40-01. This number

manufacturer and may,

or

PAGE

will

Uuantity Indicators
arranged

within the

chapter

in

ascending

numerical sequence. The Chapter-Section Subject number


and page number are found at the lower outside corner of
each page.

may not, be used and will vary in

usage.

EFFECTI1~N
LOG OF EFFECTIVE REVISIONS

APPLICATION
The
to the GAMA

or ATA format will

Any publication conforming


use the same basic numbering system. Thus, whether
manual be

the

Log of Effective

Revisions

the manual lists the revisions

following the title page of


currently effective for the

manual.

BEECHCRAFT Bonanza Series Maintenance


a BEECHCRAFT Bonanza Wiring Diagram

Manual, or
Manual, the person wishing information concerning the

indicating portion of

the fuel

system, would refer

to the

Tab "28, Fuel". The table of contents in the


front of this chapter will provide a list of sub-systems
covered in this chapter.

AEROFICNE

System/Chapter

(GAMA) has
specification for microfiche and registered the
Aerofiche for use by all GAMA Members. Consult the

The General Aircraft Manufactures Association

developed
For

example:

name

28-00

General

issue of the Publications Price List for an


enumeration of the maintenance information available in

28-10

Storage

Aerofiche form for order from Seech Aircraft Corporation.

current

(Tanks, cells, necks,


caps, instruments, etc.)
28-20

Distribution

(Fuel lines, pumps, valves,


controls, etc.)
28-30

28-40

Dump
(If in-flight dumping system is
installed, it would appear here.)
Indicating
(Quantity, temperature, pressure,
etc., does not include engine
fuel flow

or

pressure.)

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
An

alphabetical index,

page 9 of this
assistance in

alphabetical

which may be found beginning on


is also provided as an

Introduction,

locating the desired


provides the chapter

index

information.
and

The

sub-chapter

in

which any given information may be found. Reference to


the Table of Contents in the front of the indicated chapter
will

provide

the exact page

on

which the information

can

be found.

LIST Of EFFECTIVE PAGES


this example further, by turning to the Table of
Contents for Chapter 28, the following information might be

Carrying

found within the list:

Pages following each Chapter GividerTab, lists the issue date of each page that is effective for
that chapter.

The list of Effective

INTRODUCTION

Page2
Sep 27/84

ASi

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SVSTEM/CHAPTER INDEX GUIDE

following System/Chapter, Sub-System/Section Index Guide is prepared in


Specification No. 100 and GAMA Specification No. 2 for use
with Maintenance Manuals, Parts Catalogs and Wiring Diagram Manuals. The following
chapters are not applicable to this Maintenance Manual: 4, 22, 26, 29, 31, 37, 38, 49, 60,
The

accordance with both ATA

70, 75, 76, 77, 78, 83, and 95.

SYSTEMI

SUB-SYSTEMI

CHAPTER

SECTION

TITLE

INTRODUCTION
5

TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE CHECKS


10

Time Limits

20

Scheduled Maintenance Checks

DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

LIFTING AND SHORING


General

00
8

LEVELING AND WEIGHING


00

j
9

TOWING AND TAXIING


00

10

12

00

General

20

Exterior Placards and

Markings

SERVICING
General

10

Replenishing

20

Scheduled Servicing

STANDARD PRACTICES
20

21

General

REQUIRED PLACARDS

00

20

General

PARKING AND MOORING


00

11

General

AIRFRAME
General

ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS
40

Heating

60

Cooling

INTRODUCTION

Page
A4

Jan 20182

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

23

COMMUNICATIONS
60

24

25

30

DC Generation

40

External Power

50

Electrical Load Distribution

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
00

General

10

Flight Compartment
Passenger Compartment
Emergency

60

FLIGHT CONTROLS

00

General

10

Aileron and Tab

20

Rudder and Tab

21

Ruddervator and Tab

30

Elevator and Tab

31

Warning/Safe Flight System


Flaps
Gust Lock and Damper

50
70

28

30

32

33

Discharging

ELECTRICAL POWER

20

27

Static

Stall

FUEL
00

General

10

Storage

20

Distribution

40

Indicating

ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

00

General

60

Propellers

LANDING GEAR
00

General

10

Main Gear and Doors

20

Nose Gear and Doors

30

Extension and Retraction

40

Wheels and Brakes

50

Steering

60

Position and

Warning

LIGHTS
20

Interior

40

Exterior

INTRODUCTION

Page4
Jan 20/82

A4

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

34

NAVIGATION AND PITOT STATIC


10

35

OXVGEN
00

36

General

10

instrument 3 Control Panels


Electrical 5 Electronic Equipment Racks

STRUCTURES

53

00

General

10

Passenger/Crew
Cargo Doors

56

10

Horizontal Stabilizers

20

30

Elevator and Ruddervator


Veriical Stabilizer

40

Rudder

WINDOWS

General

10

Flight Compartment

20

Cabin

WINGS

30

General
Plates/Skin

40

Attach

Fittings

50

Flight

Surfaces

00

61

Plates/Skin

STABILIZERS

00

57

Doors

FUSELAGE
30

55

General

DOORS

30

MULTIPURPOSE PARTS

00

00

52

General

ELECTRICIELECTRONIC PANELS

20
51

General

PNEUMATIC
00

39

Flight Environmental Data/Pitot Static

PROPELLERS
10
20

Propeller Assembly
Controlling

INTRODUCTION

Page 5
May 9180

BEECHCRAFI
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

71

POWER PLANT
00

General

10

Cowling

72

ENGINE

73

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

Indicating

30
74

IGNITION
00

General

20

Distribution

77

ENGINE INDICATING

General

00

OIL

79

General

00
80

STARTING

Cranking

10

TURBINES

81

General

00

91

CHARTS

SUPPLEMENTARY PUBLICATIONS

Following

is

list

of

VENDOR PUBLICATIONS

publications providing servicing,

overhaul and parts information on various components of


the BEECHCRAFT Bonanza which you may obtain to
supplementthe Maintenance Manual. In most instances,

ENGINE

10-520

you should obtain the publications directly from the


manufacturer or his distributor. Only a few, vendor manuals

Service Parts

supplementary publications, are available from


Commercial Products Support, Beech Aircraft Corporation.

Mobile, Alabama 36601.

and Beech

Those

which

are

Publications Price

available
List.

Since

are
a

listed

wide

in the current

variety

of

radio

equipment is available and because radio manufacturers


normally supply parts and a servicing manual with each set,
radio publications have not been included in the list.

Motors

Catalog Form X-30040. Teledyne Continental

Aircraft

Maintenance

Teledyne

publications

on

additional

available, they will be added

components become

to this list of

and

Division, Post Office Box 90

Overhaul

Continental

Motors

Manual
Aircraft

Form

X-30039.

Products

Division,

Post Office Box 90 Mobile, Alabama 36601.

Operators Handbook
Motors Aircraft

As

Products

Form X-30041,

Products

Teledyne

Continental

Division, Post Office Box 90

Mobile, Alabama 36601.

publications.

INTRODUCTION

Page6
Oct7/83

A6

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SEAIES
NIAINTENANCE MANAUL

TSIO-520

Overhaul Manual with Parts List Bulletin No. 33080 for the
35-380088-1 Propeller Governor, Woodward Governor

Manual for TSIO-520 Series Aircraft Engines


Teledyne Continental Motors Aircraft
Products Division, Post Office Box 90, Mobile, Alabama

Company, Rockford,

36601.

MAGNETOS

Operators Manual for TSIO-520-U and -UB Engines Form


No. X-30044, Teledyne Continental Motors Aircraft Products

Overhaul Instructions for Bendix S-1200 Series

Overhaul

Illinois.

Form No. X-30042,

Division, Post Office Box 90, Mobile, Alabama 36601.

Magnetos
Corporation,

Form L-609, Scintilia Division, Bendix Aviation


Sidney, New York.

10-550

Service Parts List for Bendix 8-1200 Series Magnetos,


Form L-608, Scintilla Division, Bendix Aviation Corporation,

Illustrated Parts Catalog Form X-30569, Teledyne


Continental Motors Aircraft Products Division, Post Office
Box 90, Mobile, Alabama 36601.

Sidney,

New York.

Installation, Maintenance and Operation Instructions, SGRNand S6AN-205 Magnetos, Form L-526, Scintilla

201

Overhaul Manual Form X-30568, Teledyne Continental


Motors Aircraft Products Division, Post Office Box 90,

Division, Bendix Aviation Corporation, Sidney, New York.

Mobile, Alabama 36601.

Ovemaul Instructions, S-600 Series Magnetos, Form L-551,


Scintilla Division, Bendix Aviation Corporation, Sidney, New

Continued Airworthiness Maintenance and Operators


Manual Form X-30565, Teledyne Continental Motors

York.

Aircraft

Division,

Products

Post Office Box 90, Mobile,

Alabama 36601.

Service Parts List, S-600 Series


Scintilla Division, Bendix Aviation

Magnetos, Form L-552-1,


Corporation, Sidney, New

York.

TURBOCHARGER
Series Aircraft Magnetos Maintenance and
Overhaul Instructions, Form No. 1037-A, Slick Electro, Inc.,
Rockford, Illinois 61101.

4200/6200

Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog Fonn No. X-30055,


Teledyne Continental Motors Aircraft Products Division,
Post Office Box 90, Mobile, Alabama 36601.

FUEL INJECTION

STARTING MOTOR

Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog Form No. X-30052,


Teledyne Continental Motors Corporation, Aircraft Products

Parts and

Division, Post Office Box 90, Mobile, Alabama 36601.

Ohio 43694.

Equipment List, Service Parts and Technical Data OE-A1,


Equipment Section Service Department, Toledo,

PROPELLER
ALTERNATOR
Overhaul Manual and Parts

McCauley

Industrial

Catalog Manual No. 720415,


Corporation, Dayton, Ohio.

Equipment List,

Service Parts and Technical Data OE-A1,

Prestolite Service
Owners

Manual, 115H, or Overhaul


Manual No. 1138, Hartzell Propeller, Inc., Piqua, Ohio.
Hartzell

Propeller

Service

Manual

Service
with

overhaul

and

parts for McCauley

propellers, Manual No. 761001 or McCauley


propeller Operators Manual No. MPC-11, McCauley
Accessory Division, Cessna Aircraft Company, 1840 Howell
Ave., Dayton, Ohio 45417.
3A32C406-X

Department,

Parts

and

Equipment

Section, Toledo, Ohio 43601.

642056A1

Teledyne

and

Overhaul

Instructions for Continental

P/N

642051 Alternator, Publication No. X-30531,


Continental Motors, Aircraft Products Division,
or

Post Office Box 90, Mobile, Alabama 36601.

ELECTRIC PROPELLER DEICER

PROPELLER GOVERNOR

Report 70-04-700, Maintenance


Report 68-04-7128, B.F. Goodrich Engineered
Systems Company Division, B.F. Goodrich Company,
Installation of Deicer Boots,

McCauley Service Manual No. 78041 for the 35-380088-3


Propeller Governor, 3535 McCauley Drive, Vandalia, Ohio

Manual

45377.

Akron, Ohio 44318.


Introduction

A9

Pege7
Sep 27164

BEECHCRAFT
BONAEnA SEAIES
MAINTENANCE MANAUL

BATTERY

AUTOPILOT

King KFC-P00

Installation

Manual

No. 006-0203-00 for

Models F33C, M3A, A36, and A36TC or No. 006-0201-00


for Model V35B, King Radio Corporation, 400 N. Rogers

Service Manual, Publication Number: GSM-12n, Teledyne


Battery Products, P.O. Box 431, 840 W. BrocMon Ave.,

Redlands, CA 92373.

Road, Olathe, Kansas 66061.


Service Manual CB12-9,
Edo-Aire Mitchell Service and Overhaul Manual for Century
III PIN 68854 or Century IV P/N 68889, P.O. Box 610,

Concorde

Battery Corp.,

for Concorde

Aircraft

2009 San Bemadino

Battery,

Rd., West

Covina, CA 01790.

Mineral Wells, Texas 76067.

STROBE LIGHT
RADAR
Overhaul
Power

Manual with

Supply),

Illustrated

Parts List

(60-1750-3

Publication Number: 33-40-58; Grimes Div.


Corp., 515 North Russel Street, Urbana,

of Midland Ross

WeatherScout

description

Digital

Weather

Radar

and Installation Manual,

System, System

Publication Number:

188023100, R.C.A., Avionics Systems, 8500 Balboa Blvd.,

Ohio 43078.

Van

Nuys, CA

91409.

AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR


Model 508

Compressor, Abacus International,

P. O. Box

327, Dallas, Texas 75221.

SUPPLEMENTARY BEECHCRAFT PUBLICAT)ONS


FLIGHT CONTROLS
98-35012

ELECTRIC ELEVATOR TRIM TA8

Brake

Edo-Aire Mitchell, Automatic Right Control Systems, AK563


Bulletin No. 686 or AK669 Bulletin No. 798, EDO-AIRE
MITCHELL, P.O. Box 610, Mineral ~lells, Texas 76067.

Servicing

Maintenance Instructions and Illustrated

Parts Breakdown for the Main Wheel, Nose Wheel and

Assembly.

32-31-24 Maintenance Information and


Breakdown for EM 27-8

Landing Gear

Illustrated

Parts

Motor.

Introduction

PageB
Sep 27/84

A9

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL

INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

ACCESS OPENINGS, FUSELAGE


AND A36TC
ACCESS OPENINGS, FUSELAGE
F33A AND F33C
ACCESS OPENINGS, FUSELAGE
V35B)
ACRYLIC LACqUER (INTERIOR COLORS)
ACT ASSY, ELEV TRIM TAB (E-llll)
ACT BRUSH REPLACE SCHED, ELEC TRIM TAB
ACT DISASSEMBLY, ELEV TRIM TAB (E-llll)
ACT INST, ELEC TRIM TAB (F33A, F33C, V35B)
ACT REM, ELEC TRIM TAB (F33A, F33C, V35B)
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY INSTL, LANDING GEAR
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL, LANDING GEAR
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY, ELEVATOR TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY, LANDING GEAR RETRACT
ACTUATOR CLEANING AND PARTS REP, LANDING GEAR RETRACT
ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLY, ELEV TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLY, LANDING GEAR RETRACT
ACTUATOR FUNCTIONAL TEST, LANDING GEAR RETRACT
ACTUATOR INSTALLATION, FLAP
ACTUATOR INSTALLATION
TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR INSTALLATION
33 and 36), ELEV TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR INSTALLATION, AILERON TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR REMOVAL, FLAP
ACTUATOR REMOVAL
V35B), TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR REMOVAL
33 and 36), ELEV TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR REMOVAL, AILERON TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR REMOVAL (33 and 36), ELEV TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR, FLAP DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
ADJUSTING THE WING
AEROFICHE
AILERON AND TAB-MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
AILERON AND TAB-MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
AILERON CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION
AILERON CONTROL CABLE REMOVAL
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM RIGGING
AILERON CONTROL TRIMMER
AILERON INSTALLATION
AILERON INSTALLATION
AILERON REMOVAL
AILERON REMOVAL
AILERON RIGGING
AILERON TAB ACTUATOR INSTALLATION
AILERON TAB ACTUATOR REMOVAL
AILERON TAB
AILERON TAB

jA36

IV35B),

PAGE

53-30-00
53-30-00
53-30-00
20-00-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
27-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
27-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
27-50-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-11-00
27-50-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-11-00
27-30-00
27-50-00
57-00-00
IN-TR-OD
27-10-00
27-11-00
27-11-00
27-11-00
27-11-00
27-10-00
27-10-00
27-11-00
27-10-00
27-11-00
27-10-00
27-11-00
27-11-00
27-10-00

3
1
2
3
8
13
7
12A
12A
1
1
6
6
6
6
6
9
4
8
12
6
4
7
11
6
11
5
4
2
1
1
3
3
4
6
4
3
4
2
4
8
8
6

27-11-00

INTRODUCTION
Page 9
A18

Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MAN UAL
ALPHABETICAC INDEX

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

AILERON TRIM TAB CABLE INSTALLATION


AILERON TRIM TAB CABLE REMOVAL
AILERON TRIM TAB FREE PLAY INSPECTION
AILERON TRIM TAB RIGGING
AIR CONDITIONER BELT
AIR CONDITIONER CONDENSER
AIR CONDITIONER LEAK DETECTION
AIR CONDITIONER MAINTENANCE
AIR CONDITIONER TORQUES
AIR CONDITIONER PRECAUTIONS
AIR CONDITIONER TROUBLESHOOTING
AIR CONDITIONING FUNCTIONAL TEST
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CHARGING
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM DEPRESSURIZING
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM PURGING
AIR FILTER INSTALLATIONINLINE
INTAKE
AIR FILTER INSTALLATION
AIR FILTER REMOVAL
AIR FILTER REMOVAL
INTAKE
AIR PRESSURE PUMP INSTALLATION
AIR PRESSURE PUMP REMOVAL
AIR SYSTEM, INSTRUMENT
AIRPLANE DIMENSIONS MODEL A36TC
AIRPLANE DIMENSIONS MODEL A36
AIRPLANE DIMENSIONS MODEL B36TC
AIRPLANE DIMENSIONS MODEL 33
AIRPLANE DIMENSIONS MODEL 35
AIRPLANE FINISH CARE
AIRPLANE FINISH CLEANING
ALCAL CALIBRATION UNIT
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
ALTERNATOR DRIVE GEAR AND COUPLING INSTL
ALTERNATOR INSTALLATION
ALTERNATOR REMOVAL
ALUMINUM CORROSION REMOVAL
ALUMINUM CORROSION TREATMENT

IINLINE

ALUMINUM ELECTRICAL BONDING


ALUMINUM SURFACES
ASSIGNMENT OF SUBJECT MATERIAL
ATA APPLICATION
AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP INSTALLATION
AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP REMOVAL
AUXILIARY OR FUEL BOOST PUMP
AVIONICS/RADIO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
AVIONICS/RADIO EQUIPMENT REMOVAL

27-11-00
27-11-00
27-11-00
27-11-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00

12-10-00
12-10-00
12-10-00
12-10-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
71-00-00
71-00-00
36-00-00

06-00-00
06-00-00
06-00-00
06-00-00
06-00-00
20-08-00
20-08-00
77-00-00
IN-TR-OD
24-30-00
24-30-00
24-30-00

20-09-00
20-09-00
20-03-00
20-03-00
IN-TR-OD
IN-TR-OD
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-00-00
39-10-00
39-10-00

PAGE
7
7
8
7
7
8
7
5
7
5
4
5
2
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
6
6
1
4
3
5
1
2
2
3
1
2
6
6
6
3
4
7
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1

INTRODUCTION

Page 10
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL

COMPONENT
OR SUB

INDEX

ITEM

SYSTEM

BAGGAGE DOOR INSTALLATION


BAGGAGE DOOR REMOVAL
BAGGAGE DOORS (MODELS F33A, F33C, AND V35B)
BALANCING PROCEDURE
BALANCING THE AILERON
BALANCING THE ELEVATOR
BALANCING THE RUDDER
BALANCING THE RUDDERVATOR
BATTERY BOX AND LID PAINTING
BATTERY BOX CLEANING
BATTERY CLEANING
BATTERY INSTALLATION
BATTERY MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
BATTERY REMOVAL
BATTERY REPLACEMENT, ELT
BATTERY SERVICING
BATTERY
BEARING HOUSING INSPECTION
BEARING INSTALLATION USING RETAINING COMPOUND
BEARING INSTALLATION BY STAKING
BELT TENSION ADJUSTMENT, COMPRESSOR
BLEEDING THE BRAKE SYSTEM
BLEEDING THE BRAKE SYSTEM, GRAVITY
BLEEDING THE BRAKE SYSTEM, PRESSURE
INSTALLATION
BLOWER, FRESH AIR
REMOVAL
BLOWER, FRESH AIR
BOLTS, TOR9UING COARSE THREAD IN SMEAR
BOLTS, TORQUING FINE THREAD IN SMEAR
BONDING JUMPER ACROSS TUBING CLAMP ELECTRICAL BONDING
BOOST PUMP, AUXILIARY
BRAKE ADJUSTMENT, PARKING
BRAKE ASSEMBLY
BRAKE ASSY AND MAIN WHEEL INSTALLATION
BRAKE ASSY AND MAIN WHEEL REMOVAL
BRAKE ASSY INSPECTION AND CLEANING
BRAKE CLEANING AND PARTS REPLACE, PARKING
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER CLEANING AND PARTS RPLACEMENT
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER INSTALLATION
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL
BRAKE RELAY CHECK, DYNAMIC
BRAKE RELINING

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

52-30-00
52-30-00
52-00-00
57-50-00
57-50-00
55-20-00
55-40-00
55-20-00
20-08-00
24-30-00
24-30-00
24-30-00
24-30-00
24-30-00
25-60-00
24-30-00
12-20-00
20-05-00
20-05-00
20-05-00
12-10-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
91-00-00
91-00-00
20-03-00
28-00-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-30-00
32-40-00

PAGE

1
1

1
1
1
1
1
3
7
9
8
8
7
8
1
9
1
2
2
3
7
8
10
9

11
11
11
11
8
1
7
1
1
3
4
8
7
6
6
6
6
6
3
6

INTRODUCTION
A18

Page 11
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND

BRAKE SHUTTLE VALVE


BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING
BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING, ELECTRIC
BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING, GRAVITY
BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING, PRESSURE POT
BRAKE SYSTEM, HYDRAULIC
BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKE SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING
BRAKE VALVE ASSEMBLY, PARKING
BRAKE VALVE DISASSEMBLY, PARKING
BRAKE VALVE INSTALLATION, PARKING
BRAKE VALVE REMOVAL, PARKING
BRAKE WEAR AND WEAR LIMITS
BRAKES, RELINING
BREAK-IN ENGINE OIL
BRUSH BLOCK CLEANING
SLIP RING
BRUSH BLOCK INSTALLATION
BRUSH BLOCK REMOVAL
BRUSH MODULE REPLACEMENT
BRUSH MODULE RESISTANCE CHECK
BRUSH REPLACEMENT
BRUSH WEAR LIMITS

32-40-00
12-10-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
12-10-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
79-00-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00

1
6
1
13
13
13
9
10
11
11

CABIN DOOR ADJUSTMENT


CABIN DOOR INSTALLATION (MODEL F33C)
CABIN DOOR INSTL (F33A, V35B, A36, A36TC)
CABIN DOOR LOCK, FITTING TUMBLER TO KEY
CABIN DOOR QUICK RELEASE MECHANISM
CABIN DOOR REMOVE (F33A, V35B, A36, A36TC)
CABIN DOOR REMOVAL (MODEL F33C)
CABIN DOOR TELEFLEX CABLE REMOVE AND INSTL
CABIN DOOR WINDOW INSTALLATION
CABIN DOOR WINDOW REMOVAL
CABIN DOOR
CABIN HEATING

52-10-00
52-10-00
52-10-00
52-10-00
52-10-00
52-10-00
52-10-00
52-10-00
56-10-00
56-10-00
52-00-00
21-40-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
27-21-00
21-40-00
27-00-00
28-40-00
28-10-00
28-10-00

2
2
1
3
1
1
2
7
2
2
1
1
2
2
5
1
1
1
1
1

CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHT BULB INSTALLATION


CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL
CABIN REPL, ELEVATOR TAB INDICATOR
CABIN VENTILATION
CABLE TENSION, EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE
CALIBRATION OF FUEL QUANTITY INDICATOR
CELL INSTALLATION, FUEL
CELL REMOVAL, FUEL

SUB CHAPTER

PAGE
1
4
8
12
9
12
1
4
3
7
7
7

INTRODUCTION

Page 12
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MAN UAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT

CHAPTER AND

OR SUB

SUB CHAPTER

ITEM
SYSTEM

CHARGING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM


CHART 1, SERVICING
CHART 2, LUBRICATION SCHEDULE
CHECKING BALANCE
CHECKING BALANCE
CLEANING AND PARTS REPL, MAIN LANDING GEAR
CLEANING AND PARTS REPL, NOSE LANDING GEAR
CLEANING AND WAXING THE AIRPLANE
CLEANING AND WAXING THE AIRPLANE FINISH
CLEANING FUEL STRAINERS
CLEANING INTERIOR CABIN TRIM
CLEANING PLASTIC WINDOWS
CLEANING PLASTIC WINDOWS
CLEANING THE STATIC AIR SYSTEM
CLUTCH INSTALLATION, MAGNETIC
CLUTCH REMOVAL, MAGNETIC
CLUTCH TOROUE TEST, MAGNETIC
COLUMN, CONTROL RIGGING CHAIN
COLUMN, CONTROL RIGGING CHAIN
COLUMN, CONTROL, ARM INSTALLATION
COLUMN, CONTROL, ARM REMOVAL
COLUMN, SINGLE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
COMPASS LIGHT BULB INSTALLATION
COMPASS LIGHT BULB REMOVAL
COMPONENTS LOCATION ZONES, ELECTRICAL
COMPRESSOR BELT INSTALLATION
COMPRESSOR BELT PULLEY ALIGNMENT
COMPRESSOR BELT REMOVAL
COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION ADJUSTMENT
COMPRESSOR INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT
COMPRESSOR MOUNTING TORQUES
COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL CHECKING
COMPRESSOR REMOVAL
CONDENSER, AIR CONDITIONER
CONDENSER CONTROL RIGGING
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
CONTROL CABLE PULLEY INSPECTION
CONTROL CABLE STORAGE
CONTROL CABLE SYSTEM INSPECTION
CONTROL COLUMN ARM INSTALLATION
CONTROL COLUMN ARM REMOVAL
CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN RIGGING
CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN INSTALLATION
CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN REMOVAL
CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN RIGGING

12-10-00
12-20-00
12-20-00
55-20-00
57-50-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
20-00-00
12-20-00
28-00-00
12-20-00
56-00-00
12-20-00
34-10-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-10-00
27-11-00
27-10-00
27-10-00
27-10-00
23-10-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
39-20-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00

12-10-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
91-00-00
20-04-00
20-04-00
20-04-00
27-10-00
27-10-00
27-10-00
27-11-00
27-11-00
27-11-00

PAGE
3
6
7
1
1
2
2
2
4
2
5
1
4
2
12A
12A
13
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
7
7
9
7
3
9
8
8
1
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1

INTRODUCTION
A18

Page 13
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM

CHAPTER AND

OR SUB SYSTEM

SUB CHAPTER

CONTROL COLUMN ROLLER ADJUSTMENT


CONTROL COLUMN SUPPORT ROLLER ADJUSTMENT
CONTROL COLUMN, SINGLE
CONTROL LOCKS
CONTROL SYSTEM, AILERON, RIGGING
CONTROL TRIMMER, AILERON
CONTROLLING STATIC CHARGE BUILDUP
COOLING DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
CORRESPONDENCE
CORROSION CONTROL
CORROSION PROTECTION
CORROSION-RESISTANT (CRES) STEEL SURFACES
COTTER PIN INSTALLATION
COURTESY LIGHT BULB INSTALLATION
COURTESY LIGHT BULB REMOVAL
COWL FLAP RIGGING
COWLING INSTALLATION
COWLING LATCH RIGGING
COWLING REMOVAL
CRES STEEL OR TITANIUM ELECTRICAL BONDING
CYLINDER ASSEMBLY, BRAKE MASTER
CYLINDER CLEANING AND PARTS RPL, BRAKE MASTER
CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY, BRAKE MASTER
CYLINDER INSTALLATION, BRAKE MASTER
CYLINDER LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT, BRAKE MASTER
CYLINDER REMOVAL, BRAKE MASTER

27-11-00
27-11-00
27-10-00
10-00-00
27-10-00
27-10-00
20-02-00
21-50-00
IN-TR-OD
20-09-00
20-09-00
20-03-00
20-07-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
71-10-00
71-10-00
71-10-00
71-10-00
20-03-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00

2
2
1
1
1
4
6
1
1
1
3
6
4
2
2
1
1
1
1
6
7
7
7
7
7
6

DAMPENER ASSEMBLY, NOSE GEAR SHIMMY


DAMPENER CLEANING/PARTS REP, NOSE GEAR SHIMMY
DAMPENER DISASSEMBLY, NOSE GEAR SHIMMY
DAMPENER INSTALLATION, NOSE GEAR SHIMMY
DAMPENER OVERHAUL, NOSE GEAR SHIMMY
DAMPENER REMOVAL, NOSE GEAR SHIMMY
DEFUELING, AIRPLANE
DEICER BOOT
DEICER HEAT TEST
DEICER TIMER CHECK
DIMENSIONS AND AREAS
DIRECT ELECTRICAL BONDING
DOOR, UTILITY REMOVAL
DRAINING THE FUEL SYSTEM
DRAINS, FUEL SYSTEM
DUAL CONTROL COLUMN
DYNAMIC BRAKE RELAY CHECK

32-20-00
32-20-00

7
2
9
9
9
7
4
5
10
9
1
1
1
1
2
1
2

32-20-00
32-20-00

32-20-00
32-20-00
28-00-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
06-00-00
20-03-00
52-30-00
12-10-00
28-00-00
27-11-00
32-30-00

PAGE

INTRODUCTION

Page 14
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL

INDEX

CHAPTER AND

COMPONENT ITEM
OR

SUB CHAPTER

SUB SYSTEM

DYNAMIC BRAKE RELAY


DYNAMIC BRAKE RELAY

INSTL, LANDING GEAR


REMOVAL, LANDING GEAR

EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE UPON CABLE TENSION


ELECTRIC BLEEDING
HR GUIDE
ELECTRIC PROPELLER DEICER
100 HR GUIDE
ELECTRIC PROPELLER DEICER
50 HR GUIDE)
ELECTRIC PROPELLER DEICER
ELECTRIC PROPELLER DEICING
ELECTRICAL BONDING METHODS
ELECTRICAL BONDING OF TUBES
ELECTRICAL BONDING EXAMPLES
ELECTRICAL BONDING OF GROUND TABS
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION ZONES
ELECTRICAL LOAD CONTINUOUS
STANDARD
ELECTRICAL LOAD CONTINUOUS
ELECTRICAL LOAD INTERMITTENT
OPTIONAL
ELECTRICAL LOAD INTERMITTENT
ELECTRICAL POWER RETURNS

j100

IOPTIONAL
ISTANDARD

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL UTILIZATION CHART

ELECTROLUMINESCENT PANEL INSTALLATION, LIGHTS


ELECTROLUMINESCENT PANEL REMOVAL
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVITY CLASSIFICATION
ELEV TAB FREE PLAY, CHECKING
ELEV TRIM TAB SERVO INST, ELECTRIC
ELEV TRIM TAB SERVO REMOVAL, ELECTRIC
ELEVATOR AND TAB MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
ELEVATOR AND TAB MODEL V35B
ELEVATOR BALANCING
ELEVATOR INSTALLATION
ELEVATOR REMOVAL
ELEVATOR RIGGING PROCEDURE
ELEVATOR STABILIZER INSTALLATION, V35
ELEVATOR STABILIZER REMOVAL, V35
ELEVATOR TAB INDICATOR CABLE REPL
ELEVATOR TAB INDICATOR CABLE REPL
ELEVATOR TAB RIGGING
ELEVATOR TAB RIGGING
ELEVATOR TAB RIGGING, V35
ELEVATOR TAB RIGGING TO CORRECT FOR YAW, V35
ELEVATOR TABS, INSPECTION (V35B)
ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR

PAGE

32-30-00
32-30-00

2
2

27-00-00
32-40-00
05-20-00
05-20-00
05-20-00
30-60-00
20-03-00
20-03-00
20-03-00
20-03-00
39-20-00
24-50-00
24-50-00
24-50-00
24-50-00
20-03-00
24-30-00
24-30-00
24-50-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
20-02-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
55-20-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
55-10-00
55-10-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
27-21-00
27-21-00
27-30-00

2
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
11
1
2
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
12
12
1
5
1
1
1

1,5
1
1
9
6
7
6B
7
9
7
6B

INTRODUCTION

Page 15
A18

Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MAN UAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY


ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR INSTAL, V35
ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR REMOVAL, V35
ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLY
ELEVATOR TRIM TAB INDICATOR CABLE REPL
ELEVATOR TRIM TAB INDICATOR CABLE REPL
ELEVATOR TRIM TAB HINGE INSPECTION
ELECTRIC
ELEVATOR TRIM,OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL
ELECTRIC
ELEVATOR TRIM,
ELEVATOR TRIM, ELEC GROUND CHECKS
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER BATTERY REPLACEMENT
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER MAINTENANCE
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER TESTING
EMPENNAGE SKIN THICK (F33A
A36, A36TC)
EMPENNAGE SKIN THICKNESS
ENCLOSED AREAS SUBJECT TO HIGH HUMIDITY
ENGINE AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
ENGINE AND FLIGHT INSTRUMENT INSTL
ENGINE AND FLIGHT INSTRUMENT REMOVAL
ENGINE BUILD-UP

27-30-00
27-21-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
25-60-00
25-60-00
25-60-00
25-60-00
55-00-00
55-00-00
20-08-00
71-00-00

(~358)

ENGINE CLEANING
ENGINE DRIVEN FUEL PUMP INSTALLATION
ENGINE DRIVEN FUEL PUMP REMOVAL
ENGINE FUEL FILTERS AND SCREENS
ENGINE INSTALLATION (TURBOCHARGED)
ENGINE INSTL (NORMALLY ASPIRATED)
ENGINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTALLATION

ENGINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL


ENGINE OIL, RECOMMENDED
ENGINE REMOVA~NORMALCY ASPIRATED)
ENGINE REMOVAL
TURBOCHARGED)
ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
ENVIRONMENTAL FALLOUT (ACID RAIN)
EPOXY POLYAMIDE PRIMER FOR URETHANE
EQUIP REQUIRED TO PERFORM CHECK BALANCE
EVAPORATOR FILTER REPLACEMENT
EVAPORATOR INSTALLATION
EVAPORATOR REMOVAL
EXTENDED STORAGE AND HIGH WIND
EXTENSION SYSTEM, MANUAL LANDING GEAR
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR FINISHES
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR PRIMERS
EXTERIOR LIGHTS, TROUBLESHOOTING
EXTERIOR

39-10-00
39-10-00
71-00-00
12-20-00
71-00-00
71-00-00
12-10-00
71-00-00
71-00-00
39-10-00
39-10-00
79-00-00
71-00-00
71-00-00
71-00-00
72-00-00
20-08-00
20-00-00
57-50-00
21-50-00

21-50-00
21-50-00
10-00-00
32-30-00
20-00-00
20-00-00
33-40-00
11-20-00

PAGE

6C,8,9
12
11

6B,7,8
9
6A
10
12
7
12A
1
1
1
3
2
5
7
1
1
1
6
5
6
6
1
5
5
1
1
2
5
5
2
1
3
4
1
12
12
12
1
1
2
2
2
1

INTRODUCTION

Page 16
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT
OR SUB

ITEM

SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

PAGE

EXTERNAL POWER
EXTERNAL POWER

12-20-00
24-40-00

1
1

FAA REQUIRED PLACARDS AND MARKINGS


FILLER CAPS AND VENT LINES INSP, FUEL CELL
FILLING THE FUEL CELLS
INLINE
AIR
FILTER INSTALLATION
FILTER INSTALLATION
INTAKE
AIR
FILTER REMOVAL
INLINE), AIR
AIR
FILTER REMOVAL
FITTING TORQUE, FLARE
FITTINGS, FLARED
FLAP ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLY
FLAP ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
FLAP ACTUATOR INSTALLATION
FLAP ACTUATOR REMOVAL
FLAP INNER FLEX SHAFT INSTALLATION
FLAP INNER FLEX SHAFT REMOVAL
FLAP INSTALLATION
FLAP LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
FLAP MOTOR INSTALLATION
FLAP MOTOR REMOVAL
FLAP POSITION INDICATOR AND ADJUSTMENT
FLAP REMOVAL
FLAP SHAFT INSTALLATION
FLAP SHAFT REMOVAL
FLAP TRACK WEAR LIMITS
FLAPPER VALVE INSPECTION, FUEL CELL
FLAPS DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
FLAPS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
FLAPS, THREE POSITION
FLAPS, TWO POSITION
FLARE FITTING TORQUE
FLARED FITTINGS
FLIGHT AND ENGINE INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION
FLIGHT AND ENGINE INSTRUMENT REMOVAL
FLIGHT ENVIRONMENT DATA
FLUID LINE FITTING INSTALLATION
FLYABLE STORAGE
FUEL CELL FLAPPER VALVE, INSPECTION
FUEL CELL INSTALLATION
FUEL CELL LEAKAGE TEST
FUEL CELL PRESERVATION (GOODYEAR)
FUEL CELL PRESERVATION (UNIROYAL)
FUEL CELL REMOVAL

11-00-00
28-20-00
12-10-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
91-00-00
28-20-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00

1
3
1
5
5
5
4
11
4
7
7
6
5
6
6
1
1
4
4
3
1
4
4
1
6
1
1
3
3
11
4
1
1
1
2
2
6
1
6
9
9
1

j
tINTAKE)I

27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
28-10-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00

27-50-00
91-00-00
28-20-00
39-10-00
39-10-00
34-10-00
20-06-00
10-00-00
28-10-00
28-10-00
28-10-00
28-10-00
28-10-00
28-10-00

INTRODUCTION
Page 17
A18

Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL

CELL
CELL
CELL
CELL
FLOW
FLOW
FLOW

REPAI
RGOODYEARUNIROYAL
REPAIR

RESERVOIR (CJ-149 AND AFTER)


VENT LINESAND FILLER CAPS, INSP
INDICATING
INDICATOR
SYSTEM CALIBRTION AND CORRECTION
FLOW TRANSMITTER INSTALLATION
FLOW TRANSMITTER REMOVAL
HANDLING PRACTICES
PUMP ADJUSTMENT, ENGINE DRIVEN
PUMP INSTALLATION, AUXILIARY
PUMP INSTALLATION, ENGINE DRIVEN
PUMP REMOVAL, AUXILIARY
PUMP REMOVAL, ENGINE DRIVEN

QUANTITY
QUANTITY
FUEL QUANTITY
FUEL QUANTITY
FUEL QUANTITY

INDICATORS
INDICATOR CALIBRATION
SENSORS
SENSOR INSTALLATION
SENSOR REMOVAL

28-10-00
28-10-00
12-10-00
28-20-00
73-30-00
73-30-00
71-00-00
73-30-00
73-30-00
28-00-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-40-00
28-40-00
28-40-00
28-40-00

28-40-00

REMOVAL
SELECTOR VALVE INSTALLATION
SELECTOR VALVE REMOVAL
STRAINER INSTL
VALVE)
FUEL STRAINER INSTL WING FUEL CELLS)
SELECTOR VALVE)
FUEL STRAINER REMOVAL
FUEL CELL)
FUEL STRAINER REMOVAL
FUEL STRAINERS, CLEANING
FUEL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (EA-l AND AFTER)
FUEL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (TURBOCHARGED)
FUEL SYSTEM DRAINS
FUEL SYSTEM
FULL THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT
FUSELAGE ACCESS OPENINGS (A36 AND A36TC)
FUSELAGE ACCESS OPENINGS (F33A AND F33C)
FUSELAGE ACCESS OPENINGS (V35B)
FUSELAGE SKIN THICKNESS (A36 AND A36TC)
FUSELAGE SKIN THICKNESS (F33A AND F33C)
FUSELAGE SKIN THICKNESS (V35B)

28-00-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00

GALVANIC CORROSION

20-09-00
IN-TR-OD
32-10-00

FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL

tSELECTOR
IWING

GAMA APPLICATION
GEAR ASSEMBLY, MAIN LANDING
GEAR ASSEMBLY, NOSE LANDING

28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-00-00
71-00-00
71-00-00
28-00-00
28-00-00
71-00-00
53-30-00
53-30-00
53-30-00
53-30-00
53-30-00
53-30-00

32-20-00

PAGE
9
9
1
3
1
1
11
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
2

2
2
3
2
3
2
12
12
2
1

7
3
1
1
8
4
6

1
2
5
7

INTRODUCTION

Page 18
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL

COMPONENT
OR

SUB

INDEX

CHAPTER AND

ITEM

SUB CHAPTER

SYSTEM

32-10-00
32-20-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
32-60-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
32-00-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
33-20-00

PAGE

2
1
1

GEAR DISASSEMBLY, MAIN LANDING GEAR


GEAR DISASSEMBLY, NOSE LANDING
GEAR INSTALLATION, MAIN LANDING
GEAR INSTALLATION, NOSE
GEAR POSITION LIGHT ADJ, LANDING
GEAR REMOVAL, MAIN LANDING
GEAR REMOVAL, NOSE
GEAR SYSTEM, LANDING
GEAR WEAR TOLERANCE, MAIN
GEAR WEAR TOLERANCE, NOSE
GLARESHIELD FLOODLIGHT BULB REMOVAL
GLARESHIELD FLOODLIGHT BULB INSTL
GLARESHIELD INSTALLATION
GLARESHIELD REMOVAL
GRAVITY BLEEDING
GROUND COMMUNICATION
GROUND RUNNING AND WARM-UP
GUST LOCK AND DAMPER

33-20-00
39-10-00
39-10-00
32-40-00
23-10-00
71-00-00
27-70-00

1
1
1
1
1
7
4
1
1
1
1
9
1
6
1

HANDLING OF ESDS COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT


HANDLING PRACTICES, FUEL
HEADLINER INSTALLATION
HEADLINER REMOVAL
HEAT AND VENT SYSTEM INSPECTION
HEATER AND DEFROSTER OPERATION
HEATER MUFF INSTALLATION
HEATER MUFF PRESSURE TEST
HEATER MUFF REMOVAL
HEATING AND VENTILATION, INSPECTION OF
HOISTING
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER INSTALLATION
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER REMOVAL
HORN SYSTEM, THROTTLE WARNING
HOSE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
HUMIDITY AND DUST EFFECTS ON ESDS COMPONENTS AND
HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC PRESS BEARING REMOVAL

20-02-00
28-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
21-40-00
21-40-00
21-40-00
21-40-00
21-40-00
21-40-00
07-00-00
55-10-00
55-10-00
32-60-00
20-06-00
20-02-00
32-40-00
20-05-00

3
2
5
5
7
1
7
7
7
7
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1

30-00-00
71-00-00
71-00-00

1
7
8

ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


IDLE SPEED AND MIXTURE ADJUSTMENT
IDLE SPEED AND MIXTURE ADJUSTMENT

EQUIPMENT

(EXCEPT 10-550 ENG)


(10-550 ENG)

INTRODUCTION

A18

Page 19
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

IGNITION AND STARTER SWITCH


IGNITION SYSTEM
IGNITION TROUBLESHOOTING
INDEFINITE STORAGE
INDEX GUIDE
INDICATOR CALIBRATION, FUEL QUANTITY
INDICATORS, FUEL QUANTITY
INDIRECT ELECTRICAL BONDING
INDUCTION AIR FILTER
INSP OF FUEL CELL VENT LINE/FILLER CAPS
INSPECTING PITOT SYSTEM HOSES
INSPECTION GUIDE 100-HOUR
INSPECTION OF FUEL CELL FLAPPER VALVE
INSPECTION OF HEATING AND VENTILATION
INSPECTION OF THE HINGES
INSPECTION OF THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMP GAGE
INSPECTION, OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CAP
INSTRUMENT AIR PRESSURE, LOW
INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM SERVICING
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTt,

74-00-00
74-00-00
74-00-00
10-00-00
IN-TR-OD
28-40-00
28-40-00
20-03-00

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

REMOVAL, ENGINE
ENGINE AND FLIGHT
POST LIGHT INSTALLATION
POST LIGHT REMOVAL
REMOVAL, ENGINE AND FLIGHT
WEDGE LIGHT TRAY INSTL
WEDGE LIGHT TRAY REMOVAL

INSTRUMENT INSTL,
INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENT

JACKING

KEYWASHERS

LANDING
LANDING
LANDING
LANDING
LANDING
LANDING
LANDING

(TAB

GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR

AND CUP

TYPES)

INSTALLATION

ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY INSTL


ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
ASSEMBLY, MAIN
ASSEMBLY, NOSE
CLEANING AND PARTS REPL, MAIN
CLEANING AND PARTS REPL, NOSE
DISASSEMBLY, MAIN

PAGE

1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3

12-20-00
28-20-00
34-10-00
05-20-00
28-10-00
21-40-00
27-21-00
34-10-00
57-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
39-10-00
39-10-00
39-10-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
39-10-00
33-20-00
33-20-00

3
2
5
6
7
7
3
11
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

07-00-00

20-07-00

32-30-00

1
1
5
7
4
2
2

32-30-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
32-10-00

INTRODUCTION

Page 20
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT
OR

CHAPTER AND

ITEM

SUB

SUB SYSTEM

LANDING GEAR DISASSEMBLY, NOSE


LANDING GEAR DYNAMIC BRAKE RELAY CHECK
LANDING GEAR DYNAMIC BRAKE RELAY INSTL
LANDING GEAR DYNAMIC BRAKE RELAY REMVL
LANDING GEAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT-LOCATED RETRACTAND
PREVENT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
AFTER,AND CJ-180 AND
LANDING GEAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT-LOCATED
WARNING SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
(CE-748,CE-772,iHRU CE-1300,CE-1302 THRU
CE-1306,CJ-149 THRU CJ-179,D10097,D-10120
AND AFTER,E-1111,E-1241 THRU 2110,EXCEPT
E-1946 AND E-2104,AND EA-1 THRU EA-388,

CHAPTER

PAGE

32-20-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-60-00

1
2
2
2
6

32-60-00

32-60-00

32-60-00

32-30-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
32-10-00
32-20-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-60-00

1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
3

32-60-00

32-40-00
32-30-00
32-20-00
32-30-00
32-30-00

1
1
1
8
8

32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00

7
9
2
2
1
4
9
11

AFTERjCE1301.CE-1307

EXCEPT EA-320)
LANDING GEAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT-LOCATED
WARNING SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
(CE-1301,CE-1307 AND AFTER,AND CJ-180 AND AFTER)
LANDING GEAR EXTENSION SYSTEM, MANUAL
LANDING GEAR INSTALLATION, MAIN
LANDING GEAR INSTALLATION, NOSE
LANDING GEAR LUBRICATION, MAIN
LANDING GEAR LUBRICATION, NOSE
LANDING GEAR OVERHAUL, MAIN
LANDING GEAR OVERHAUL, NOSE
LANDING GEAR MOTOR INSTALLATION
LANDING GEAR MOTOR REMOVAL
LANDING GEAR PEDESTAL-LOCATED WARNING
SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (E-1946,E-2104,E-2111
AND AFTER,AND EA-320,EA-389 AND AFTER)
LANDING GEAR PEDESTAL-LOCATED RETRACTPREVENT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT (E-2458,E-2468 AND
AFTER, AND EA-320, EA-389 AND AFTER)
LANDING GEAR POSITION LIGHT ADJUSTMENT
LANDING GEAR REMOVAL, MAIN
LANDING GEAR REMOVAL, NOSE
LANDING GEAR RETRACT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
LANDING GEAR RETRACT ACTUATOR CLEANING AND
PARTS REPLACEMENT
LANDING GEAR RETRACT ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLY
LANDING GEAR RETRACT ACTUATOR FUNCTIONAL TEST
LANDING GEAR RETRACT ROD INSTL, MAIN
LANDING GEAR RETRACT ROD REMOVAL, MAIN
LANDING GEAR RETRACT SYSTEM LUBRICATION
LANDING GEAR RIGGING
LANDING GEAR SAFETY SYS MAIN AND ADJUST
LANDING GEAR SAFETY SYS MICROSWITCH ADJUST

INTRODUCTION
Page 21
A18

Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

32-30-00
LANDING GEAR SAFETY SYS PRESS SWITCH ADJ
32-30-00
LANDING GEAR SAFETY SYS SAFETY SWITCH CHECK
32-30-00
LANDING GEAR SAFETY SYS SAFETY SWITCH CHECK
32-20-00
LANDING GEAR SHIMMY DAMPER
32-20-00
LANDING GEAR SHIMMY DAMPER OVERHAUL
32-20-00
LANDING GEAR SHIMMY DAMPER WEAR TOLERANCE
12-20-00
LANDING GEAR SHOCK STRUTS
32-00-00
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM
32-00-00
LANDING GEAR WEAR TOLERANCE, MAIN
32-00-00
LANDING GEAR WEAR TOLERANCE, NOSE
33-40-00
LANDING LIGHT INSTALLATION
33-40-00
LANDING LIGHT REMOVAL
28-10-00
LEAKAGE TEST, FUEL CELL
08-00-00
LEVELING
33-20-00
AND/OR POSITION)
LIGHT BULB INSTL
33-20-00
LIGHT BULB REMVL
WARNING AND/OR POSITION)LIGHTS
33-40-00
LIGHT BULB REPLACEMENT CHART-1
33-40-00
LIGHT, STEP
32-60-00
LNDG GR RETRACT-PREVENT SW-ENG COMPT-LOCATED (CE-1301,
CE-1307 AND AFTER;CJ-180 AND AFTER)
32-60-00
LNDG GR WARN SW ADJUST-ENG COMPT-LOCATED (CE-748,
CE-772 THRU CE-1300, CE-1302 THRU CE-1306; CJ-149 THRU
C3-179, D-10097, D-10120, AND AFTER; E-llll, E-1241 THRU E-2110,
EXCEPT E-1946 AND E-2104; EA-1 THRU EA-388, EXCEPT EA-320
32-60-00
LNDG GR WARN SW ADJUST-ENG COMPT-LOCATED (CE-1301
CE-1307 AND AFTER; CJ-180 AND AFTER)
33-40-00
LIGHT, STEP
20-07-00
LOCKWIRE AND COTTER PIN REQUIREMENTS
20-07-00
LOCKWIRE HOLE ALIGNMENT
20-07-00
LOCKWIRE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
20-07-00
LOCKWIRE TWISTING
IN-TR-OD
LOG OF EFFECTIVE REVISIONS
33-40-00
LOWER ROTATING BEACON INSTALLATION
33-40-00
LOWER ROTATING BEACON REMOVAL
91-00-00
LUBRICANTS, THREAD
32-30-00
LUBRICATION LANDING GEAR RETRACT SYSTEM
12-20-00
LUBRICATION OF LANDING GEAR UPLOCK ROLLERS
32-10-00
LUBRICATION, MAIN LANDING GEAR
32-20-00
LUBR~CATION, NOSE LANDING GEAR
12-20-00
LUBRICATION

IWARN

MAGNESIUM CORROSION REMOVAL


MAGNESIUM CORROSION TREATMENT
MAGNETO DROP-OFF CHECK

20-09-00
20-09-00
74-00-00

PAGE
11
9
9
9
9
12
2
1

7
4
5
5
6
1
1
1
6
1
6
1

1
1
4
1
4
2
5
4
11
1
5
1
1
5

4
4

INTRODUCTION
Page 22

Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MAN UAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT
OR SUB

ITEM

SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

PAGE

MAGNETO INSTALLATION AND TIMING


MAGNETO POINT GAP AND TIMING
MAGNETO PREPARATION FOR INSTL
MAGNETO PREPARATION
MAGNETO PRESSURIZATION AIR FILTER
MAGNETO REMOVAL
MAGNETO TIMING
MAIN LANDING GEAR ASSEMBLY
MAIN LANDING GEAR CLEANING AND PARTS REPL
MAIN LANDING GEAR DISASSEMBLY
MAIN LANDING GEAR INSTALLATION
MAIN LANDING GEAR LUBRICATION
MAIN LANDING GEAR REMOVAL
MAIN LANDING GEAR RETRACT ROD INSTALLATION
MAIN LANDING GEAR RETRACT ROD REMOVAL
MAIN LANDING GEAR SHOCK STRUTS SERVICING
MAIN WHEEL AND BRAKE ASSY INSTALLATION
MAIN WHEEL AND BRAKE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
MAIN WHEEL ASSEMBLIES
MAIN WHEEL INSPECTION AND CLEANING
MAIN WHEEL JACKING
MANIFOLD PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
MANIFOLD PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
MAP LIGHT BULB INSTALLATION
MAP LIGHT BULB REMOVAL
MARKING OF ESDS COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT
MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY, BRAKE
MASTER CYLINDER CLEANING AND PARTS RPL, BRAKE
MASTER CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY, BRAKE
MASTER CYLINDER INSTALLATION, BRAKE
MASTER CYLINDER LINKAGE ADJUST, BRAKE
MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL, BRAKE
MECHANICAL PRESS BEARING REMOVAL
METAL SURFACE PREPARATION AND ELECTRICAL BONDING
MODEL DESIGNATION PLACARD
MOORING
MOTOR INSTALLATION, FLAP
MOTOR INSTALLATION, LANDING GEAR
MOTOR REMOVAL, FLAP
MOTOR REMOVAL, LANDING GEAR

74-00-00
74-00-00
74-00-00
74-00-00
74-00-00
74-00-00
74-00-00
32-10-00
32-10-00
32-10-00
32-10-00
32-10-00
32-10-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
12-20-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
07-00-00
71-00-00
81-00-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
20-02-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
20-05-00
20-03-00
11-00-00
10-00-00
27-50-00
32-30-00
27-50-00
32-30-00

4
3
3
4
3
3
4
5
4
2
1
1
1
3
3
2
4
3
1
4
1
15
1
2
2
11
7
7
7
7
7
6
1
3
1
1
4
1
3
1

NONPOSITIONING TYPE FITTING INSTALLATION


NOSE GEAR INSTALLATION
NOSE GEAR LUBRICATION
NOSE GEAR REMOVAL

20-06-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00

2
1
1
1

INTRODUCTION

A18

Page 23
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE
NOSE

NOSE

GEAR SHIMMY DAMPENER ASSEMBLY


GEAR SHIMMY DAMPENER CLEANING/PARTS REPL
GEAR SHIMMY DAMPENER DISASSEMBLY
GEAR SHIMMY DAMPENER INSTALLATION
GEAR SHIMMY DAMPENER MFG WEAR TOLERANCE
GEAR SHIMMY DAMPENER REMOVAL
LANDING GEAR ASSEMBLY
LANDING GEAR CLEANING AND PARTS REPL
LANDING GEAR DISASSEMBLY
LANDING GEAR MFG WEAR TOLERANCE
LANDING GEAR SHOCK STRUT
WHEEL ASSEMBLY
WHEEL INSPECTION AND CLEANING
WHEEL INSTALLATION
WHEEL REMOVAL
WHEEL STEERING
WHEEL TRAVEL STOP ADJUSTMENT

OIL BREAK-IN
OIL COOLER INSTALLATION
OIL COOLER REMOVAL
OIL FILTER INSTALLATION
OIL FILTER REMOVAL
OIL GRADES
OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE
OIL PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
OIL SYSTEM
OIL SYSTEM
OPENABLE WINDOW INSTALLATION
OPENABLE WINDOW REMOVAL
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE GAGE REMOVAL
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE GAGE
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE GAGE INSTL
OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE
OXYGEN CYLINDER INSTALLATION
OXYGEN CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT
OXYGEN CYLINDER REMOVAL
OXYGEN CYLINDER RETESTING
OXYGEN HIGH PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE
OXYGEN LOW PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE

OXYGEN SERVICING
OXYGEN SYSTEM PURGING
OXYGEN SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
12-20-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-50-00
32-50-00

79-00-00
79-00-00
79-00-00
12-10-00
12-10-00
79-00-00
79-00-00

71-00-00
12-10-00
79-00-00
56-20-00
56-20-00
34-10-00
34-10-00
34-10-00
05-10-00
35-00-00
35-00-00
35-00-00
35-00-00
35-00-00
35-00-00
12-10-00
35-00-00
12-10-00

PAGE

10
9
1
9

12
7
7
2
1
4
2
1
5
5
5
1
1

1
1
1
2
2
1
1
17
2
1
1
1
3
2
3
1
6
7
6
8

2
2
5
3
4

INTRODUCTION
Page 24

Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT

ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

PACKAGING OF ESDS COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT


PAINT FREE AREAS
PAINT FREE AREAS
PAINT REMOVAL FROM MAGNESIUM
PAINT REMOVAL FROM MAGNESIUM SURFACES
PAINTING AREAS OF HIGH HUMIDITY
PAINTING BATTERY BOX AND LID
PAINTING MAGNESIUM S.URFACES
PAINTING MAGNESIUM
PAINTING MUD AND SPRAY AREAS
PAINTING PROCEDURES, SPECIAL
PAINTING RUBBER SEALS
PAINTING, PROPELLER BLADE
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
PARKING BRAKE CLEANING AND PARTS REPLACEMENT
PARKING BRAKE VALVE ASSEMBLY
PARKING BRAKE VALVE DISASSEMBLY
PARKING BRAKE VALVE INSTALLATION
PARKING BRAKE VALVE REMOVAL
PARKING
PASSENGER READING LIGHT BULB INSTL
PASSENGER READING LIGHT BULB REMOVAL
PERMANENT STATIC CONTROL WORKSTATION
PINS, TAPER
PIPE THREAD FITTING INSTALLATION
PITOT AND STATIC PRESSURE SYSTEM
PITOT AND STATIC SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING
PITOT SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST
PITOT SYSTEM
PLACARD REPLACEMENT

PLATES/SKIN
PORTABLE STATIC CONTROL WORKSTATION
POSITION LIGHT ADJ, LANDING GEAR
POST LIGHTS
POWER PLANT
POWER SUPPLY UNIT INSTALLATION
POWER SUPPLY UNIT REMOVAL
PREPARATION FOR
PRESERVATION OF FUEL CELL (GOODYEAR)
PRESERVATION OF FUEL CELL (UNIROYAL)
PRESSURE POT BLEEDING
PRESSURE REGULATOR ADJUSTMENT
PRESSURE REGULATOR INSTALLATION
PRESSURE REGULATOR REMOVAL
PRESSURE, LOW INSTRUMENT AIR

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

20-02-00
20-08-00
20-00-00
20-00-00
20-08-00
20-00-00
20-00-00
20-08-00
20-08-00
20-00-00
20-00-00
20-00-00
20-00-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
10-00-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
20-02-00
27-00-00
20-06-00
34-10-00
34-10-00
34-10-00
34-10-00
20-08-00
53-30-00
20-02-00
32-60-00
33-20-00
71-00-00
33-40-00
33-40-00
10-00-00
28-10-00
28-10-00
32-40-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00

PAGE

10
7
6
3
5
5
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7

7
7
1
1
1

4,6
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
1

5,8
1
1
1
2
2
4
9
9
10
7
6
6
2

INTRODUCTION

A18

Page 25
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MAN UAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

PRETREATMENT (WASH) PRIMER FOR URETHANE PAINT


PRIMARY STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS
PROPELLER ADJUSTMENT
PROPELLER BLADE MAINTENANCE
PROPELLER BLADES PAINTING
PROPELLER DEICE BOOTS
PROPELLER DEICER BOOT INSTALLATION
PROPELLER DEICER BOOT REMOVAL
PROPELLER DEICER TROUBLESHOOTING
PROPELLER GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT
PROPELLER GOVERNOR INSTALLATION
PROPELLER GOVERNOR REMOVAL
PROPELLER INSTALLATION
PROPELLER REMOVAL
PROPELLER REPAIR, MINOR
PROPELLERS
PUMP INSTALLATION, AUXILIARY FUEL
PUMP INSTALLATION, ENGINE DRIVEN FUEL
PUMP REMOVAL, AUXILIARY FUEL

20-08-00
51-00-00
61-10-00
12-20-00

RADAR ANTENNA INSTALLATION


RADAR ANTENNA REMOVAL

34-40-00
34-40-00
34-40-00
39-10-00
39-10-00
20-03-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-40-00
20-09-00
20-06-00
20-02-00
51-00-00
28-10-00

RADAR, WEATHER
RADIO/AVIONICS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
RADIO/AVIONICS EQUIPMENT REMOVAL
RECOMMENDED MATERIALS
REGULATOR ADJUSTMENT, PRESSURE
REGULATOR INSTALLATION, PRESSURE
REGULATOR REMOVAL, PRESSURE
RELAY CHECK, DYNAMIC BRAKE
RELAY INSTL, LANDING GEAR DYNAMIC BRAKE
RELAY REMOVAL, LANDING GEAR DYNAMIC BRAKE
RELINING THE BRAKES
REMOVAL OF CORROSION FROM ALUMINUM SURFACES
REMOVAL OF TUBE AND HOSE ASSEMBLIES
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF ESDS EQUIPMENT
REPAIR OF FIBERGLASS COMPONENTS
REPAIR OF FUEL CELL (GOOOYEAR
REPAIR OF FUEL CELL (UNIROYAL
REPLACING ELEVATOR TRIM TAB
RESERVOIR INSTL, FUEL (CJ-149 AND AFT)
RETAINING RINGS (SPIROLOX, ETC.) INSTALLATION
RETRACT ACTUATOR CLEANING AND PARTS REPL, LANDING GEAR
RETRACT ACTUATOR FUNCTIONAL TEST, LANDING GEAR

20-08-00
12-20-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
61-20-00
61-20-00
61-20-00
61-10-00
61-10-00
61-10-00
61-10-00

28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00

28-10-00
27-30-00
28-10-00
20-07-00
32-30-00
32-30-00

PACE
4
1
1
3
7
1
5

5
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
2
1
2
7
6
6
3
3
3
6
3
1
1
2
9
9
6
1
5
8
9

INTRODUCTION
Page 26

Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT
OR SUB

ITEM

SYSTEM

RETRACT
RETRACT
RETRACT
RETRACT
RETRACT
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING
RIGGING

ACTUATOR ASSY, LANDING GEAR


ACTUATOR DISASSY, LANDING GEAR
ROD TNSTL, MAIN LANDING GEAR
ROD REMOVAL, MAIN LANDING GEAR
SYSTEM LUBRICATION, LANDING GEAR
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM
ELEV TAB, COMPENSATE YAW TO LEFT
EtEV TAB, COMPENSATE YAW r0 RH
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
ELEVATOR TAB
ELEVATOR TRIM TAB
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN
T~E LANDING GEAR
RIGGING, ELEVATOR TAB, CORRECT FOR YAW
ROTATING BEACON

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
32-30-00
27-10-00
27-11-00
27-21-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-21-00
27-30-00
27-20-00
27-10-00
32-30-00
27-21-00
33-40-00
12-20-00

ROTCN LOCKS
RUBBER SEALS
RUDDER BALANCING
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM RIGGING
RUDDER INSTALLATION
RUDDER REMOVAL
RUDDER RIGGING PROCEDURE
RUDDER-MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
RUDDER, MODELS F33A, F33C, A36 AND A36TC
RUDDER, V35B
RUDDERVATOR BALANCING
RUDOERVATOR INSTALLATION
RUDDERVATOR REMOVAL
RUDOERVATOR Rigging
PRACTICES
RUDDERVATOR-MAINTENANCE

27-20-00
27-21-00
55-20-00
27-21-00
27-21-00
27-21-00
27-21-00

SAFETY SWITCH CHECKING IN TEST POSITION, LANDING GEAR


SAFETY SYS MAINT AND ADJ, LANDING GEAR
SAFETY SYSTEM OPTIONAL LANDING GEAR
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS
SEAT INSTALLATION, PASSENGER
SEAT INSTALLATION, PILOT AND COPILOT
SEAT INSTL, FIFTH AND SIXTH, (A36 ANO A36SC)
SEAT INSTL, FIFTH (MODEL F33A AND V35B)
SEAT REMOVAL, FIFTH AND SIXTH (A36 AND A36TC)
SEAT REMOVAL, FIFTH (MODELS F33A AND V35B)
SEAT REMOVAL, PASSENGER

32-30-00
32-30-00
32-00-00
05-20-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00

20-08-00
55-40-00
27-20-00

27-20-00
27-20-00
27-21-00
27-20-00

PA

8
7
3
3

1
4

9
9

7
6
1
1
4
7
4
4
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
5
1

9
9
1
1
3
1
4
4
4
4

INTRODU

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT

ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND

SEAT REMOVAL, PILOT AND COPILOT


SEAT STOWAGE, FIFTH AND SIXTH (A36 AND A36TC)
SEAT STOWAGE, FIFTH (F33A, F33C AND V35B)
SEATING
SECONDARY STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS
SELECTOR VALVE INSTALLATION, FUEL
SELECTOR VALVE REMOVAL, FUEL
SELF-LOCKING NUTS
SENSOR INSTALLATION, FUEL QUANTITY
SENSOR REMOVAL, FUEL QUANTITY
SHAFT INSTALLATION, FLAP
SHAFT INSTALLATION, FLAP INNER FLEX
SHAFT REMOVAL, FLAP
SHAFT REMOVAL, FLAP INNER FLEX
SHIMMY DAMPER
SHIMMY DAMPER
SHIMMY DAMPENER ASSEMBLY, NOSE GEAR
SHIMMY DAMPENER CLEANING/PARTS REP NOSE GEAR
SHIMMY DAMPENER DISASSEMBLY, NOSE GEAR
SHIMMY DAMPENER INSTALLATION, NOSE GEAR
SHIMMY DAMPENER OVERHAUL, NOSE GEAR
SHIMMY DAMPENER REMOVAL, NOSE GEAR
SHIMMY DAMPENER WEAR TOLERANCE
SHOCK STRUT
SHOCK STRUT, NOSE LANDING GEAR
SHOCK STRUTS, MAIN LANDING GEAR
SHUTTLE VALVE, BRAKE
SKIN THICK, EMP (F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC)
SKIN THICKNESS, EMPENNAGE (V35B)
SKIN THICKNESS, FUSELAGE (A36 AND A36TC)
SKIN THICKNESS, FUSELAGE (F33A AND F33C)
SKIN THICKNESS, FUSELAGE (V35B)
SLIP RING ALIGNMENT
SLIP RING MACHINING
SLIP RING
SLOTTED, STEEL LOCKNUTS (PREVAILING TORQUE TYPE)
SPARK PLUGS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS CAUTIONARY NOTICE
SPECIAL PAINT PROCEDURES
SPECIAL TOOLS
STABILIZER INSIALLATION, HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER INSTALLATION, RUDDERVATOR
STABILIZER INSTALLATION, VERTICAL
STABILIZER REMOVAL, HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER REMOVAL, V35 ELEVATOR
STABILIZER REMOVAL, VERTICAL

25-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
25-00-00
51-00-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
20-07-00
28-40-00
28-40-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
27-50-00
12-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
32-20-00
12-20-00
32-20-00

SUB CHAPTER

32-10-00
32-40-00
55-00-00
55-00-00

53-30-00
53-30-00
53-30-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
30-60-00
20-07-00
12-20-00
05-10-00
20-08-00
12-20-00
55-10-00
55-10-00
55-30-00
55-10-00
55-10-00
55-30-00

PAGE
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
4
5
2
7
10
9
9
9
9
9
12
2
1
1
1
2
5
8
4
6
10
11
13
1
3
1
7
19
1
1
1
1
1
1

INTRODUCTION

Page 28
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MAN UAL


ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT

ITEM

CHAPTER AND

OR SUB SYSTEM

SUB CHAPTER

STAINLESS STEEL AND TITANIUM SURFACES


STALL WARNING SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
STALL WARNING SYSTEM DESC AND OPER
STALL WARNING SYSTEM MAINT PRACTICES
STALL WARNING/SAFE FLIGHT SYS DESC/OPER
STALL WARNING
STALL WARNING/SAFE FLIGHT SYS MAINT PRAC
STANDBY AIR FILTER INSTL (INTAKE)
STANDBY AIR FILTER REMOVAL (INTAKE)
STANDBY AIR FILTER INSTL (INLINE)
STANDBY AIR FILTER REMOVAL (INLINE)
STANDBY GENERATOR-DESC AND OPER
STANDBY GENERATOR-MAINTENANCE
PRAC
STANDBY INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM
STARTER BRUSHES
STARTER INSTALLATION
STARTER LUBRICATION
STARTER OVERHAUL
STARTER REMOVAL
STARTER TROUBLESHOOTING
STARTING
STATIC AIR SYSTEM-EMERGENCY
STATIC AIR SYSTEM-NORMAL
STATIC SYSTEM CHECKS
STATIC WICK INSTALLATION
STATIC WICK REMOVAL
STATIC WICKS
STATION DIAGRAMS (MODEL A36 AND A36TC)
STATION DIAGRAMS (MODEL
STATION DIAGRAMS (MODEL 35
STEEL CORROSION REMOVAL
STEERING, NOSE WHEEL
STEP LIGHTL
STORAGE AND TRANSIT OF ESDS COMPONENTS AND
STORAGE, EXTENDED
STORAGE, TEMPORARY
STORAGE
STORM WINDOW INSTALLATION
STORM WINDOW REMOVAL
STRAINER INSTL (SELECTOR VALVE), FUEL
STRAINER INSTL (WING FUEL CELLS), FUEL
STRAINER REMOVAL (SELECTOR VALVE), FUEL
STRAINER REMOVAL (WING FUEL CELLS), FUEL
STRAINERS, CLEANING FUEL
STRIPPING AND CLEANING URETHANE PAINT
STROBE LIGHT POWER SUPPLY INSTL

20-03-00
27-31-00
27-31-00
27-31-00
27-31-00
27-31-00
27-31-00

36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
36-00-00
24-31-00
24-31-00
36-00-00
80-10-00
80-10-00
80-10-00
80-10-00
80-10-00
80-10-00
80-10-00
34-10-00
34-10-00
34-10-00
23-60-00
23-60-00
23-60-00
06-00-00
06-00-00
06-00-00
20-09-00
32-50-00
33-40-00

33j

EQUIPMENT

20-02-00
10-00-00
10-00-00
10-00-00
56-10-00
56-10-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-20-00
28-00-00
20-08-00
33-40-00

PAGE
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
5
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
8
6
7
5
1
1

12
1
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
4

INTRODUCTION

A18

Page 29
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM
OR SUB SYSTEM

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

STROBE LIGHT POWER SUPPLY REMOVAL


STROBE LIGHT
STRUCTURAL REPAIR
SUBPANEL, RIGHT AND LEFT
SUPPLEMENTARY PUBLICATIONS
SURFACES SUSCEPTIBLE TO MUO AND SPRAY
SURFACES, CONTROL

33-40-00
33-40-00
51-00-00
39-10-00
IN-TR-OD
20-08-00
27-00-00

2
1
1
2
6
7
1

TAB FREE PLAY, CHECKING ELEVATOR


TAB HINGES, INSPECTION
TAIL NAVIGATION LIGHT INSTALLATION
TAIL NAVIGATION LIGHT REMOVAL
TAIL STROBE/NAV LIGHT INSTALLATION
TAIL STROBE/NAV LIGHT REMOVAL
TAPER PINS, FLIGHT CONTROLS
TAXI LIGHTINSTALLATION
TAXI LIGHT REMOVAL
TAXIING
TEMPORARY STORAGE
TEST FOR FUEL CELL LEAKAGE
TESTING THE STATIC SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
THREAD LUBRICANTS
THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT
THROTTLE WARNING HORN SYSTEM
TIE-DOWN, NORMAL
TIME LIMITS
TIRE AND WHEEL MAINTENANCE
TIRES
TIRES
TIT INDICATOR CALIBRATION
TIT INDICATOR CALIBRATION

27-30-00
27-21-00
33-40-00
33-40-00
33-40-00
33-40-00
27-00-00
33-40-00
33-40-00
09-00-00
10-00-00
28-10-00
34-10-00
91-00-00
71-00-00
32-60-00
10-00-00
05-10-00
32-40-00
12-20-00
32-40-00
77-00-00
81-00-00
20-00-00
91-00-00
91-00-00
09-00-00
32-50-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
27-30-00
33-20-00
33-20-00
27-30-00
27-30-00

11
10

TORQUE WRENCHES
TORQUING COARSE THREAD BOLTS IN SMEAR
TORQUING FINE THREAD BOLTS IN SMEAR
TOWING
TRAVEL STOP ADJUSTMENT, NOSE WHEEL
TRIM TAB ACTUATOR BRUSH REPLACE SCHED, ELEC
TRIM TAB ACTUATOR INSTL, ELEC, (F33A, F33C, V35B)
TRIM TAB ACTUATOR REMOVAL, ELEC, (F33A, F33C, V35B)
TRIM TAB ACTUATOR, ELEVATOR
TRIM TAB LIGHT BULB INSTALLATION
TRIM TAB LIGHT BULB REMOVAL
TRIM TAB SERVO INSTL, ELECTRIC ELEVATOR
TRIM TAB SERVO REM, ELECTRIC ELEVATOR

PAGE

5
5
4
4
2

5
5
2
2
6

2
11
8
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
8
1
11
11
1
1
13
12
12
6
2
2
11
11

INTRODUCTION

Page 30
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MAN UAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT ITEM

CHAPTER AND

OR SUB

SUB

SYSTEM

TROUBLESHOOTING LANDING GEAR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


IROUBLESHOOTING-PITOT AND STATIC SYSTEM

CHAPTER

PAGE

TROUBLESHOOTING
TUBE DAMAGE LIMITS
TUBE INSTALLATION
TUBING CLAMP TO BONDING JUMPER ELECTRICAL BONDING
TURBOCHARGER ADJUSTMENT AND TEST
TURBOCHARGER CONTROLLER INSTALLATION
TURBOCHARGER CONTROLLER REMOVAL
TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION
TURBOCHARGER INSTALLATION
TURBOCHARGER LEAK TEST
TURBOCHARGER REMOVAL
TURBOCHARGER SHAFT FREEING
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER TROUBLESHOOTING
TURNBUCKLE LOCK CLIP INSTALLATION
TYPICAL BLIND GROUND STUD
TYPICAL GROUND STUD ELECTRICAL BONDING

32-00-00
34-10-00
36-00-00
21-50-00
32-40-00
20-06-00
20-06-00
20-03-00
81-00-00
81-00-00
81-00-00
05-20-00
81-00-00
81-00-00
81-00-00
81-00-00
81-00-00
81-00-00
20-07-00
20-03-00
20-03-00

2
1
1
4
3
4
2
8
5
8
8
2
7
5
7
7
1
1
5
6
6

UPPER ROTATING BEACON INSTALLATION


UPPER ROTATING BEACON REMOVAL
URETHANE (EXTERIOR COLORS)
URETHANE PAINT PROCEDURES (ALUMINUM)
URETHANE PAINT REPAIR PROCEDURES
URETHANE PAINTS
URETHANE PRIMER
URETHANE TOPCOATS
URETHANE TOUCH-UP REPAIR
UTILITY DOOR ADJUSTMENT
UTILITY DOOR INSTL (MODEL A36 AND A36TC)
UTILITY DOOR LATCH PIN ADJUSTMENT
UTILITY DOOR REMOVAL (MODEL A36 AND A36TC)
UTILITY DOOR WINDOW INSTALLATION
UTILITY DOOR WINDOW REMOVAL
UTILITY DOORS (MODEL A36 AND A36TC)

33-40-00
33-40-00
20-00-00
20-00-00
20-08-00
20-08-00
20-08-00
20-08-00
20-08-00
52-30-00
52-30-00
52-30-00
52-30-00
56-20-00
56-20-00
52-00-00

5
5
2
4
4
3
5
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VALVE ASSEMBLY, PARKING BRAKE


VALVE DISASSEMBLY, PARKING BRAKE
VALVE INSTALLATION, PARKING

32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00

7
7
7

TROUBLESHOOTING, INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM


TROUBLESHOOTING, AIR-CONDITIONING

INTRODUCTION

A18

Page 31
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MAN UAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT

ITEM

OR SUB SYSTEM

VALVE
VALVE
VALVE
VALVE
VALVE

REMOVAL, PARKING

INSTALLATION,

FUEL SELECTOR
INSTALLATION, PARKING BRAKE
REMOVAL, FUEL SELECTOR
REMOVAL, PARKING BRAKE
VALVE, BRAKE SHUTTLE
VENDOR PUBLICATIONS
FILLER CAPS INSP, FUEL CELL
VENT LINES
VENTILATION BLOWER INSTALLATION
VENTILATION BLOWER REMOVAL
VERTICAL STABILIZER INSTALLATION
VERTICAL STABILIZER REMOVAL
VOLTAGE REGULATOR ADJUSTMENTS
VOLTAGE REGULATOR INSTALLATION
VOLTAGE REGULATOR REMOVAL

WARNING AND POSITION LIGHT BULB INSTL


WARNING AND POSITION LIGHT BULB REMOVAL
WARNING HORN SYSTEM, THROTTLE
WAXING AIRPLANE FINISHES
WEAR AND WEAR LIMITS, BRAKE
WEATHER RADAR
WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE
WHEEL ASSEMBLIES, MAIN
WHEEL ASSEMBLY AND BRAKE INSTALLATION
WHEEL ASSEMBLY AND BRAKE REMOVAL
WHEEL ASSEMBLY, NOSE
WHEEL INSPECTION AND CLEANING MAIN
WHEEL INSPECTION AND CLEANING, NOSE
WHEEL INSTALLATION, NOSE
WHEEL REMOVAL, NOSE
WHEEL TRAVEL STOP ADJUSTMENT, NOSE
WICKS, STATIC
WINDOW CLEANING
WINDOW INSTALLATION (FORWARD LEFT)
WINDOW REMOVAL (FORWARD LEFT)
WINDOWS AFT OF OPENABLE WINDOW INSTL
WINDOWS AFT OF OPENABLE WINDOWS REMOVAL
WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
WING ACCESS OPENINGS
WING ADJUSTMENT
WING ATTACH FITTINGS
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION

CHAPTER AND
SUB CHAPTER

32-40-00
28-20-00
32-40-00
28-20-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
IN-TR-OD
28-20-00
21-50-00
21-50-00
55-30-00
55-30-00
24-30-00
24-30-00
24-30-00

33-20-00
33-20-00
32-60-00
20-08-00
32-40-00
34-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00

32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-40-00
32-50-00
23-60-00
56-00-00
56-10-00
56-10-00
56-20-00
56-20-00
56-10-00
56-10-00
57-30-00
57-00-00
57-40-00
57-00-00

PAGE
7
2
7
2
7
1
6
3
11
11
1
1
7
7
6

1
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
4
3
1
4
5
6
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
7

INTRODUCTION
Page 32

Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

COMPONENT
OR SUB

WING
WING
WING
WING
WING
WING
WING
WING
WING
WING
WING
WING

ITEM

CHAPTER AND

SYSTEM

SUB CHAPTER

INSTALLATION
LEADING EDGE AND MAIN SPAR REMOVAL
LEADING EDGE AND MAIN SPAR INSTL
MAIN SPAR CAP INSPECTION, OUTBOARD
NAVIGATION LIGHT INSTALLATION
NAVIGATION LIGHT REMOVAL
REMOVAL
SKIN THICKNESS
STROBE LIGHT INSTALLATION
STROBE LIGHT REMOVAL
TIP INSTALLATION
TIP REMOVAL

57-00-00
57-00-00
57-00-00
57-00-00
33-40-00
33-40-00
57-00-00
57-30-00
33-40-00
33-40-00
57-00-00
57-00-00

PAGE
2
1
2
11
4
4
1
2
4
3
1
1

"END"

INTRODUCTION

A18

Page 33
Aug 18/95

CHAPTER

TIME LIMITS/

MAINTENANCE
CH EC KS

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE CHECKS

CHAPTER 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

SOBJECT

5-1 0-00

Special
Landing

Replacement Schedule

Overhaul and

Conditions

Cautionary

Notice

Gear

Power Plant

Flaps
Fuel

Controls

Flight

and

System

Instruments
Electrical

System

Miscellaneous

5-20-00

Scheduled Maintenance Checks

Maintenance Practices

Electric

Propeller

Deicer

(EiO-Hour Guide)

Electric

Propeller

Deicer

(100-Hour Guide)

Turbocharger(EA-l

and After)

25 Hours

50 Hours

100 Hours

3
3

E33C, F33C Spin Inspection (Acrobatic Category)


100-Hour

or

Annual

Inspection

A36 and

Program (Models

Special

Conditions Cautionary Notice

A.

or

Annual

B36TC)

FACTS

1GO-Hour

Guide

7
9

Inspection

Operational Inspection

10

B. Power Plant

C. Cabin and
D.

A23

Wings

and

Baggage Compartment

13

Carry-Through Structure

15

E. Nose Gear

16

F. Main Gear and Brakes

17

G. Main Gear

Operation

18

H. Nose Gear

Operation

19

5-CONTENTS

Jun

28/02Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 5

TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE CHECKS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

SUBJECT

I. Rear

PAGE

Fuselage

and

Empennage

J. General

Jun

28/0Page

5-CONTENTS

19
20

A23

Ray~eon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 5

TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE CHECKS

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY

CI-IAPTER-SECnON-SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

5-Effectivity

Jun 28/02

5-Contents

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

5-10-00

5-20-00

A23

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

Jun 28/02

10

Jun 28/02

11

Jun 28/02

12

Jun 28/02

13

Jun 28/02

14

Jun 28/02

15

Jun 28/02

16

Jun 28/02

17

Jun 28/02

18

Jun 28/02

19

Jun 28/02

20

Jun 28/02

5-EFFECTIVITY

Jun

28/02Pagel

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE


replacement must be performed not later than the recommended period. The condition
period can be used as a criterion for determining subsequent periods applicable
individual airplane or fleet operation, provided the operator has an approved monitoring system.

The first overhaul

or

item at the end of the first

The time

periods

for

inspections noted in

this manual

are

based

on

of the
to the

average usage and average environmental

con-

ditions.

NOTE
The recommended
function

as

periods

do not constitute

guarantee the item will reach the period without malby the manufacturer.

the aforementioned factors cannot be controlled

SPECIAL CONDITIONS CAUTIONARY NOTICE

WARNING
I WARNIEIO)

performing maintenance on an engine or the Airframe, ALWAYS pull the starter conLanding Gear circuit breaker. This will remove power to the
control as well as the igniter power relay and Landing Gear Control relay.

Prior to

trol circuit breakers and the


starter

for Air Taxi, or other than normal operation, and airplanes operated in humid tropics, or cold and
damp climates, etc., may need more frequent inspections for wear, corrosion and/or lack of lubrication. In these
areas, periodic inspections should be performed until the operator can set his own inspection periods based on ex-

Airplanes operated

perience.
NOTE
The date noted

on

the "STANDARD AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATE", FAA Form No. 8100-2,

which is issued with each

ponents listed in the


An

engine cycle

new

following

is defined

as

airplane,

is to be used

as

the basis for all TBO

or

replacement

com-

schedule.

the

period

of time from the initial start to shutdown of the

engine. This

encompasses start-up, increase to full or partial power las required during a flight regime) and back
to complete engine shutdown. Normal operation results in the number of landings being equivalent
to

azs

engine cycles.

5-1 0-00

Jun

28/02Pagel

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE

OVERHAUL OR REPLACE

ITEM

NOTE
All items not listed

are

to be overhauled or

replaced

"on condition". "On condition" items

are to

be overhauled

or

unserviceable condition, if they are worn, inoperative,


potentially
replaced inspection
normal
maintenance. Primarily items that are calender, cycle
not
intermittent
and
inaccurate,
repairable through
or hour limited are included in the following list.
reveals

if

unsafe

or

LANDING GEAR
Main Gear

On condition

(Leaking or collapsed struts that cannot be


by
replacement will constitute the "On
condition" requirement. Any pitting, corrosion, cracking,

Assembly

corrected

distortion

seal

or

visible

replacement will
overhaul.)
Nose Gear

wear

noted

during the seal


requirement for

also constitute the

an

On condition

(Leaking or collapsed struts that cannot be


by seal replacement will constitute the "On
condition" requirement. Any pitting, corrosion, cracking,
distortion or visible wear noted during the seal
replacement will also constitute the requirement for an
overhaul.)

Assembly

corrected

Nose Gear Retract Rod Rod-Ends

(All)

2000 hours

Actuator

4000 hours

Retract Motor

2000 hours

Retract Motor Brushes

500 hours

Shimmy Damper

On condition

Wheels and Tires

On condition

or on

Brake

Assembly

On condition

Brake

Lining

On condition

Cylinder

On condition

Shuttle Valve Assembly

On condition

Master

Parking

Brake Valve

All Hoses

Jun

28/025-10-00

condition

On condition

On condition

als

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE
ITEM

(CONTINUED)

OVERHAUL OR REPLACE

POWER PLANT

NOTE
A TBO

(time between overhaul) recommendation is in no way to be construed as a warranty or engine life


proration basis. The TBO recommendation is based on the projected time for most advantageous initial overhaul.
The individual operators experience may indicate a departure in either direction from the recommended TBO for
the particular operation.
Cabin Heater Muff

On condition

*Engine (Non-turbocharged)

1700 hours

*Engine (EA-I

1600 hours

*Reference

and

after)

Teledyne Continental Motors Corporation Service Bulletin M91-8,

Engine

Controls

On condition

Engine

Vibration Isolator Mounts

Engine

Exhaust

System

overhaul

dated

or on

July 10, 1991

or

subsequent.

condition

On condition

Starter

Inspect

at

engine overhaul,

overhaul

or

replace

on

condition

Standby Generator
Standby Generator

1500 hours

Brushes

500 hours

Alternator

On condition

Oil Cooler

On condition,

Propeller (McCauley)

Refer to

Propeller (Hartzell)

replace

if contaminated

McCauley Service

Bulletin 1378

or

subsequent

Refer to the latest revision of Hartzell Service Letter 61


for TBO

Propeller Controls

On condition

Propeller Governor (McCauley)

At

engine

overhaul

condition but not to exceed

or on

1800 hours

Propeller Governor (Woodward)

At

engine overhaul

or on

condition. Refer to Woodward

Service Bulletin 3350.


Air Pressure

Standby

Refer to

Pump

Air Pressure

All Hoses

Pump

Replacement Schedule

Every 600 hours


Hoses

of pump

in Airborne SI 300-16

operation

carrying flammable liquids

at

engine

overhaul

or

every 5 years, whichever occurs first since the last


replacement or delivery date of the airplane from the

factory; all other


Engine

Air Filter

hoses

on

condition

Clean every 50 hours of operation (10 times max.).


Replace every 500 hours or 1 year, whichever occurs
first.

A23

5-1 0-00

Jun

28/02Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE


ITEM

(CONTINUED)

OVERHAUL OR REPLACE

POWER PLANT

Engine

(Continued)

Baffle Seals

Replace
Teledyne Continental

Magneto (Bendix

(TCM))

Motors

as

necessary

or

every 10 years of service.

Engine overhaul or every four years, whichever


first. Refer to TCM Service Bulletin 643.

comes

FLAPS AND FLIGHT CONTROLS


Aileron Trim and

Flight

Linkage

On condition
On condition

Controls

Elevator Tab Actuator

On condition

Flap Motor and Gearbox

Replace

Flap Actuators

2000 hours

Flap Flexible Shaft

2000 hours

on

condition

FUEL SYSTEM
On condition

Fuel Cells

Wing

Fuel

Quantity

Transmitters

Fuel Cell Drain Valve

Fuel

System Check

Valves

On condition
On condition
On condition
every 10 years

Fuel Selector Valve

Replace

Fuel Boost

Overhaul every 10 years

Pump

Hoses

All Hoses

carrying

flammable

liquids

at

engine overhaul

or

every 5 years, whichever occurs first since the last


replacement or delivery of the airplane from the factory;
all other hoses

Fuel Cell Reservoir Kit (If installed)

Replace

on

condition

foam insert every 10 years

INSTRUMENTS
Turn Coordinator

On condition

Altimeter

Every 24 months
calibrate)

Directional

Gyro

Horizon

Gyro

Pressure

nuJ4

28/02

(inspect and

On condition

On condition

Gyro

Page

per FAA directive

Gage

5-1 0-00

On condition

A23

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE
ITEM

(CONTINUED)

OVERHAUL OR REPLACE

INSTRUMENTS (Continued)
Units

Engine Gage

On condition

Airspeed Indicator

On condition

Rate-Of-Climb

On condition

Fuel Flow/Manifold Pressure Indicator

On condition

Tachometer

On condition

Clock

On condition

Flap Position indicator

On condition

Free Air

On condition

Temperature Indicator

Pressure

System

Standby

Pressure

Air Pressure

Filter

(In-line

System

Regulator

and

Filters

Intake)

(In-line

and

300 hours of

Every

300 hours of pump operation

airplane operation

On condition

Valve

On condition

All Hoses

Standby

Intake)

Every

Air Pressure

System

Check Valve

Replace

every 10 years

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Master Relay

On condition

All Other

On condition

Relays

Voltage Regulator

On condition

Starter

On condition

Relay

Battery (Emergency

Locator

Transmitter)

Replace

at 50% of useful life

las

any time transmitter is used


cumulative hour
or

stated

more

on

than

the

battery)

one

MISCELLANEOUS
Hand Fire
Cabin

Extinguisher

Heating

and

Ventilating

Ducts

Inspect

every 12 months,

Inspect

every 12 months

Oxygen Regulator

On condition

Air Conditioner Filter

On condition

Air Conditioner

On condition

Seat Belts

or

Compressor

Inspect every

Shoulder Harnesses

Oxygen Cylinder (Lightweight

3HT

Type)

12 months

Hydrostatically
years

or

recharge

as

necessary

or on

condition

or on

condition

test every 3 years.

Replace every

4,380 refills (ICC regulation), whichever

24

occurs

first.

A23

5-1 0-00

Jun

28/02Page

Ray~hean Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OVERHAUL AND REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE

(CONTINUED)

OVERHAUL OR REPLACE

ITEM

MISCELLANEOUS (Continued)

Oxygen Cylinder (Standard Weight


Wing-Attach Bolts

3AA

Type)

Hydrostatically
Replace
Refer to

Jun

28/0Page

5-1 0-00

test every 5 years

10 years after initial


Chapter 57.

inspection

or on

condition.

n?s

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS

ELECTRIC PROPELLER DNCER

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

(50 HOUR GUIDE)

of the propeller deicer system should be inspected every 50 hours for the appearance of
following inspections may provide means for detecting and correcting such defects before they render
system inoperative:

The various

components

defects. The
the deicer
a.

Lock the brakes and

operate the engine

at near takeoff power. Turn the deicer

systems switch ON and observe

the ammeter for at least 3 minutes. If the ammeter needle does not indicate amperage (reference ELECTRIC PROPELLER DEICING in Chapter 30-60-00 for proper amperagej for 90 seconds at 90 second intervals, refer to the

troubleshooting

chart for the

probable

sources

of trouble.

WARNING
IWdRNINO)
Before moving propeller, make certain that ignition switch is OFF and that engine has cooled
completely. There is always some danger of a cylinder firing when propeller is moved.

CAUTION I
IcnuTloN
While

following

the instructions of step b,

tween the brushes and

b.

With the

engine

move

the

forth to

propeller back and

prevent arcing be-

slip ring.

shut off, turn the deicer switch ON and feel the deicer boots

quence of heater operation. The presence of local hot spots indicates service
should be repaired before more serious damage develops.

on

the

damage

propeller for

to the deicer

the proper

se-

heaters, which

Remove the spinner and open all access doors pertaining to the wiring and components of the deicer system.
Turn the deicer switch ON and station an assistant in the cockpit to observe the system ammeter. Flex all accessible
wiring, particularly the lead straps, leads from the slip ring assembly, and the firewall electrical connectors and their
c.

wiring. Any
short
d.

or

movement of the ammeter, other than the

To extend the life of the lead

at least 1/2 inch from the


e.

flicker that

occurs

at 90 second

intervals, indicates

Check for

damaged

existing

strap between the hub clamp and clip, reposition the bend in the strap

brush rods

Check for radio noise

or

at

point

location of the bend.


or

springs

ELECTRIC PROPELLER DNCER


a.

cycling

open circuit that must be located and corrected.

and for

worn or

damaged

brushes.

(100 HOUR GUIDE)

radio compass interference

at near takeoff power with the radio

by operating the engine

If, under these conditions, noise or interference occurs when the deicer switch is ON and disappears
when the switch is OFF, refer to the troubleshooting chart for the probable source of trouble.
gear turned

on.

WARNING
IWARNINOI
Before

moving propeller,

completely.

nza

There is

make certain that

always

some

ignition switch

is OFF and that

danger of a cylinder firing when

engine has cooled

propeller is moved.

5-20-00

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
b.

Check all

ness.

clamps, clips, mountings, electrical connections


or missing safety wire.

and connectors for

tightness

and electrical sound-

Check also for loose, broken

Closely check the

deicer boots for wrinkles, loose or torn areas, particularly around the outboard end and at the
the strap passes under the hub clamp. Look for abrasion or cuts along the leading edge of the flat or
thrust face. If the heater wires are exposed in damaged areas or if the rubber is found to be tacky, swollen or detec.

point where
riorated

d.

las

from contact with oil

or

solvent

fluids), replace

the

damaged

deicer boot.

Check that the hub

clamps are tight. Inspect for cracks or other damage. Check to see that the cushioning mamissing or damaged in the area under the hub clamp or on the edge of the spinner dome. Manually oppropeller from "high pitch" to "low pitch" while checking that the deicer lead straps do not come under

teria\ is not
erate the

tension.
e.

slip rings for gouges, roughened surfaces, cracks, burned or discolored areas, and for deposits of oil,
dirt. Clean greasy or contaminated slip rings with CRC-2-26 solvent (23, Chart i, 91-00-00). After such a
allow a run-in time of 5 hours of engine operation before turning on the deicer system.

Check the

grease

or

cleaning,

wobble is detected, check the alignment of the slip rings to the prop shaft with a dial indicator.
the
turning
prop to check the slip ring alignment, push in on the prop to eliminate play in the propeller thrust
If
the
out over 360" of rotation is over 0.005 inch or if over any 4-inch are it exceeds 0.002 inch, refer
run
bearing.
to the paragraph on SLIP RING ALIGNMENT in Chapter 30-60-00.
f.

If

uneven wear or

While

g.

Examine the brush

sure

that connections

mounting bracket and housing for cracks, deformation,


tight and that the leads are not chafed or binding.

or

other indications of

damage. Make

are

fully on its slip ring over 360" of rotation. If the brush is not properly aligned,
elongate the holes in the mounting bracket to raise or lower the brush block to
the proper position. If the brushes ride BOTH high and low with respect to the slip rings in 360" of rotation, the slip
ring assembly is eccentrically mounted and the spinner bulkhead must be replaced. For the correct angular location
of the brushes to the slip ring, refer to the illustrations in Chapter 30-60-00.
h.

Check to

that each brush rides

see

add shims under the brush block

or

Check for proper spacing between the brush block and slip rings as indicated in DEICER BRUSH REPLACEMENT, Chapter 30-60-00. If this distance is not within the specified limits, loosen the mounting screws and reposi-

i.

tion them in the

bearing plate

elongated holes until the block is properly positioned. If necessary,


mounting bracket until the brush block is properly located.

add shims between the thrust

and

angle of the brush block in relation to the slip rings. If this angle is not approximately 2", as
indicated in DEICER BRUSH REPLACEMENT, Chapter 30-60-00, loosen the mounting screws and reposition the
brush block until the proper angle exists between the brush block and slip rings. The spacing established in Figure
3, Chapter 30-60-00 must also be maintained after the proper contact angle is established.

j.

Estimate the contact

CAUTION 1
[CAVTION
While

following

the instructions of

tween the brushes and

k.

step k,

move

the

propeller back

and forth to

prevent arcing be-

slip ring.

With the deicer system operating and a man in the cockpit observing the ammeter, visually inspect and physifrom the brush blocks to each component of the deicer system and to the aircraft power supply.

cally flex the wiring

Movement of the ammeter needle


indicate loose

wiring

in the

or

area

harness until the

Jun

28/0Page

(other than

the

cycling that occurs

when the timer switches at 90-second

intervals)

under examination at the moment. In such instances, continue to flex the


that first indicated trouble while checking the continuity through the individual wires of the affected
in the

broken

wiring

source

of trouble is located. Use the

5-20-00

area

wiring diagram

to trace the

circuitry

of the deicer

system.

Ray)heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TURBOCHARGER

(EA-1

AND

AFTER)

25 HOURS
a.

Visually inspect

oil leaks, exhaust system leaks and

general

condition.

oil leaks, exhaust system leaks and

general

condition.

50 HOURS
a.

Visually inspect

100 HOURS

Inspect turbocharger system per


a.

following method:

assembly. Inspect the compressor wheel for nicks, cracks or broken blades. Turn
excess bearing drag or wheel rubbing against housing. Reinstall air inlet duct.

Remove compressor inlet duct

wheel
b.

the

by hand and feel

for

Check the oil inlet and outlet ports in center

housing

for leaks, and the turbine heat blanket for condition and

security.
Check for any interference with
tion and security.
c.

d.

Inspect

all exhaust system

linkage

between the

components for

worn or

bypass

valve

damaged

(wastegate)

areas, loose

clamps, cracks and

Inspect lubrication system components for worn or damaged areas, loose clamps and
should be given to the ducts downstream (pressure side) of the compressor.
e.

f.

Inspect

the fuel

injection

general

and actuator, its

leaks.

condi-

leaks.

Special

attention

nozzle pressure reference manifold, for deteriorated hose, loose connections, leaks

or

obstructions

g.

All fluid power lines should be checked for leaks and

security.

The compressor discharge reference line from the throttle air valve to the controller should be
spected for oil leakage from the controller. Any leakage is cause for replacement of the controller.
h.

opened

and in-

E33C, F33C SPIN INSPECTION (ACROBATIC CATEGORY)


inspection is required on all E33C and F33C (CJ-1 and after) airplanes which are being acrobatically spun
is
(even if the spin time is only a small part of total time). This inspection is NOT required if an airplane performing
acrobatic maneuvers other than spins (no spins at all). The regular 109-Hour Inspection (P/N 98-322276 or subseGuide (P/N
quent), Intermediate 1 GO-Hour inspection (P/N 98-38999 or subsequent) or Continuing Care Inspection

This

98-36711D

n?s

or

subsequent)

MUST also be

complied

with.

5-20-00

JunPa2~egi:Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

E33C, F33C SPIN INSPECTION (ACROBATIC CATEGORY)


FREQUENCY
1. 50 Hours

PART
Rudder

INSPECTION

pedal

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Check for cracks.

If cracks

MECH

bellcrank

Technical

found, contact the


Support Department of

support

Raytheon

Aircraft

INSP

are

Company.

assembly
2. 50 Hours

Elevator to

Check

Elevator

(4

torque fitting
casting joint

proper hole diameter.

per

screw

holes

elevator)

If hole diameter is

for

inch,

ream

more

hole to 0.208

than 0.194
rt

0.002 inch

diameter and install NAS 2903-4

or

NAS 6203-4)( oversize bolt. If hole

diameter exceeds 0.210 inch for


oversize bolts, contact the Technical

Support Department of Raytheon


Company. Torque bolt or

Aircraft
screw

to 30 to 40 inch-tbs.

Check hole size in

If hole diameter is greater than 0.251

elevator inboard

inch, replace elevator torque fitting.

hinge

mount hole in center of

elevator torque

fitting.

Check elevator rod end

mounting

3. 50 Hours

hole in the

If hole diameter is

inch,

ream

greater than 0.379

to 0.436

~t

elevator torque fitting for

install

proper diameter.

bushing.

Horizontaland

Horizontal stabilizer

If bolt holes

are more

vertical

in diameter

or

stabilizer

forward spar: Check


diameter of 4 outboard

attachment

bolt holes

bolt holes

(2 upper and

on

each side
2

lower).

(stabilizer
spars and

bulkheads)

one

bushings

0.001 inch and

BS 105740-X-XC-0500

than 0.253 inch

elongated,

to 0.270

ream

the

0.002 inch

diameter and install NAS 2904-14


oversize bolts. If hole diameter
exceeds 0.272 inch for oversize

Horizontal stabilizer rear


spar: Check diameter of
2 outboard bolt holes on

each side
1

(1

upper and

I bolts, contact the Technical Support


Department of Raytheon Aircraft
Company. Torque the nuts to 85 to
100 inch-lbs.

lower).

If any of these holes

are

oversize, check all other


horizontal stabilizer
holes and vertical
stabilizer bolt holes for
correct diameter.

Page

nu28102
J4

5-20-00

A23

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

E33C, F33C SPIN INSPECTION (ACROBATIC CATEGORY) (CONTINUED)


FREQUENCY

CORRECTIVE ACTION

INSPECTION

PART

Check torque

4. 50 Hours

on

all

nuts.

Inboard

Check for

elevatorhinge

and

straightness

Torque the
pounds.

MECH

INSP

nuts to 85 to 100 inch

Replace

if bent

or worn.

Replace

if bent

or worn

wear.

bolts
Elevator

push- I

rods to

Check for
and

straightness

smaller than

0.370 inch diameter.

wear.

elevator

torque fitting
bolt
5. 50 Hours

Upper

and

Inspect

tor

cracks,

middle rudder

corrosion andexcessive

hinges

wear.

cracks,

Lower rudder

Inspect

hinge

corrosion andexcessive

tor

Replace

if any of noted conditions

exist.

Replace

if any of noted conditions

exist.

wear.

6. 50 Hours

Elevatorhinge
joint

Checkbearing for
looseness and bearing
bracket for cracks,

Replace

if noted conditions exist.

corrosion and excessive


wear.

Check

If I.D. is

bushing

over

under 0.310

diameters.

Replace
Check elevator

hinge

brackets hole diameter.

Check elevator

hinge

0.191 inch

or

O.D. is

inch, replace bushings.

if noted conditions exist.

If greater than 0.200 inch, replace

bracket.

Replace

if noted conditions exist.

Replace

if

bracket for cracks,


corrosion and excessive
wear.

Check bolts for

wear.

plating

is

worn or

corroded.

Check reassembled

joint
7. 50 Hours

straightness,

Elevator

Check for

pushrods

and cracks.

Check rod end

new

parts

as

bearing
play.

Replace pushrod
Replace

required.

excessive free

Check rod end

If

hole diameter.

more

I replace

if bent

or

cracked.

bearing if
play is noted.

rod end

for excessive free

mounting

A23

Install

for looseness.

than 0.378 inch in diameter,

rod end.

5-20-00

Jun

28/02Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

E33C, F33C SPIN INSPECTION (ACROBATIC CATEGORY) (CONTINUED)


FREQUENCY

PART

INSPECTION

CORRECTIVE ACTION

8. 50 Hours

Trim Tab

Check for cracks.

Replace if noted conditions

Check free
indicated in

play as
Chapter

Replace

tab

bushing

10. 50 Hours

Elevator

Trim tab

and/or trim tab

pushrod ends and/or trim


excessive free

Check for cracks,

If cracks

especially between
outboard hinge and

Technical

elevator balance horn.

repair.

Check

Replace

straightness.

are

play

INSP

exist.

tab

actuator shaft and/or trim tab

27-30-00.

9. 50 Hours

MECH

hinge

if

is noted.

found, contact the

Support Department of
Raytheon Aircraft Company for
if bent.

pushrod
assemblies
11. 50 Hours

Trim tab

Check output shaft for

actuator

straightness.

Replace

if bent.

Check attach bolts for proper torque.

Check actuator
installation for

looseness.
12. 50 Hours

Elevator

bellcrank

Check pushrod
mounting hole for
proper diameter.

If more than 0.379 inch, press out


and press in one

existing bushing

BS105740X-XC0968
drill 0.377

hole
13. 50 Hours

14. 50 Hours

(elevator
pushrod to
bellcrank)

Check for

Inboard

Checkforcracks. Check

elevatorhinge
casting

hinge bearingsfor

Bolt

and

straightness

rt

bushing

and

0.002-inch diameter

through bushing.

Replace

if bent

or worn

smaller than

0.370 inch.

wear.

Replace

if noted condition exists.

looseness.

100-HOUR ORANNUAL INSPECTION GUIDE


operator is responsible for maintaining the airplane in an airworthy condition, including compliance
applicable Airworthiness Directives as specified in Part 39 of Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR).
It is further the responsibiiity of the owner or operator to ensure that the airplane is inspected in conformity with the
I requirements covered in 14 CFR Parts 43 and S1.These 14 CFR Parts cover the requirements concerning the Inspection Guide. This Inspection Guide is not intended to be all inclusive, for no such guide can replace the good
judgement of a certified airframe and power plant mechanic in the performance of his duties. As the one primarily
responsible for the airworthiness of the airplane, the owner or operator should select only qualified personnel to
maintain the airplane.
The

owner or

with all

FACTS PROGRAIVI ~ODELS A36 AND

B36TC)

Airplanes delivered from the factory after August 1, 2001 will use the Factory Aircraft Comprehensive Tracking
System (FACTS) which becomes the factory computerized maintenance tracking and forecasting system for the
Model A36/B36TC series airplanes. The FACTS program for the Model A36/B36TC adheres to the guidelines es-

Jun 28/0 Page

:6

5-20-00

A23

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
tablished in this

chapter of the

maintenance manual. The Raytheon Aircraft approved inspection program contained


Raytheon factory computerized maintenance inspection program (FACTS), is specifically for the Model A36/B36TC series airplanes. Any variation to the inspection program must be approved in writing
by the FAA Flight Standards District Office (FSDO), or Airworthiness Authority. The FACTS program meets the requirement of both 14 CFR 91 and 14 CFR 135.
in this

and within the

chapter,

SPECIAL CONDITIONS CAUTIONARY NOTICE


The time

periods for the inspections noted in this schedule are based on normal usage under average environmental
Airplanes operated in humid tropics, or in cold, damp climates, etc., may need more frequent inspections
for wear, corrosion, lubrication, and/or lack of maintenance. Under these adverse conditions, perform periodic inspections in compliance with this guide at more frequent intervals until the owner or operator can set his own inspection periods based on the contingencies of field experience.
conditions.

NOTE
The

required periods do not constitute a guarantee that the item will reach the period
function, as the aforementioned factors cannot be controlled by the manufacturer.

without mal-

This inspection program, in accordance with 14 CFR Parts 43 and 91, consists of, but is not limited
to, inspection items listed in this Inspection Guide, any applicable Airworthiness Directives issued

against
Sheet

the airframe

as

or

any

equipment

installed therein and

conformity

to

Type Certificate Data

applicable.

Material contained in this

guide, including

the

inspection intervals, may

be

changed

at any time

by

the

owner/oper-

ator, with prior notification and approval of the local FAA General Aviation District Office, when warranted by service

experience or engineering recommendations. Information


planes covered in this maintenance manual except where

contained herein is
differences

are

applicable to all Bonanza


by serial effectivity.

series air-

indicated

Inspection Guide may be used as an outline, detailed information of the many systems and components
airplane will be found in the various sections of this maintenance manual and the pertinent supplier publications. It is also recommended that reference be made to the applicable maintenance handbooks, service instructions, Beech and Raytheon Aircraft service bulletins, applicable FAA regulations and publications, and supplier
bulletins and specifications for torque values, clearances, settings, tolerances, and other requirements. In the final
analysis, it is the responsibility of the owner/operator to ensure that the airframe and power plant mechanic inspecting the airplane has access to the previously noted documents as well as to this Inspection Guide.
While the
in the

NOTE

Any time
are

an

airplane

not covered with

that have been

repainted or touched up, inspect all placards and decals to assure that they
paint, are easily readable, and are securely attached. Replace any placards

is

inadvertently

defaced

or

removed.

In addition to the inspections prescribed by this schedule, the altimeter system and all ATC transponders MUST be tested and inspected at 24-month intervals in compliance with the requirements
specified in 14 CFR Parts 91.411, and 91.70.

airplane must be accomplished within each 12-month period for compliance with the
Regulations. The time periods for inspections stated in this inspection guide should NEVER
be exceeded by more than 10 hours, and then only if the additional time is required to reach a place where the inspection can be satisfactorily accomplished. However, the additional time used must be deducted from the next inspection time. If 10 hours were used to reach the inspection facility, the next inspection would be due in 90 hours
for the next 100-hour inspection with no extension allowed.
A

complete inspection

of the

Title 14 Code of Federal

nu

5-20-00

JunPa2ggl~):Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

airplane must receive a complete (100-hour, annual, or complete continuing care inspection) inspection every
12 months regardless of the hours flown. The inspections completed during a 12-month period can be deleted from
the items to be inspected. Rubber goods such as fuel lines are recommended to be changed at five year periods
An

regardless

of

airplane time.
NOTE

Additional

publications

For information

on

listed in the current Publications Price List CD ROM

are

these

1-800-796-2665, fax

publications
(316) 676-4824,

(P/N 994-32808).
(TMDC) at
our web site at http:/l ray-

contact the Technical Manual Distribution Center

E-mail TMDC 8 rac.ray.con

or

visit

theonaircraft.com.

NOTE
All electrical systems operational inspections are to be made using
pable of delivering and maintaining 28.25 volts 0.25 volts DC.

Raytheon

Aircraft

Company issues

service information for the benefit of

classes of Service Bulletins. MANDATORY

(Red Border)

an

external power

source ca-

and operators in the form of two


changes, inspections or modifica-

owners

Service Bulletins

are

factory considers compliance with these Service Bulletins mandatory. OPTIONAL


Service
Bulletins
cover changes, modifications, improvements or inspections which may benefit the
(No Border)
of
information covered by the OPTIONAL Service Bulletin, each owner or operator is
the
wide range
owner. Due to
responsible for conducting a thorough review of each OPTIONAL Service Bulletin to determine if compliance is required based on the applicability of the OPTIONAL Service Bulletin to his particular set of operating conditions. It is
the responsibility of the owner or operator to ensure that all Beech and Raytheon Aircraft Service Bulletins which
are pertinent to his particular operation are complied with.
tions that could affect

safety.

The

NOTE
Model E33C and F33C airplanes
50 hours.

being

spun MUST also have the AEROBATIC INSPECTION at

WARNING I
I W~RNINO

During

the

Ensure the

Jun

28/0Page

performance
landing gear

of this

inspection

the

airplane will be placed on three-point jacks.


removing the airplane from the jacks.

is down and locked before

5-20-00

nns

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION


A.

OPERATIONAL INSPECTION
1.

STARTER

energized

MECH

INSP

Check for proper operation, unusual noise and dragging. Check starter
light (if installed) and/or load meter to ensure starter disengagement when

starter switch is released.

2.

3.

Check for proper fuel pressure limits and fluctuations.

FUEL FLOW

CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE

I I

Check for proper operation, temperature and

fluctuations.
Check for proper output and unusual noises.

4.

ALTERNATOR

5.

STANDBY ALTEWVATOR/ GENERATOR


Perform

functional test

as

outlined in

Check for proper operation in test mode.


24-31-00 of P/N 36-590001-9A (or

Chapter

the Bonanza Series Maintenance Manual. Check

subsequent),

wiring

security

for

and

condition
6.

INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM

Check for proper

7.

STANDBY INSTRUMENT AIR

(If installed)

and

plumbing

wiring

for

operation

and output pressure.

Check far proper

and condition. Refer to AFM

security

operation. Check
Supplement 36-590006-

23.
3.

PROPELLER OPERATION
smoothness of

9.

Cycle propeller and

check for proper rpm

drop and

operation.

PROPELLER DEICER

Check for proper

operation

and amperage drawn

on

ammeter.

Check for proper pressure, temperature limits

10. OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE


and unusual fluctuations.
11. MAGNETOS

Check the performance of the

NORMAL PROCEDURES in the


12. POWER CHECK

Operating

appropriate

Pilots

as

outlined under the

Operating

Refer to NORMAL PROCEDURES in the

heading

Handbook.

appropriate

Pilots

Handbook.

13. AMMETER

Check for proper indication and unusual fluctuations.

14. HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM

15. FIREWALL SHUTOFF VALVE

Check for proper

16. IDLE RPM AND MIXTURE SETTINGS

Check controls for freedom of

17. IDLE CUT-OFF

Check for proper

18. IGNITION SWITCH

Rotate the

Check for proper operation, heat and airflow

of movement.

output. Check controls for freedom

settings.

magneto

operation

and freedom of movement.

Check for both proper rpm and mixture

operation.

operation

and freedom of movement.

ignition switch through

the OFF

position

to the extreme

limit of switch travel; if the engine stops firing, the switch is normal. If the engine
continues to run with the switch held against the OFF stop, it is an indication that
magneto is still "hot" or ungrounded. When the switch is released, it should

automatically

return to OFF and the

engine should stop running. However,


replaced.

any

one

ignition

switch exhibiting this abnormal condition should be

ana

5-20-00

Ra~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION


A. OPERATIONAL INSPECTION

(CONTINUED)
MECH

(Continued)

INSP

With the engine running, check for proper operational limits,


engine response and rigging. Check friction locks for proper operation.

19. ALL ENGINE CONTROLS

Check for proper operation and unusual fiuctuations.

20. FUEL QUANTITY GAGES


21. AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP

Check pump for proper

operation,

unusual noise and

fluctuations.
22. FUEL TANK SELECTOR

Check for proper placarding, proper

operation and

feel for

detent.

positive

Check for condition, attachment, cracked

23. ALL LIGHTS

switches, knobs and circuit breakers for looseness and


24. STALL WARNING SYSTEM

Check for proper

Check for proper

25. RADIO OPERATION

or

broken lenses. Check

operation.

operation

and

heating

of the unit.

operation, security of switches and

knobs.

Check for noisy operation, full travel and proper indication.

26. FLAPS

27. PITOT HEAT

Check for amperage drawn

on

ammeter and for proper

heating of

the

unit.
28. FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Check for condition and proper

operation.

Check for condition and wear, ease of operation and proper release of the
brake. Check for unusual brake chatter.

29. BRAKES

parking

30. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER Check for proper operation. Tune radio to
121.5 MHz on VHF or 243 MHz on UHF, then turn ELT switch to ON and monitor for

one

signal.

Turn ELT switch OFF, then place in ARM


airplane is returned to service.

position.

Ensure that the ELT is

armed when the

31. AIR-CONDITIONER

condenser
retracted

moves to

position

Operate the air conditioner and verify that the retractable


ground extended position when turned on and returns to

the

when turned off. Check for proper

32. OXYGEN SYSTEM

operation

the

and unusual noise.

Functionally check the oxygen system for proper operation. Check


operation.

the oxygen bottle shutoff valve for proper


33. SWITCHES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Check for proper operation.

CONTROLS, TRIM CONTROLS AND TRIM INDICATOR Check freedom


movement and proper operation through full travel with and without flaps extended.
Check electric trim controls for operation.

34. FLIGHT

B.

of

POWERPLANT
1.

NACELLE SKiN
loose

2.

or

Page

cracks. Check for

COWL FLAPS

Open

the upper

for cracks.

Check for travel, deformation and

5-20-00

or

damage.

Check for condition, security and adjustment of latches.

cowling and clean. Inspect


4.

or

Check for cracks and deformation. Check for loose

rivets and concealed

COWLING

damage

rivets.

NACELLE STRUCTURE

missing
3.

missing

Check for deformation and obvious

security. Inspect for cracks.

Pi23

Ray~hean Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1OO-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION
B. POWER PLANT

5.

(CONTINUED)

(Continued)

MECH

INSP

Clean, inspect, regap, test and replace as necessary. Tighten spark


torque and check ignition harness condition and for proper attachment.

SPARK PLUGS

plugs

to proper

6.

COMPRESSION

7.

BATTERY

Perform differential

compression

test.

tight connections and add distilled water to maintain a


top of separators. Inspect the vents and overflow tube for
obstructions. Check for security and proper attachment. Check for corrosion. Make
certain the battery is clean. Water or dirt on battery surface can cause the battery to
discharge.
Inspect

for clean,

level of 3/8-inch above

8.

Inspect plumbing and associated accessories for condition (such as


fraying) and attachment. Check plumbing clearance and secure against

PLUMBING
cracks and

possible chafing.
9.

Check reservoir for

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

security,

open vent, proper fluid level

and for leaks.


10. ENGINE OIL TANK OR SUMP
and

Check for cracks, leaks, proper fluid level, deformation

security.

11. CRANKCASE

security

Check security of crankcase-thru bolts. inspect the

and that the tabs

are

dipstick tabs

for

not bent.

12. OIL SUMP DRAINS AND SCREENS

and for obstructions. Check for metal

Clean screens, check for holes in the screens


particles or foreign matter on screens and filters.

Check for proper torque after installation.


13. OIL COOLER

Check oil cooler, lines and fittings for condition,

security, chafing

and

leaks.
Check for condition and security. Check the
lightning strikes. If there is evidence of lightning strikes,
consult the propeller manufacturer, the engine manufacturer and Raytheon Aircraft
Company. Inspect the blades for cracks, dents, nicks, scratches, erosion, corrosion,
security and movement in the hub.

14. PROPELLER AND MOUNTING BOLTS

tip

of the blades for evidence of

15. PROPELLER SPINNER


16. PROPELLER HUB
17. ALTERNATOR

attachment and
18. ALTERNATOR

Check for deformation, security and cracks.

Check for cracks,

excessively leaking seals

Check for condition and attachment. Check

possible

and condition.

wiring

for proper

chafing. Check for unusual noise.

(Prestolite

or

Delco

Remy only) Remove and disassemble

the

necessary to inspect the rotor shaft bearings for condition and replace if
necessary. Refer to Beech Service Instructions No. 0546-359 Rev II or subsequent.

alternator

as

19. STARTER

Check for condition, attachment and chafed

20. STANDBY GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR


wires and for

n23

or

loose wires.

Check for condition, attachment, security of

chafing.

5-20-00

11

Raylheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION
B. POWER PLANT

MECH

(Continued)

21. MAGNETOS

excessively

(CONTINUED)
INSP

Check contact points for proper clearance. Points with deep pits or
areas must be discarded. Inspect the cam follower felt pad for

burned

proper lubrication and clean the compartment with


harness for proper connection,

security

and

22. MAGNETO PRESSURIZATION FILTER

fraying.

clean, dry cloth. Check ignition


Check

timing.

Check for condition, cleanliness and

security.

Check cylinders and exhaust manifold for obvious leaks,


security and cracks, check baffles for cracks and security. Check cylinders for broken
cooling fins and loose or missing base nuts.

23. CYLINDERS AND BAFFLES

Check for deformation, security, cracks, leaks, loose or missing


occur due to normal internal

24. EXHAUST SYSTEM

clamps. Check for thin wall condition which may


erosion on stacks which have long service time.
nuts and

25. FIREWALL
access

Check for wrinkles, damage

holes for proper

or

cracks. Check all electrical and control

sealing.

Check all fuel, oil and air hose or duct for


damage. Check fittings for security.

26. HOSE AND DUCTS

deterioration and

Check for condition,

27. ENGINE ACCESSORIES

and tubes for

chafing, security

28. ENGINE MOUNTS

security and leaks. Check wiring,

Check for cracks, corrosion and security.


grounding straps for condition and

21-40-00.

Check for leaks and corrosion and control

30. PROPELLER GOVERNOR

31. ENGINE CONTROLS

attachment, alignment

Inspect rubber cushions,


security.

Check for cracks, distortion, corrosion, leaks and

29. CABIN HEATER SYSTEM

Chapter

hoses

and leaks.

mount bolts and nuts, and

obstructions per

leakage, cracks,

Check controls and associated


and

rigging.

equipment

arm

for

security.

for condition,

Remove cable connection bolts and check for wear

each 300 hours.


32. IGNITION HARNESS

Inspect

for

fraying and

attachment.

33. ELECTRICAL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT Inspect electrical


equipment and accessories for fraying and attachment.
Check for condition,

34. ALL DRAINS AND PLUGS


leaks and correct

security

wiring

and associated

and obstructions. Check for

tightness.

35. PRESSURE PUMP INTAKE FILTER

Inspect

filter for

condition, cleanliness and

security. Check filter container for leaks. Replace filter every 300 hours

or more

often

as

necessary.
36. AIR-CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR

refrigerant level and for oil leaks.


and worn or frayed condition.

security and attachment. Check


Chapters 12 and 21. Check belt for tension

Check for

Refer to

Check for condition, cleanliness and security.

37. INDUCTION AIR FILTER

38. INDUCTION SYSTEM AND ALTERNATE AIR

delamination of the inner

cracks, operation and

dun

28/0Page

12

lining.

Check hot and cold flexible air ducts for

Check the alternate air valve for

blockage, security,

wear.

5-20-00

~23

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION


B. POWER PLANT

MECH

(Continued)

39. FUEL INJECTION CONTROL VALVE


screen

(CONTINUED)

Clean the

screen

and check for

damage.

Install

and check for leaks.

Inspect all fuel injection components, lines and fittings for


fuel leaks, fraying and cracking.

40. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

evidence of
41

FUEL RETURN LINE

(EA-I

drain line, particularly in the


fitting of the fuel return line.

thru

EA-439) Check for chafing against the wastegate seal


approximately six inches from the fire wall bulkhead

area

42. ELECTRIC PROPELLER DEICER


a.

Check for service

damage

Check for attachment and

to the deicer

heaters, brush rods, springs and brushes.

security.

b.

Check the lead strap and all other clamps, connectors and wiring for electrical
soundness, security and attachment.

c.

Check the

deposits
d.

slip rings

for

of oil, grease

roughness, cracks, burned or discolored areas and for


dirt. Check for security and attachment of all components.

or

Check deicer boots for wrinkles, loose

or

torn

areas.

43. TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM


a.

Inspect the system

b.

Inspect the

for oil leaks, exhaust system

compressor wheel for nicks, cracks

leaks, cracks and attachment.

or

broken blades and freedom of

movement.
c.

Inspect the bypass valve (wastegate) for proper operation and inspect all linkage for
interference, condition, security and attachment.

d.

Inspect all

exhaust system components for

worn or

damaged

areas, loose

clamps,

worn or

damaged

areas, loose

clamps,

cracks and leaks.


e.

Inspect

lubrication system components for

cracks and leaks.

injection

reference

f.

Inspect the upper deck pressure reference lines and the fuel
manifold for loose connections, leaks and possible chafing.

g.

Check and calibrate the turbine inlet temperature indicator in accordance with
Chapter 77-00-00.

h.

Check manifold pressure controller

44. ENGINE BAFFLE SEALS

annual

inspection. Replace

linkage

for

wear.

Inspect for security and condition


as

necessary

or

at each 100-hour

or

every 10 years of service.

Inspect pressure system in-line filter for condition, cleanliness and security.
Replace pressure system in-line filter in accordance with the Overhaul and
Replacement Schedule in Chapter 5-10-00.

45. FILTERS

C.

CABIN AND BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT


1.

ana

SKIN Inspect skins for deformation, cracks and loose


found, check adjacent structure.

or

missing

rivets. If

damage

is

5-20-00

INSP

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
IOO-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION
C. CABIN AND BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
2.

STRUCTURE
concealed

3.

(CONTINUED)

(Continued)

Check for cracks and def ormation. Check for loose

or

missing

MECH

INSP

rivets and

damage.

CABLES, PULLEYS AND TURNBUCKLES Check the flight control components,


pulleys. Replace control system components (pushrods, turnbuckles, end
fittings, castings, etc.) that have bulges, splits, bends, or cracks. Check control cables,
pulleys, and associated equipment for condition, attachment, alignment, clearance and

cables and

proper

operation. Replace

length

of cable

important

pulleys

cables that have

than 3 broken strands in any 9-foot

more

evidence of corrosion. Check cables for proper tension. NOTE It is


to operate controls through their full range so that the cables move away from

and all

or

portions

of the cables

are

exposed

for

inspection.

LANDING GEAR GEARBOX AND ACTUATING LINKAGE

4.

Check for

condition and attachment. Check for unusual noise. Remove oil filler

leakage, wear,
plug and check oil

by engaging and turning the emergency hand crank 1/2 turn to determine that oil
being picked up on the worm gear. The oil level should be maintained no more than
necessary to cover 112 of the diameter of the worm gear. Install oil filler plug.
level

is

I
5.

6.

security

and check

signs

of

chafing

security and wear at


jam nuts for tightness.

Check for condition,

all

security

points.
and leaks.

cracks.

or

BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER AND PARKING BRAKE VALVE

security
8.

housing

for

AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP AND FUEL LINES

Check lines for


7.

Check for condition,

FLAP MOTOR AND SHAFTS

Check drive shaft

and leaks. Check lines for

signs

of

chafing

or

Check for condition,

cracks.

Check for freedom of movement. Check cables, push/pull rods,


bellcranks, pulleys, turnbuckles and fair leads for proper routing, condition and security.
RUDDER PEDALS

Check rudder

positive

positions for wear. Check locks and pins to ensure


important to operate controls through their full range so that
away from pulleys and all portions of the cables are exposed for

pedal fore

lock. NOTE

the cables move

and aft

It is

inspection.
9.

CONTROL COLUMN, TRIM CONTROL AND INDICATOR (Electric and Manual)


Check for freedom of movement. Inspect pulleys, sprockets, bearings, actuators, chains
and turnbuckles for condition,

security

operation. Check trim indicator for proper

and

indication.
10. ENGINE CONTROLS
locks for proper

Check for

ease

of

operation through full

travel. Check friction

operation.

11. ELECTRICAL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT

Check for condition,

security

and

signs

of

chafing.
12. PLUMBING

Check all plumbing and connections for security, leakage and

general

condition.
13. WINDOWS AND DOORS

Inspect windows for scratches, crazing and general


Inspect doors for security of attachment. Check latching mechanism for
proper engagement and ease of operation. Check that rotation of the interior door
handle without depressing the handle lock release button does not unlatch the door.
condition.

Jun

28/0Page

14

5-20-00

nns

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION
C. CABIN AND BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT

(CONTINUED)
MECH

(Continued)

INSP

14. INSTRUMENTS AND INSTRUMENT PANEL

Inspect instrument panel, sub panels,


placards and instruments for condition and attachment. Check all knobs for security.
Inspect shock mounts and ground straps for cracks and security.

15.

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES Inspect cabin seats,

seat belts

and shoulder harnesses for proper operation, condition and security of attachment.
Inspect floorboards for condition and seat attachment. Check for operation of the seat

stops.
Check condition of the oxygen system and check the oxygen

16. OXYGEN SYSTEM

masks for cleanliness and stowage.


17. VENTILATING SYSTEM
and

Check all fresh air and heat outlet vents for proper movement

operation.

18. FUEL SELECTOR VALVE

Inspect for leakage, security, freedom of movement, proper

detent feel and condition. Clean strainer and check for condition. Check for proper

placarding.
Check emergency release handle and latch assembly for
Check that the hatch moves out freely. Check the complete latch

19. EMERGENCY EXIT HATCH

operation.
assembly for condition
proper

and all moving parts for proper operation. With the hatch
installed, check for proper latching and seal. Safety the emergency exit with 0.020

inch-diameter copper wire after


20. STATIC SYSTEM

opening.

Check and drain water from the static lines.


Check for condition, mounting

21. CABIN AIR BLOWER

security

and

wear

at all

points.

Drain and clean. On fuel cells with foam inserts, check for brown
foam material. Refer to Safety Communique No. 67 and Service Bulletin No. 2109.

22. FUEL STRAINER

23. CONTROL COLUMN

D.

(E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and After; EA-320, EA-389 and After)


U-joint roll pins and ensure they are not backing out.

control column

Inspect the

MECH

WINGS AND CARRY-THROUGH STRUCTURE

LH
1.

SKIN

Check for deformation and obvious damage. Check for cracks, loose

or

INSP

RH

missing

rivets. If damage is found, check adjacent structure. Check for indications of hard
landing or excessive flight loading.
2.

STRUCTURE
or

missing

Check for cracks, deformation and concealed damage. Check for loose

rivets.
for cracks, proper fit and attachment.

3.

ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS

4.

CABLES, PULLEYS AND TURNBUCKLES Check the flight control components,


cables and pulleys. Replace control system components (pushrods, turnbuckles, end
fittings, castings, etc.) that have bulges, splits, bends, or cracks. Check control cables,
pulleys, and associated equipment for condition, attachment, alignment, clearance and

Inspect

than 3 broken strands in any 3-foot


length of cable or evidence of corrosion. Check cables for proper tension. NOTE It is
important to operate controls through their full range so that the Gables move away from

proper

operation. Replace

pulleys and

nns

all

portions

cables that have

of the cables

are

more

exposed

for

inspection.

5-20-00

15

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
IOO-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION
D. WINGS AND CARRY-THROUGH STRUCTURE

(CONTINUED)
MECH

(Continued)

LH
5.

AILERONS

Check for condition and security. Check for cracks, loose

and freedom of movement. Check

rods for

security

hinge bearings

RH

missing rivets
push/pull

and brackets for condition,

and rod ends for corrosion.

6.

FUEL CELLS, CAPS AND VENTS Inspect fuel cells, caps and
Chapter 28. Refer to Service Instruction Number 0632-280.

7.

PLUMBING

8.

ELECTRICAL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT

or

INSP

Check for

leakage, chafing,

condition and

Inspect

for

vent lines. Refer to

security.

chafing, damage, security

and

attachment.
9.

FLAP LIMIT SWITCHES

Check for condition, security and freedom of operation.


Check for condition, security, binding

10. FLAPS AN D ACTUATORS


drive shafts. Check

roller

bearings

flap skin and

structure for

and tracks for condition. Check

11. FLAP POSITION TRANSMITTER

cracks, loose

stop

area

or

or

chafing of actuator

missing

are

Check the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings to


open and free of obstruction.

13. WING SPAR CAP

damage.

Check for security and operation.

12. DRAIN HOLES

they

rivets. Check

for condition and

Inspect the wing spar cap

for corrosion. Refer to

ensure

Chapter

that

57. See

Service Bulletin 2538.


14. WING BOLTS

wing bolts for proper torque at the first 1 GO-hour inspection and
inspection after each reinstallation of the wing attach bolts. Refer to
maintenance manual for wing bolt, nut and fitting inspection criterion

Check

at the first 1 GO-hour

Chapter 57 of this
and frequency.

15. RADAR ANTENNA COVER

Check the fiberglass for security, attachment and cracks.

16. FUEL VENTS AND AIR INLETS, PITOT TUBE AND STALL WARNING VANE

Check

for condition and obstruction.


17. Perform the INSPECTION OF FUEL CELL FLAPPER VALVE

Refer

procedure.
retpahC
ot

28-10-00.

E.

MECH

NOSEGEAR
WHEEL AND TIRE

1.

Check wheel for cracks and tire for wear, damage and proper

inflation. Check wheel

bearings

LANDING GEAR STRUT

2.

for condition and

Inspect

leakage.

Check for wear at attach

3.

ACTUATING LINKAGE

4.

GEAR DOORS AND LINKAGE

wear.

the shock strut and components for cracks,

attachment, proper inflation and evidence of

points. Check for cracks and security.

Check doors for damage and cracks to the structure


and skins. Check linkage for wear and cracks at the attach points. Check for condition
and

security.

NOSE GEAR STEERING LINKAGE

5.

security. Inspect linkage

Jun

INSP

28/02PagelG

Inspect linkage

for

tightness,

condition and

boots for condition.

5-20-00

A23

Raylheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION

(Continued)

E. NOSE GEAR
6.

(CONTINUED)

SHIMMY DAMPER

MECH

INSP

Check for condition and attachment. Check attach points for


Chapter 12-20-00.

cracks. Check fluid level per


7.

in
8.

Check and maintain the proper fluid level in the strut as outlined

STRUT FLUID LEVEL

Chapter

12-20-00.

STRUT AND A-FRAME HINGE BOLTS

Inspect

for corrosion and

security of

attachment.
9.

STATIC CABLE

(If installed)

Inspect for condition, proper

clearances and attachment.

Check for condition.

10. VISUAL INDICATOR

11. NOSE LANDING GEAR DRAG BRACE

(P/N 002-820016-31, P/N 002-820018-3, or


Installed) Check that the two drag brace bracket attachment bolts
(Item 22, Figure 4, Chapter 32-20-00) are secure. Check drag brace assembly for shear
stress, wear and corrosion. At 2,000 hours, remove and inspect the two bracket

with Kit 35-4012-1

attachment bolts.

Replace

all hardware with evidence of shear stress,

wear

and/or

corrosion.
12. NOSE LANDING GEAR RETRACT ROD ROD-ENDS

for
F.

signs

of

cracking,

sheer stress,

wear

Check the retract rod rod-ends

and corrosion.

I
MECH

MAIN GEAR AND BRAKES

LH
1.

BRAKES, LINES, LINING AND DISCS


lines for

chafing

and

signs

of

leakage

or

Check for condition,

wear

and

cracks. Check discs for wear

or

I I
INSP

RH

security. Check

warping.

Check

brake discs for cracks.


2.

Check wheels for cracks and tires for wear, damage, condition

WHEELS AND TIRES

and proper inflation. Check wheel


3.

bearings

for condition and

ACTUATOR GEARBOX, MOTOR AND SWITCHES

wear.

Check for

leakage, condition

and

security.
4.

LANDING GEAR STRUTS Inspect the shock struts and components for cracks,
attachment, corrosion, proper inflation and evidence of leakage.

5.

ACTUATING LINKAGE
condition and

6.

Check for

GEAR DOORS AND LINKAGE

linkage

for

STRUT FLUID LEVEL

8.

outlined in

points.

Check for

Chapter

Check doors for damage and cracks to the structure


and cracks at the attach points. Check for condition

wear

security. Determine that all


pins.
and

as

and cracks at attach

security,

and skins. Check

7.

wear

clevis

retaining pins are

in

place and secured with

cotter

Check and maintain the proper hydraulic fluid level in the struts
12-20-00.

STRUT AND A-FRAME HINGE BOLTS

Inspect

for corrosion and

security of

attachment.

A23

5-20-00

17

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION
G.

(CONTINUED)

MAIN GEAR OPERATION

MECH
LH

INSP

RH

WARNING
circumstances should the landing gear be operated electrically while the hand
engaged. In the event of such an operation, a tear down and magnetic inspection
should be performed to determine damage to the engagement slot in the worm shaft.
Under

no

crank is

CAUTION

battery voltage is not sufficient to properly cycle the landing gear for this inspection,
only an external power source capable of delivering and maintaining 28.25 0.25 VDC to
the airplanes electrical system throughout the extension and retraction cycles when performing
the landing gear retraction inspection. Refer to Chapter 32 for more specific information on the
following items.
Since the
use

fit and fair. Check for unusual noise.

1.

DOORS

2.

POSITION LIGHTS Check for security, adjustment and wiring for breaks, condition of
insulation, loose connections and proper indication.

3.

WARNING HORN

4.

UPLOCK CABLE TENSION

Check

security. Check
5.

operation,

Check for proper operation.

uplock cable

Check

uplock

cable mechanism for condition and

for proper tension and for

EMERGENCY EXTENSION

possible fraying.

Check system for freedom of

operation. Check for


engagement of the

unusual noise. With the spar cover installed, check for proper
emergency extension handle and proper system operation.
6.

DOWNLOCI( TENSION

Check for proper deflection force

on

the main gear knee

joints.
7.

UPLOCK ROLLERS
indicated in

Chapter

Check condition and clearance of


12-20-00. Check for

uplock

rollers and lubricate

as

binding.

8.

LIMIT SWITCH RIGGING Check for security and proper adjustment of the limit
switches. Refer to RIGGING THE LANDING GEAR in Chapter 32-30-00 of this
maintenance manual for correct landing gear gearbox internal clearance.

9.

SAFETY SWITCH

Check for security, proper

rigging

and

operation.

airplane on jacks and cycle the landing gear while


position light switches operate in conjunction with the
condition and operation of the complete landing gear
the
Check
position.

10. GENERAL OPERATION

Place the

to ascertain that the

checking
landing gear
system.

11. DYNAMIC BRAKING ACTION


12.

of

dynamic

brake

relay.

(If Installed) Inspect the retractable step for cable and safety link
condition, proper adjustment and operation. Check fixed link condition, proper
adjustment and operation. Check fixed steps for security.
ASSIST STEP

Page

nuJ81

Verify proper operation

28/02

5-20-00

nzs

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION
H.

(CONTINUED)
MECH

NOSE GEAR OPERATION

INSP

WARNING
Under

circumstances should the landing gear be operated electrically while the hand
engaged. In the event of such an operation, a tear down and magnetic inspection
be performed to determine damage to the engagement slot in the worm shaft.

no

crank is
should

CAUTION

II

voltage is not sufficient to properly cycle the landing gear for this inspection,
0.25 VDC to
external power source capable of delivering and maintaining 28.25
the airplane s electrical system throughout the extension and retraction cycles when performing

Since the battery


use

only an

Refer to

the landing gear retraction inspection.


following items.

for

more

specific information

on

the

fit and fair. Check for unusual noise.

i.

DOORS

2.

NOSE GEAR UP TENSION

Check

Chapter 32

operation,

Check the up tension

on

the nose gear as indicated in

RIGGING THE LANDING GEAR in Chapter 32-30-00.


3.

DOWNLOCK TENSION Check the downlock tension


RIGGING THE LANDING GEAR in 32-30-00.

4.

GENERAL OPERATION

on

the nose gear

as

indicated in

Place the airplane on jacks and cycle the landing gear while
checking to ascertain that the position light switches operate in conjunction with the
landing gear position. Check the condition and operation of the complete landing gear

system.

I.

Inspect for

5.

VISUAL INDICATOR

6.

NOSE GEAR STEERING

proper

adjustment

and operation.

Check for condition and security.

REAR FUSELAGE AND EMPENNAGE


i.

Check for deformation, cracks and obvious damage. Check for loose
damage is found, check adjacent structure.

SKIN

or

missing

rivets. If
2.

INTERNAL FUSELAGE STRUCTURE


loose

or

missing

Check for cracks and deformation. Check for

rivets. Check bulkheads, door

posts, stringers and doublers for

corrosion, cracks and buckles.


3.

STRUCTURE
other obvious

4.

Inspect the two


damage.

most aft bulkheads for

cracks, distortion, loose rivets

or

CABLES, PULLEYS AND TURNBUCKLES Check the flight control components,


pulleys. Replace control system components (pushrods, turnbuckles, end
fittings, castings, etc.) that have bulges, splits, bends, or cracks. Check control cables,
pulleys, and associated equipment for condition, attachment, alignment, clearance and

cables and

have more than 3 broken strands in any 3foot


Check cables for proper tension. NOTE It is
of
corrosion.
evidence
length
their
full range so that the cables move away from
controls
to
through
important operate
for inspection.
of
the
cables
are
and
all
exposed
portions
pulleys

proper

operation. Replace cables that

of cable

~123

or

5-20-00

Jun

28/02PagelS

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
100-HOUR OR ANNUAL INSPECTION (CONTINUED)
I. REAR FUSELAGE AND EMPENNAGE

5.

CONTROL SURFACES
or

missing

(Continued)

6.

Check for deformation, cracks and security. Check for loose


security of hinges and

hinge casting ton

the aft

bulkhead)

for cracks

mounting bolt holes.

TRIM TABS AND ACTUATORS

Chapter

27-30-00. Check

hinges

Check for security and

Check free play per


security and wear. Check

wear.

and trim tab actuators for

trim tabs for cracks and control rods for attachment. Lubricate trim tab

Chapter

hinges per

12-20-00.

7.

STATIC PORTS

8.

PLUMBING

9.

INSP

rivets. Check for freedom of movement. Check for

bond cables. Check the inboard elevator


in

MECH

Check for obstruction and clean

Check for

leakage, cracks, chafing,

ELECTRICAL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT

as

necessary.

condition and

security.

Inspect for chafing, damage, security

and

attachment.
10. STATIC LINES
11. ANTENNAS

12.

Check condition of static lines and drain.

Check for condition and

ELEVATOR/RUDDER

security.

(Ruddervators)open and clean.

a.

Check that the drain holes

b.

Check that the ruddervator trim tab and


ELEVATOR TRIM IAB

are

hinge pin are correctly


INSTALLATION, Chapter 27-21-00.

the trim tab

c.

Check for cracks

d.

Check the stabilizer front and

on

hinge support

rear

mated. Refer to

channel.

spar attach points for cracks and looseness.

(CE-I thru CE-1425; CJ-I thru CJ-179; E-l


airp\anes that have not installed Kit No. 33-6001-1
2333 every 500 flight hours or annually.

13. RUDDER FORWARD SPAR


EA-1 thru EA-500 and

Service Bulletin No.

thru E-2518;
S Refer to

(CE-1426 and After; CJ-180 and After; E-2519 and After;


airplanes that have installed Kit No. 33-6001-1 S Open
inspection covers adjacent to the upper and center hinges. Inspect ribs, spar, hinges
and all rudder components in area of the hinges for attachment security, cracks and
general condition using a flashlight and mirror. Install covers.

14. RUDDER FORWARD SPAR

EA-501 and After and

J.

GENERAL

Airplane

2.

Airplane lubricated,

3.

Inspect

4.

5.

Jun

28/0Page

20

all

placards

after

cleaning,

to ensure that

Ensure that all Airworthiness


and

cleaned and serviced.

1.

previously

in accordance with

they

are

Chapter

easily readable

and

securely attached.

Directives, Beech and Raytheon Aircraft Service Bulletins


are reviewed and complied with as required.

issued Service Instructions

complete or annual inspection of the airplane, all


noted in this guide should be inspected.
For

12-20-00.

5-20-00

items

on

the

airplane

that

are

nns

CHAPTER

DIMENSIONS
AND AREAS

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 6

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY


CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE

SUBJECT
6-EFFECTIVITY/CONTENTS

DATE
........,,,.Oct 7/83

6-00-00

CHAPTER 6

.........,._

Feb 18/83

Oct 10/80

2A

Feb 18/83

................Oct 7/83

...............Jan 20/82

.........,.,..Oct 7/83

..............Jan 20/82

............,Jan 20/82

..............Jan 20/82

DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION

SUBJECT

SUBJECT
..6-00-00

DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

(CE-748, CE-772 and after;


CJ-149 thru CJ-155 Without Kit 33-4002-1)
Airplane Dimensions (D-10097, D-10120 and after)
Airplane Dimensions (CJ-156 and after, and CJ-149
thru CJ-155 with Kit 33-4002-1)
Airplane

PAGE

Dimensions

........1

........2
......2A

Airplane Dimensions (E-llll, E-1241 and after)


Airplane Dimensions (EA-1 thru EA-272 except EA-242)
Airplane Dimensions (EA-242, EA-273 and after)
Stations Diagram (CE-748, CE-772 and after; CJ-149 and after)
Stations Diagram (D-10097, D-10120 and after)
Stations Diagram (E-llll, E-1241 and after; EA-1 and after)

i................

.......3
.......4
.......5
.......6

.......7
............8

"END"

&EFFECTIVrTYICONTENTS

P~gl
Oct 7/83

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

268

i3

83"
i

67"

7.5" MINIMUM CLEARANCE


336"

h\

OPTIONAL RADAR

122"

7 DIA

97"

113607.1(

Altplene Dimalmions (CE-748, CE772 and after;


CJ-149 thru CJ-155 Without Kit 33-4002-1)
Figure 1
600-00

Pegei
A5

Febi8/83

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINtENANCE MANUAL

265"

T
67"
c:r

77"

68" MINIMUM CLEARANCE

336"

h\

OPTIONAL RADAR

106"

7 DIA

97"----------1

Airplane

6-0090

Page2
Oct 10/80

Dimensions

(D-10097, P10120
Figure 2

v,r.~or.is

and

after)

BEECHCRAFF

BONANtA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

268

i3
83"

6!"

7.5" MINIMVM CLEARANCE


336"

WING AREA:
181.0 SO.FT.

h\

lL111

122"

7 ~DIA

97"

Airplane

Dimensions (CJ-150 and after, and CJ-149


thru CJ-155 With Kit 339002-1)

133-607.29

Figure 2A
6-00-00

Page 2 A
A5

Feb18183

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

85"

6.6"

CI~

CLEARANCE, 9.5" E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 AND

7.5" MINIMUM

4FTER

~k

336"-

IQ

~Ck

*OPTIONAL RADAR

tAT SERIALS E1946, 6-2104, 6-2111 AND


~k
AFTER, VORTEX GENERATORS WERE ADDED
TO tHE WING LEADING EDGE. AT THE SAME
SERIALS A CONTROLLABLE TAB REPLACED
THE FIXED fAB ON THE LEFT AILERON.

122"

L~-

80" DIA 3 BLADE PROPELLER USED 6-1946,

6-2104, 6-2111 AND AFTER.

7 DIA

j-97"
A38-M)7- 33

Airptane

(8-1111,
Figure 3

Dimensions

6-1241 and

atter)

6-00-00

Page3
A6

Oc17/83

YLL~)

ICI~ 1~,

BONANtA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

29.5

8 FT. 5 IN.

sFT:elN.

--W,L. I0oon

f-

9.5 IN. (MIN. CLEARANCE WITH TIRE


AND SHOCK STRUT DEFLATED)

3"56 MIN.

2.5"

33 FT. 6 IN.

VERTICAL
STABILIZER

OPTIONAL RADAR

12 FT. 2 IN.

80 IN. DIA.

9 FT. 7 IN.
A36TC-607-20

Airplane Dlmanalona (EA-lthru


Figure 4

EA-212

Except EA-242)

6-00-00

Page

Jan 20/82

A4

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.5

L~pt

t
t THE FIXED TAB IS REPLACED BY A
CONTAOLLABLE TAB ON LEFT AILERON
AT SERIALS EA-320, EA-389 AND
AFTER

VERTICAL
STABILIZER

12 FT. 2 IN.

078

~----9 FT. 7 IN.

29.5

Z>
6 FT. 6 IN.

~D
~D

(MIN. CLEARANCE WITH TIRE


AND SHOCK STRUT DEFLATED)

10.5 IN.

8 FT. 5 IN.

-;-__1

--W.L. 100.00

r
3"56 MIN.

Airplane Dlmanaiona (EA-242,


Figun, 5

EA-273 and

836TC-607-23

after)

6-00-00

Page5
A6

Oct 7/83

BEECHCRA~
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

14.96

41.~72

..75

116.50

1I~qi

104.90

27200

292.00

257.649.00
19.812

174.50

151.00

33.345

ii om
w.L111
I

82.53;1.W.L.
88.1

248.30

149~W

18.25
39.50
4.50
12125 29.25

68.00
58.50

83.090100.00

233.50

207.00

17.8;1
112138
131.00

256.90

170.00
179.00

291.00

FUSELAGE

152.250

HORIZONTAL STABILIZER

VERTICAL STABILIZER

272.000
257.806

3.500
1.245

15.250
38.403
25.500
35.750 ~CC----I

Y~-- 36.15
36.900

46.000

58.250
56.550
72.500

148.815

175.837

191.00

182563

123.1 82
39.375
86.000
113.172
59.000
13530
09.305 83.547
23.881
95.483
73.000

136.188

i~i

n
WING

Ir
175.294

0.00

80.647
108.281
44.164
122.750

53.d00 I
45.000

131~

J3sow

36.030

Stations

Diagram (CE-748, CE-TIP


Figura

and

after; CJ-149 and after)

6-00-00

Paga6
Jan 20/82

A4

BEECHCRAFT

BONIVJZASERIES
MANmNANCE MANUAL,

82.960 94.75

116.25r

MIo4.so I ID1F~3.812
~I IX(1B

41.172

14.96

27200

11850

33.545

257.609
151.M)

292.00

277.00

174.50

11_1

w.L.
w.l

as.J-~--Clz(z

248.30
233.50

Mj.OO
18.25

\491W

39.50
12125 29,25

4.50

68.00
58.50

85.090100.00

LI

lir.87
131.00
112.138

256.90

297.00

FUSELAGE

170.00
119.00
152.250

CLOFAIRPLANE

:I

0.000

12500 56.250 35.75015.250


46.000

MLFRONT SPAR

STABIUZER

M REAR

38.15
3.900

39.315
66.000
13530
59.000

1 23.182

113.172

148.175136.1

175.837
191.00

162.563

rjg305 83.54173.0001.
n~ rl

23.881

95.463

88

0.00

WING

175.294

80.b47
108.281
94.864
122=750

Stations Diagram

(0-10097,
F~gure 7

53.d00
45.000
38.030

.i~7

I)-10120 and after)

6-0000

Page 7
Jan 20/82
A~

BEECHCRAFT
BONAE~A SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

58.00

1M).00

148.15

Ile.M

124.75
23.345
-10.00

174.00

48.50

I3~.!72

8.25

Iq.aol 155.00

20!.00

233.50

1257.606272.00

100.00

0.~00

925

170.00
39.00
29.50

83:00

58.00

112:138

131.00

12;.55

14j.00

FUSELAGE
495
.245

38.

39.375
83.547 66.00
122.75
103.641
146.875
73.M)S9
~.091
113.1n
(36.188
1gW83

175.281
181W

53:00
47.m

31.75

yu.se~

13.218~/

83.00

11~--23.06

VERTICAL STABIUZER

272.00

257.608

162563
7

136.168
i

108.261

MODELS F33A. F33C. V35B. A38. A36TC

3.M

BO.C17

25.50

45.00
23.at

35.75

WING

36.15
36.90

31.75

218.18

198.000

usloml iogsml~

122.7$
148.875
175.281
136.188
162.563

103.641

83.541 66,00
73.M)

113.172IglpB(

580039.875123;881

56.25

47.00
66.55
.525

83.00

HORUOHTAL STABIUZER

162363
136.188
108.281

80.047

qjDD

MODEL B36TC

23.81

366038

Stations Diagram (E-llll. E-1241 and


after; EA-1 and after)
FIE(un, g
6QO-00

PegeB

"END"

3en ~0/82
A4

C H A PT E R

LIFTING AND

SHORING

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER I

LITTINC AND SHORING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

CHAPTER

CHAPTER

PACE

SECTION

7-00-00

Lifting and Shoring

Jacking
Main

Maintenance Practices

SUBJECT
....7-00-00

1
I
2

Wheel ja;k:Ing

Hoisting
"END"

7-CONTENTS
Page 1
A13

Mar 30/90

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 7
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

7-EFFECTIVITY

Mar 30/90

7-CONTENTS

Mar 30/90

7-00-00

1
2

Mar 30/90
Mar 30/90

"END"

7-EFFECT1V1TY
A13

Page 1
Mar 30/90

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIFTING AND SHORING


PRACTICES

MAINTENANCE

JACKING

WARN ING

The

landing

gear

struts

do

incorporate internal stops.


the

aiplane

attempt

to

is

jacks,

on

remove

the

knees, the torque knee pins


bolt connecting the torque

not

When
do

not

torque
or

the

knees
the shock

without first aeflating


absorber assembly and supporting
the gear. The torque knees provide
the extension stop for the lower
shock
absorber
When
assembly.
they are disconnected, the cylinder
is free to slide out of the
upper

assembly.
CAUTION

Jacking
only

the

be

landing gear should


accomplished within an
or
building
hangar.

enclosed
Should it become necessary to jack
the airplane in the open, no more
than
one
jack point should be
utilized at a time. For safety of
personnel and the airplane, wind

velocity in
considered

any direction must be

prior

to

jacking

airplane.

the

35-590006 Main Wheel Jack


Figure 2

Adapter

A three point jack (Figure 1) is used to


ii ft the airplane off the ground. Each
jack pad is identified and located on the
underside of the fuselage. One jack pad
is located on each of the lower wing-tofuselage attachment fittings along the
front spar. The rear jack fitting consists
of an eye bolt that is screwed completely
into the airplane.
WARNING

Be

sure

the

rear

jack point safety

place and safetied to prethe


vent
airplane from nosing
over. As an additional precaution
against nosing over, attach, but
not suspend, a weight of approximately 200 pounds to the aft tiedown lug.
is

in

When one wing is to be removed, a stand


should be placed under the opposite wing
and the tail to counteract the resulting
unbalanced condition of the airplane.
MAIN WHEEL JACKING

jack adapter (Figure 2) is


optional equipment. Before
raising the airplane, be sure the shock
strut is properly inflated to the correct
If the strut is not inflated to
height.
the recommended height, it will be impos-

The main wheel

supplied

Model 300 Service Jack

figure 1

as

sible to insert thejack adapter into the


wheel axle. A scissor type jack is
recommended for Individual wheel jacking.

main

7-00-00
A13

Page 1
Mar 30/90

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MA1NTENANCE MANUAL

HOISTING

airplane

The

Install

a.

be

may

the

ting, P/N 35-590067,


wing attach bolt.
b.
the
c.

the

far

hoisting
on

sling fiteach upper forward

Attach the hoisting


35-590064-1 shown

~n

hoisting sling fittings.


Install the strap assembly aroung
blade shanks.

propeller
d.

Hoist the

airplane

ETON.ylhto ms

Adjust the strap assembly


ai rp lane

the

slightly
e.

may

mainte-

follows:

as

P/N

bly,
to

hoisted

parts replacement

or

nance

be

nose

to

keep

level
down attitude.
in

or

As
added precaution,
an
installed under the tail

stand
the

of

airplane.
35-590064-1

Hoisting Sling Assembly


Figure 3

If

the

airplane

must

be

hoisted

and

the

P/N 35-590064-1
When lowering the airplane, caution should
be exercised to prevent the shock strut
from becoming compressed and forcing the

landing

gear door

against the jack adapt-

er.

hoisting sling assembly


available, remove the cabin door,

is not
the left front window and the front seats.
Attach a sling to the front wing spar in
the fuselage and a line to the hoist fitting on the engine.

CAUTION

CAUTION

Do not walk on the wing walk with


the airplane on the main wheel

A spreader must be used above the


cabin to prevent damaging the door
molding and window frame.

jack.
"END"

1-00-00
Page 2
Mar 30/90

A13

CHAPTER

LEVELING AND
VV EIGHING

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 8

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY


CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

DATE

PAGE

8-EFFECTIVITY/CONTENTS

.........,,,May 9/80

8-00-00

...............May 9/80

CHAPTER 8

LEVELING AND WEIGHING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

SUBJECT

GENERAL

8-00-00

Maintenance Practices

PAGE

........1

Leveling

.......1

"END"

&EFFECTIVltYICONTENTS

Plgl
Mly 9/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

the center of

second

Suspending the plumb


assist in stabilizing it.

LEVELING

a can

screw

below.

of

oil will

directly
light engine

leveling is accomplished by removing the front seat(s)


placing a bubble level on the spar carry thru structure.
Deflate the tire or strut on the high side of the airplane to

To level the

Lateral

bob to the

and

airplane longitudinally, attach a cord and plumb


phillips head screw, located beneath the rear
window on the left side of the airplane. Inflate or deflate the
nose gear shock strut as necessary to pass the cord through

phillips head
bob in

center the bubble.

"END"

8-00QO

Page
May

9/80

CHAPTER

TOVVING AND

TAXIING

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 9-TOWING AND TAXIING


TABLF OF CONT~NTS
CHAPTER

SUBJECT

PACE

9-00-00

Towing and Taxiing

Maintenance Practices

Towing
One Person

Towing With
Taxiing

Towing
a

TractororTug

"END"

0-CONTENTS

Page 1
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 9
LIS T OF FACE EFFECTIVITY
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

9-EFFECTIVITY

Oct 16/92

9-CONTENTS

Oct 16/92

9-00-00

Oct 16/92

"END"

0-EFFECTIVITY

Page
Ale

Oct 16192

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TOWING AND
PRACTICES

CAUTION

MAINTENANCE

TAXIING

After

moving

the tow bar.

TO WING

the

airplane, always remove


propeller with

Never turn the

the tow bar attached to the


the

WARNING

nose

gear

as

hit the tow bar.

engine is warm, and it is necessary


the propeller to attach the tow bar,

If the
to

propeller will

move

stand

clear of the

move

the

Make

of rotation.

direction

of rotation

area

propeller against

the

and

normal

certain

the

magneto switch is off. While the engine is


warm, residual fuel in the intake ports and
injectors may ignite and cause the engine
to kick.

CAUTION
When

airplane is being towed,

an

quali-

fied person must be in the pilots seat to


operate the brakes in case of an emerWhen the

gency.

is

airplane

being

moved

backward, do not apply the brakes abrupt-

ly.

Hand Tow Bar

airplane slowly, avoiding sudor taxi the airplane


strut. Even brief towing or taxi-

Tow the

den

stops.

with

flat

ing with
damage

Figure

Never tow

deflated strut

can cause severe

used

as

handhold

tow bar

while

entering

closing

or

the door.

Always

to the
care

Never leave the cabin

door open on the ramp


damage the door.

as

wind

tractor

the tow

tug, attach the


pins on the nose

or

Always observe the turn


gear lower torque knee.
Turns
limits of the nose gear when making turns.
geater than these limits can cause extensive damage

not be

open the storm


window to relieve internal pressure when
the cabin.

airplane with a
~P/N 45-590075) to

To tow the

top of the cabin door should

leaving

TOWING WITH A TRACTOR OR TUG

to the strut.

NOTE
The

lower

gusts may

gear and shimmy damper. Also, exercise


removing the tow bar from the nose gear
torque knee to prevent damage to the lubrifittings on the torque knee.

nose

when

cation

NOTE
ONE PERSON TOWING

attempt to tow the airplane backby the fitting in the tail skid. The tail
skid was designed only to protect the tail
in the tail-low landing and to provide
Do not

ward

CAUTION
The Hand Tow Bar
used with

~Figure 1)

must not be

attachment for the tail tie-down.

tow vehicle.

TAXIING
One

person
smooth and

can

move

the

airplane easily

on

level surface with the tow bar (P/N


36-590015) furnished with the airplane. Attach the tow
bar to the tow pins on the nose gear lower torque
knee and push or pull gently to move the airplane.

airplane must be taxied with the wing flaps up,


engine cowl flaps open. Turning may be
accomplished by the use of the nose wheel steering

The

and the

mechanism.

"END"

9-00-00

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

CHAPTER

PA RKING,

MOORING,
STO RAG E,
RTN TO SVC.

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SiRjES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 10

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY


CHAPTER
SECTION
DATE

PAGE

SUBJECT

10-EFFECTIVITY/CONTENTS

10-00-00

May 9/80
May
...............May
...............May
....May

2
3
4

CHAPTER 10

9/80

9/80
9/80
9/80

PARKING AND MOORING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

SUBJECT

GENERAL

10-00-00

.......1

Maintenance Practices

Parking.
Mooring

........1
........1

Normal Tie-Down

Extended

PAGE

Storage

and

High

........1

Wind

........1

Control Lock

Storage
Flyable Storage 7
Temporary Storage
Indefinite Storage

to 30

.........2

Days

30 to 90

.........2

Days

.........3

.........4

Preparation for Service

LEND"

1 O-EFFECtlVITYICONTENTS

pa1
Mly 9/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

surfaces must then be secured to prevent banging against


the stops. The controls should be secured in position with

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL

control locks that

PARKING

mooring,
parking by pulling out the parking
brake control, then pressing the pilots brake pedals until firm.
Do not attempt to lock the parking brake by applying force to
the parking brake handle; it controls a valve only and cannot
apply pressure to the brake master cylinders.

The brakes

for

are set

installed in the control column. When

properly.

Pitot-static tubes should be covered.


EXTENDED STORAGE AND HIGH WIND

mooring the Bonanza, the following method is


recommended: Place chocks fore and ah of each main
wheel. Position a tail stand under the tail skid, adjusting the
When

slightly compress the nose gear shock


through each wing mooring lug, fastening
each end to a ground point, one forward and one ah of the
wing. Run a line through the hole in the tail skid and anchor at
the sides of the airplane approximately 5 feet from the base
of the stand. If a storm is anticipated, two lines may be
secured to each main landing gear strut barrel near the

height of

CAUTION

are

be sure to fasten all doors and windows

the stand to

strut. Run a line

Do not set the


brakes

are

parking

hot from

temperature when

brake control when the

severe use or

an

during

low

accumulation of moisture

may cause the brakes to freeze. An increase in


outside air temperature can build up excessive
pressure in the system. In addition, the parking
brake should be left OFF and wheel chocks
installed if the

airplane is

to be left unattended.

V-brace and also

line may be attached around the nose

gear strut near the lower torque knee. It is recommended that


the airplane be tied down headed into the wind, with the
control lock installed.

MOORING

CONTROL LOCK

designed to provide guidelines which can be


mooring and securing Bonanza series
airplanes. Mooring procedures for normal tie-down
operations as well as mooring for extended storage and high

A control column lock pin is provided for the control column


and the aileron control wheel. The lock pin secures both the
aileron control wheel and the elevator control. A cover is

This section is

followed when

wind conditions follow:

on the control lock to cover the throttle control,


boost pump, and the propeller control. Install the control lock
assembly in the following sequence:

provided

NORMAL TIE-DOWN
Rotate the control wheel to the right and move the
so the hole in the bracket and the column

a.

On Bonanza series airplanes, a tie-down lug is installed.on


each wing, and on the ah fuselage. The tie-downs should be
nylon or dacron ropes or chains with sufficient strength to

column forward

gusty winds. Manila or


high
airplane
hemp ropes should never be used. The tie-downs should
allow very little or no movement when tightened, too much

provided

restrain the

in

or

slack will allow the airplane to jerk against the tie-downs.


When securing the tail section of the airplane, the tie-down
should have a slight slack so that the nose of the airplane will

align

to

accept the pin.

b.

pin through

and into the control

causes more pressure to be placed on the wing


tie-down ropes and anchors. Adequate antislip knots such as
bowlines or square knots should be used when securing the

guide

column.
Ensure positive retention of the lock pin by placing
assembly over the throttle control, boost pump, and
propeller control.
c.

the
the

cover

not be raised off the ground. In a strong headwind, a tail


tie-down that is too tight will increase the angle between the
wing and the oncoming air. This creates an additional lifting

force, which

the hole

Push the control column lock


in the control column

WARNING

Always completely remove the control lock


assembly before engine start, taxiing, and flight.

lines.

STORAGE

Securing operations should be planned so the airplane is tied


down facing the prevailing wind, if the ground attachment
permits.

Once the

airplane

has been

positioned

into the wind,

the wheels should be checked fore and ah. The

flight

control

The storage procedures listed are intended to protect the


airplane from deterioration while it is not in use. The primaly
objectives of these measures are to prevent corrosion and

10-OMW)

Pagel
May 9/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONA~UA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

damage from exposure


storage

are

to the elements. Three

f.

types of
and

considered:

a.

FLYABLE STORAGE

b.

TEMPORARY STORAGE

c.

INDEFINITE STORAGE.

7 to 30

days.

up to 90

PITOT TUBE

h.

WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS

days,

PREPARATION FOR SERVICE

line to the nose gear.


ENGINE PREPARATiON FOR STORAGE
a

Engines in airplanes that are flown only occasionally tend to


exhibit cylinder wall corrosion much more than engines that
flown

Iftheengine hasatotaltimeofmorethan25
consumption has stabilized, drain
break-in oil after a ground warm-up and install oil
Teledyne Continental Motors Specification MHS-24C.
2. Preflight the airplane.
1.

the
per

30 to 90 DAYS

TEMPORARY STORAGE

frequently.
1.

Check for correct oil level and add oil if

2.

Run

engine

1500 rpm with oil and


normal operating range.

at least five minutes at 1200 to

cylinder head temperatures

DURING FLYABLE STORAGE

Each

in the

seven

days

during fiyable storage, the propeller shall be rotated by hand.


After rotating the engine six revolutions, stop the propeller
45" to 90" from the position it was in.

WARNING
Before rotation of propeller blades, ascertain
magnetoswitch is OFF, throttle in CLOSED
position and mixture control is in the IDLE CUTOFF position. Always stand in the clear while
turning propeller.

1.

airplane flown

Arrangements

should be made to have the

at least 30 minutes each week in order to

keep

the internal parts of the engine lubricated. Ground running of


the engine will not provide proper heating of the oil without

possible damage

to other

cylinder/crankshaft

MOORING

b.

ENGINE PREPARATION FOR STORAGE

flyable storage.
in

flight)

until oil

temperature

reaches normal range. Drain oil supplyfrom sump while


engine is still warm and replace djain plug.
1. Fill the sump to the full mark on the dipstick
lubricating oil meeting the requirements of MIL-C6529, Type 11 (3, Chart 1, 91-00-00), which will mix with
normal oil and provide protection against conosion.
2. Removethetopsparkplug andatomizespray
preservative oil MlL-L-46002, Grade 1 (4, Chart 1,9190-00)
at room temperature, through the upper spark plug hole of
each cylinder with piston in the down position. Rotate
crankshaft as each pair of cylinders is sprayed. Stop
crankshaft with no piston at top position, and thoroughly
respray each cylinder. Reinstall spark plugs.
3. Apply preservative to engine interior by
spraying the above specified oil (approximately two ounces)
through the oil filler tube. Seal all engine openings exposed
to the atmosphere using suitable plugs, or moisture resistant
tape, and attach red streamen at each point. Affix a tag to
the propeller in a conspicious place with the following

gage with

notation; DO NOT TURN PROPELLER, ENGINE


PRESERVED. Seal the propeller blade spinner cutouts with

tape.

engine compartment components

due to lack of air flow, and will result in condensation of

moisture in the oil

See

a.

Operate engine (Preferably

necessary to bring level to full mark.

c.

Remove all

covers

hours and the oil

are

Close all

and tape, clean the airplane and give it a thorough


inspection, particularly wheel wells, flaps, and control

7 to 30 DAYS

manila rope. It is recommended a tail support be used to


compress the nose strut and reduce the angle of attack of the
b.

cover.

be installed over windshield and windows.

openings.

Attach

Install

windows and window vents. It is recommended that covers

MOORING If the airplane cannot be placed in a


a.
hanger, install the control lock and tie the airplane down
securely at the three points provided. Do not use hemp or

wings.

Static ground airplane securely

g.

i.

FLYABLE STORAGE

GROUNDING

effectively.

supply, increasing

the

possibility

of

rust.

c.

Fill to

FUEL CELLS

capacity

to minimize fuel

vapor and protect cell inner liners.


FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
d.

Lock with

internal and external locks.


d.

FUEL CELLS

Fill to

capacity

to minimize fuel

vapor and protect cell inner linen,


FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
e.
internal and extemal locks.

104000

Page2
May 9/80

e.

and

Lock with

GROUNDING

Static

ground airplane securely

effectively.
f.

PITOT TUBE

g.

WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS

Install

cover.

Close all

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

windows and window vents. It is recommended

installed

over

h.

BATTERY

standard

cover

be

Remove and store

according

to

covers, tape, and

thorough inspection, particularly wheel wells, flaps, and


control openings. With bottom spark plugs removed, hand
turn propeller several revolutions to clear excess
preservative oil, then reinstall plugs. Preflight the airplane
and

flight

ENGINE PRESERVED.

NOT TURN PROPELLER

practices.
Remove all
PREPARATION FOR SERVICE
and
Clean
the
airplane
give it a
tags.

i.

propeller has not been removed, affix a


conspicuous place with the following notation: DO
if the

10.

tag in

windshield and windows.

The cylinder
DURING INDEFINITE STORAGE
c.
protex plugs shall be inspected weekly. The plugs should be

changed

as soon as

their color indicates unsafe conditions of

storage. If the dehydrator plugs have changed color in


half

engine

cylinders,
replaced.

of the

or more

should be

all desiccant material

one-

on

the

test.

The cylinder bores should be resprayed with


preventive mixture every six months or more
frequently it bore inspection indicates corrosion has started.
Replace all desiccant and protex plugs. Before spraying, the
engine shall be inspected for corrosion as follows: Inspect
the interior of at least one cylinder on the engine through a
spark plug hole. If cylinder shows start of rust, spray cylinder
corrosion preventive oil MIL-C6529, Type 11 (3, Chart 1,
91-00-00) and turn prop over five or six times, then respray.
Remove the rocker box cover from the engine and inspect
1.

INDEFINITE STORAGE

corrosion

See FLYABLE STORAGE.

a.

MOORING

b.

ENGINE PREPARATION FOR INDEFINITE

Drain the engine oil and service with

STORAGE

lubricating

oil, MlL-C-6529, Type 11 (3, Chart 1, 91-00-00).


1. Immediately after servicing with the corrosion
preventive mixture, fly the airplane for a period of time not to

exceed

the valve mechanism.

maximum of 30 minutes,

propeller be removed
and the engine removed from the airplane. The propeller
shaft should be coated with preservative oil and wrapped
with moisture proof material and tape,
2.

It is recommended the

Coat blades with preservative oil

PROPELLER

d.

and wrap with moisture proof material and tape. If propeller


has been removed, coat all paris with protective material to

exclude dust, and then tape.


FUEL CELLS Drain fuel cells.
e.

NOTE

engine is removed from the airplane,


mooring stand must be used.
If

tail

engine

oil

Remove the top spark plug from each


and spray thoroughly with corrosion preventive

cylinder

mixture MlL-C-6529, Type 11 (3, Chart 1, 91-00-00), at a


temperature range of 221" to 250"F.
4. install protex plugs in each of the top spark
plug holes, making sure that each plug is blue in color when
installed. Protect and support the spark plug leads with AN4060-1 protectors.
5. Place a bag of desiccant in the exhaust pipes
and seel openings with moisture resistant tape.
6.

contained

gasoline.

according

to standard

by inserting a protex
plug in the breather hose and damping in place.
8. Wrap engine with moisture proof material and
tape after desiccant bags have been installed.
9. Attach a red streamer to each place on the
engine where bags of desiccant are placed. Either attach red
tape or to the
with safety wire to prevent wicking of

streamers outside of the sealed area with

inside of sealed

area

moisture into sealed

area,

or

After 24 hours,

practices.

remove

Do not

fuel cells until 24 hours after oil has been


f.

of

coating

light

cells and store


remove or

handle

applied.

FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES

Lubricate all

hinge pins, bearings, bell cranks,


chains, control rods and quadrants and coat lightly with
corrosion preventive compound MlL-C-16173 (5, Chart 1,
91-00-00).
flight

control surface

1.

Seal cold air inlet to the heater muff with

moisture resistant tape,


7. Seal engine breather

thin

Flush, spray,

the inner liners of all fuel cells which have

2.
3.

rub

1.
on

g.
and

Lock with internal and external control locks.

GROUNDING

Static

ground airplane securely

effectively.

PITOT TUBE
h.
Apply a thin coating of grease,
MlL-G-10924 (6, Chart 1, 91-000-00), and install cover.
Close all
WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS
i.
windows and window vents and install covers over

windshield and windows.


LANDING GEAR
i.
the shock struts with
k.

TIRES

periodically.

Inflate

Coat the extended portion of

light weight

Install
as

oil.

covers.

Check air pressure

necessary.

100090

Page3
May 9/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

WING FLAP TRACKS AND ROLLERS

I.

corrosion

preventive compound.

Place

flaps

Coat with

PREPARATION FOR SERVICE

in retracted

position.

a.

standard

according

to

b.

INSTRUMENT PANEL

material and

secure

SEATS

p.

LANDING LIGHTS

c.

protective

according

with tape,

to standard

practices. Tape connections.

store in a

dry temperate
AIRFRAME

s.

Remove and

room,

Cover static ports and all openings


secure with tape to exclude rain,

foreign

matter.

propeller if it was removed. Rotate


preservative oil from the cylinders.
Install the spark plugs, battery, and rotate propeller
a.
by hand through all compressions of the engine to check for
liquid lock. Reinstall cowling and start engine in the normal

Page 4
May 9/80

clear excess

manner.

f.

inspection

"END"

109000

Reinstall the

propeller to

with barrier material and


sun, and

lubricating oil, Per Teledyne Continental

Motors MHS-24C.
d.

Remove and store

LOOSE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

r.

cylinder plugs and all paper, tape, and


used to presen/e engine.
Drain corrosion preventive mixture and reservice

with recommended

covers.

Cover with barrier material

STALL WARNING UNIT

q.

Remove all

dehydrating agent

with tape,

Install

o.

secure

Cover with barrier

Remove all covers, tape, and tags from the

airplane.

practices.

n.

and

Remove and store

BATTERY

m.

Give the airplane a thorough


and test fly the airplane.

cleaning,

visual

C H A PT E R

PLACARDS AND
MAR KI NGS

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER ~1-PLACARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER

SUBJECT

PAGE

11-00-00

Required
FAA

Placards

Description and Operation

Required Placards and Markings


Designation Placard

Model

1
11-20-00

Exterior Placards and

Markings

Description and Operation

"END"

11-CONTENTS

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 11
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

11-EFFECTIVITY

Oct 16/92

11-CONTENTS

Oct 16/92

11-00-00

Oct 16/92

11-20-00

May

Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92

9/80

Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92

"END"

11-EFFECTIVIM

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DESCRIPTION AND

REQUIRED PLACARDS
OPERATION

MOD~L D~SIGNA TION PLACARD

designation placard identifies the airplan


by its model number and serial number. Should a
question arise concerning the care of this airplane, i
is important to include the airplane serial number in
any correspondence to Beech Aircraft Corporation.
Refer to Chapter 11-20-00 for illustration of the plac
ard. On airplanes 0-10097, D-10120 and after; EA-1
The model

FAA
REQUIRED
MARKINGS

PLACARDS

AND

markings are listed


Operating Handbook
and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual. Refer to
Section II of the applicable Pilots Operating Handbook for these placards and markings. For the acrobatic Bonanza (CJ-149 and after), also refer to the
LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS in the Pilots Operating

All

required

interior

placards

and

in the Limitations of the Pilots

Handbook.

CAUTION
Any time an airplane is repainted, inspect
all placards to assure that they are not
covered with paint, are easily readable,
and are securely attached,

thru EA-272 except EA-242; CJ-149 and after; CE-748,


CE-772 thru CE-1200; E-llll, E-1241 thiu E-2399; and

EA-242, EA-273 thru EA-472, the model designation

placard is located on the right side of


adjacent to the inboard end of the flap.
On

airplanes

the

fuselage

CE-1201 and after, E-2400 and after, and

EA-473 and after, the model designation placard is


located on the right side of the fuselage under the

leading edge

of the horizontal stabilizer.

is mounted .50-inch below the skin

forward of the tail

lap

The

placard

and 12-inches

cone.

"END"

11-00-00

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

EXTERIOR PLACARDS AND


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Shown in this
which

are

Chapter

are

essential for

markings,
practices,

are

information for that model.

DOORIACK

IINSTALL

WITH

and

maintenance

r~ RTANT

by location/description of each. The placards which


shown for location only and may or may not bear
identical information to the placards installed on the various
individual models. Note the specific information on the
placards installed on each model to determine current

followed

follow

placards

exterior

good

ILINK

MARKINGS

BOLT;

ROD

HEAD

ATTACH POIN

-----------~1-I

AFTI

L_______11
LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF THE UNDERSIDE
OF THE FUSELAGE AT APPROXIMATELY FS 131.00
LOCATED ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE OF THE
ROOT RIB IN THE WHEEL WELL, VISIBLE
ABOVE THE INBOARD DOOR

-CAVTIONTVRN LIMITS REACHED

WHEN RED LINES ALIGN

Do NOTEXCEED

TOW

r--

IJACK PADI
L---_____J

LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE THE NOSE


LANDING GEAR TORQUE KNEE

c-~

iL__T_I

LOCATED ON THE LH SIDE OF THE


FUSELAGE AT APPROXIMATELY
FS 151.00 (2 PLACES)

LOCATED AT WING ROOT ON CENTER


SECTION SPAR, FORWARD OF THE
INBOARD WHEEL WELL DOOR

IMPORTANT
INSTALL UPLOCK
CABLE A~TACH BOLT
WITH HEAD AFT

LOCATED AT APPROXIMATELY WS 60.00


IN EACH WHEEL WELL, DIRECTLY ABOVE
THE UPLOCK ASSEMBLY

1I-2MK)

Page 1
May 9/80

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(ilrechcralt

(I)cechfraft

OIL AIR STRUT

OIL AIR STRUT

FART NO. 36825(85


sEECH L~IRCR*FI UWIWRITK~N

.tKH *IIClln EOllollllON

I
I

I
I

(31cchcrzli
OIL AIR STRUT
ru~ a

s*IINO

*c*n* ulaui. u~u

Ib~10010

*rrl~

INSTRUCTIONS

r*w~

I.C* YCUII m*TUra

ul~

IrrsrRucnow

INSTRUCTIONS

TO CHECK FLUID AND Flu


REMOVE VALVE C*P. DEPRESS VALVE
CORE AND ALLOW STRUT TO FULLY
COMPRESS. THEN RAISE AND BLOCK

STRUT n INCH FROM COMPRESSED


POSITIDN- REMOVE VALVE BODY
ASSEMBLY AND F11l WITH HYDRAULIC OIL
CONFORMING TO INSTRUCTION MANUAL
SPECIFICATIONS. SLOWLY EXTEND STRUT
FROM BLOCKED POSITION AND REPLACE
VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY. DEPRESS VALVE
CORE AND COMPLETELY COMPRESS
STRLIT TO RELEASE EXCESS AIR AND OIL.
WITH AIRPLANE EMPTY EXCEPT FOR FUu
FUEL AND OIL KEEP STRUT INFLATED TO3W
INCHES OF PISTON SHOWING.

rO CHIEI ilUIO 1NO nit


1111811 VILYI C*). DHnI V*LVI COll LINO
ALLOW IIIUT r0 IULL* CD*n~ll. ~nm I*lw ~No
UOC* (IIUI
INCH 11811 COMI(IIIYD ~OllnOH
llMOVI V*LVI 11)81 UBMIL* ANO lII1 WIIH
H*DI*ULIC 011 CONIOIUING 10 INIIIUCIION
n*Null IICIrIC*lIlNr
~II
oIIrl*ct
lrsrAl UNrlL IDDlrlON
IL 011 C*NNOI 11 10010 WIIH I1~Ur IXIINOID
II)LICIV*LVIIODI 1III

CML~

~Onu.
rlOY

*c*
.011110*

COYIII(lrO

~uru* uo rli

nm

..Y01(

I1IYr

*muuc a mas ~o

IY~IIUCltO* YI*Y~L

ua rm*o

IM Al LrmD *Ma

I...Y1LI

V1LY(

IVYT mi

CORT

mnla mvr ro

1*o

CWCLTlr~r

111

uo a.na

1IU tym TIC~n U* rUlrUlwOOl U.r.M

TURLI m i car or Ala wrr.

DI~I(IIVLLVl(Olt

WARNING

LIULYU

IND COM)LIIILI CDMIIII~ I11UI ~O 11111I1


IXCIII *N 1NO O(L

IlaOWNG

I
I

WPH *lm*llI wm txcHI lot ruu lull IND


011 110 IIIUI INIUnD 10 I INCHIlOr nllOH

)(~1

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT MAIN


LANDING GEAR STRUT

WARNING
RELEASE

AIR

IN

STRUT

BEFORE

DISASSEMBLINO
BUILT UNDER ONE OR MORE OF THE
FOLLOWING BEECH PATENTS: 2388137.
24708(61 OTHER P*TENTS

~lrll

CE-748 THRU CE-979;

CJ-143 THRU

WARNING
III(~II*IIINI1)UI IKH~DI1*II(MILING

D-10397 AND AFTER;

CJ-156 AND AFTER;

E-1970 AND AFTER;

CE-980 AND AFTER.

(i)eechcrall
OIL AIR STRUT
a

~wlu,*

*Ic*uclulcoaula

EA-273 AND AFTER;

INSTRUCTIONS
~o wo; ato uo ru

CJ-155;

E-llll, E-1241 THRU 0.1969;

D-10097, D-10120 THRU D-10396;

LOCATED ON THE NOSE

LANDING GEAR STRUT

EA-1 THRU EA-272.

rloY

laYlalAn
arru nr*nusr lo Im mn 1 r*

COYIl(llIO W)IIIIM

ITYOlr

11I1(

U)D

uurUI 410 ru

*n* nouuc a moruc ro


I*II(IUCII~* Y**UIL IIrSUIO*S X~I. rma
lIW rrY *arro *um ucruu
ao*

ISIIYI)LI

caarar

LOCATED ON THE NOSE


LANDING GEAR STRUT

lo

Df~lr6r

IIM

uu~rr

*4111

r0 aLf*Y

Call
flUII

111 CWILIIlL
U UO a

I~*

unu rvn

SEE CHAPTER 12 OR 32 FOR CORRECT EXTENSION

IU"DO
rllll

LOCATED ON THE LEFT MAIN


LANDING GEAR STRUT
C9101542

11-20-00

Page

Oct 16/92

Ale

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NOTICE
WING BOLTS ARE LUBRICATED

SEE MAINTENANCE MANUAL


FOR CORRECT TORQUE VALUES

ON AIRPLANES CE-950 AND AFTER, CJ-156 AND AFTER,


D-10372 AND AFTER, E-1847 AND AFTER, EA-221 AND AFTER.

LOCATED ON THE LEFT WING NEAR THE FOUR WING ATTACH


BOLTS AND ON THE RIGHT WING NEAR THE TWO LOWER ATTACH
BOLTS. ALSO LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE NEAR
THE TWO UPPER WING ATTACH BOLTS.

r
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SWITCH

-I

EMERGENCY LOCATO~ TRANSMITTER

SWITCH

ON

OFF

ARM

REARM

XMIT

O
FOR AVIATION EMERGENCY USE ONLY.

FOR AVIATION EMERGENCY USE ONLY.

UNLICENSED OPERATION UNLAWFUL.

OPERATION IN VIOLATION OF FCC

OPERATION IN VIOLATION OF FCC

RULES SUBJECT TO FINE OR LICENSE

RULES SUBJECT TO FINE OR LICENSE

UNLICENSED OPERATION UNLAWFUL.

REVOCATION.

ARM

REVOCATION.

L_______________-_J
_

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

FORWARD AND BELOW THE STABILIZER

FORWARD AND BELOW THE STABILIZER ON

ON AIRPLANES: EA-1 AND EA-2; CE-748, CE-772


THRU CE-828; E-llll, E-1241 THRU

AIRPLANES: D-10197 THRU D-10346; EA-3 THRU

E-1406, D-10097, D-10120 THRU D-10196 AND

EA-80; E-1407 THRU E-1686: CE-829 THRU


CE-905 AND CJ-150 THRU CJ-155 EXCEPT

CJ-149 EXCEPT AIRPLANES WITH

AIRPLANES WITH KITS 101-3046 OR


101-3127 INSTALLED.

KITS 101-3046 OR 101-3127 INSTALLED.

--I

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER

SWITCH
XMIT

SWITCH

ARM

TEST

AUTO

XMIT

O
FOR AVIATION EMERGENCY USE ONLY.

FOR AVIATION EMERGENCY USE ONLY.

UNLICENSED OPERATION UNLAWFUL.

UNLICENSED OPERATION UNLAWFUL.

OPERATION IN VIOLATION OF FCC

OPERATION IN VIOLATION OF FCC

RULES SUBJECT TO FINE OR LICENSE

RULES SUBJECT TO FINE OR LICENSE

REVOCATION.

I
J

REVOCATION.
_

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE

FORWARD AND BELOW THE STABILIZER

FUSELAGE FORWARD AND BELOW THE STABILIZER

ON AIRPLANES D;10347 AND AFTER;

ON AIRPLANES: E-2148 THRU E-2423; EA-412

EA-81 THRU EA-411: E-1687 THRU E-2147;

THRU EA-479; CE-1033 THRU CE-1240 AND

CE-906 THRU CE-1032 AND AIRPLANES WITH

CJ-156 THRU CJ-179 EXCEPT AIRPLANES

KIT NO. 101-3046 EXCEPT AIRPLANES WITH

WITH KITS 101-3046 OR 101-3127 INSTALLED.

KIT NO. 101-3127 INSTALLED.

C9200973

11-20-00

Page
A16

Oct 16192

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

r--------------------------~

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER


SWITCH

r----------------------------~
i
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
I

SWITCH
ARMED/

TEST

ARM

XMIT

ON

RESET

i
FOR AVIATION EMERGENCY USE ONLY.

FOR AVIATION EMERGENCY USE ONLY.

UNLICENSED OPERATION UNLAWFUL.

UNLICENSED OPERATION UNLAWFUL.

OPERATION IN VIOLATION OF FCC

OPERATION IN VIOLATION OF FCC

RULES SUBJECT TO FINE OR LICENSE

RULES SUBJECT TO FINE OR LICENSE

REVOCATION.

REVOCATION.

L--______________~

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

FORWARD AND BELOW THE STABILIZER ON

FORWARD AND BELOW THE STABILIZER ON

AIRPLANES: CE-1241 THRU CE-)646; E-2424

AIRPLANES: CE-1647 AND AFTER; E-2694

THRU E-2693 AND EA-480 THRU EA-530

AND AFTER; EA-531 AND AFTER AND

EXCEPT AIRPLANES WITH KIT 101-3127

AIRPLANES WITH KIT 101-3127 INSTALLED.

INSTALLED.

AVGAS ONLY

AVGAS ONLY

s~B" ~I
GRADE

GRADE

100LL

lIIS

1~9" ~a"

GRADE

GRADE

(M)LL

100

FOR ALTERNATE FUELS SEE

FOR ALTERNATE FUELS SEE

PILOTS OPERATING HANDBOOK

PILOTS OPERATING HANDBOOK

CAPACITY 40 US GALLONS tar USABLE)


WITH WINGS LEVEL

DEPRESS FLAPPER
CHECK QUANTITY

CAP. TO TAB BOTTOM 30 GAL (27 USABLE)


CAP. TO TAB SLOT 35 GAL (32

USP~BLE)i

SECURE CAP

CAUTION
DO NOT INSERT FUEL NOZZLE

MORE THAN 1%" INTO TANK

PLACE INBOARD OF FILLER CAP

rcnuTnow
DO NOT INSERT

r------------------------1

FUEL NOZZLE

FUEL

MORE THAN 3"

INTO TANK

~1

54 US GAL CAPACITY

(51 US GAL USABLE)


L__--_,-----~

80 GALLON FUEL SYSTEM


ON AIRPLANES D-10303 AND AFTER;
EA-33 THRU EA-272 EXCEPT EA-242;

PLACE DECAL AFT OF FILLER CAP


108 GALLON FUEL SYSTEM

CE-884 AND AFTER;

ON AIRPLANES EA-242,

CJ-156 AND AFTER; AND


E-1594 AND AFTER

EA-273 AND AFTER


C92M)97~

11-20-00

Page

Oct 16192

A16

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FUEL
AVIATION GASOLINE
GRADE 100LL

or

100

FOR ALTERNATE FUELS SEE

PILOTS OPERATING MANUAL

CAPACITY 25 US GALLONS (22 USABLE)

CAUTION
DO NOT INSERT FUEL NOZZLE
MORE THAN 3" INTO TANK
50 GALLON FUEL SYSTEM
ON AIRPLANES D-10097; 0-10120 THRU D-10302,
EA-1 THRU EA-32,
CE-748, CE-772 THRU CE-883;

CJ-149 THRU CJ-155; AND


E-llll, E-1241 THRU E-1593

11-20-00

A16

Page

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

EXTERNAL

POWER
24 VOLT

THE MODEL DESIGNATION


PLACARD IS LOCATED ON THE
RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE

ADJACENT TO THE INBOARD END


OF THE FLAP ON AIRPLANES

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, JUST BELOW THE

D-10097,

COWLING DOOR

D-10120 AND AFTER; EA-1 THRU EA-272;


CORPORATION

CJ-149 AND AFTER; CE-748, CE-772

MODEL

SERIAL

THRU CE-1200, E-llll, E-1241 THRU


PC

~VSE ONLY MS20392-X25 OR


ISHEAR PIN WITH THIS PLVNGER

E-2399; AND EA-273 THRU EA-472.

TC
B

LOCATED ON THE NOSE LANDING

THE MODEL DESIGNATION

PLACARD IS LOCATED ON THE

GEAR RETRACT LINK ROD

RIGHT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE


UNDER THE LEADING EDGE
r_-

OF THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER

i STATIC AIR.

ON AIRPLANES

I KEEP CLEAN I

CE-1201 AND AFTER,


E-2400 AND AFTER,

LOCATED ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

AND EA-473 AND AFTER.

JUST AFT AND BELOW THE REAR WINDOW

USE SAE 50 ABOVE 40" F

I USE
SAE 30 BELOW 40" F

rl~l

LOCATED ON THE INSIDE OF THE LEFT COWLING

DOOR, ON THE FORWARD SIDE. THE PLACARD IS


r-

VISIBLE WHEN THE DOOR IS OPEN

PULL TO

I CHECK LATCH
L ------I

r--------------------~

FUEL CELL SUMPI


DRAIN DAILV
I_
I

LOCATED NEAR THE FORWARD HANDLE OF


EACH COWLING DOOR

rI
I

__

LOCATED ON THE UNDERSIDE OF EACH


WING NEAR THE FUSELAGE

CAUTION

MCAiNETO tS NOT INTERNALLY


GROUNOEII. COHSULT OWNEAS
BEFORE

.ONI-TCENNOCSID
LMANUAL

.J

DRAIN DAILY _I

LOCATED ON THE INSIDE OF EACH COWLING


DOOR, ON THE AFT SIDE, THIS PLACARD IS

LOCATED ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE FUSELAGE

VISIBLE WHEN EITHER DOOR IS OPEN

JUST BELOW THE LEADING EDGE OF THE WING

r---~
NO HANDLE
L,-,~J
INBOARD END LEFT FLAP, JUST OUTBOARD

ON TOP SURFACE NEAR OUTBOARD

WALKWAY ON RIGHT FLAP, 4 INCHES

END OF EACH HORIZONTAL

OUTBOARD OF FUSELAGE NEAR WING LEADING EDGE.

STABILIZER.
C92009;2

"END"

11-20-00

Page

Oct 16/92

A16

CHAPTER

SERVICING

c5deechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 12-SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE

SUSJECT

12100-00
General

Description

And

Operation
12-1 0-00

Replenishing Maintenance Practices (Effectlvity: All)


Filling The Fuel Cells (Effectivity: All)
Draining The Fuel System (Effectivity: All)
Fuel Cell Reservoir (Effectivity: CJ-149 And After)
Engine Fuel Filters And Screens (Effectivity: All)
Oil System (Effectivi~y: Ail)
Oil Filter Removal (Effectivity: All)
Oil Filter Installation (Effectivity: All)
Air-Conditioning System (Effectivity: All)
Depressurizing the Air-Conditioning System (Effectivity: All)
Purging The Air-Conditioning System (Effectivity: All)
Charging The Air-Conditioning System (Effectivi~: All)
Checking Compressor Oil Level (Effectivity: All)
Brake System (Effectivity: All)
Oxygen System (Effectivity: All)
Oxygen Servicing (Effectivity: All except E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and after, EA-320,
after)
Oxygen Servicing (Effectivity: E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and after, EA-389 thru EA-439)
Oxygen Servicing (Effectivity: EA-320, EA-440 And After)

1
1
1

1
2
2
2
2

3
3
3
3
4
4

..........................................................................................1....,....................

EA-389 and
5
5

12120100
Scheduled

Servicing

Maintenance Practices

1
1

Tires

E><ternai Power

Battery
Propeller

1
1

Deice Boots

Shock Struts

Shimmy Damper
Propeller Blade Maintenance

Induction Air Filter

Spark Plugs

Roton Locks

Cleaning And Waxing The Airplane


Cleaning Plastic Windows
Cleaning Interior Cabin Trim
Engine Cleaning

Finish

5
5
5

Lubrication
Lubrication Of
Chart 1,

Landing

Servicing

Gear

Uplock

Rollers

5
6

12-00ntents
A18

Page 1
Aug 18/95

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 12-SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

(Confinued)
PAGE

Chart 2, Lubrication Schedule

Special

Tools

7
19

1 2-Contents

Page 2
Aug 18/95

A18

Beechcr~aft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 12-SERVICING
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY
CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

15-Effectivity
1 BContents

12-00-00

12-1 0-00

PAGE
1

Aug 18/95

Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95

May 9/80

1
2

3
4
5

6
1220-00

Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug

18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95

May 9/80

Jun 20/91

Aug
Aug
Aug
Sep
Sep

4
5

6
6A
7
8

9
10

10A
11

12
13
14

15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22

A18

DA~E

28/87
28/87
28/87
27/84
27/84
Oct7/83
May 9/80
Aug 29/85
Aug 29/85
Aug 29/85
oct 7/83
May 9/80
May 9/80
May 9/80
Oct 7/83
oct 7/83
Oct 7/83
Oct 7/83
Jan 18/84
Jan i 8/84
Jan 18/84
Aug 29/85

12-8ffectlvity
Page 1
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANtA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GENERAL

Detailed maintenance information

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

The information contained within this chapter pertains to the


general servicing procedures and maintenance practices
used when

servicing

the various systems of the

airplane.

pertaining

to these

systems will be found in the applicable chapters. Overhaul


information for components of several systems will be
contained within this manual. For electrical wiring diagrams
refer to the BONANZA F33A, F33C, V35B 8 A36 Wiring

Diagram Manual,

P/N 35-590102-9.

"END"

1260-00

Page 1
May 9/80

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Normally the fuel strainers should be inspected and


cleaned every 100 hours. However, the strainers
should be inspected and cleaned at more frequent
intervals in response to
unknown fuel handling
areas

conditions of service,
practices, and operation in

severe

should be used; below 40"F, SAE 30 is recommended. Any aviation grade engine oil which meets
Continental Motors Corporation Specification MHS248 is

acceptable

of excessive sand or dust.

OIL SYSTEM

for

use.

CAUTION

(Effectivity: All)
If metal contamination of the oil system

airplane is equipped with a wet sump oil system


with a capacity of 12 quarts of oil. The oil filler cap is
accessible through an access door in the left engine
cowling.
The

is detected and the cause is corrected


the oil cooler should be replaced. In

addition, flush out the system through


the interconnected oil system plumbing
and replace or clean any other accessories that will remain with the engine.

right hand
access plate and unscrew the sump drain plug in the
lower right hand side of the engine aankcase. An oil
drain trough, furnished with each airplane is used to
convey the oil through the bottom of the engine cowl
prior to CJ-156, CE-922, D-10364, E-1752 and

OIL FILTER REMOVAL

EA-129. At CJ-156 and after, CE-922 and after,


D-10364 and after, E-1752 and after and EA-129 and

b.

Remove the

a quick attach, snap-type fuel/oil drain adapter


(see sheet 4 of special tools, 12-20-00) and approximately 18 inches of hose will be used to drain the oil

c.

Loosen the

sump.

a.

Under normal

operating conditions, the recommended


operating hours between oil changes is 100
hours. The oil filter should be removed and replaced
at each oil change. When operating under adverse
weather conditions or continuous high power settings,
the oil should be changed more frequently. Before
draining the oil, run up the engine until the oil reaches
operating temperature to assure complete draining of
the oil. Oil grades, (2, Chart 1, 91-00-00) are general
recommendations only, and will vary with individual
circumstances. Check oil inlet temperature during
flight in determining use of the correct grade of oil.
inlet temperatures consistently near the maximum

ine oil.

number of

b.

To drain the

engine sump,

remove

the

after,

allowable indicates a heavier oil is needed. The new


airplane is delivered with Rustband oil (Mll-C-6529,
in the engine. This is a corrosion preventive
oil and should be removed at 20 hours of operation,
but no later than 25 hours of operation. If the Rust-

Type II)

band oil is not removed at the proper time, varnish


may form in the engine. Oil conforming to Mll-L-6082
may be added to the Rustband oil as necessary. After

removing

the Rustband oil, refill with MIL-L-6082 min-

eral oil, which should be used until oil consumption


has stabilized (until after engine break-in). After the

dispersant (AD) aviation grade


weight that will give satisfactory starting. Above 40"F, SAE 50 viscosity
break-in

period,

use an

ashless

oil in the heaviest

a.

LH

Gain

access

engine

to the

(Effectivity: All)
oil filter

engine

by opening

the

cowl access door.

engine

oil filter

spin-off filter

and

011 FILTER INSTALLATION

Clean and lubricate the

Position the

new

safety wire.
filter.

(Effectlvity: All)
filter

new

filter

remove

on

the

gasket

with eng-

engine mounting

torque of 18-20 footIf a torque wrench is not available, tighten the


filter with a suitable wrench for three-quarters to one

adapter
pounds.

and

tighten

full turn after

gasket

the filter to

contact.

wire the filter to the

c.

Safety

d.

Securetheleftengine

engine adapter.

cowl accessdoor.

AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM

(Effectivity:

All)
Servicing the air-conditioning system consists of periodically checking the refrigerant level, checking compresser oil level, checking the compressor belt tension, and changing the system air filter, Recharge the
as outlined under CHARGING THE AIRCONDITIONING SYSTEM whenever the refrigerant
level is low, air has entered the system, or compo-

system

nents

carrying refrigerant

are

replaced. Aefrlgerant

leaks may be detected by inspection with a flameless


leak detector. When working on a refrigerant air cool-

ing system, observe the following special servicing


precautions:
a.

Due to the air

quality control regulations enacted


refrigerant cannot be

in the United States, R-12

12-1 0-00

Page 2
Aug 18/95

A18

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
vented into the atmosphere. When performing maintenance on the air-conditioning system where R-12 can

escape from the system, evacuate the system with


a recovery or recycle servicing unit that will salvage the refrigerant.

only

The

air-conditioning system is a high pressure


system. Before disconnecting a refrigerant line, the
system must be discharged with a recovery servicing
unit. Purge the entire system to a 125-micron level.
b.

c.

After the system is

depressurized, check

PURGING THE AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM

(Effectlvity: All)
To purge the system, connect

recycle servicing unit


air-conditioning system
(located under the copilots seat). See AirConditioning System Schematic in Chapter 21-50-00,
a

to the low pressure side of the

and purge the entire system with the


operating at the 125-micron level.

I -II
ARNING

the oil

level in the compressor per CHECKING COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL.

vacuum

pump

CHARGING THE AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM

(Effectlvlty: All)

A face shield should be worn when


performing maintenance on the lines

because refrigerant coming In


with the eyes can cause loss af

tcat-noc

WARNING
WIIUIWO

sight.
A face shield should be

when
the lines
coming In con-

maintenance

performing
because rsfrlgerent

servicing the
with
system
refrigerant because It
converts to a highly toxic gas when
exposed to an open flame.
Do not smoke when

tact with the eyes

can cause

loss of

sight.
Do not smoke when

system

DEPRESSURIZING THE AIR-CONDITIONING


SYSTEM

worn

on

converts to

(Eftectlvity: All)

exposed
The

I --II

servicing the
refrigerant because It
a highly toxic gas when

with
to

an

open flame.

servicing points for charging


copilots seat.

the system

are

located under the

WARNING

airplane serials prior to CE-1792, E-2945 and


use refrigerant R-12 (7, Chart 1, 91-00-00).
For airplane serials CE-1792 and after, E-2945 and
after, and EA-579 and after, use refrigerant R-134a
(54, Chart 1, 91-00-00). Other refrigerants, particularly
those containing methyl chloride, will cause rapid
a.

A face shield should be worn when

performing maintenance on the


because refrigerant coming In

For

EA-579

lines
con-

tact with the eyes can cause loss ot

sight.

deterioration of the aluminum compressor components.

Do not smoke when

servicing

the

b. Connect the recycle/recovery service unit to the


connections located under the copilots seat. When

system with refrigerant because It


converts to a

exposed

highly toxic

gas when

servicing points for discharging


copilots seat,

The

charging a completely purged system, charge


pound of refrigerant.

to an open flame.

the system

are

Connect

service unit that

recycles

the

refriger-

ant to the service valves and open the low pressure

CHECKING COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL

valve.
When the pressure is depleted, open the pressure
valve and operate the vacuum pump to completely
b.

remove

After charging, start the engine in accordance with


applicable Pilots Operating Handbook and run the
air-conditioning system. Slowly add only enough additional refrigerant so that the system cools effectively.
c

the

located under the


a.

with 1

the

refrigerant

from the

system,

(Etfectivity: All)
The air-conditioner compressor oil level should be
checked by a qualified air-conditioner service man if
12-1 0-00

A18

Page 3
Aug 18/95

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
refrigerant charge is lost (evidenced by oil loss).
airplane serials prior to CE-1792, E-2945 and
EA-579, the air-conditioner system requires 4 to 5
ounces of 500-viscosity oil (8, Chart 1, 91-00-00). For
airplane serials CE-1792 and after, E-2945 and after,
the

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Effectivity: All)

For

and EA-579 and after, the air-conditioner system


requires 4 to 5 ounces of Ester Oil (65, Chart 1, 91-00-

00).
Check the compressor oil level

as

hydraulic brakes are self-compensating and


require no adjustment. Linings should be checked for
small nicks or sharp edges which could damage the
The

brake discs. Worn, dished or distorted brake discs


replaced. The brake fluid is supplied to the

should be

brake system from the reservoir tank located in the


engine accessory section and is accessible by raising

follows:

the
Fabricate

a.

angle

so

dipstick by bending

wire to

90"

that 1-112 inches of the wire will insert into

the compressor.
b.

only

dipstick with a flat


for the paint to dry.

Paint the

ficient time

Start the

black

paint. Allow suf-

of the

engine

cowl. The reservior should

hydraulic fluid (9, Chart 1, 91-00-00)


system. Ensure that no dirt or foreign
is allowed to enter the brake system.

MIL-H-5606

in the brake
matter

in accordance with the

applicable
engine
Operating Handbook and run the airconditioning system for 15 minutes with the engine
running at low rpm to allow oil to accumulate in the
compressor. Observe the engine operating limitations
as noted in the applicable Pilots Operating Handbook.
Shut down the engine in accordance with the applicable Pilots Operating Handbook.
c.

right side

be filled to within 1-112 inches of the top and a visible


fluid level maintained on the dip stick at all times. Use

Pilots

OXYGEN SYSTEM

(Effectivity: All)

In general, the oxygen system on the Bonanzas may


be serviced in accordance with FAA AC43.13-1A.

Relieve the air-conditioner system pressure by


evacuating the system with a recycle servicing unit.
d.

e.

After the system pressure is relieved,

oil filler

remove

the

plug.

dipstick through

the oil filler

port, slowly

rotate the clutch shaft until the

dipstick will

insert to the

f.

Insert the

ENGINE

bottom of the compressor.


g.

Withdraw the

dipstick

at

dipstick;

COMPRESSOR

LIA

FIREWALL

oil should

register

on

5/8 inch below the filler port. Add oil

the
as
c

necessary to maintain this measurement.


H

h.

Install the oil filler

plug

with

O-ring

and

secure

plug.
NOTE
Make sure that the O-ring is not twisted
and that dirt or particles ARE NOT ON
the O-ring seat. The plug should be
snug. Do not

overtighten

the

COMPRESSOR FUSE
(NOT APPLICABLE TO
E-2104, E-2111 AND
AFTER; EA-BX),
EA-440 AND AFTER)

FILLER
FLVG

;T

BAFFLE
I

plug.

35-425-1

i. Charge the air-conditioning system as noted in


CHARGING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM.

j.

Check the

area

around the filler

plug for leaks.lf

leaks exist, do not overtighten the filler plug. Remove


the plug as noted in step "e" and install a new O-ring

depressurizing the system with a recycle servicing unit. Secure the plug and recharge the system as

after

noted in steps "h" and "i".

Servicing Compressor (Effectlvlty: All)


Figure 1

12-1 000

Page 4
Aug 18/95

A18

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

WARNING
w*awlm

This pressure may be increased an additional 3.5 psi


for each degree of increase in temperature; similarly,

Keep fire and sparks away and never


smoke In the proximity of oxygen.
Tools, equipment and hands must
also be kept clean when servicing the
oxygen system, since deposits of oil
or other hydrocarbons are highly
flammable when exposed to high
concentrations of oxygen. Furthermore, the presence of other foreign
particles In the oxygen lines may
result In leaks that will both exhaust
the o~gen supply and present a fire
harard. As an additional safety precaution, use only the antlselze compounds and leak-testing soaps recommended for breathing oxygen
systems,

pressure for the

Breathing Oxygen
(10, Chart 1,91-00-00) when recharging
only

Aviators

the oxygen bottle.

Close the shutoff valve, disconnect the supply cylinder, and replace the filler valve cap.

OXYGEN SERVICING

(Effectivlty:

and

Ensure that all

airplane electrical power

is off. Do

operate electrical switches, or connect or disconnect ground power generators during the oxygen
charging operation.
not

b.

Make

servicing

sure

that

no

fueling or other flammable fluid


servicing the oxygen sys-

is in process when

Observe the guidelines under the heading OXYGEN


SYSTEM in this Chapter and service the system as
follows:
Remove the access opening over the oxygen cylinder shutoff valve and check that the valve is off.

a.

copilots

Slide the

b.

seat to the rear until the filler

valve is clear, then remove the cap from the filler valve
and connect the supply cylinder to the filler valve.

Open

the valve

on

Always ground the servicing equipment and the


system to be serviced before connecting the filler
adapter.

Close the valve

e.

Close the valve

g. Disconnect the
filler valve cap.

Replace the

h.
i.

WARNING

Do not use oxygen Intended for medlcal purposes, or such Industrial uses
as welding. Such oxygen may contain
excessive moisture that could free~e
up the valves and lines of the oxygen

system,

Open
system to
d.

cylinder shutoff valve and slowly fill the


1850 ~50 psi at 70"F, ambient temperature.

the

oxygen

cylinder.

on
on

Slide the

airplane

the

the

oxygen

copilots

cylinder.

charging cylinder.

supply cylinder

access

and

and

replace

the

panel.

seat forward to its normal

posi-

tion.
OXYGEN SERVICING

(Effectlvlty: E-1946, E-2104,


EA-439)

E2111 and after, EA-389 thru

Observe the

guidelines under the heading OXYGEN


Chapter and service the system as

SYSTEM in this
follows:
a.

I--~I

airplane

the

d. Open the valve on the charging cylinder


slowly fill the airplane cylinder.

tem
c.

EA-320, EA-389

after)

The

a.

All except

E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and after,

f.

following procedures should be followed prior to,


and during the oxygen servicing operation:

of drop in temperature, reduce the


cylinder by 3.5 psi.

e.

c.

NOTE
Use

degree

for each

Check that the oxygen system is turned off.

(Check

the

push-pull knob.)

b. Slide the copilots seat to the


valve is accessmedi.
c.

rear

until the filler

Remove the filler valve cap and connect the sup-

ply cylinder.
d.

Open

the valve

on

the

supply cylinder and slowly

the

supply cylinder and discon-

fill the system.


e.

Close the valve

nect the
f.

on

supply cylinder.

Install the filler valve cap.


12-1 0-00

Page
A18

Aug 18/95

aeechc~slft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
g.

Slide the

copilots

seat to its normal

OXYGEN SERVICING
And

position.

(Etfectivity: EA-320,

EA-440

Locate and

the

Open the charging cylinder


airplane cylinder(s).

d.

After

e.

Reinstall the

c.

Observe the guidelines under the heading OXYGEN


SYSTEM in this Chapter and service the system as
follows:
a.

remove

wing, outboard

Remove the cap from the filler


supply cylinder to the filler

nect the

After)

the left

b.

the
of

access panel on the top of


wing station 66, and aft of

opening
opening.

valve and

and

con-

slowly

fill

filling the airplane cylinder(s), close the supply cylinder shutoff valve, disconnect the supply cylindel and replace the filler valve cap.
access cover.

the front spar.

12-1 0-00

Page 6
Aug 18/95

A18

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SCHEDULED SERVICING
PRACTICES

MAINTENANCE

a.

Before

connecting an external power unit, turn


equipment switches, all radio equipment,
alternator switch. The battery switch in the airplane

OFF all electrical


and the

should be ON.

T/RES
nose

wheel tire is

5.00-5

4-ply

tire. The main wheel

are 7.00-6 6-ply tires. Inflate the nose wheel tires to 40


pounds and the main wheel tires to 33 to 40 pounds,
Maintaining proper tire inflation will minimize tread wear and
aid in preventing tire rupture caused from running over sharp
stones and ruts. When inflating tires, visually inspect for cuts,

tires

arcing, make certain no power is being


the external power unit when the connection is

To prevent

b.
The

applied by
made.

Leave the

c.

battery ON during

CAUTION

cracks, breaks, and tread wear. The pressure of a


serviceable tire that is fully inflated should not drop more than
4

percent

over a

24-hour

the entire external

power operation.

The

period.

may be damaged if
than 30 volts.

battery

exposed

to

voltages higher
NOTE

BATTERY
Oil and other

hydrocarbons spilled

on

tires not

only weaken the rubber but may cause it to swell.


Avoid spilling oil, fuel or solvents on tires and
clean off any accidental spillage as soon as
possible.

of

tendency

is located

battery

on

the

right

side of the

engine

Corporation cannot recommend


recapped tires. Recapped tires have a

The fluid level of the battery should be checked every 25


hours and maintained 3/8 inch above the top of the

to swell as a result of the increased

separators. Add only distilled

Beech Aircraft
use

The

compartment, just forward of the firewall. The battery is


accessible for servicing by raising the right engine cowl door
and removing the battery box cover.

CAUTION

the

A 24-volt, 1 10 ampere hour Teledyne Battery Products leadacid battery is provided for operation of the electrical system.

temperature generated during

takeoff. Increased

gravity

specific

water to maintain the

of between 1.275 and 1.295.

can jeopardize proper function of the


landing gear retract system, with the possibility
of damage to the landing gear doors and retract

tire size

NOTE

mechanism.
Do not overfill the
are

overfilled,

lower

EXTERNAL POWER

battery.

When the

water and acid will

of the

portions
fuselage.

engine

battery
spill

cells

on

the

accessory section

and lower
An external power unit with a negative ground may be used
to supply power for ground checks, starting and battery

charging. The power unit may be connected directly to the


battery or to an optional external power receptacle, located
on the lower engine cowling. The receptacle is designed for
use with a standard AN type plug.

For further servicing information, detailed instructions are


furnished with each battery from Teledyne Battery Products.

optional external power circuit is equipped with a relay


diode to protect the airplane electrical system against
damage from an external power source with reversed
polarity.

The surface of the deice boots should be checked for

The

and

Observe the following precautions when using


power

source.

an

external

PROPELLER DEICE BOOTS

oil after

Any

servicing

oil found

on

Removal of oil

the

airplane

engine
flight.

and at the end of each

the surface of the boots should be removed.

can

accomplished by the use of a neutral


Special care should be used on
cleaning, to avoid damaging the
surfacing.
be

soap and water solution.


electric deice boots, while

special conductive

12-2M)0

Page

May

9/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CAUTION

NOTE
Because the deicer boots

flexible

stock,

are

a bottle containing compressed air


nitrogen under extremely high pressure

If

made of soft

be

must

care

exercised

used,

care

is

should be taken not to overin-

against dragging gasoline hoses over them


resting ladders or platforms against the

flate the strut.

surface of the boots.

be used with

or

or

A pressure regulator must


high pressure bottled air or

nitrogen.
SHOCK STRUTS
Remove all
the air-

To check the fluid level and fill the strut, jack


plane, remove the valve cap and depress the valve
core

to release the air pressure from the strut.

WARNING
The

strut

removal

be

should

of the valve

pressure may result in

before

deflated

body

or

excessive

personal injury

or

property damage.
Compress and block the strut 1/4-inch from the fully
Remove the valve
body
compressed position.
assembly and fill with MIL-H-5606 hydraulic fluid (9,
Chart 1, 91-00-00). After filling the strut, slowly extend
the strut from the blocked position and replace the
valve body assembly. Completely conipress the strut
to release excess air and oil, then reinstall the valve
core.

material from the

foreign

of the shock struts with

hydraulic

exposed piston

cloth moistened with

fluid.

SHIMMY DAMPER
To check the fluid level in the shimmy damper, insert
a wire of approximately 1/16-inch diameter through
the hole in the disc at the end of the

piston

rod until

it touches the bottom of the hole in the floating piston.


Mark the wire, remove and measure the depth of
insertion. Inserting the wire in the hole of the floating

piston, rather than letting it rest against the


piston, will give a more accurate check.

face of

the

NOTE
To determine if the wire is inserted in the
hole of the floating piston, insert the wire
several times, noting each insertion depth.
wire is correctly inserted, the
be
will
approximately 1/4-inch
length

When the

CAUTION

greater.

Do not inflate the struts with the


jacks since sudden extension

on

inflation

damage

of the

strut

may

on

the

shimmy damper is full, the insertion depth


The empty reading is 3-1/16 inches.
If the wire enters the piston rod over 2-3/8 inches,
hydraulic fluid should be added. When hydraulic fluid
is needed, remove the shimmy damper and add
MIL-H-5606 hydrau;.e fluid (9, Chart 1, 12-20-00) as

airplane

When the

or over-

is 2-3/16 inches.

cause

internal

to the strut.

With the airplane resting

ground

and the fuel

nitrogen
airplane
D-10,397

follows:

after, E-1,970 and after, and EA-273 and after,

position

cells full, inflate the nose strut with dry air or


until 3-1/2 inches of piston is exposed. On
serials CE-980 and after, CJ-156 and after,
and

area

gear strut until 5 inches of the strut


exposed. Rock the airplane gently to prepiston
vent possible binding of the piston in the barrel when
inflate the
is

inflating.

a.

Secure

the

shimmy damper

in

fixed

with the clevis end down.

nose

b.

Remove the cotter

piston rod.
is compressed.

from the

pin, washer,

Remove with

and

care as

the

spring,
spring

12-20-00

Page 2
Jun 20/91

A14

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAIN-TENANCE MANUAL

c.

scraper
of
end

internal
Remove the
ring,
snap
ring and the end seal from the aft
the barrel
(opposite the clevis

end),

PLUGS

the proper spark plug and spark plug


refer to Continental Service Bulletin
No. M77-10. The spark plugs
should be
installed with no lubrication and torqued
to 300 to 360 inch-pounds (25 to 30 footFor

gap,

d.
the

SPARK

Insert

6-32 threaded rod


into
and remove the piston.

floating piston

pounds).
Push the piston rod to the clevis
end and fill the barrel with MIL-H-5606
hydraulic fluid (9, Chart i, 91-00-00).
e.

f.
Slowly actuate the piston rod,
allowing the fluid to flow into the clevis
end chamber, then return the piston to the

clevis end of the barrel,


g.

Refill

replace the
internal

the

displaced

end

snap

seal,
ring.

h.

Fill

the

i.

Reinstall

fluid

and

ring

and

scraper

piston rod with fluid,

ROTON

Usually,

Roton locks will not need service. If there is a grinding and binding
in the lock as the seat reclines or if the
becomes
action
return
jerky, a small
amount of grease properly applied as follows should improve the operation.

Use only ENCO ANDOK-B grease (12,


a.
Chart 1, 91-00-00) on the threads as shown
in Figure i. Too much grease in the wrong

place
floating piston,
spring washer and cotter pin. Spread the
cotter pin
to
allow clearance for the
measuring wire.
it

Reinstall

can

cause

improper operation.

the

Release
the
i.
from the floating

k.

LOCKS

(Figure 1)

the

PROPELLER BLADE

6-32

rod

and

b.
co un

the

Compress

te rba 1 ance

guide
approximately

spring

spring

and
one

inch.
c.

remove

Remove the retaining ring.

piston.
Relax pressure on the spring guide
d.
and counterbalance spring slowly until the
spring is fully extended.

shimmy damper,

MALNTENANCE

Remove the lock from the fixture


the spring guide, count~rbalspring and spring guide tube.

e.

Due

to

the

high

stresses

to

which

blades
their
are
subjected,
maintenance is vitally important,
the leading edpe of each
on
lade from the tip inboard to Just beyond
33-inch
All
nicks
and
station.
the
scratches
be
must
repaired before the
airplane is flown. Nicks and scratches set
of
concentrations
which can
stress
up
exceed the strength of the blade material;
the result will be a crack and premature
failure of the blade. The method and limits for this type of repair, as outlined
the
in
applicable Propeller Handbo~ok,

propeller

and

remove

ance

careful

garticularly

Apply a small
completely
(see Figure 1).
f.

quantity

of

grease

Reassemble the lock. For service


g.
other than lubrication, return the Roton
lock to the manufacturer.
CLEANING
FINISH

AND

WAXING

THE

AIRPLANE

should be followed carefully.

Prior to

INDUCTION AIR FLLTER

wheels, making certain the brake discs are


covered; attach pitot cover securely;
install

The induction air filter should be cleaned


periodically and replaced every 500 hours
of service. Clean the filter as described
in the manufacturers instructions on the
filter.

cleaning
plugs

in

the exterior,

or

mask

off

cover

all

openings. Be particularly careful

the

other
to mask

off both static air buttons before washing


or

waxing.

72-20-00
Page 3
A12

Aug 28/87

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA

SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RETAINING RING

FULLY EXTENDED

SPRING GUIDE

(APPROX) APPLY
(LIGHTLY HERE ONLY)

3/4"

GREASE

SPRING GUIDE TUBE

ABSOLUTELY NO GREASE

MAIN ASSY

IN THIS AREA

COUNTERBALANCE
SPRING

Lock
Figure 1

Roton

The

urethane

the finish

with

wax

paint finish cleans easily


and
mild detergent solution,
sponge
white
clean
A
Rinse with clear water.
cloth, saturated with either MEK (31,
Chart 1, 91-00-00) or toluol
(19, Chart
1, 91-00-00) may be used to remove accuand dried
mulations of oil
or
grease,
insects. Flush the surface with plenty of
cool
water to remove all traces of soap
and dry with a chamois to prevent water
marks.

is

yellowed

appearance.

removed before

be

should

The old
coat

new

applied.

Airplanes with
be polished to

aluminum

skin

surfaces may

high gloss with any warranted aluminum polish. Soft clean cloths
a

chamois should be used to prevent


scratching the aluminum when cleaning and

or

polishing.
CLEANING

PLASTIC

WINDOWS

CAUTION
CAUTION

When
mild
care

from

airplane
use
special
avoid washing away grease

washing
soap
to

with

any

and

the

Do

water,

lubricated

washing with solvent

area.

not

an

use

ice

scraper

to

windows because
this practice may cause scratches
To avoid
to the window surface.
scratches, any cleaning of the
windows should be done with care.
remove

After

in the wheel

lubriareas, lubricate all


cation points. Premature wear of
lubricated surfaces may result if
above
the
precautions are not
taken.

well

ice

from

commercial cleaning compound made specifically for acrylic plastic windows may
be used. When using a commercial cleaner,

For better protection, a non-abrasive wax


may be used on airplanes exposed to cormoisture
with
rosive
atmospheres
condensation.

follow the instructions on the container.


If a commercial cleaner is not available,
the following instructions should be followed:

Wax application procedures are important


and will vary in accordance with the type
being used. For best results, follow the
A
manufacturers
wax
specifications.

of the acrylic plastic windows


The
should never be attempted when dry.
window should first be flushed with water

build-up

of

several

coats

of

wax

may

give

Cleaning
or

mild

lightty with

solution, then
grit-free cloth,

soap
a

rubbed
chamois

12-20-00

Page 4
Aug 28/87

A12

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

or
are
or

sponge. Stubborn grease or oil deposits


readily removed with aliphatic naphtha
hexane. Rinse with clear water.

thinner or aromatic
cleaners
clean
the
to
they will damage the
windows;
surface of the plastic. Aliphatic
naphtha and similar solvents are
and
extreme
highly
flammable,
be taken when
must
care
using
them.
CLEANING

use

INTERIOR

CABIN

TRIM

Proper care and cleaning of the interior


cabin trim (Noryl and Kydex plastics) is
of
to
maintain
a
primary
importance
desirable appearance. Clean the interior
trim with
cabin
a
detergent soap and
water, and brush scrub with a soft bristle
brush will dislodge most dirt.
Wet wipe
with clean water and wipe dry. Alcohol may
be used to remove foreign material that
is alcohol soluble,
CAUTION

The

interior cabin trim


if
contaminated

easily

methyl

engine
solvent, or

may
any

be cleaned with Stoddard


standard neutral solvent

engine. Compressed air


speed up drying time.

may

be

used

to

LUBRICATION

Lubrication charts
and diagrams
within
information
that
contain
this
section
ensure the proper operation and preservation of the airplane. Location, interval

Avoi;l
and lubricant required are given.
excessive application of lubricants.
LUBRICATION OF
ROLLERS

LANDING

GEAR

UPLOCK

uplock roller bearings should be


lubricated with MIL-G-2382f grease (11,
Chart i, 91-00-00) every 100 hours or any
the
time after cleaning the wheel
we 11
bearings are subjected to degreasing with
solvent under pressure. Using a pressure
the
uplock bearing is lubricated
gun,
through a grease fitting installed in the
uplock bearing bolt.
The

NOTE

ethyl

thinner
and
other types
of
thinners.
Sharp
edges or cuts on the edge of the
interior cabin trim material
may
cause it to crack.

gasoline,

The

be
can
cleaned

ketone,
naphtha, Mufti, standard solvent,

with

CLEANING

for
recommended
cleaning engines. The
cleaner may be sprayed or brushed on the

CAUTION

Do not
abrasive

ENGINE

lacquer

The

grease Fitting on the drag


the
di rectly
above
upl ock
roller bearing, does not supply
lubrication for the uplock roller

leg,

bearing.

12-20-00

Page 5
A12

Aug 28/87

BEECHCRAFT
BONAMIA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 1
SERVICING

LOCATION

ITEM

SERVICE WITH

INTERVAL

See Consumable

Preflight

Check

Engine
Battery

Oil Level

Access door

Water

upper cowl (1)


RH rear side of

Air Conditioner

Compressor

Oil Level

Air Conditioner

Refrigerant
Magneto Pressure-

on

Materials Chart

See Chapter 21 for location


and special instructions
Between

25 hrs.

Distilled Water

engine compartment (1)


See Chapter 21 for location
and special instructions

Suniso No. 5GS

Tex_a~WF

or

As

required

As

required

100

500 Viscosity Oil


Rehigeranr No. 12

50 hrs.

Magnetos

ization Air Filter

Change
Engine Oil

Lower

rear

See Consumable

side of

Engine

Left

Oil Filter

rear

100 hrs.

Materials Chart

engine (1)

100 hrs.

side of

engine ~1)
Clean
Induction Air Filter
Fuel

Injection Control

Fuselage nose section


grill (1)
Fuel injection control
valve

Valve Screen

of the
Fuel Selector Valve

Strainer

on

the lower side

engine (1)

Fuel selector valve


inboard left wing root (1)

Clean
on

as

described

50 hrs.

the filter

Clean with solvent and


blow dry with air

pressure
Clean with solvent and
blow

dry

100 hrs.

100 hrs.

with air

pressure
Pressure

Pump

Intake

Rear

engine

baffle

(1)

Replace

300 hours
on

Fliter

or

condition

Drain
Fuel

Sump Drain

Fuel Cell Drains


Static Drain

Preflight
Preflight

Inboard left wing root (1)

wings (2)
Behind the ah upholstery
panel (1)
Under both

50 hrs.

Replace
Induction Air Filter
Pressure System
Inline Filter

Fuselage
grill (1)

nose

section

Between pressure
and instruments

500 hrs.
on

regulator
(1)

300 hn.
on

or

condition
or

condition

12-20-00

PageG
Sep 21/84

A9

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAIMENANCE MANUAL

CHART 1

SERVICING (CONTD)
SERVICE WITH

LOCA TION

ITEM

INTERVAL

Sen/ice

Brake Fluid Aeservoir

Upper

forward side of the

firewall

Under front seats

Oxygen Cylinder

MIL-H-5606

hydraulic

(1)
(1)

As

required

As

required

As

required
annually

fluid

Mil-0-27210 aviators

breathing oxygen

except EA-320
EA-440 and after.

EA-320, EA-440
and after in
left
Main and Nose

Landing

Top

wing (1)

of each strut

(3)

Shimmy Damper

Mll-H-5606

hydraulic fluid and


dry compressed air

Gear Struts
Nose

landing gear (1)

Denotes

As

MIL-H-5606

hydraulic

or

fiuid

or

required
annually

quantity of servicing points.

12-20-00

Ag

Page 6A
Sept 27/84

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

;&I~,PO

~inl I
DH

~1)7 R
R
36804120

NOTES

i.

The

following details. (A

lubrication points
B36TC.
2.

3.
4.

are

the V-tail

T) constitute a lubrication san/icing schedule. Major differences between model types relative to
configuration, exdu8ively for the V358, and the cargo doors provided only on the model A36. A36TC.

thru

~k

operational application may dictate more frequent san/icing.


Landing gear components may require lubrication every 25 or 50 hours, depending on operation.
MILG81322 grease may be used in place of MIL-G-23827 grease in warm climates: however.
Environmental conditions and

in

extremely

cold climates

MIL-G-23827 grease should be used.


Care should be taken when using greases MIL-G-81322 and MIL-G-23827, since they contain synthetic lubricants which will
5.
discolor painted surfaces, and will soften rubber products.

3&604121

12-20-00

Page7
A6

Oct 7/83

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2

(Contd)

LUBRICAT)ON SCHEDULE

INDEX

LOCATION

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(5)

MILGd1322

100 hfs

NOSE WHEEL WELL

Nose wheel

steering

o
DETAIL

35-604-12

L~3

DETAIL

B
INTERVAL

INDEX

LOCATION
NOSE LANDING GEAR

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

Nose shock strut

(1)

Mll-H-5608

AR

Shimmy damper

(1)

MIL-H-5806

AR

Nose gear

hinge points

(2)

MIL-G-81322

100 hrs

Nose gear

linkage

(2)

MIL-G-B1322

100 hrs

Nose gear torque knees

(6)

MILO-81322

100 hr3

MIL-G-B1322

100 hrs

(2)

Ae,oshell 5
Prefened or
MII-Gg1 322

100 hrs

(2)

M~LG-81322

100 hrS

MIL-0-81322

100 hrs

"A" Frame

pivot points

Nose wheel

bearings

Nose gear swivel


9

12-20-00

Page 8
May 9/80

Rod end fittino

3580e3

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SER\ES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICAflON SCHEDULE

~K r
IZI

DETAIL

INDEX

LOCATION

C
.POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

NOSE GEAR DOORS

Nose wheel door hinges

(4)

3580414

DETAIL

INDEX

LOCATION

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(10)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

RUDDER PEDALS

Rudder

pedal linkage

35-804-15

12-20-00

All

Page 9
Aug 29185

BEECHCRA~I
BONANtA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)

LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

INDEX

LOCATION
FORWARD CABIN DOOR

POINT(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

Forward cabin door handle

(1)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

Forward cabin door latch

(3)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

Forward cabin door

(2)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

hinges

DETAIL

E
35601-18

Detail F applies only to serials E-lll1, E-1241 and after; EA-1 and after.

k
O
NOTE
Lubricate all internal moving parts of the
latching mechanism with Aeroshell 17,

~Et

as

required.

o
DETAIL
INDEX

LOCATION
AFT CABIN DOOR

O
O

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

AH cabin door handle

SAE 20

100 hrs

Ah cabin door latch

SAE 10W30
SAE 20 or

(3)

or

100 hrs

SAE 10W30

AH cabin door

Mix MILM-7866 with

naphtha

hinges

and

apply

(2)
with

brush.

MlL-M-7866

AR
35-804-17

12-20-00

Page 10
Aug 29/85

All

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(18)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

LOCATION

INDEX

CONTROL COLUMN

linkage

Control column

Control column head

(3)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

Control column torque knees

(6)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

O
O

~C C:
PRIOR TO D-10404, CE-1037, 8-2111 EXCEPT 8-1946 AND 8-2104,
EA-389 EXCEPT 84-320

DETAIL

G
36604((8

-o

55
DETAIL

GG

E-1946, D2104, E2111 AND AFTER, EA-320, EA-389 AND AFTER.


INDEX

LOCATION
CONTROL COLUMN

m
m""
1~3

Control column chains


Ball

bearings (without seals)

Torque Shafts
Wp"

tllli

length

POINTS()

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(4)
(10)

SAE20

100 hrs.

MIL-L-7870 Oil

100 hrs.

(2)

MEK Solvent

100 hrs.

of square shafts with MEK, these surfaces to remain

dry

or

10W30 Oil

and free of oil.

Remove one of the nonadjustable rollers (27-00-00). If it is a sealed roller with the seals intact, rainstall the roller
and make a maintenance record that the rollers are sealed and do not need lubrication. If the rollers are not sealed,
or the seals are not intact, they may be replaced with sealed rollers and a maintenance record made that the rollers
do not need lubrication. If the adjustable rollers are removed for lubrication or replacement, refer to Chapter 27-00-00
for adjustment.
36-604-(17
001

12-20-00

All

Page 10A
Aug 29/85

BEECHCRAF~
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Cantd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

NOTE
At series D-10380 and after. CJ-1Stj and
after. CE-960 and after, E-1886 and

after, EA-249 and after, sealed bearings


were

installed

and

no

lubrication

is

required.

8~

DETAIL
INDEX

LOCATION

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(2)

SAE 20

100 hrs

TRIM TAB CONTROL

Elevator trim control

or

SAE 10W30
3escw,cs

t2-2eoo

Psgsli
Oc17/83

A6

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

INDEX

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTEAVAL

(1)

MIL-G-B1322

600 hn

gear actuator gear box

(1)

MIL-L-2105
Mobil 636

300 hrs

gear system retract

(5)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

LOCATION
LANDING GEAR ACTUATOR

Landing gear

Landing

"Landing

motor gear box

arms

or

100 hrs

properly filled, the oil level on apip stick inserted


through the filler hole will be approximately 1/4 inch.

When

jl

2]

"The

nose

gear retract

arm

is located beneath the gear box.

l~J

DETAIL

I
35604-47.

DETAIL

INDEX

LOCATION
FLAP MOTOR

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

111

Flap flexible drive shaft


(inside of cable housing)

(1)

MIL-G-23827

900 hrs

12-20-00

Page 12
May 9/80

3CgOC48

BEECHCRAFF
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

INDEX

LOCATION

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(2)

Mll-L-10324A OR
MlL-L-2105C 75W OR
101-380016-1

900 hrs

FLAP ACTUATOR

Flap

actuator

~ETAIL K
3caocso

DETAIL

Detail L depicts the Bonanza 33 and 36 Series airplanes. The Bonanza 35 Series
does not incorporate Index 2.

INDEX

O
O

LOCATION
ELEVATOR TRIM
Elevator trim tab

hinge

"Elevator him tab actuator

tTab control horn pivot

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(2)

MlL-M-7866

100 hrs

(2)

MlL-G-23827

AR

(t)

SAE 20

AR

or

SAE 10W30
Mix MlL-M-7868 with naphtha and apply with a brush.
series
35
Bonanza
used
"The actuator is not
airplanes.
on the
tOn the Bonanza 35 series, lubricate both the upper and lower tab control horn
pivots (Index 3). On the Bonanza 33 and 36 series airplanes, only the upper tab
control horn

pivot lubrication

is

required.

3ssoc49

12-2000

Page 13
May 9/80

BEECHCRAFF
BONANZA SERIES
IAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

INDEX

LOCATION

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(6)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

COWL FLAPS
Cowl

flap hinges

DETAIL

M
355555(

~3

~ETAIL

INDEX

LOCATION
MAIN LANDING GEAR

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

Main shock struts

(2)

MILH-5606

AR

I~

Hinge paints

and retract

(1 4)

MlL-G-81322

100 hn

Main gear torque knees

(10)

MIL-G-8~ 322

100 hrs

Main wheel

(4)

Aeroshell 5

100 hrs

links

bearings

Preferredor
MlL-G-81 322

Landing gear uplock


rollen

12-2000

Rage 14
May 9/80

(2)

MIL-G-23827 See Lubrication


of Landing Gear Uplock
Rollers In this chapter.

3560452

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

m
LI

DETAIL

*Lubricata the aileron pushipull rod ends tin place) at


100 hr intervals using SAE 20 or 10W30 oil. or remove
the aileron push/pull rad assembly and clean 8
lubricate rod ends using MIL-G-23827 grease. Rotate
the rod end eye balls to assure adeguate lubrication
coverage. Check aileron rigging after reinstallation of
the rod end

INDEX

LOCATION
AILE RON

Aileron control

assembly.

linkage

*Aileron push/pull rods ends

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

(6)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hn

(4)

MIL-G-23827 or
SAE 20 or SAE 10W30

100 hrs

(1)

MIL-G-23827

AR

Ot

Aileron trim tab actuator

~t

Aileron trim tab

hinge

(1)

VVLBOO Preferred.
LPS-1. CRC 3-36.
WD-40

100 hrs

Ot

Aileron trim tab

push-pull linkage

(5)

VV-L-BOO Preferred.
LPS-1, CRC 3-36.
WO-40

100 hrs

IZb

EA-389 and
t Enactive 6-1946, E2104. E-2111 and after: EA-320,
after.
366M-ln

12-2M)O

Page 1G
Oct 7/83

A6

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

INDEX

LOCATION
BAGGAGE DOOR

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

Largedoor

latch mechanism

(3)

100 hrs

Small door latch mechanism

(1)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30
SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30
MIL-M-7866

Door

hinge

(1)

Mix MIL-M-7866 with naphtha and

apply

with

100 hrs

AR

brush.

DETAIL

Detail Q includes serials CE-748. CE-172 and after;


CJ-149 and after: and D-10097, 0-10120 and after.
35-604-55

~I
DETAIL

INDEX

LOCATION
ELEVATOR TAB

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

Elevator tab actuator

(1)

MILG-81322

100 hrs

Elevator tab

(4)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

~00 hrs

linkage
Detail R includes

only

serials 0-10097, 0-10120 and after.

35-eo4-5s

12-20-00

Page 17
A6

Oc17183

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2 (Contd)
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

INDEX

LOCATION
DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

Elevator cable reduction

(2)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

Differential control assy

(4)

MlL-G-81322

100 hrs

an

i?lg

45

DETAIL
Detail S includes

only

Bonanza 35 series

airplanes.
35-60457

;i

\s_n

DETAIL T
INDEX

LOCATION
ELEVATOR CONTROL

POINTS(

LUBRICANT

INTERVAL

Elevator bell crank

(2)

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30

100 hrs

Elevator control push

SAE 20 or
SAE 10W30
Detail T includes only serials CE-748. CE-n2 and after;
CJ-149 and after: E-l 111. E1241 and after: and EA-1 and after.

pull

(2)

100 hrs

35-604-58

12-20-00

Rage

18

Oct7/83

A6

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

0.

50-590014

TS1222-5
50-590012

TS1222-3
TS1222-4

TS1222-8

50-590013
TS1171-1
TS1171-2
TSI 176-1

TS1176-10

TS1171-10

TS1176-2
UPPER FORWARD WING BOLT WRENCHES:
TS1222-3
TS1222-5
50-590012
TS1222-4
TS12228

(FOR NAS152-37
(FOR MS20012-20
(FOR MS20012-20
(FOR MS20012-20
(FOR MS20012-20

BOLTS)
AND 131790-1
AND 131790-1
AND 131790-1
AND 131790-1

BOLTS)
BOLTS)
BOLTS)
BOLTS)

UPPER FORWARD WING NUT TORQUE WRENCH ADAPTERS:


TS1171-2
TS1176-2
TS1176-10
TS1171-10

(PRIOR TO CE-928, CJ-156, D-10353, E-1758 AND EA-150)


(PRIOR TO CE-928, CJ-156, D-13053, E-1758, AND EA-150)
(CE-928 AND AFTER, CJ-156 AND AFTER, D-10353 AND AFTER,
E-1758 AND AFTER, EA-150 AND AFTER)
(CE-928 AND AFTER, CJ-156 AND AFTER, D-10353 AND AFTER,
E-1758 AND AFTER, EA-150 AND AFTER)

LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT WRENCHES:


TS1222-5

(CE-748, CE-772 AND AFTER; CJ-149

AND AFTER;

E-llll,

E-1241 AND AFTER; D-10097, D-10120 AND AFTER; EA-1 THRU


EA-272 EXCEPT EA-242)

50-590012

(CE-748, CE-772

AND AFTER;

CJ-149 AND AFTER;

E-llll,

E-1241 AND AFTER; D-10097, D-10120 AND AFTER; EA-1 THRU


EA-272 EXCEPT EA-242)

(CE-748, CE-772

TS1222-8

AND AFTER; CJ-149 AND AFTER; E-llll,


E-1241 AND AFTER; D-10097, D-10120 AND AFTER; EA-1 THRU
EA-272 EXCEPT EA-242)
(CE-748, CE-772 AND AFTER; CJ-149 AND AFTER; E-llll,

TS1222-3

E-1241 AND AFTER; D-10097, D-10120 AND AFTER; EA-1 THRU


EA-272 EXCEPT EA-242)
(EA-242, EA-273 AND AFTER)

TS1222-4

Special Tools (Sheet


Figure 2

1 of

36-17-15

4)

12-20-00

Page
A8

19

Jan 18/84

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LOWER FORWARD WING NUT TORQUE WRENCH ADAPTERS:


TS1171-2

TS1176-2
TS1176-10

(PRIOR TO CE-928, CJ-156, E-1758, D-10353, AND EA-150)


(PRIOR TO CE-928, CJ-156, E-1758, D-10353, AND EA-150)
(CE-928 AND AFTER, CJ-156 AND AFTER, E-175B AND AFTER,
0-10353 AND AFTER, EA-150 THRU EA-272 EXCEPT EA-242)

50-590014

(EA-242,

EA-273 AND

AFTER)

UPPER AFT WING BOLT WRENCHES:


50-590012
TS1222-5
TS1222-4
TS1222-8

UPPER AFT WING NUT TORQUE WRENCH ADAPTERS:


50-590013
TS1171-1
TS1176-1

LOWER AFT WING BOLT WRENCHES:


50-590012
TS1222-5
TS1222-4
TS1222-8

LOWER AFT WING NUT TORQUE WRENCHES:

TS1171-1
TS1176-1
50-590013

35-590064-1
HOISTING SLING ASSEMBLY

35-590006
MAIN WHEEL JACK ADAPTER

MODEL 300
SERVICE JACK
MAX. CAPACITY 5000 LBS

35-590009
THROTTLE RETAINING NUT WRENCH

Special Tools (Sheet

Figure

2 of

36-17-22

4)

12-20-00

Page

20

Jan 18/84

A8

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPECIAL TOOLS
35-590087

DIFFERENTIAL MECHANISM
USED ON THE BONANZA 35 SERIES AIRPLANES
ONLY
810-5 35660040 LH

810-5 35660040-1

RH

ELEVATOR CHECK FIXTURE


USED ON MODEL SERIALS D-10097,
D-10120 AND AFTER
810-3 35660040 LH

810-3 35660040-1 RH
ELEVATOR CHECK FIXTURE
USED ON MODEL SERIALS CE-748, CE-772
AND

35-590087-9 STOP

AFTER; CJ-149 AND AFTER, E-llll,

USED WITH 35-590087 ASSEMBLY WHEN

E-1241 AND AFTER; AND EA-1 AND AFTER

RIGGING THE MODEL SERIALS D-10097,


D-10120 AND AFTER

810 35660043-2

TRIM TAB JIG

36-590015-1
TOW BAR

C~F
35-590021
TAIL TIE-DOWN SUPPORT ASSEMBLY

810 33524000

RUDDER CHECK FIXTURE

810-1 50590091

45-590074-7

AILERON TRAVEL GAGE

LANDING GEAR TENSION GAGE


36-17-16

Special

Tools (Sheet 3 of 4)
figure 2

12-20-00
A8

Page

21

Jan 18/84

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PREFLIGHT FUEL DRAIN TOOL


ON 836TC AIRPLANES OR FUEL
SELECTOR VALVE DRAIN TOOL
ON A36TC AIRPLANES WITH KIT
NO. 36-9008-15 INSTALLED

B36TC
FUEL/OIL DRAIN ADAPTER
PIN107B

36-17-~7
001

Special

Tools

(Sheet
Figure 2

4 of

4)

"END"

12-20-00

Page 22
Aug 29/85

All

C H A PT E R

STANDARD
PRACTICES

(AIRFRAME)

Ci~echcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

CHAPTER 20

STANDARD PRACTICES

AIRFRAME

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subject

Page
20-00-00

Standard Practices

Airframe

20-01-00
1

Torque Wrenches
20-02-00
Electrostatic

Discharge Sensitivity

Electrostatic

Discharge Sensitivity

Electrostatic Discharge

Sensitivity

Description and Operation

Classification

Maintenance Practices

of ESDS

Removal/installation
Equipment
Handling of ESDS Components and Equipment
Controlling Static Charge Buildup

Permanent Static Control Workstation

Portable Static Control Workstation


and Dust Effects

ESDS

on
Humidity
Components
Equipment................................
Packaging of ESDS Components and Equipment
Marking of ESDS Components and Equipment
Storage and Transit of ESDS Components and Equipment

and

10
11

12

20-03-00
Electrical

Bonding

Electrical

Bonding

Direct Electrical

Description

and

Operation

Methods

Bonding
Bonding

of Tubes

Indirect Electrical

Electrical

Bonding

Electrical Power Returns

Recommended Materials

Electrical Bonding

Metal Surface

Maintenance Practices

Preparation

and Electrical

Bonding

Aluminum Surfaces

Corrosion-Resistant

(CRES)

Steel Surfaces

Stainless Steel and Titanium Surfaces


Electrical

Typical

Bonding Examples

Blind Ground Stud

CRES Steel

or

Titanium Electrical

Bonding

Aluminum Electrical

Bonding
Tubing Clamp to Bonding Jumper Electrical Bonding
Bonding Jumper Across Tubing Clamp Electrical Bonding
Typical Ground Stud Electrical Bonding
Electrical Bonding of Ground Tabs

8
8
11
11

20-Contents

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

Ci3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 20

STANDARD PRACtlCES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AIRFRAME

(Continued)
Page

Subject
20-04-00

Description and Operation

Control Cables and Pulleys

1
1

Recommended Materials
Maintenance Practices

Control Cables and Pulleys

Control Cable

Control Cable

System Inspection
Storage
Cable Pulley Inspection

Control

20-05-00
1

Description and Operation

Bearings

Recommended Materials

Maintenance Practices

Bearings

Hydraulic

Press

Removal

Bearing
Bearing

................................................i.......................................

Removal

Mechanical Press

Bearing Housing Inspection

Be~ring

Instailation Using Retaining Compound


Bearing Installation By Staking

2
3

20-06-00
Tube and Hose Assemblies and

Tubing, Hose and Fittings

Fittings

Description and Operation

Maintenance Practices

Assembly

1
1

Removal of Tube and Hose Assemblies


Hose

Installation

Tube Installation

Fitting Installation
Nonpositioning Type Fitting Installation
Pipe Thread Fitting Installation
Tube Damage Limits

Fluid Line

2
2
4

20-07-00

Locking Devices

Self-Locking

Description

and

Operation

Slotted, Steel Locknuts (Prev~ailing Torque


Lockwire and Cotter Pin Requirements
Locking Devices

1
1

Nuts

Type)

Maintenance Practices

Lockwire Installation Procedures

1
1
1
1

Lockwire Hole

Lockwire

Alignment
Twisting

Cotter Pin Installation

Keywashers (Tab and Cup Types) Installation


Retaining Rings (Spirolox, Etc.) Installation
Turnbuckle Lock Clip Installation

5
5

PO-Contents

Page 2
Jun 20/91

A14

C~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 20

STANDARD PRACTICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AIRFRAME

(Continued)
Page

Subject
20-08-00

Airplane Finish Care

Description

Recommended Materials

Maintenance Practices

Airplane Finish Care

Airplane Finish Cleaning


Environmental Fallout (Acid Rain)
Waxing Airplane Finishes
Placard Replacement

3
3

3
3

Urethane Paints
Urethane Paint

Stripping

And

Pretreatment

Repair Procedures

CleaningUrethane
(Wash)

Paint

Primer For Urethane Pairit

Urethane Primer

Topcoats
Urethane Touch-Up Repair
Painting Magnesium
Paint Removal From Magnesium Surfaces
Painting Magnesium Surfaces
Special Procedures
Propeller Blades
Surfaces Susceptible to Mud and Spray

Urethane

5
5
5

6
7
7
7
7

Rubber Seals

Enclosed Areas

Battery

Subject

To

High Humidity

Box and Lid

Paint Free Areas

20-09-00
Corrosion

Description

Galvanic Corrosion

Recommended Materials

Corrosion

Maintenance Practices

Corrosion Control

Corrosion Protection

Aluminum Corrosion Removal

Removal of Corrosion from Aluminum Surfaces

Aluminum Corrosion Treatment

Corrosion Removal

Corrosion Treatment

Magnesium
Magnesium

Steel Corrosion Removal

20-Contents

Page 3
A14

Jun 20/91

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 20

STANDARD PRACTICES

AIRFRAME

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVIP/

CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

P0-Effectivity

20-Contents

20-00-00

20-01-00

20-02-00

20-03-00

A22

PAGE

DATE

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20(91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20191

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

10

Jun 20/91

11

Jun 20/91

12

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

201EFFECTIVITY

Nov

10/0 Page

RaylIheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 20

STANDARD PRACTICES

AIRFRAME

LIS T OF PA GE EFFECTIVITY(CONTINU ED)


CHA PTER-SECTION-SUBJEC T

20-04-00

20-05-00

20-06-00

20-07-00

Nov

10/Page

20-EFFECTIVITY

PAGE

DATE

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

10

Jun 20/91

11

Jun 20/91

12

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

A22

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 20

STANDARD PRACTICES

AIRFRAME

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVIN (CONTINUED)


CHA PTER-SECTION-SUBJECT
20-08-00

20-09-00

A22

PAGE

DATE

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

Jun 20/91

20-EFFECTIVITY

Nov

10/0 Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AIRFRAME

STANDARD PRACTICES

WARNING
I W*RNING)

Any maintenance requiring the disconnection and reconnection of flight control cables,
plumbing, electrical connectors or wiring requires identification of each side of the component being disconnected to facilitate correct reassembly. At or prior to disassembly, components should be color coded, tagged or properly identified in a way that it will be obvious
how to correctly reconnect the components. After reconnection of any component, remove
all identification tags. Check all associated systems for correct function prior to returning
the airplane to service.
practices used in maintaining the airplane in an airworthy condition. The information in this chapter is applicable during maintenance in several chapters of this maintenance
manual. Maintenance procedures in a particular chapter supersede the general information in this chapter.
This

chapter describes

the standard maintenance

The information is broken down in several

unit/subjects. The following is

list of the information contained in each

chapter.
20-01-00

This

Nut and Bolt

Torque Information

unit/subject contains the general information for installation of torqued fasteners. It has information
adapters and torque charts showing the torque of different types of nuts and bolts.

on

the

use

of torque

20-02-00

Electrostatic

Discharge Sensitivity

Information

unit/subject contains the general information for maintenance of components that are subject to electrostatic
damage. Information is included for electrostatic free workstations, symbols, packaging requirements, storage and
transit requirements, static charge buildup and humidity and dust effects.
This

20-03-00- Electrical

This

unit/subject

Bonding

contains the

Information

general

information for installation of electrical

wiring grounding,

tube

grounding

and

electrical power returns.


20-04-00

This

unit/subject

20-05-00This

by
pound

contains the

Bearing

unit/subject

the

Pulley Information

general

information for maintenance and

of control cables and

contains the

general

information for installation and removal of

of the

Tubing

pulleys.

Information

bearings. The
by use

removal is described
of the

retaining

com-

Information

unit/subject contains the general

information for maintenance of hoses,

identified, but the information is basic and applies

~p

inspection

use
hydraulic and mechanical press method. The installation is described
and the staking method.

20-06-00-

This

Control Cable and

to most

tubing

and

fittings. Components are

not

applications.

20-00-00

NovP:9~

Ralkheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-07-00

Fastener

Locking

Information

This

unit/subject contains the general information for the installation of


washers, retaining rings and turnbuckle locking clips.
20-08-00-

This

Airplane

cotter

pins, lockwire,

tab and cup type

key-

Finish Information

unit/subject contains
application.

the

general information for maintenance of

the finishes used

on

the

airplane

and

paint

removal and

20-09-00- Corrosion Removal and Control Information

This

unit/subject

Page

contains the

general information for the control,

20-00-00

treatment and removal of corrosion.

na?

ci3~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TORQUE WRENCHES

(FIGURES

1 AND

Formula for increased effective

2)
Y

Threads of nuts and bolts to be

135

specified. The

loss of normal friction

by

10

1350

1.5

11.5

117.39

must be

torqued

10

clean and free of all lubricants unless otherwise


tion may result in

length:

contamina-

overtorquing.

117 inch-lbs.

NOTE

A measurable
to initiate the

torque may
of

turning

Formula for decreased effective

be exercised

Torque wrenches should


before they are used.

be

some

10
Y

setting. For example; a


requires 20 inch-pounds

proper torque
of

force

torqued

to
at 20

should

freely

turn

must

If

the

100

inch-pounds

desired

to

This

torque.

method compensates for the friction of


or fastener.

an

1),

ure

increased

adapter

compensation
or lost leverage.

figure

must

ment must be

To

is used with

calculated

the

between the center of the bolt and the scale attach-

torque require-

ing point. For example, if the specified torque is 200


inch-pounds and the distance is 15 inches, a pull of
13.3 pounds must be applied.

made

for

before the final

torquing.
actually give

T
L

L
or

Y
E

When

Y
L

E
EXAMPLE:

(Desired) Torque
Apparent (Indicated) Torque
Effective Lever Length
Effective Length of Extension

Actual

135 inch-lbs.

Unknown

10.0 inches

1.5 inches

torque wrench adapter is used, the length

of the

adapter

flex

"T" handle wrench and

or

must be added to the


a

length

of the

value calculated for

particular combination. The following


example in finding a desired value.

that

cal
T=

pounds (scale reading)

torque wrench (Figbe

the desired torque which will


specified, use the following formula:

LEGEND:

torque wrench is

required to obtain the specified torque, divide the


torque in inch-pounds by the distance in inches

A new

Torque Formula:

159 inch-lbs.

To calculate the force in

the torque
Basic

8.5

1.5

method of

the locknut

When

158.82

1350

not available, an acceptable


checking the torque is to attach a spring
scale (Figure 2) to a conventional flex or "T" handle
inserted into an adapter. Force should be applied in
direction perpendicular to an imaginary line
a
extending from the center of the bolt through the
spring scale attaching point.

be

inch-pounds above the

indicate

10

8T01039

desired torque. If the desired torque is


80 inch-pounds, the torque wrench
achieve

locknuts.

This initial torque must then be added


to the desired torque to attain the
locknut that

135

required

length:

is

typi-

Effective length of flex or "T"


................12 inches
Handle wrench
Length of adapter ...............3 inches
..................1 5 inches
Total length
Desired torque on bolt ........2000 inch-lbs.

(2000 inch-lbs.)

(15 inches)

133.3 Ibs.

BT01038

20-01-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

C~3eechrraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TORQUE WRENCH DRIVE


CENTERLINE

II I i

C-

ADAPTER DRIVE
CENTERLINE

HANDGRIP CENTERLINE

(PREDETERMINED)

200001 i

O I

Torque Wrench and Adapter

Figure

20-01-00
Page 2

Jun 20/91

A14

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(LB)

TORQUE

(IN-LBS.)
90

OTAL LENGTH
2000-017-02

Computing Torque with


Figure 2

A14

Spring Scale
20-01-00
Page 3
Jun 20/91

C~3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 1
FINE THREAD

SERIES, CLASS 3, CADMIUM PLATED


(EXCEPT AS NOTED)

AND NONLUBRICATED

Maximum Allowable

Torque Limits Recommended for


Installation

MS21042

Dry-Film

AN310

Lub Nut

Nuts

12-15

5/32-36
3/1 6-32
1/4-28
5/1 6-24
3/8-24
7/1 6-20
1/2-20
9/1 6-18

1*
15-19
37-47

20-25
50-70
100-140

160-190
450-500
480-690
800-1 000

56-78
72-1 08

1
1
1

5/8-18
3/4-16

2300-2500

1--1---

7/8-14

2500-3000

1---

*This is

1100-1300

MS20364

MS21245

AN320

1 7-9
12-15

30-40
60-85
95-110
1 270-300
1 290-410
1 480-600
660-780
13001500

Lub Nut

1 20

1 40

1
1
1

1100
1 225
1 390

Lub Nut

Nuts

1*

1 840

30
70
135
200

MS21245

MS20364
AN320

Dry-Film

AN310

Dry-Film

Nuts

Column 4

MS2 i 042

MS20365

Dry-Film
Lub Nut

Nuts

1 12
25
60
140
240

1 500

210-230
310-430
485-605
1090-

1100

1 660

415

1600
2400
5000

1
1
1

1 960
11400
1 3000

660
1060
2500

1800-

1250
1640-

7000

1 4200

3740

2400

2100

thread (.1640-32) with recommended torque


tightening torque of 14 inch-pounds.

a coarse

allowable

Column 3

Column 2

Column 1
MS20365

Size

Tightening

Torque (Inch-Pounds)

(Inch-Pounds)

limits of 9-11

inch-pounds

and

maximum

BT03021

20-01-00
4
Jun 20/91

Page

A14

13eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2

TORQUING COARSE THREADED BOLTS LOADED IN SMEAR

Size

9-32
10-24

1/4-20
5/1 6-18
3/8-16
7/16
1/2-13
9/1 6-12
5/8-11
3/4-10
7/8-9
1-8
1
1

1/8-8
1/4-8

The above values

Torque Limits REcommended

Maximum Allowable

(Inch-Pounds)

Torque (Inch-Pounds)

AN365

AN364

8 AN310

6 AN320

Nuts

Nuts

Nuts

12-15
20-25
40-50
80-90
160-185
235-255
400-480
500-700
700-900
1150-1600
2200-3000
3700-5000
5500-6500
6500-8000

7-9
12-15
25-30
48-55
95-110
140-155
240-290

20
35
75
160
275
475

300-420
420-540
700-950
1300-1800
2200-3000
3300-4000
4000-5000

1100
1500
2500
4600
7600
12000
46000

apply

to Class 3

AN365
AN310

880

AN364
6 AN320
Nuts

12
21
45

100
170
280

520
650
900
1500
2700
4500
7200
1000

threads, cadmium plated and nonlubricated.

8T03022

20-01-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

Cil)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

charge, while materials at the bottom of the


capable of producing a similar negative -electrostatic charge. Items of dissimilar polarity provide
the greatest potential for electrostatic discharge.
Numeric values have not been assigned to the
listed materials, as static charge levels are not

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVITY

static

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

list

Some types of electronic components are easily


damaged by electrostatic discharge (ESD), and

require special handling


ESD is

release

and

of stored

storage procedures.
electrostatic charge

generated by actions such as contact, rubbing, or separating of materials. A charge


of this type can damage electrical and electronic
equipment installed in the airplane. In some
instances, the damage may not be immediate, but
progressive. Components and items of equipment
that can be damaged by electrostatic discharge are
considered to be electrostatic discharge sensitive
(ESDS). Electronic components that are considered
to be electrostatic discharge sensitive include integrated circuits, transistors and diodes, monolithic
and hybrid microelectronics, MOS capacitors, thin
film resistors, and piezoelectric crystals. Any circuit
or piece of equipment containing ESDS components is subject to ESD damage if certain handling
precautions are not observed.
which has been

are

constant, and will vary with ambient conditions. A

greater possibility of ESD exists when the positions


of listed items in Table 1 are farther apart. For

example,

individual

an

using his/her

hands to

pick

up a PVC pipe has more potential for producing


ESD than does an aluminum part contacting a steel

pat.
Table 2 identifies

some

typical electrostatic charge


can produce the electro-

levels and the actions that


static

charge.

ELECTROSTA TIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVITY


CLASSIFICA TION
Three levels of

sensitivity classification are estabdischarge sensitivity devices.

lished for electrostatic


Personnel

who

remove, inspect, test or install


equipment containing ESDS combe aware of the possibility of ESD

instruments and
must

ponents
damage,

and should handle ESDS components in


procedures covered in this chap-

accordance with
ter.

Proper procedures

and

policies for the handling


equipment should be

of ESDS components and


adhered to for the following
Control of ESD

reasons:

damage,

Class 1

from time of compo-

nent manufacture to time of actual

installation,

must be verifiable and must be maintained


use

of established

Classification is used to aid the manufacturer

or

supplier in providing packaging and handling


requirements that protect the ESD sensitive item,
device or component through all phases of handling
and packaging of the device during its service life.
The three classes of ESD sensitivity are as follows:

Class 2

Sensitivity
Sensitivity

range is from 0 to 1,999 volts.


range is from 2,000 to 3,999

volts.

by

industry standards.

Class 3

policy dictates that all personnel


procedures to prevent damage
ESDS components and equipment.

Established

Sensitivity range

is from 4,000 to 15,999

volts.

follow certain
to

Interacting
aware

areas

of their

of

responsibility

obligation

must

be

to maintain proper

ESD-controlled environments.
Table 1

REMOVAL/INSTALLA TION

lists several materials and the associated

electrostatic

charge polarity

and

OF ESDS

EQUIPMENT

magnitude for

each. Materials at the top of the list are capable of


producing the greatest amount of positive electro-

A14

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVITY


MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

Observe the
or

installing

following procedures when removing


equipment at the airplane:

ESDS

20-02-00
Page 1
Jun 20/91

L~3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TABLE 1
MATERIAL POLARITY

CHARGE
MATERIALS

(Relative Magnitude
and

Polarity)

Air

Pos~ive

Human Hands

Positive

Asbestos
Rabbit Fur
Glass
Mica
Human Hair

Positive
Positive
Positive
Positive

Positive
Positive

Nylon
Wool

Positive
Positive

Fur
Lead
Silk
Aluminum

Positive
Positive
Positive

Paper

Positive

Cotton
Steel
Wood
Amber

--Neutral--

Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative

................._

Sealing

Wax
Hard Rubber

................._

Nickel, Copper
Brass, Silver
Gold, Platinum

................._

Sulfur

Acetate, Rayon

Polyester
Celluloid/
Orlon/
Saran/
Polyurethane
Polyethylene
Polypropylene
PVC (Vinyl)
KEL-F (CTFE)

i.....

SILICON

TEFLON/
BT01D30

during
CAUTION

tems

power-on
to

prevent

maintenance

Tools with
should

plastic

not

be

or

used

devices. These tools

charge which
charge during
Insulated

20-02-00
Page 2
Jun 20/91

insulated handles

does

ESDS

around

can

carry

static

readily disthe grounding process,


tools should be used only
not

of aircraft sysshock to

testing

electrical

personnel performing the

tests.

Some circuit board assemblies may be

protected
covers

by

charge. Use
tion

to

plastic
store

can
a

covers.
an

These

electrostatic

static control work sta-

neutralize

any

electrostatic

A14

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TABLE 2

TYPICAL ELECTROSTATIC VOLTAGES

ACTIONS OF PERSONS

Walking
Walking

across

MOST COMMON

HIGHEST

READING (VOLTS)

READING (VOLTS)

12,000
4,000
1,800
1,500

39,000
13,000
18,000
20,000
7,000

carpet

vinyl tile floor


Seated in polyurethane foam chair
Picking up poly bag
Inserting paperwork into vinyl envelopes
across

Data based

on

ambient relative

800

humidity

15% to 36%

BT01031

charge on the covers before touching


a printed circuit board. Store the covers

safe

from

distance

the

work

When

a.

using test equipment, discharge all test


ground prior to connection to the ESDS cir-

cult under test,


b.

a portable static control work station


removing ESDS circuit boards from card
cages and enclosures at the airplane.

when

Place removed ESDS

equipment

on

the work

station static

dissipative work surface before openstatic shielding container holding the

ing the
replacement ESDS equipment,
d,
its

Just prior to engaging


mating receptacle, touch

the

receptacle
charge on the
e.

Maintain

d. Always
opening any
Avoid

e.

Use

c.

cable connector with

the connector shell to

shell to neutralize any electrostatic


connector or the installers body.

protective coverings

on

stored ESDS

equipment.

to

pins

HANDLING OF ESDS COMPONENTS AND

All

personnel handling ESDS components and


equipment should receive instruction in the proper
handling of such items. Observe the following handling rules to prevent damage to ESDS components
and equipment:
Keep

ESDS

components

protective packaging

and
until

equipment
opened at a

static control work station.


b.

place

Before
the

unsealing
packages on

control work station.

A14

ESD

protective packages,~

the work surface of

static

wear

ESD

grounding

wrist

strap when

protective package.

touching circuit components or connechandling ESDS components or equip-

when

f.

Never

place any ESDS component, before or


assembly, on a nonconductive surface or in a
container not specifically designed for storage of
after

ESDS devices.
g.
with

Protect

h.

ESDS

components

protective containers,

pin-shorting

and

equipment
and/or

conductive caps,

devices.

Store and transport ESDS components and


containers. Seal all
ESD warning label

equipment in ESD protective


protective containers with an
prior to shipment.
i.

EQUIP~WENT

a.

remove

me"t.

ment

inside ESD

pressure air nozzles to

use

printed circuit boards. Rapid movement of air, combined with airborne dust particles,
can create an electrostatic charge that will destroy
ESDS components.

area.

leads to

Do not

c.

dust from ESDS

Place all loose ESDS components and equipinto ESD protective containers BEFORE

removing

grounding

wrist strap.

j. Keep the work station free of any material


required to accomplish the assigned task.
k.

Follow established ESD

protection

not

rules and

pocedures.
I
Always use a static control work station, either
permanent or portable, when removing ESDS components and equipment from protective packaging.

Use only grounded, electrically isolated, and


m.
temperature controlled soldering irons that have
been rated for use with ESDS components and

equipment.
tive

or

Use

static

equipment,

only hand tools that have conducdissipative handles or grips. Test

such

as

scopes and meters, must be


20-02-00
Page 3
Jun 20/91

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

11

10~

1~1
STATIC
WORK

CONTRDLLED
STATION

1. GROUND CORD ASSEMBLY

6. STATIC CONTROLLED CHAIR

2. STATIC DISSIPATIVE MAT OR

7. CONDUCTIVE CONTAINERS AND

CONDUCTIVE BAGS

WORK BENCH SURFACE

8. HEEL GROUNDING STRAP

3. STATIC DISSIPATIVE/CONDUCTIVE
FLOOR OR MAT

9. ANTISTATIC/CONDUCTIVE

CLOTHING OR OUTER GARMENT

4. GROUND CONNECTION

"10. SIGN

5. IONIZED AIR BLOWER

ESD CONTROLLED

WORK STATION
11. SNUG-TO-SKIN PERSONNEL
WRIST STRAP TO GROUND

NOTE
ITEMS MARKED WITH AN

ARE REQUIRED FOR A STATIC CONTROLLED WORK

STATION. ALL OTHER ITEMS ARE

OPTIONAL, BUT PROVIDE ADDED PROTECTION

OR ENHANCE WORKER MOBILITY.

NOTE
KEEP STATIC GENERATORS, SUCH AS PLASTIC

CUPS, CIGARETTE WRAPPERS,

SURPLUS CLOTHING, HANDBAGS, LUNCH CONTAINERS, PLASTIC BAGS, FOAM


PACKING, READING MATERIAL, ETC. AWAY FROM STATIC CONTROL WORK
STATIONS.
Apol*lae

Permanent Static Control Work Station

Figure 1
20-02-00

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

,19

dl

V2

i. ALLIGATOR CLIP TO

RELIABLE GROUND CONNECTION


2. SNUG-TO-SKIN PERSONNEL

WRIST STRAP
3. STATIC DISSIPATIVE

WORK SURFACE

AP014~89

Portable Static Control Work Station

Figure

20-02-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

Cj~eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

rated for

use

around ESDS

components and equip-

exposing ESDS components and equiplarge electromagnetic or electrostatic fields


transformers or transmitting antennas.

Avoid

n.

ment to

such

as

Four basic
These

following

CAUTION

techniques

are

Never

in ESD control.

employed

Minimize

charge.
sonnel

human

is

body

good

The

electrical conductor and for


the

body
grounding
device such as a wrist or ankle strap. Always wear
a grounding wrist strap when opening ESD containers or handling exposed ESDS components and
equipment.
reason

electrostatic

dissipated by skin

c.

charges

contact

on

with

NEUTRALIZE THE CHARGE

can

Nonconductors,

polystyrene coffee cups, plastic bags, and


some clothing develop electrostatic charges that
cannot be neutralized by grounding, lonized air flow
will neutralize an electrostatic charge on a nonconductor as long as the ionized air blower puts out
both positive and negative ions.
such

d.

as

MINIMIZE

THE

EFFECTS

rounding ESDS components


be free of electrostatic fields
static

shielding

OF

ELECTRO-

The immediate environment

STATIC FIELDS

to

mlnlmlze

and
or

equipment

sur-

must

must have suitable

induced effects from

electrostatic fields.

Under certain conditions, pera grounding wrist strap

using

may need to

use

moisture enhancer to

grounding ankle strap to dissipate body charge


buildup. Wear cotton clothing instead of wool or
synthetics. Use an ionized air blower to dissipate
charges from nonconductive items.
DRAIN OFF THE CHARGE TO GROUND

wrist strap

The strap must be in


contact with the wearers skin to adequately dissipate any electrostatic

charge buildup by using conductive or


dissipative flooring and static-dissipative work

surfaces. Wear leather shoes, cotton socks, and

grounding

wear

clothing.

over

static

be

con-

I C~UIION(

are:

MINIMIZE THE CHARGE BUILDUP

that

on

items:

electrostatic

b.

charges

permanent static control work station consists of

the

CONTROLLING STATIC CHARGE BUILDUP

a.

electrostatic

diverting, to ground,
objects.

ductive

ment.

resistance

skin

lotion-type
provide a

low-

between

the

connection

wrist and the wrist strap.

GROUNDING WRIST STRAP

Each person
and

ESDS

equipment
components
grounding wrist strap to dissipate bodily electrostatic charges. The wrist strap must fit
firm against the skin and release quickly in case of
an emergency. The wrist strap incorporates a 1
megohm current-limiting resistor, in series with the
ground cord, to protect the wearer from electrical

that

handles

must wear

shock hazards.
SURFACE
STATIC-DISSIPATIVE WORK
b.
Conductive mats on the work bench surface are
designed to remove electrostatic charges from conductive items
c.

placed

on

the mat.

Conductive floor-

CONDUCTIVE FLOORING

ing is used
required. To

when

additional

control

maintain total control

of

over

ESD

ESD,

is

use

conductive chairs, a grounding heel strap, and conductive shoes. Conductive flooring in ESD control
areas must

tive

be free of all

wax or

other nonconduc-

coatings.

HARD GROUND CONNECTION


Grounding
of the static control work station is accomplished
through one or more copper ground rods driven

d.

PERMANENT STA TIC CONTROL

into moist earth to

WORKSTATION

low

(FIGURE I)

ground. All work station connections to ground are


made through a one megohm resistor to protect
work station personnel from electrical shock hazards by limiting current flow to ground.

A static control work station

handling

provides for static-free


equipment by

of ESDS components and

20-02-00
Page 6
Jun 20/91

resistance

depth

path

from

sufficient to
the

work

provide
station

to

A14

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

f.

NOTE
Some

building grounds

checked to

ensure

from

rent
looping
grounds.

need

that there is
other

to

be

and if

no cur-

nearby

external and not static.

e.

IONIZED

AIR

provides
negative ions over
blower
tralize

The

BLOWER

constant flow of

CONDUCTIVE CONTAINERS

ESDS devices

transported in approved containers to prevent ESD damage. These special containers are
made of metal or special conductive plastic. Before
Static-sensitive components and equipment are
removed from a static control work station, they
must be packaged in containers that provide at
least as much protection as that provided by the
must be

of current is

source

Chairs used

protected work stations must be conductive,


padded, must be covered with static dissipa-

tive material.

g.

Ensure that the

STATIC DISSIPATIVE SEATING

at ESD

ionized

positive

air

and

the work station surface to neunonconductive


on
electrostatic charges

materials in the air flow path. The use of an ionized


air blower, in combination with a static control work
station, provides additional protection for ESDS
components and equipment. Since it is not always

work station. Conductive boxes, kit trays, and similar types of approved containers provide complete

charge accumulators

A grounding
h.
GROUNDING HEEL STRAP
heel strap can provide additional ESD protection.
The heel strap makes contact with the wearers
skin at the ankle, and extends to the bottom of foot-

possible to eliminate all


(styrofoa, plastic, etc.)

static

work area, the ionized air blower is used to provide additional protection by flooding the work area with balanced negativelpositive ionized air. Static charge accumulators
from

kept away from static-free areas,


but inadvertent static is hard to control, especially
when developed by such common items as clothing, footwear, combs, and pens. An ionized air
blower will help control some of this inadvertent
buildup.
should

always

be

ESD

protection

to

ESDS components and

equip-

ment while in transit.

wear to

make contact with

ductive

flooring.

used in combination

provide

conductive mat

or con-

grounding heel strap can be


with a grounding wrist strap to

The

maximum ESD

protection.

CLOTHING
ANTISTATIC/CONDUCTIVE
electrostatic
of
clothing
generate
Many types
i.

CAUTION
THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS DEVICES
SENSITIVE TO DAMAGE BY
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD)
USE ESD PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
WHEN TOUCHING, REMOVING, OR
INSERTING PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES

Equipment Enclosure Cautionary Placards


Figure 3
20-02-00
Page 7
A14

Jun 20/91

Cj~echcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

charges. To remove some of this buildup, work stapersonnel should wear outer garments that
help dissipate electrostatic charges. Cotton ranks
among the best fabrics for antistatic protection. Do
not wear synthetic or wool fabrics around ESDS

tion

devices,

as

these

fabrics

retain

electrostatic

of emergency. The wrist strap incorporates a


megohm current-limiting resistor, in series with

case

the

ground cord,

to

designed

static

WORKSTATION

items contact the mat.


c.

provides for
handling of ESDS components and
equipment during maintenance operations at the
airplane. The typical portable work station is available as a field service kit that is used to dissipate
electrostatic charges before the charges can damage ESDS components and equipment.
portable

static control work station

static-free

static control work station

typical portable
following

sists of the

con-

Each person
GROUNDING WRIST STRAP
who handles ESDS components and equipment

grounding wrist strap to dissipate bodcharges. The wrist strap must fit
against the skin and should release quickly in

must wear a

electrostatic

firm

to remove electro-

HARD GROUND CONNECTION

Ground the

portable work station to the airframe or to a common ground as shown in Figure 2. All portable work
station connections to ground are made through 1
megohm current-limiting resistors to protect maintenance personnel from electrical shock hazards.
HUMIDITY AND DUST EFFECTS ON ESDS
COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT

items:

a.

ily

charges

from conductive items when those

PORTABLE STA TIC CONTROL

from electri-

integral part of the portable

an

work station, and is

(FIGURE 2)

wearer

STATIC-DISSIPATIVE WORK SURFACE

conductive mat is

charges.

protect the

,,I shock hazards.

Humidity is a
humidity,

the

factor in the control of ESD. The lower


the

greater the chance of damage

to

ESDS components and equipment. Humidity at the


work station should be maintained between 30 and
65 percent.

CAUTION
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
SENSITIVE ELECTRONIC DEVICES
SPECIAL HANDLING REQUIRED
AP014191

ESDS Drawing Note

Figure
20-02-00
Page 8
Jun 20/91

A14

~eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RS-471

MIL-STD-1285 ESD SYMBOL

ESD SYMBOL

MIL-STD-129H ESD SYMBOL


AP014193

ESDS Symbols

Figure

A14

20-02-00
Page 9
Jun 20/91

Cil)eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Repair

of ESDS circuit boards, including replacecomponents, should be performed in

ment of ESDS
a

ESD protective
erwise defined

packaging requirements, unless othby specification, shall conform to the

following:

dust-free environment,

Class 1

PACKAGING OF ESDS COMPONENTS AND

EQUIPMENT
All ESDS components and equipment require special ESD protective packaging. Seal all ESDS pack-

ages with
in

Figures

appropriate cautionary label

an

through

as

Package

in

multi-layer

conductive

type bags consisting of an inner and outer


layer of antistatic (surface resistivity of 109 to
104 ohms per square inch) or static dissipative (surface resistivity of 10" to 109 ohms per
square inch) material with a middle layer of
conductive material (surface resistivity of 10
ohms or less).

shown

8.

Class 2

Package in a static dissipative matepossessing a surface resistivity of 105 to


109 ohms per square inch. Materials specified

rial

i ,,,,,-t
Do not

for Class 1 may also be used.

clips or staples when sealing any ESDS package.


Do

not

use

use

Class 3

Package

possessing

carbon-filled, conductive

surface

in

an

antistatic

resistivity

material
of 109 to 1014

ohms per square inch.

bags.
Remove ESDS components and equipment from protective, static-shielded
containers

ONLY at

static control

work station after

attaching a grounding wrist strap and verifying that ESD


producing items are not on the static
dissipative work surface.

Place all ESDS devices in

approved static shielding


in shippers normal exterior containers. Use antistatic cushioning or fill
materials. Do not use static generating materials,
such as polyethylene, styrofoam, or paper.
containers before

Antistatic

packing

packaging

is

generally pink

color. The material differs from

CAUTION

or

common

blue in

plastic

in

ATTENTION

SENSITIVE ELECTRONIC DEVICES.


SPECIAL HANDLING REQUIRED,
DO NOT OPEN EXCEPT AT AN APPROVE
WORK STATION.

CONTENTS
STATIC SENSITIVE
HANDLING
PRECAUTIONS

(PREFERRED)

REQUIRED

CONTENTS

(ACCEPTABLE)
APOld192

ESD Unit Container Notice

Figure 6
20-02-00

Page 10
Jun 20/91

A14

Ci~echcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Cd
ATTENTION
CONTENTS
STATIC SENSITIVE
HANDLING
PRECAUTIONS

REQUIRED
AP01419d

Protective Container Notice

Figure 7

positions or a hand inside of a triangle


with an angling bar across the triangle)
are yellow on a black background or
black on a yellow background.

incorporated into the


manufacturing process. This
during
NOT provide static shieldDOES
of
type
packaging
ing, and is generally used to package instruction
that

an

antistatic compound is
the

material

sheets, data sheets, and other non-ESDS materials

prior

to introduction into

All non-ESDS items, that

static-free environment.
enter an ESD work

are to

station, require repackaging in antistatic materials.

Mark unit containers with the ESDS caution label


the outside of the
ers

shielding packaging differs from


packaging, in that it has the ability to

Conductive static
antistatic
shield
static

devices,

contained

within,

from

external

charges. Conductive static shielding packagbags and rigid con-

is available in the form of

ing

with

Apply

an

package.

ESD caution label

marks

directly

board, assembly

Figure 8.
printed circuit

shown in

equipment enclosure,

or

door that would expose ESDS devices, if


removed. Mark appropriately using decal transfer,

access

stencil, silk screen,

tainers.

as

to each ESDS

cover,

on

Mark exterior contain-

or

any other method meeting

permanent legibility requirements.


MARKING OF ESDS COMPONENTS AND

EQUIPMENT
All

ESDS components and


appropriately with

marked

shown in

Figure

equipment should
ESDS symbol

an

5.

be
as

Display

ESDS

that

attached to circuit boards should contrast

symbols in a prominent package


location to alert all personnel to the presence of
ESDS devices and equipment. The ESDS symbol
should be at least 1/4" in diameter. ESDS symbols
are

with the circuit board base color. Enclosures that


contain ESDS circuit boards should be identified

NOTE
ESDS

pointing

symbols

(circle

with

into the circle from

arrows

equidistant

bright orange paint

on

by

the outer face of the enclo-

sure.

20-02-00

Page
A14

11

Jun 20/91

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STORAGE AND TRANSIT OF ESDS

against

COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT

controlled work stations.

ESD

ESDS
CAUTION

NEVER

preparing

equipment

transfer

in

conductive

static-

Shipping information and other instructions, accompanying ESDprotected packages, shall be contained in anti-static

materials when

ESDS devices for

and

dissipative,

use

all assemblies and

packages, which have been properly


in protective packages, require proper

storage

ordinary plastic containers


packing
transporting
ESDS components or equipment.

When

at static

enclosed

1~--11 t
or

through appropriate handling

or

static-free containers.

materials. ESDS components, that

shipment, ensure
protected

have been

are

received in

damaged or opened packing containers, are not


acceptable, and should be returned for replacement.

CAUTION
SENSITIVE
DO

NOT

SHIP

ELECTRONIC
OR

STORE

DEVICES

NEAR

ELECTROSTITIC.ELECTROnAGNETIC,
NAGNETIC, OR RADIOACTIVE

STRONG

FIELDS.

AP014195

In-House

20-02-00
Page 12
Jun 20/91

Storage Container
Figure 8

Label

A14

Ci~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL BONDING

INDIRECT ELECTRICAL BONDING

DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
The

When direct electrical

following terms
description:

tem

defined

are

used in the sys-

as

ELECTRICAL BOND: A reliable electrical

con-

nection between conductive parts which provides electrical

conductivity.

ELECTRICAL BONDING: Conductive parts


electrically bonded when they

are

considered

interconnected

mechanically
common

are

maintain

potential.

electrical

conducting connection, whether


accidental, by which an electrical

GROUND: A
intentional

or

current or

equipment

a common

to

and

uses

is connected to maintain

I
or

Whether

direct

must reflect

or

high

are

commonly

indirect,

all

surface

This includes but is not limited to, all


films such as anodize, grease, oil, paint,
other finishes with

resistance

protective
lacquer, or
properties. Once

high
bonding surface is cleaned, and the
necessary protective coatings applied, the compo-

the electrical

nent

is

installed and

formed to

the wire should not be bent or


as this has a tendency to
the

jumper and reduce its


"Waggling" the bonding

jumper to see if the end terminals are


tight is unacceptable as this may also
induce fatigue on the crimped portion
of the bonding jumper.

bonding

electrical

the

performed on
bonding jump-

maintenance standards to main-

integrity. Many times, an illprepared


may initially provide sufficient
grounding properties, but experience a rapid deterioration in conductivity when corrosion from contaminants or moisture appears on the bonding surface.
All bonding surfaces should be free of primer or
coatings not compatible with electrical conductance.

tain

maintenance is

effectiveness.

used.

electrical

CAUTION
--II

around these flexible

weaken

Bolts, rivets, conductive laminates, flashing

bonding jumpers

damaged

of electrical

mechanical methods to attach the electrical conducand

Indirect

always as short as
single jumper. Two bonding
connected in a series is unacceptable, as
this can double the resistance between the ground
plane and bonded component. Bonding jumpers are
also used to electrically connect tubes between
joi"ts.
possible
jumpers

ers,

tors.

imprac-

and washers. The connection is

bonding;
types
Both are accomplished by using

direct and indirect.

are

used.

nection. These flexible metal straps are attached to


a prepared metal surface using screws, studs, nuts

electrical potential.

basic

two

are

bonding is most commonly accomplished


by using bonding jumpers to make the desired con-

Anytime

are

methods

electrical

ELECTRICAL BONDING METHODS


There

bonding

tical, indirect bonding methods

resistance check is

verify continuity

perof the electrical bond.

Indirect electrical

bonding

is also used to connect

shielding terminals to a
braiding attaches to the electrical connectors with clamps and shields the airplane
wie harness for its entire length.

the

airplane
ground. The

wire harness

tubular

ELECTRICAL BONDING OF TUBES


All metallic tubes that carry

other fluids,

cally
static

including gases,

petroleum products
must have

or

mechani-

connection to the ground plane for


dissipation. Plumbing sections must be elec-

secure

trically

bonded to each other to eliminate a potential


charge on the individual segments. Conti-

electrical

plumbing segments is achieved


bonding clamps or jumpers. Electrical
bonding clamps, used in some applications, have a
wire that contacts the plumbing on either side of the
clamp, ensuring continuity across the joint.
nuity

between the

with electrical
DIRECT ELECTRICAL BONDING

Direct

are

bonds

electrical

metal-to-metal

joints.

frequently
assembly,

used
the

for

joints

conductive film that prevents corbonding surface. Most direct electrical

treated with

rosion of the

are

Before

bonds involve the installation of components


minum.

on

alu-

ELECTRICAL POWER RETURNS


Electrical power returns should be direct with the
possible path from the operating equip-

shortest

20-03-00
Page 1
A14

Jun 20/91

Cil)eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 1

RECOMMENDED MATERIALS
SPECIFICATION

MATERIAL

1.

PRODUCT

TT-M-261

Cleaner

VENDOR

Obtain

Methyl
Ethyl

locally

Ketone
2.

Alodine 1200

Coating

Amchem Products Inc.,


Spring Garden St.,

Ambler, PA 19002
3.

Conformal

Conothane CE-1155

MIL-I-46058

Coating

Conap Inc.,
1405 Buffalo St.,
Olean, NY 14706

4.

5.

MIL-P-2337

Primer

MIL-S-8802

Sealant

Advanced

1-lv-12/1-1H-7

Type

PR1422

Coatings

8 Chemicals,
4343 Temple

City Blvd.,

Temple City,

CA 91780

Products Research and


Chemical

Corp.,

5426 San Fernando Rd.,


Glendale, CA 91203
6.

0-T-634

Cleaner

1,1,1, Trichlorothane

BF Goodrich,

500 S. Main Street,


Akron, OH 44318

BT03019

ground when practical. Current return leads


larger should not be connected directly to
the airplane structure, but should be connected to
a electrical bonding stud attached to the structure,
This method prevents damage should a faulty connection induce high current flow through the conment to

4 AWG

or

nection. A maximum of four wire terminals may be


on an individual grounding stud. If two or

installed

grounded to an individual stud, each


a mechanically sound connection
and meet applicable maximum resistance values.
Component case electrical bonding and current
more

wires are

wire must form

return

bonding

are

separate, with the connections

made to separate ground studs. As a general rule


and precaution, note the power return configuration

before removal of

right configuration

component, and

is used

ensure

the

during installation.

20-03-00
Page 2
Jun 20/91

vendor

PRODUCTS WHICH CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS

OF

SPECIFICATION

MAY

BE

USED

EVEN THOUGH NOT INCLUDED IN THE CHART.

Only

the

basic

number

of

each

specification

is

listed. No attempt has been made to update the listing to the latest revision. It is the responsibility of
the technician

of

or

the

mechanic to determine the current

applicable specification prior

to

usage of the product listed. This can be done by


contacting the vendor of the product to be used.

The recommended materials listed in Chart 1


or

cations. GENERIC OR LOCALLY MANUFACTURED

revision

RECOMMENDED MA TERIALS

meeting federal, military

provided for reference only and are not specifiearly required by Beech Aircraft Corporation. Any
product conforming to the specification may be
used subject to availability. The products included
in these charts have been tested and approved for
aviation usage by Beech Aircraft Corporation, by
the vendor or compliance to the applicable specifiare

as

specifications

A14

ci~echcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2000-610-32

Use of Stainless Steel Wire Brush On Aluminum (With Pilot)

Figure

provide

MAINTENANCE

ELECTRICAL BONDING

tion

PRACTICES

to

means

prevent

of

adequate

concentration

ventila-

of
that

harmful vapors. The procedures


follow describe preparation of the vari-

METAL SURFACE PREPARATION AND

ous

ELECTRICAL BONDING

cal

preparation for electrical bonding requires


complete removal of anodic film, grease, oil,
paint, lacquer, metal finishes and other resistive
coatings from an area slightly larger than the bonding surface. A clean, smooth, properly contoured
electrical bonding surface should be obtained, while
removing the least amount of metal possible.

types of
bonding.

metal surfaces for electri-

Surface
the

ALUMINUM SURFACES

Remove any nonsoluble protective finishes or


a.
corrosion from an area slightly larger than the area
to be bonded

(minimum of
fine sandpaper.

.25

inch) by sanding with

NOTE
Do not

use

sandpaper.
or

emery cloth
Use

or

NOTE

iron oxide

aluminum oxide

silicon carbide

only
sandpaper.

A stainless steel wire brush with

may be used to clean small


ure

areas

pilot
(Fig-

1).

WARNING

b.
When
with

working
solvents,

in

an

enclosed

cleaners

or

area

finishes,

Clean

MEK

the

bonding

(1, Chart 1) to

surface

remove

thoroughly

any oils

or

with

contami-

nants.

20-03-00
A14

Page 3
Jun 20/91

Ci;)eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BLIND GROUNDING STUD

NUT

LOCK

WASHER

WASHER

TERMINAL
(LIMIT TO 4)

STRUCTURE
2000-610-41

Typical Blind Ground Stud


Figure 2
NOTE
Do not touch the

e.

bonding surface

with

dry.

acids may
prevent adhesion of the alodine film or
cause corrosion,
bare hands.

c.

Body

oils

area

or

Shake the alodine solution

ously just prior to application,


bonding surface with a clean
sponge, brush

or

After the alodine has

bonding surface. Care must be taken


not to damage the alodine coating as it is still soft
when bonding.

(2, Chart 1) vigorapply to the


Scotch Brite pad,

NOTE
The

cloth.

bonding

bled within
ment.

surfaces must be

one

Once

assem-

hour of alodine treat-

dried,

softened before it

NOTE

alodine
can

be

must

be

effectively

bonding. If more than an hour


passed, soften the alodine by
applying wet alodine to the dried surused in

an

has

amber color. If the solution is coffee


colored, it has been contaminated.

face.

cleaning procedure if conalodine


has been applied to
taminated
the bonding surface.
Repeat

rinse the

not cover the

then

The alodine solution should have

changed color,

with clean, deionized water and gently wipe


Touch up any areas where the alodine does

the

f.

Install

the

component

being

electrically

bonded.
d.

Keep

the treated

area

wet with

alodine for
color

approximately 3 to 5 minutes until a yellow


develops. Should the alodine not change color, it is
an indication that the surface was not properly
cleaned.

g. Seal around the edges of the electrical bond


with conformal coat per MIL-I-46058 (3, Chart 1). If

assembly was originally protected by primer,


prime the assembly with primer (4, Chart 1) and
reapply the original finish as required.

the

20-03-00

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 1
HARDWARE USED WITH GROUND STUDS

Structure

Screw,

bolt

Lock-Nut

Plain

Washer

Washer

Washer

Lock Washer

Lock Washer

Nut

C&D

MS35338

MS35338

Tinned

Copper

Terminal and

Alum.

Aluminum

Cad.

Cad.

Alloys

Plated

Plated

Steel

Steel

Alloy

Jumper

Alum.

Cad.

Cad.

Cad.

Alloy

Plated

Plated

Plated

Steel

Steel

Steel

Cad.

Steel,

Cad.

Cad.

Cad.

Cad.

Cadmium

Plated

Plated

Plated

Plated

Plated

Plated

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel,

CRES

CRES

Cad.

Cad.

CRES

CRES

Steel

Steel

Plated

Plated

Steel

Steel

Steel

None

None

None

None

(corrosionresistant)

8T03020

USE TITANIUM OR CRES STEEL


SCXEW OR BOLT ABOVE 330 F.

USE CAD. PLATED STEEL


SCREW OR BOLT BELOW 330 F.

WASHER STEEL LIGHT


SERIES PLATED

SEAL AFTER
INSTALLATION
1-1/2 DIAMETER
CLEANED AREA

CLEAN TO BASE
METAL AREA 1-1/2
DIAMETER OF
TERMINAL

LOCK-WASHER

BONDING
JUMPER

PLATED STEEL,
CRES STEEL
OR TITANIUM
STRUCTURE

SELF-LOCKING NUT
OR SELF-LOCKING
PLATE NUT

2000-610-33

CRES Steel

or

Titanium Electrical Bonding

Figure 3
20-03-00
A14

Page 5
Jun 20/91

Ci~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NOTE
The

bond

must

area

refinished

be

within 24 hours of electrical

bonding

to

preserve the integrity of the bond. If


the bond involves a structural compoit must

nent,

be fillet sealed

the

at

edges or seams with sealant (5, Chart


1) to prevent moisture from entering
and deteriorating the electrical bonding
surfaces. Refer to Chapter 20-08-00
for information on airplane finishes.
CORROSION-RESISTANT (CRES) STEEL
SURFACES
Remove all grease and oil from the electrical
bonding surface with cleaner (6, Chart 1).
Remove all

bonding

paint

surface with

Lightly

e.

Use cleaner solvent

electrical

bonding

cadmium

lacquer from the electrical


MEK (1, Chart 1).
or

f.

Install

the

electrically

edges or seams with sealant (5, Chart 1) to


prevent moisture from entering and deteriorating

the electrical

surfaces.

bonding

TYPICAL BLIND GROUND STUD

(FIGURE 2)
Installation of

accomplished

as

blind

typical

stud may be

ground

follows:

MS35338

Use

sur-

being

component

washers

on

all

bonding/grounding

Their

function

is

to

tight connection with plain or


self-locking nuts under conditions

ensure a

surfaces time to

bonding

lock

electrical

where thermal

the

with

at the

thoroughly dry.
Install

being

component

connections.

d.

wipe dry

g. After a good bond has been verified with the


resistance check procedures, it must be fillet sealed

bolted

Allow the electrical

to clean the

bonded.

faces.

c.

1)

NOTE

from the steel

plating

and

surface.

clean rag.

not to remove any zinc or

care

Chart

(6,

surfaces

NOTE
Use

bonding

ELECTRICAL BONDING EXAMPLES

a.

b.

sand the electrical

d.

electrically

may

expansion of

the

screw

occur.

bonded.
The sidewalls of the

a.

NOTE
The

bond

area

within 24 hours of
the

integrity

involves

must

refinished

be

bonding

to preserve

of the bond. if the bond

structural

component,

must be fillet sealed at the

it

edges or
1) to pre-

(5, Chart
entering and detethe
electrical
bonding surriorating
faces. Refer to Chapter 20-08-00 for
information on airplane finishes.
seams

with sealer

vent moisture from

mounting

hole must be

clean and free of all chemical films, grease and


paint (cleaning of the upper and lower surfaces is
not

required).

b.

Ensure the blind

ground

stud is of sufficient

size to distribute the current it will be

subjected

to.

CRES STEEL OR TITANIUM ELECTRICAL

BONDING

(FIGURE 3)
a.

Prepare

the

electrical

surfaces

bonding

as

outlined under METAL SURFACE PREPARATION


STAINLESS STEEL AND TITANIUM SURFACES

AND ELECTRICAL BONDING in this chapter.

Remove all oil and grease from the electrical


bonding surface with cleaner solvent (6, Chart 1).

distance will

b.
a.

b.

Remove all

bonding
c.

paint

or

from the electrical

lacquer
(1, Chart 1).

surface with MEK

Allow the electrical

oughly dry.
20-03-00
Page 6
Jun 20/91

bonding

surface to thor-

Screw size: Use

permit.

substituted for the No.


meet

edge

CRES steel
c.

Use

distance

10

or

screw

No. 6

screw

requirements.

screw must

1/4-inch

No. 10

A No. 8

where

screw

edge

may be

if necessary to
A Titanium or

be used.

diameter fastener for

100-amp

current returns.

A14

~3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SEAL AFTER
INSTALLATION
1-1/2 DIAMETER
OF CLEANED AREA

CAD. PLATED STEEL


SCREW OR BOLT
STEEL WASHER
PLATED

CLEAN TO BASIC
METAL AREA 1-1/2
DIAMETER OF
WASHER

LOCK-WASHER
ALUMINUM
WASHER

BONDING
JUMPER

ALUMINUM
STRUCTURE

WASHER (ALCLAD)
NOT USED WITH
PLATE NUT

SELF-LOCKING NUT
OR SELF-LOCKING
PLATE NUT

2000-610-35

Aluminum Electrical Bonding

Figure
d.

Use

5/16-inch diameter fastener for 200-

amp current returns.


e.

Use

an

Use

screw

for

an

h.

MS35206

plated

or

steel

screw

steel

or

titanium

lock

electrical

connections.

Their

where the maximum

(FIGURE 4)

washers

on

all

bonding/grounding
function

Prepare

the

electrical

surfaces

bonding

as

outlined under METAL SURFACE PREPARATION

is

to

tight connection with plain or


self-locking nuts under conditions
where thermal expansion of the screw
ensure a

may

required

F..
a.

MS35338

is

exceeds 6000 F..

ALUMINUM ELECTRICAL BONDING

CRES

NOTE
Use

sealing

for

F..

applications above 330"

bolted

No

temperature

MS35206 cad

applications below 3300


f.

occur.

AND ELECTRICAL BONDING in this


b.

Screw size: Use

distance will

permit.

c.

distance

edge
Use

l/binch

10

chapter.

screw

A No. 8 or No. 6

substituted for the No.


meet

No. 10

screw

where

screw

edge

may be

if necessary to

requirements.
diameter fastener for

100-amp

current returns.

g. Use an MS21042L self-locking nut, or a selflocking nutplate (MS21047L or MS21069L) to retain


the

screw.

d.

Use

5/16-inch

diameter fastener for 200-

amp current returns.

20-03-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CLEAN TO BASE METAL


1-1/2 CLAMP WIDTH AND
INSIDE OF CLAMP

SEAL AFTER
INSTALLATION
1-1/2 DIAMETER

CLEANED AREA

STRUCTURE

CLEAN AREA OF
CLAMP TAB THAT
TOUCHES TERMINAL
TO BASIC METAL

WASHER

NUT AND WASHER


SEAL AFTER INSTALLATION
1-1/2 DIAMETER CLEANED AREA
2000-610-36

Tubing Clamp to Bonding Jumper Electrical Bonding


Figure 5
NOTE

c.

MS35336 lock washers on all


bolted
electrical
bondinglgrounding
Their
function
is
to
connections.
ensure a tight connection with plain or
self-locking nuts under conditions
where thermal expansion of the screw
Use

e.

Use

d.

MS35206 CRES steel

screw

above

Use

clamps of

the

same

tube material to avoid

BONDING JUMPER ACROSS TUBING CLAMP


ELECTRICAL BONDING

(FIGURE 6)

an

MS21042L

self-locking nut, or a selfor MS21069L) to retain

locking nutplate (MS21047L


the

an

dissimilar metal contact.

occur.

may

Use

3300 F..

Accomplish
with

screw,

a.

electrical

bonding jumpers
Prepare

the

bonding
across

electrical

of

tubing segments

clamps

as

follows:

surfaces

bonding

as

TUBING CLAMP TO BONDING JUMPER

outlined under METAL SURFACE PREPARATION

ELECTRICAL BONDING

AND ELECTRICAL BONDING in this

(FIGURE 5)

b.

Accomplish electrical bonding

bonding jumpers

as

of

tubing clamps

with

follows:

b.

Use

an

below 3300 F..

MS35206

cad

plated

steel

screw

an

MS35206

cad

plated

steel

screw

screw

above

below 3300 F..


c.

a.
Prepare the electrical bonding surfaces as
outlined under METAL SURFACE PREPARATION
AND ELECTRICAL BONDING in this chapter.

Use

chapter.

Use

an

MS35206 CRES steel

330" F..
d

Install

screw
e.

an

AN960 cad

plated

washer under the

head and nut.

Use

an

MS21042L

self-locking

cad

plated

steel nuts.

20-03-00

Page 8
Jun 20/91

A14

~)eedlcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TAB WELDED OR
BRAZED TO TUBING

CLEAN TAB TO
BASIC METAL AND
SEAL AFTER

INSTALLATION.

II

CLEAN TAB TO
BASIC METAL AND
SEAL AFTER
INSTALLATION.
2000-610-37

Bonding Jumper Across Tubing Clamp Electrical Bonding


Figure 6

A14

20-03-00
Page 9
Jun 20/91

~)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LOCK WASHER F

LOCK NUT
TERMINAL
(LIMIT TO 4)

WASHER D

WASHER C

PLAIN NUT

WASHER B
STRUCTURE

WASHER

LOCK

WASHER E

SCREW
OR BOLT

2000-610-39

Typical Ground Stud Electrical Bonding


Figure 7

CLEAN TO BASE METAL


BONDING/GROUNDING AREA
AND CHEMICALLY TREAT

THIS AREA OF STRUCTURE AND


BACK OF TAB MUST BE CLEANED
AND CHEMICALLY TREATED BEFORE
RIVETING TAB TO STRUCTURE.
SEAL AREA AFTER ASSEMBLY.

NAS

1919M04S RIVET

(MAINTAIN 60 RIVET SPACING;


RIVETS TO PENETRATE
SHEET ONLY.)

FACE
2000-610-42

Electrical Bonding of Ground Tabs


Figure 8
20-03-00

Page 10
Jun 20/91

A14

~)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

where thermal

TYPICAL GROUND STUD ELECTRICAL BONDING

(FIGURE 7)

may
electrical

Accomplish

current returns

as

Screw size: Use

a.

distance will

bonding

permit.

No. 10

A No. 8

substituted for the No. 10


meet

b.

edge
Use

of

ground

studs for

follows:

or

screw

No. 6

screw

where

screw

1/4-inch

if necessary to

diameter fastener for

100-amp

current returns.
c.

Use

5/16-inch diameter

fastener for 200-

ELECTRICAL BONDING OF GROUND TABS

a.
Prepare the electrical bonding surfaces as
outlined under METAL SURFACE PREPARATION
AND ELECTRICAL BONDING in this chapter.

b.

Use

washers

on

an

NAS1919M04S

rivet

to

attach

the

tab.

Use

ground

NOTE
lock

compatible

(FIGURE 8)

c.

MS35338

screw

Refer to Chart 2 for a listing of


d.
hardware used with grounding studs.

ground

amp current returns.

Use

the

edge

may be

distance requirements.

expansion of

occur.

minimum of three rivets to attach the

tab.

ail

NOTE

electrical
bolted
bondinglgrounding
Their
function
is
to
connections.

If it is necessary to remove the tab for


any reason, the surface must be recleaned to remove all films.

tight connection with plain or


self-locking nuts under conditions
ensure a

ITEM TO BE BONDED
THROUGH MOUNTING FEET

LOCK
WASHER
CLEAN MOUNTING STRUCTURE
1/4
TO BASE METAL
TIMES THE AREA OF THE
CLEAN
MOUNTING FEET.
THE PORTION OF THE
FEET IN CONTACT WITH
THE MOUNTING STRUCTURE.
REFINISH AFTER INSTALLATION
1/4 TIMES THE AREA CLEANED.

NOTE
ON

ITEMS THAT HAVE THE BOLTS SPACED MORE THAN 6 INCHES


IT IS ONLY NECESSARY TO CLEAN THE AREA 2 INCHES
ON EACH SIDE OF THE ATTACH BOLTS OR SCREWS.

APART,

2000-610-43

Electrical Bonding of

A14

Equipment Installed
Figure 9

With

Mounting Feet

20-03-00
Page 11
Jun 20/91

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

REFINISHED
AREA
MOUNTING

LOCK

BA~E

WAS~ER

BONDING
STRAP

SHOCK
MOUNT

CLEANED
AREA

-,i I

LOCK
WASHER

MOUNTING
STRUCTURE

CLEAN THE MOUNTING


STRUCTURE TO THE
BASE METAL
1/2
TIMES THE WIDTH OF
THE BONDING STRAP
AND THE ATTACHING
BONDING STRAP SCREWS.
REFINISH AFTER
INSTALLATION
1/2
TIMES THE AREA CLEANED.

NOTE
INSTALL BONDING STRAP UNDER SHOCK MOUNT PAD
IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE STRAP DOES NOT
ALTER SHOCK MOUNT FUNCTION.

Electrical

20-03-00
12
Jun 20/91

2000-610-44

Bonding of Equipment Installed With Shock Mounts


Figure 10

Page

A14

CST)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

used

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


This

airplane uses carbon steel control cables of


multiple wire construction with the number of
strands varying according to the diameter of the
cable. The carbon steel wire is helically twisted into
strands and the strands wound about other strands

forming

the flexible carbon steel cable.

The

PRODUCTS WHICH CONFORM TO THE REQUIREOF

MENTS

SPECIFICATION

MAY

BE

USED

EVEN THOUGH NOT INCLUDED IN THE CHART.


the

basic

number

of

each

specification

is

listed. No attempt has been made to update the listing to the latest revision. It is the responsibility of

RECOMMENDED MA TERIALS
The recommended materials listed in Chart 1

as

specifications
provided for reference only and are not specifically required by Beech Aircraft Corporation. Any
or

to

to

cations. GENERIC OR LOCALLY MANUFACTURED

Only

meeting federal, military

the

specification may be
availability.
products included
subject
in these charts have been tested and approved for
aviation usage by Beech Aircraft Corporation, by
the vendor or compliance to the applicable specifiproduct conforming

CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS

vendor

are

the technician
revision

of

or

the

mechanic to determine the current

applicable specification prior

to

usage of the product listed. This can be done by


contacting the vendor of the product to be used.

CHART 1

RECOMMENDED MATERIALS
MATERIAL

1.

Lubricant

SPECIFICATION

MIL-G-23827

PRODUCT

VENDOR

Grease

American Oil Co.,


165 N. Canal,

Supermil
A722823

Chicago,
Royco

27A

Royal

IL 60606

Lubricants Co.,

River Road,
Hanover, NJ 07936

Aeroshell Grease 7

Shell Oil Co.,


1 Shell Plaza,
P.O. Box 2463,
Houston, TX 77001

BP Aero Grease 318

BP

Trading Limited,

Moore Lane,
Britannic House,
London E.C. 2
2.

Corrosion

MIL-C-16173

Petrotect Grade 2

England

Pennsylvania Refining

Preventive

Co.,

Compound

1686 Lisbon Road,


Cleveland, OH 44104

Braycote

130

Bray Oil Co.,


Los Angeles,

CA

8T01241

Ai4

20-04-00
Page 1
Jun 20/91

Ci~echcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS


MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

CONTROL CABLE SYSTEM INSPECTION

(FIGURE I)

Inspect the control cables for incorrect routing, fraying and twisting. Look for interference with
adjacent airplane structure, equipment, wiring,
plumbing and other control cables.
a.

b. Monitor control cable movement for freedom,


looseness and full travel.

Visually inspect

c.

tion, cracks

WARNING

When

control
cables,
inspecting
always wear gloves to avoid injury
from frayed or broken wires,

When

control cable is removed from

the

airplane, the cable should be


dipped in MIL-C-16173 corrosion preventive (2, Chart 1). Excess corrosion
preventive may be removed by wiping
with

e.

wires

fdllows:

swaged fittings for


fitting.

Locate any control cable broken


as follows:

1.
Inspect the
pulleys by passing a

distor-

control cables

or

corroded

near

fairlead

cloth

along the length of the


cable. If a snag is found, closely examine the cable
to determine the extent of the damage as shown in

Figure
and

as

all

broken wires at the

d. Turnbuckles should have the proper thread


exposure and be correctly safety wired.

clean cloth.

Inspect the control cable system

or

1.

2. Any suspect cable should be removed


placed in a loop position and checked for addi-

tional broken wires

as

shown in

Figure

1.

BROKEN WIRES ARE VISIBLE WHEN


CABLE IS REMOVED AND BENT

BROKEN WIRES ARE NORMALLY


DETECTABLE BY WIPING A
CLOTH ALONG THE CABLE

DO NOT BEND THE CABLE INTO


A LOOP SMALLER THAN 50
TIMES THE CABLE DIAMETER
2000-610-61

Typical Control Cable With Broken Wires


Figure 1

20-04-00

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

ci3~echcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

cable is installed in its normal position in the airplane. If only a part of the control cable is installed

NOTE
Individual broken wires
in

and

primary

are

acceptable

secondary

in

control

cables at random locations when there


are no
on

for

remove

of

corrosion.

with
If

the control cable, form it into

(FIGURE 2)
broken

Inspect all control

loop,

and

The interior of all turnbuckles should


grease
tection.

(1, Chart 1) for corrosion pro-

When stored in coil

Control cable pulleys are installed


along the control cables where a
change of direction is needed.

b.
Inspect all control cable pulley bearings for
smooth rotation, freedom from flat spots and foreign material.
or

in

coil.

form, the coil inside diameter

should not be less than 150 times the control cable


diameter, or bent in a radius of not less than 75
times the control cable diameter. Coils should not
be flattened, twisted or folded during storage. Storage requirements should apply until the control

A14

follows:

embedded in the grooves.

CONTROL CABLE STORAGE

straight

as

a.
Inspect all control cable pulleys for roughness,
sharp edges and the presence of foreign material

filled with MIL-G-23827

Control cables should be stored

pulleys

NOTE

NOTE

or

cable

necessary,

check the center strand for corrosion. Replace any


control cable that shows evidence of corrosion.

be coated

control cable storage requirements


portion of the control cable.

to the uninstalled

CONTROL CABLE PULLEY INSPECTION

any three foot segment of cable.

evidence

assembly,

than three broken wires

Inspect the control cables

3.
wires

more

an

apply

c.
Inspect
alignment.

all

control

cable

pulleys

for proper

I"spect the control cable pulley brackets and


guards for damage, misalignment and looseness.
d

e.

Control cable

pulleys

which turn for

short

distance must be rotated periodically to provide


new bearing surface for the control cable.

20-04-00
Page 3
Jun 20/91

aeschcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

WEAR
MARK

EXCESSIVE CABLE

TENSION

PULLEY MISALIGNMENT

WEAR
MARK

PULLEY TOO LARGE FOR CABLE

CABLE MISALIGNMENT

FROZEN BEARING

NORMAL CONDITION
2000-610-60

Control Cable Pulley Wear Patterns

Figure 2

20-04-00
4

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

Ci~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

BEARINGS

b.

Place

two

table under the


This

contains

chapter

bearing

installation

and

removal information.

1. The

RECOMMENDED MATERIALS

on

the

bearing

at least

hydraulic press
Figure
1/2-inch thicker

shown in

removal and installation tool

bearing

as

width.

bearing

Center

the

on

bearing housing

supports should be

than the
c.

supports

bearing and installaapproximately 1/8-inch smaller


diameter of the bearing outer race.

outer race. The

tion tool should be

The recommended materials listed in Chart 1

as

than the outside

vendor

specifications
are provided for reference only and are not specifically required by Beech Aircraft Corporation. Any
product conforming to the specification may be
used subject to availability. The products included
in these charts have been tested and approved for
aviation usage by Beech Aircraft Corporation, by
the vendor or compliance to the applicable specifimeeting federal, military

or

1~7
CAUTION

The

ing

OF

SPECIFICATION

MAY

BE

USED

in

remain

direct

bearing being

cations. GENERIC OR LOCALLY MANUFACTURED


PRODUCTS WHICH CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS

hydraulic press plunger and bearremoval and installation tool should

Align

the

bearing

the basic number of each specification is


listed. No attempt has been made to update the listing to the latest revision. It is the responsibility of
the technician or mechanic to determine the current

apply pressure
ing housing.

of

the

applicable specification prior to


usage of the product listed. This can be done by
contacting the vendor of the product to be used.

the

bearing removal and


hydraulic press plunger and
force the bearing from the bear-

installation tool with the

revision

with

and the

EVEN THOUGH NOT INCLUDED IN THE CHART.

Only

alignment

removed at all times.

to

MECHANICAL PRESS BEARING REMOVAL

(FIGURE 1)
Remove the

bearing housing

from

the

air-

plane.
BEARINGS

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

b.

HYDRAULIC PRESS REARING REMOVAL

Remove

the

bearing housing

from the

the

bearing outer
bearing width.

air-

c.

Center

an

race

center

inner diameter

and

bearing

diameter than the the

plane.

a
bearing
larger than
1/2-inch deeper than the

bearing housing,

the

(FIGURE 1)
a.

On

removal socket with

removal socket smaller in

bearing

outer race.

CHART 1
RECOMMENDED MATERIALS
MATERIAL

1.

Cleaner

SPECIFICATION

TT-M-261

VENDOR

PRODUCT

Methyl
Ethyl

Obtain

locally

Loctite

Corp.,

Ketone
2.

Primer

Locquic

Primer "T"

705 N. Mountain Rd.,


Newington, CT 06111

3.

Retaining
Compound

609

Loctite

Corp.,

705 N. Mountain Rd.,


Newington, CT 06111

BT01240

20-05-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LOAD MUST BE
APPLIED TO OUTER

REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION

BEARING

TOOL

ONLY.

RACE

NUT
WASHER
HOUSING

--7

SOCKET

BEARING

SUPPORT
HOUSING
SOCKET

WASHER

BEARING

BOLT
APPLY THE INSTALLING OR REMOVAL
LOAD TO THE OUTER RACE OF THE BEARING.
HYDRAULIC

REMOVAL

OR

INSTALLATION

TOOL

MECHANICAL PRESS METHOD

PRESS METHOD

2000-6 i 0-49

Bearing Removal
Figure 1
d.

Install

washer and bolt

through

one

of the

sockets, through the center of the bearing, then

through
e.

f.

opposite socket

the

Install

washer and nut

Tighten

as

the nut

on

shown in

on

Figure

CIUI1ON

1.

When cleaning bearing surfaces, never


allow solvent to enter the bearing.
Never touch the bearing or bearing
housing surfaces with bare hands. Use
a clean cloth to cover the bearing to
prevent contamination after they have
been cleaned.

the bolt threads.

the bolt until the pressure


bearing from the bearing

is sufficient to release the

housing.
BEARING HOUSING INSPECTION

Coat the surfaces where a retaining comis to be applied with primer (2, Chart i). This
includes the bearing outer surface, bearing housing
mating surface and the bearing housing retention
b.

Inspect

the

bearing

cracks, warpage

or

housingto-bearing

housing for any grooves,


hole elongation. The bearing

contact surface must be smooth

pound

flange

and uniform,

if

applicable.
CAUTION
I U--I

REARING INSTALLATION USING RETAINING


COMPOUND
a.

Clean the outer surface of the

with MEK

(1, Chart 1) and wipe dry.

bearing

race

Ensure that
oil

bearing

no

primer is applied

grooves

or

to the
lubrication

ports.

20-05-00

Page 2
Jun 20/91

A14

Ci3~echcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BEARING INSTALLATION BY STAKING

NOTE

(FIGURE 2)

All cadmium, zinc, corrosion-resistant


and anodized steel, including plastic

items,

be

must

b.

proper adhesion
pound (3, Chart 1).
e.

Allow the

primer (2,

least 30 minutes at

room

Chart

1)

to air

dry

for at

temperature.

on

the

d.

g.
area

h.

bearing housing.

Apply retaining compound (3, Chart 1) to the


bearing and the bearing housing,
retaining compound

must cure before the

is put into service. Curing may be


one of the following:

accom-

with

Allow the

1.

remain at

to be

are

the

supports.

bearing housing

was

previously staked,

stakes should be centered between the

new

stakes. If

existing

a new

bearing housing

used, the stake pattern should be the


the old

one on

between the

bearing
plished

and bearing housing on two


Figure 2, if both sides of the
staked. The inner bearing race

bearing

shown in

is

being

same as

the

bearing housing.

the

Using

The

as

If the

hydraulic or mechanical pressure


method shown in Figure 1, apply pressure to the
bearing until it is firmly seated in the bearing housing. Pressure on the bearing must be applied in
direct alignment to the bearing housing for the bearing to seat properly.
f.

or

must not touch the

applied.

bearing housing.

mechanical pressure
1, apply pressure to the

hydraulic
Figure
is firmly seated

Place the

bearing

Apply a thin coat of the retaining compound


(3, Chart l)to the bearing and the bearing housing
mating surfaces where the primer (2, Chart 1) was

the

in the bearing housbearing until it


ing. Pressure must be applied in direct alignment to
the bearing housing for the bearing to seat properly.

supports,

d.

bearing

on

the

Using

c.

retaining compound (3, Chart 1)


may be applied before or after bearing
installation in the bearing housing.

The

Center the

bearing

method shown in

NOTE

e.

Center the

a.

primed to assure
of the retaining com-

room

bearing

and

bearing housing

to

temperature for 24 hours without


parts,

any movement of the

2.
Heat the bearing and bearing housing to
275" ~100 F. and maintain that temperature for 15
minutes only.
CHART 2
RECOMMENDED STAKES FOR BEARINGS

Bearing O.D.

NOTE
a ring stake is used, combined
length should be 25 percent of
bearing circumference.

When

total
the

pi,,takes should be located .030 .010-inch

from the outer diameter of the

bearing

on

the bear-

ing housing.
f.

deep

Pin stakes should


to retain

staked

g.

on

bearings

be .010 to .032-inch

bearing housing

is

both sides.

The number of

housing

only

when the

should be

pin

as

stakes around

bearing

indicated in Chart 2.

bearing has been secured in the housing


by staking or by the use of a retaining compound,

After the

relubricate with the proper lubrication and reinstall


in the airplane.

Number of Stakes

I ll~1
CAUTION

up to .734-inch

.735-inch to .984-inch

.985-inch to 1.234-inches

bearing should slip or move in


bearing housing, the bearing must

If the

BT01160

A14

the

be removed and recleaned. The bear-

ing housing must be recleaned. Examine the bearing for any damage and
reinstall in the bearing housing.

20-05-00
Page 3
Jun 20/91

i3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OUTER
BEARING
RACE

HOUSING
TO
.025 R

.030

.010

~.OIO-INCH

-iiJ

.010 TO
.032 INCH

SUPPORT
INNER
BEARING
RACE

STAKE

NOTE
DO

NOT

SUPPORT AGAINST

INNER BEARING RACE

DURING

STAKING.
2000-610-50

Bearing Staking
Figure 2

20-05-00

Page 4
Jun 20/91

414

Cil)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TUBE AND HOSE ASSEMBLIES AND

e.

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

FITTINGS

Never stretch

hose to make

connection.

The hose material must be compatible with


applicable system fluids. Substitution of a hose
material that is not compatible with the system fluid
f.

the
This chapter contains information to remove, maintain and install hose and tube assemblies and fit-

tings. Although all hoses and tubes may not be specifically identified herein, the basic maintenance
practices normally apply. Any handling and installation of individual system hoses, tubes and fittings is
identified in the appropriate system chapter.
The

of tube assemblies used in the airaluminum or steel machine formed tubing

majority

plane

are

assemblies.
used in areas of the airplane where a
flexible line is more suitable for installations and
Hoses

are

freedom of movement is necessary.

will contaminate the system.

REMOVAL OF TUBE AND HOSE

ASSEMBLIES
Tube and hose assemblies may be removed
lows:
a.

Relieve all

b.

Disconnect both

d.

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

ing maintenance, repair or servicing


pneumatic operated system.

on

any fluid

clamps securing

hose

or

tube

the tube

plug

the hose

or

or

tube

Remove the tube

or

hose

assembly

and tag

both ends to aid in reinstallation.

HOSE ASSEMBL Y INSTALLA TION


Hose assemblies may be installed

as

follows:

NOTE

CAUTION

systems

or

or

CAMON1
that

Remove all

identify

Observe all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTES


throughout this maintenance manual when perform-

Verify

pressure.
ends of the

assembly and immediately cap


hose ends and fittings.
c.

fol-

assembly.

TUBING, HOSE AND FITTINGS

If

which

hose

new

assembly

is

be

to

installed, the hose assembly must be


clean, the correct length, clear of

operate

pneumatics under pressure are fully depressurized before


opening or disconnecting a tubing or

from fluids

system

as

or

obstructions and material


with the

compatible

system fluid.

hose.
a.

The
and

list of maintenance

following

vided

as

aid for

an

practices is prohandling, removing, installing

repairing tubing and

hoses.

Cap

plug all disconnected tubing and hose


and fittings immediately to prevent con-

or

assemblies

tamination of the system.


b.

Visually

check

for

cleanliness, evidence of

contamination and obstructions


tion of tube

or

prior

this

have

Any hose
protective

and checked for obstruction


d.

When

prior

connecting tube assemblies, do not


assembly to the installed position. If

mismatch between the male and female fittings


should result, see Figure 1 for the allowable mismatch.

e.

f.

to installation,

force the tube


a

After

ensure

and tube assemblies that did not


covers installed must be cleaned

outlined

assembly

to

fittings.

Torque the "B" nuts to


torque specified in Chart 1.

no
c.

Connect the "8" nuts of the hose

e.

d.

practices

maintenance

TUBE AND HOSE ASSEMBLIES


MAINTENANCE PRACTICES in

chapter.

th, proper

to reconnec-

hose assemblies.

heading

AND FITTINGS

b.
a.

Observe the

under the

torquing

the

the "B" nuts,

fittings using

inspect

the

the hose to

that the hose is not under tension and that

indication of

twisting

is present.

Inspect

the hose for proper

Inspect

the hose for freedom to

length.
expand

and

Co"tact.

Inspectthe hose forclearance to all structure.


inadequate clearance exists between the hose
and structure, protection must be provided for the
hose to prevent damage from chafing.
g.

If

20-06-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TUBE INSTALLA TION

d.

Install the

packing (O-ring)

is

assembly

tube

new

The

be

to

the

installed, the tube assembly must be


clean, the correct length, clear of
obstructions and manufactured of the

e.

correct material.

under the
AND

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES in

FlTTINGS

this

chapter.

b.

Inspect

tube

ends,
Make

fittings

Check

d.

alignment

1.

and fit of the tube

Place the tube

and

the tube

2.

tighten
assembly.

assembly

1.

The free tubing end must


1/32-inch of the fitting per every
length as shown in Figure 1.
4.

e.

to

aligned

antiseize

apply the proper

com-

fittings.
assembly

the

on

the "B" nuts to the torque values


Chart 1.

tighten

and

fittings
specified

in

fittings

Lubricate

may be installed

the

male

as

follows:
the

fitting,
system

of

backup ring
packing sparingly
or petrolatum (AN-P-51, Vaseline).

fluid

by

sud-

Holding
turning,

the nut with

in

turning

rotate the

wrench to prevent it
in an additional 1-1/2

fitting
fitting in the

than

no more

one

by

proper direction
additional turn.

h
Holding the fitting, turn the nut down tightly
against the boss. Slight extrusion of the ring around
the backup ring is acceptable.

NONPOSITIONING TYPE FITTING


INSTALLATION
may be installed

Nonpositioning type fittings

fol-

as

Install the nut

(AN6289)

on

the

Install the teflon backup

bore of the nut.

20-06-00
Page 2
Jun 20/91

packing with
petrolatum (AN-P-51, Vaseline).
a

Lubricate the

Install the

c.

Thread the

tightly
d.

on

in the

packing

fitting

the system fluid

fitting

or

thread relief.

into the boss until it bottoms

the boss.

Tighten

the

fitting

to

the

specified torque

fitting

Pipe

thread

a.

Apply
1.

be installed

fittings may

as

teflon tape to the threads

Start tape at

or

close to

follows:

as

follows:

narrow

end of

threads.
until the

nut is clear of the thread relief,


c.

be detected

PIPE THREAD FITTING INSTALLATION

with the

threads

and

b.

can

value.

FLUID LINE FITTING INSTALLATION

a.

point

lows:

lengthwise within 1/32-inch per every 10


tube length as shown in Figure 1.

Install the tube

Fluid line

the

The free end of the tube must match the

If necessary,

pound
f.

be

10 inches of

cone

inches of

nut

den increase in torque.

g.

assembly in the proper


coupling nut at one end of

3.

fitting

fitting into the boss with the


fitting until the packing contacts

turns. Position the

within

tube

with the

This

from

opposite end of the tube must be


degrees of parallel with the fitting as

Figure

pushed

NOTE

properly
assembly.

The

within two

shown in

one

is

are

follows before installation:

position

packing

boss.

bends.

that the

certain

with

compatible

the lower threaded section of the fit-

Install the

turning

damage, particularly at
Damaged tube
replaced or repaired.

and

installed before connection of the tube

as

f.

be

Turn the nut down until the

the tube for

fittings,

assemblies should be
c.

packing must
system fluid.

firmly against
ting.

Observe the maintenance practices outlined


heading TUBE AND HOSE ASSEMBLIES

a.

the thread relief.

NOTE

NOTE
If

on

Wrap the tape around the fitting in the


Wrap clockwise for right
hand threaded fittings. Wrap counterclockwise for
left hand threaded fittings.
2.

direction of the threads.

ring

in the counter-

A14

~-)eecEacraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ra

MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
1/32 INCH PER
10 INCHES OF
TUBE LENGTH

MEASURE
MISMATCH WITH
FREE END CLEAR
OF FITTING

MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
1/32 INCH PER
lo INCHES OF

TUBE LENGTH

MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
1/32 INCH PER
10 INCHES OF
TUBE LENGTH

I t
2 DEG
MAX

ANGULAR MISMATCH

RADIAL MISMATCH

LENGTH MISMATCH
2000-610-63

Tubing Installation Mismatch


Figure 1
CHART 1
FLARED FITTING TORQUE CHART (INCH-POUNDS)
Hose

Tubing

Aluminum

Steel

Size

O.D.

Tubing

Tubing

Tubing

Tubing

Fitting

(Inches)

Flare

Flare

Flareless

Flareless

(Aluminum)

-8
-10
-12

Min

Max

80
125
250
350
500
700

90
135
180
270
450
700
1100
1200

900
900

1300
1350

100
150
200
300
500
800
1150
1400
1450
1500

75
80
100
100
200
360
390
600
600

90
100
130
130
240
400
430
900
900
900

90
135
180
270
450
700
1100
1200
1300

100
150
120
300
500
800
1150
1400
1450

1350

1500

1/4

11/2

600

3/4

-16
-20
-24

Max

65

1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

-5
-6

Min

40
60
75
150
200
300
500
600

3/16

Oxygen

Max

Max

-4

Steel

Min

Min

-3

Aluminum

600

Min

Line

Max

Hose End

Fitting
Min

70
100

125

Max

70
85
100
210
300
500
700

100
120
180
250
420
480
850
1150

and

tighten

BT01080

3.

tape

Apply tension to the tape


shape of the threads.

to conform the

to the

4.

The

b.

Thread the

until it bottoms

fitting into the boss


tightly on the boss.

tape should overlap the previous


pipe thread

wrap of tape up to one-half inch to seal


fittings up to two inches in diameter.

A14

20-06-00
Page 3
Jun 20/91

~3eechcraft.
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TUBE OUTSIDE
DIAMETER (D)

ADII IS MEASURED
BEND
TO TUBE CENTERLINE

TUBE CENTER
LINE

2000-610-64

Tube

Bending
Figure 2

TUBE DAMAGE LIMITS

a.

Replace steel tubes which have nicks or


deeper than 10 percent of tubing wall

scratches

thickness.

NOTE
Nicks and scratches not

exceeding

the

following limitations may be repaired


by polishing out the damaged area,
using
Finish

fine

grade
polishing

of emery cloth and oil.


with crocus cloth and

oil. Flush and clean all

grit from line

b.
or

Replace any aluminum tube which has nicks


scratches deeper than 20 percent of the tube

wall thickness.
c.
Replace any tubes which have dents deeper
than 5 percent of the tube outside diameter.

assembly.

20-06-00

Page 4
Jun 20/91

A14

Cj~eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 2
TUBING BENDING LIMITS

DIAMETER

RADII

RADII

(D)

1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

1-1/8
1-1/4

1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
2

2-1/4
2-1/2
3

MILLIMETER

3.175
4.762

6.350
7.937
9.525
11.112
12.700
15.875
19.050
22.225
25.400
28.575
31.750
34.925
38.100
41.275
44.450
47.625
50.800
57.150
63.500
76.200

INCH

.375
.563
.750
.938
1.125
1.312
1.500
1.875
2.250
2.625
3.000
3.375
3.750
4.125
4.500
4.875
5.250
5.625
6.000
6.750
7.500
9.000

6D

4D

3D

INCH

ADDITIONAL BEND

RECOMMENDED BEND

TUBE OUTSIDE

MILLIMETER

9.525
14.286
19.050
23.811
28.575
33.336
38.100
47.625
57.150
66.675
76.200
85.725
95.250
104.775
114.300
123.825
133.350
142.875
152.400
171.450
190.500
228.600

INCH

MILLIMETER

.500
.750
1.000
1.250
1.500
1.750
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
4.500
5.000
5.500
6.000
6.500
7.000
7.500
8.000
9.000
10.000
12.000

12.700
19.048
25.400
31.748
38.100
44.448
50.800
63.500
76.200
88.900
101.600
114.300
127.000
139.700
152.400
165.100
177.800
189.500
203.200
228.600
254.000
304.800

INCH

.750
1 .1 25

1.500

1.875
2.250
2.625
3.000
3.750
4.500
5.250
6.000
6.750
7.500
8.250
9.000
9.750
10.500
11.250
12.000
13.500
15.000
18.000

MILLIMETER

19.050
28.572
38.100
47.622
57.150
66.672
76.200
95.250
114.300
133.350
152.400
171.450
190.500
209.550
228.600
147.650
266.700
285.750
304.800
342.900
381.000
457.200

079

A14

20-06-00
Page 5
Jun 20/91

ci~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LOCKING DEVICES

DESCRIPTION AND

cent

plug.

OPERATION

boss

casing. Never lockwire bushing to


pins should be installed so that the

or

Cotter

head fits into the slot of the castellated nut and,

Except for specific instructions required to satisfy a


certain application, the following procedures are
standard methods used to install various locking
devices used in conjunction with bolts, screws and

unless

otherwise

should be bent
end flat

specified,
the stud

over

or

of

end

one

the

pin

bolt and the other

the flat of the nut.

against

nuts.

MAINTENANCE

LOCKING DEVICES
PRACTICES

SELF-LOCKING NUTS
Where
cedure

self-locking
applies:

nuts

are

used, the following pro-

LOCKWIRE INSTALLA TION PROCEDURES

2)

self-locking nuts, note the torque necesturn the self-locking nut before the self-

For

a.

sary to

locking

NOTE

nut is seated.

Figure 1 illustrates a typical lockwire


procedure. Although there are numerous lockwire operations performed on
the airplane, practically all are derived
from the basic examples shown in Fig-

Add the above torque to the value detailed in


the assembly instruction for the application. Use
b.

this

I AND

(FIGURES

new

value

the total

as

applied torque,

SLOTTED, STEEL LOCKNUTS (PREVAILING

ure

2.

TORQUE TYPE)
Effective

requires

locking
the full

of slotted, steel locknuts on bolts


engagement of all locknut threads.

Observe the

when

following guidelines

installing

lockwire:

The chamfered section of the locknut ID does not


exert force on the bolt. It is not necessary that the
bolt be flush with or protrude from the outer face of

the locknut,

a.

Newlockwire mustbe used.

b.

Use the

same

type and diameter

of lockwire

LOCKWIRE AND COTTER PIN

assembly. Except
employed during
the
wire
used on the airspecified,
and
corrosion
resistant
is
heat
plane power plant

REQUIREMENTS

steel wire of 0.025-inch diameter.

as

the initial

that

where otherwise

c.

tightening a castellated nut for cotter pin


installation, alignment of the slot must be obtained
without exceeding the maximum torque. If this is
not possible, replace the nut. After tightening the

When

nut to the recommended

be loosened to
slot in the nut
is not

torque, the

permit insertion
or

of

nut must not

cotter

lockwire hole in the bolt

correctly aligned

at the minimum

pin.

If the

torque value

the nut, screw or bolt should be further tightened to the next alignment position, but the maxi-

torque value given must not be exceeded.

Should

alignment still be impossible


exceeding the maximum torque, back off
one-half turn and retorque.

pins must never be reused. Ail


pins must fit snugly into drilled
holes in the bolts and studs for locking purposes.
Bushings and plugs must be lockwired to the adjaLockwire and cotter

manner

that

tighten and keep a part locked in place,


thus counteracting the natural tendency of the part
to loosen.
e.

Lockwire must

never

be overstressed. It will

break under vibrations if twisted too


lockwire shall be

pulled

tightly. The
being twisted, but

taut when

shall have minimum tension, if any, when secured.


f.

without
the nut

Lockwire must be installed in

to pre-

tends to

or screw

given,
mum

tight after installation


rubbing or vibration.

Lockwire must be

vent failure due to

Lockwire

engine,

or

ends which

ends

must

be

bent

structure, to avoid sharp

might present

safety

toward

the

projecting

or

hazard

or

vibrate

in the air stream.

lockwire and cotter

9 Internal wiring must not cross overorobstruct


flow passage when an alternate method can be

used.

20-07-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

~eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

INSERT

THE UPPERMOST
WHICH POINTS
TOWARD THE SECOND
BOLT, THROUGH THE HOLE
WHICH LIES BETWEEN
THE NINE AND TWELVE
OCLOCK POSITIONS,
GRASP THE END OF THE
WIRE WITH A PAIR OF

WIRE,

POSITION THE HOLES.

PLIERS AND PULL THE


WIRE TIGHT.

INSERT PROPER
GAGE WIRE.

BRING THE FREE END OF


THE WIRE AROUND THE
BOLT HEAD IN A
COUNTER-CLOCKWISE
DIRECTION AND UNDER
THE END PROTRUDING
FROM THE BOLT HOLE.
TWIST THE WIRE IN A
COUNTER-CLOCKWISE
DIRECTION.

WRAP UPPER END


OF WIRE AND BEND
IT AROUND THE HEAD
THEN
OF THE BOLT.
UNDER THE OTHER END
OF THE WIRE.
BE
SURE WIRE IS TIGHT
AROUND HEAD.

GRASP THE WIRE BEYOND


THE TWISTED PORTION
AND TWIST THE WIRE
ENDS COUNTER-CLOCKWISE
UNTIL TIGHT.

DURING THE FINAL


TWISTING MOTION OF THE
PLIERS, BEND THE WIRE
DOWN AND UNDER THE
HEAD OF THE BOLT.

TWIST WIRE UNTIL


WIRE IS JUST SHORT
OF HOLE IN THE
SECOND BOLT.

KEEPING WIRE UNDER


TENSION, TWIST IN A
CLOCKWISE DIRECTION
UNTIL THE WIRE
TIGHT.
TIGHTENED
THE WIRE SHALL HAVE
APPROXIMATELY 7 TO 10
TWISTS PER INCH.

NEHWSI

CUT OFF EXCESS WIRE


WITH DIAGONAL CUTTERS

g
2000-6011- 18

RH Thread

20-07-00
Page 2
Jun 20/91

Lockwiring Procedure
Figure 1

A~4

~)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE 3

EXAMPLE

FILLISTER HEAD SCREWS, SQUARE HEAD PLUGS, AND OTHER SIMILAR


PARTS ARE WIRED SO THAT THE LOOSENING TENDENCY OF EITHER PART IS
COUNTERACTED BY THE TIGHTENING OF THE OTHER PART.
THE DIRECTION
OF TWIST FROM THE SECOND TO THE THIRD UNIT IS COUNTER-CLOCKWISE TO
KEEP THE LOOP IN POSITION AGAINST THE HEAD OF THE BOLT.
THE WIRE
ENTERING THE HOLE IN THE THIRD UNIT WILL BE THE LOWER WIRE AND BY
MAKING A COUNTER-CLOCKWISE TWIST AFTER IT LEAVES THE HOLE, THE
LOOP WILL BE SECURED IN PLACE AROUND THE HEAD OF THAT BOLT.

BOLTS,

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

METHODS FOR WIRING VARIOUS STANDARD ITEMS.


WIRE MAY BE WRAPPED
OVER THE UNIT RATHER THAN AROUND IT WHEN WIRING CASTELLATED NUTS
OR ON OTHER ITEMS WHEN THERE IS A CLEARANCE PROBLEM.

6X~
EXAMPLE 9
THE METHOD FOR WIRING
BOLTS IN DIFFERENT PLANES.
NOTE THAT WIRE SHOULD
ALWAYS BE APPLIED SO
THAT TENSION IS IN THE
TIGHTENING DIRECTION.

EXAMPLE

RH Thread

A14

10

HOLLOW HEAD PLUGS


WIRED WITH THE TAB
BENT INSIDE THE HOLE
TO AVOID SNAGS AND
POSSIBLE INJURY TO
PERSONNEL.

EXAMPLE

II

CORRECT APPLICATION
OF SINGLE WIRE TO
CLOSELY SPACED MULTIPLE
GROUP.
2000-604-19

Lockwiring Examples
Figure 2
20-07-00
Page 3
Jun 20/91

Ci3~echcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LOCKWIRE HOLE ALIGNMENT

When nuts

c.

to be secured to a fastener

are

pins, tighten the fastener to the low side


(minimum) of the applicable specified or selected
torque range, unless otherwise specified, and if
necessary, continue tightening until the nut slot
aligns with the fastener hole. Maximum torque must
with cotter

Check the units to be lockwired to make sure that


they have been correctly torqued and that the wiring holes are properly positioned in relation to each
other. When there are two or more units, it is desirable that the holes in the units be in the same rela-

tionship

to each other. Never

units to obtain

proper

loosen
of the holes. It

overtorque

alignment

possible to align the wiring holes when


torqued within the specified limits.
if
it
is
However,
impossible to obtain a proper alignment of the holes without either over or undertorquing, select another unit which will permit proper
alignment within the specified torque limits,
should be

the

units

be exceeded.

never

or

are

Castellated

nuts

safetied with cotter

installed

fasteners

on

are

preferred method is
with the cotter pin bent parallel to the axis of the
fastener. The alternate method, where the cotter pin
is mounted perpendicular to the axis of the fastener, may be used when the cotter pin in the prepins.

The

ferred method is apt to become

snag.

If 50 percent or more of the cotter pin diameter is above the nut castellation, a washer should be
e.

LOCKWIRE TWISTING

used under the nut

prevent mutilation of the twisted section of the


wire when using pliers, grasp the wire at the ends
or at a point that will not be twisted. Lockwire must
not be nicked, kinked or mutilated. Never twist the
wire ends off with the pliers and, when cutting off
ends; leave at least three complete twists after the
loop, exercising extreme care to prevent the wire
To

falling into
damage.
marginal.

ends from
hazard

is

or

areas

The

where

strength

they might

create

of lockwire holes

or a

shorter fastener should be

installed. A maximum of two washers may be permitted under a nut.


f

Use the

listed

in

largest

MS24665

nominal diameter cotter

that

the

hole

and

slots

application of a cotter pin to any


permitted if the fastener hole size
required hole and slot size for the

accommodate. No
nut or fastener is

is less than the


cotter

pin.

Install the cotter pin head firmly in the slot of


g.
the nut with the axis of the cotter pin eye at right

COTTER PIN INSTALLA TION

angles

to the fastener shank. Bend the cotter

(FIGURE 3)

prongs

so

are

Use the
the

following to select
desired application:

a.

Install

b.

Select cotter

new

cotter

pin

and install cotter

pins

for

firmly

that the cotter


seated

against

pin

head and upper prong


the fastener and the lower

pin

prong against the nut.

pin or rod end applications, install the


pin with the axis of the eye parallel to the
shank of the clevis pin or rod end. Bend the prongs
around the shank of the clevis pin or rod end as
shown in Figure 3.
h.

pins.

In clevis

cotter

material in accordance with

temperature, atmosphere and service limitations

specified

pin
will

as

in Chart 1.

CHART 1

COTTER PIN INFORMATION


MATERIAL

TEMPERATURE

SERVICE

MS24665 Cotter Pins


Carbon Steel

Ambient

Normal atmosphere cotter pins


contacting cadimum plated bolts

Temperature

up to 4600F

or nuts.

MS24665 Cotter Pins

Ambient

Corrosion-Resistant Steel

up to 6000F

Temperature

Nonmagnetic requirements cotter


pins contacting corrosion-resistant
steel bolts

or

nuts in

corrosive

atmosphere.
BT01083

20-07-00

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

(i~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

plated cotter pins should not be


applications bringing them in contact with
fuel, hydraulic fluid or synthetic lubricants.
i.

Cadmium

used in

KEYWASHERS (TAB AND CUP


INS TA L LA TION

TYPES)

c.

External type rings must be


to allow installation without

enough

expanded only
becoming bent.

After installation, ensure each retaining ring is


completely seated in its groove, without looseness
d.

or

distortion.

TURNBUCKLE LOCK CLIP INSTALLA TION

keywasher,
interchangeable.

The terms
are

tabwasher and

Observe the following when installing


washers, tabwashers and cupwashers:
a.

Always

use new

washers for each

cupwasher
new

assembly.

(SPIROLOX, ETC.)

Internal

point

rings

Safety

turnbuckles with lock

clips

as

a.

New lock

b.

Screw both threaded terminals

clips

be

installed

compressed beyond
ring meet.

must not be

where ends of the

using

follows:

must be used.

so

than three threads of either terminal is


side the body.

a.
Retaining rings must
approved retaining ring pliers.

into

threaded terminals are screwed


the turnbuckle barrel.

tance into the turnbuckle barrel

INSTALLA TION

b.

The turnbuckle barrel must be filled


MIL-G-23827 grease before the

with

When

RETAINING RINGS

the

NOTE

key-

bending or setting the washer tabs, do


not use sharp pointed tools. Use of such tools can
lead to subsequent failure of the locking tabs which,
upon becoming detached, can cause extensive
damage.
b.

(FIGURE 4)

equal dis-

an

that

no

more

exposed

out-

if necessary, adjust the terminals until the


c.
cable is to the proper tension, adjust the turnbuckle
to the locking position (groove on terminals and slot

indicator notch

on

barrel

should be

aligned)

and

TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE
PRONG MAY BE CUT HERE

PRONG MUST BE OF
SUFFICIENT LENGTH
AS SHOWN.

PRONGS MUST BE OF
SUFFICIENT LENGTH
TO EXTEND 90
BEYOND HOLE AS
SHOWN.

CASTELLATED NUT ON BOLT


PREFERRED METHOD

PIN APPLICATION
2000-610-46

Cotter Pin Installation

Figure 3
20-07-00
Page 5
A14

Jun 20/91

Ci3eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HOOK LOOP
HOOK LIP

LOCKING CLIP

---------~6-

SWAGED
TERMINAL

SWAGED
TERMINAL

TURNBUCKLE
BARREL

2000-610-47

Turnbuckle Safetying Using Lock Clips

Figure
20-07-00
Page 6

Jun 20/91

A14

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
NIAINTENANCE MANUAL

insert the end of the

locking clip

into the terminal

and turnbuckle barrel end until the "U" curved end


of the locking clip is over the hole in the center of

turnbuckle barrel

using fingers only.


clip installation

tool to check the lock

clip

Do not
as

the

use a

locking

could be distorted.

the turnbuckle barrel.

d.

Press the

locking clip

in the hole in the center

of the turnbuckle barrel to its full extent.


e.

The curved end of the

locking clip

f.

To check proper
to remove the

Repeat the previous steps


locking clip on the opposite

for installation of
end of the turn-

buckle barrel.

will latch in

the hole in in the center of the turnbuckle barrel.

attempt

g.
the

seating of the locking clip,


pressed "U" end from the

h
Both locking clips may be inserted in the same
side of the turnbuckle barrel center hole or in oppo-

site sides of the turnbuckle barrel center hole.

20-07-00
Page 7
A14

Jun 20/91

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AIRPLANE FINISH CARE

RECOMMENDED MA TERIALS

DESCRIPTION
and

following cleaning, waxing, placarding


painting information provides finish care information
needed to maintain the airplane in an approved

The

condition.

NOTE
When

interior

or

refer to the

paint is
airplane log book

exterior

required,
paint part number. This number
will identify the type of paint used on
the airplane as it was delivered new.
On older airplanes which do not have
the paint part number listed on the airplane log book, contact the Commercial Service Department of BEECH Aircraft Corporation to determine the
paint used on the airplane as it was
for the

delivered,

The recommended materials listed in Chart 1

as

meeting federal, military or vendor specifications


are provided for reference only and are not specifically required by Beech Aircraft Corporation. Any
product conforming to the specification may be
used subject to availability. The products included
in these charts have been tested and approved for
aviation usage by Beech Aircraft Corporation, by
the vendor or compliance to the applicable specifications. GENERIC OR LOCALLY MANUFACTURED

PRODUCTS WHICH CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF A SPECIFICATION MAY BE USED


EVEN THOUGH NOT INCLUDED IN THE CHART.

Only

the

basic

number

of

each

specification

is

listed. No attempt has been made to update the listing to the latest revision. It is the responsibility of
the technician
revision

or

of the

mechanic to determine the current

applicable specification prior

to

usage of the product listed. This can be done by


contacting the vendor of the product to be used.

CHART 1

RECOMMENDED MATERIALS
SPECIFICATION

MATERIAL

VENDOR

PRODUCT

1.

Cleaner

0-A-51

Acetone

Obtain

locally

2.

Cleaner

TT-M-261

Methyl
Ethyl

Obtain

locally

Obtain

locally

Obtain

locally

Ketone
3.

Cleaner

4.

Acid

5.

Base Primer

Etching

TT-N-95
Primer

Naphtha

MIL-C-8514
EX2016G

Pratt 8 Lambert

Coatings Div.,
P.O. Box 2153,

Wichita, KS 67201
6.

Catalyst

T607

Pratt 8 Lambert

Coatings Div.,
P.O. Box 2153,

Wichita, KS 67201
7.

Urethane Primer

38-Y-3

U.S. Paint,

Lacquer

and Chemicals Co.,

St. Louis, MO.


8.

Cleaner

Lacquer Thinner

Obtain

locally

20-08-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 1

RECOMMENDED MATERIALS (Continued)

9.

Anti-static

528-104

Coating

VENDOR

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATION

MATERIAL

or

528-306

DeSoto Inc.,
Southwestern Plant,
Forrest Ln. and Shiloh

Rd.,
P.O. Box 401268

Garland, TX 75042
10.

M-213

Elastomeric

Lord Chemical Products

Group,

Polyurethane
(white base)

2000 W. Grandview

Blvd.,
Erie, PA 16514
11.

M-200

Curing Solution
(elastomeric
polyurethane)

Lord Chemical Products

Group,
2000 W. Grandview

Blvd.,
Erie, PA 16154
12.

EC750

Sealer

Minnesota

Mining

and

Mfg. Co.,
St. Paul, MN
13.

Oakite No. 6

14.

Sanding Surfacer

Oakite Products Inc.,


Berkeley Hts., N.J. 07922
F900 Primer Surfacer

Andrew Brown Co.,


801 E. Lee,

Irving,
15.

Toluol

16.

Isopropyl

17.

(toluene)
Alcohol

Alodine 1200S

TX

TT-T-548

Obtain

locally

TT-I-735

Obtain

locally

MIL-C-5541

Amchem Products Inc.

Ambler, PA 19002
18.

Primer, Epoxy-

U.S. Paint,

MIL-P-23377

Lacquer

and

Chemical Co.

Polyamide

St. Louis, MO
19.

Urethane Paint

6160 Matterhorn White

U.S. Paint, Lacquer and


Chemical Co.
St. Louis, MO

BT01239

20-08-00

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

Cj~echcraff
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AIRPLANE FINISH CARE

ENVIRONMENTAL

MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES

After the specified curing period of new paint, avoid


outside storage when conditions exist where moisture may collect on painted surfaces. Acids which
remain in standing water can stain the paint topcoat
and cause permanent damage to the finish. Flush
off residual moisture with clean tap water and dry
the surface. At this time, waxing the surface can
provide protection from acid rain damage.

AIRPLANE FINISH CLEANING

111
CAUTION

Since

paint

films do not obtain

hard

considerable time after

drying, airplanes that have been recently


painted should not be polished or

finish for

WAXING AIRPLANE FINISHES

good coat of wax will protect the airplane finish


from the suns rays and protect the surface against
oxidation. Any good automotive polish or wax may
be used.
A

waxed until the finish has cured for at


least 60

b.
with

days.
painted surfaces

Remove dust and dirt from

a.

with

cellulose sponge and cool tap water.

Remove oil and grease with

cloth

PLACARD REPLACEMENT

dampened
placards must be in place and legible. Whenever
airplane has been repainted or touched up after
repairs, replace any placard that has been defaced
or is missing.

All

naphtha.

the
CAUTION
i CIUnOK~I

URE~HANE PAINTS

airplane with mild


soap and water, use special care to
avoid washing away grease from any
lubricated area. After washing the

When

wheel well

areas

points.

of

surfaces

lubricated

Ivory

or

NOTE

Any time the paint on the airplane is


stripped for repainting, whether the
repaint is to be on a localized area of
the airplane or on the entire airplane,
a thorough inspection for possible hidden corrosion should be conducted.

with solvent, lubricate

all lubrication

precautions

Remove insects with

c.

mild

the

washing

these

Premature

are

may
not

wear

result

if

observed,

cellulose sponge and

a
an extremely hard finish for protection
against sandblast during takeoff and landings led to
the development of urethane coatings for airplanes.
Urethane paint dries to a high gloss and retains

The need for

Lux soap and water solution.

I"rU~1
CAUTION

color much better than standard finishes. It is unaffected by the chemicals in hydraulic fluids, deicer
fluids and fuels and requires less care and maintenance than standard finishes.

Harsh soaps and detergents will damage the airplane finish.


d.

Carefully

rinse

the

surface to

remove

ALL

soap.
e.

NOTE
After

Dry

the

FALLOUT(ACID RAIN)

cleaned

surface

thoroughly

chamois to prevent water marks.

with

any

placards

painting

repairs,

inspect

to ascertain that none have

been covered with

paint.

20-08-00
A14

Page 3
Jun 20/91

Ci~eechcraft.
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

URETHANE PAIN~ REPAIR PROCEDURES

The

normally required for urepaint to cure must be extended


temperatures below 700F. The paint
time

thane
at

will

not cure

temperatures below

at

applications

working

brush

NOTE

60"F.

substitute will

finish with such


or

while

require several
stripper in with a stiff

the

wooden scraper.

Mask around the edge of the skin or skins


a.
containing the damaged area. Use a double thickness of heavy paper to prevent accidental splashes
of paint stripper from penetrating the masking.
b.

stripper as instructed by the


Stay approximately 1/8-inch away
from the masking tape. This will necessitate a little
more cleanup upon finishing, but will prevent damage to the finish on the adjacent skin. The stripper
will not attack aluminum during the stripping process and can be neutralized afterwards by rinsing

Apply

urethane

manufacture.

This

airplane is finished with pretreatment (wash)


primer, urethane primer and a top coat of urethane
enamel. The following procedures include cleaning,
paint stripping, repaint preparation, priming, applying a urethane topcoat and an alternate method for
small repairs not requiring paint stripping. Careful
observance of these procedures should result in a
smooth, hard, glossy finish with firm adhesion for

the affected area with water.

maximum life.

CAUTION

Urethane

NOTE

stripe, numeral and letter pat-

Precut

terns are available

Rinse the

c.

NOT

USE

OF

ANY

good

pletely

clean.

Paint

be

must

removed from these surfaces with fine


care not

to sand into

the material. Never use aluminum foil


to

electrothermal

mask

during painting,
eners

form

hydrogen

coating

on

shields. If metal
cover

bright-

gas that eats away

the

as

an

anti-

electrothermal windare used,

brighteners

windshield

pasteboard masking

with

paper
material.

or

Because of their resistance to chemicals and sol-

vents, urethane paints and

paint stripper.
a

good

stripped

area

aluminum wool

surface with

as

f.

Thoroughly rinse
fully dry the affected
includes several joints

with clean water and


of

care-

If the

stripped area
skin laps, let the airplane

area.

sit until all moisture has dried. This may be accelerated by blowing the skin laps and seams with com-

pressed

air. Wet

masking

should be

replaced.

will combine with aluminum to

the stannous oxide used

static

windshields

for most metal

dry.

Bon Ami, Ajar, Comet cleaner,


scouring will leave the surface com-

cleanser such
etc. A

sandpaper, using

with water and

acetone, methyl

as

FIBERGLASS, NYLON OR COMPOSSURFACES.

area

Using a nylon scratch pad or


dipped in clean water, clean the

STRIPPER

skin.

carefully with a solethyl ketone or lacquer thinner. This will prevent tiny particles of loose
paint from adhering to the stripped area.
Wash the

d.

vent such

TYPE FOR REMOVING PAINT FROM


ITE

the

burn

e.

CAUTION

DO

contain

usually

or

gloves and eye protection


when using stripper.

through Modagra-

PAINT

irritate

Wear rubber

fics of Kansas, 1720 S. 151 St. West,


Rt. 1 Goddard Ks. 67052.

STRIPPING AND CLEANING URETHANE

strippers

acids that

primers require a special


stripper is not available,
stripper may be used. Removing the

If

enamel

urethane

PRETREATMENT

(WASH)

PRIMER FOR

URETHANE PAINT

etching primer (4, Chart 1) should be


improve the adhesion of the finishing
applied
coats. A base primer (5, Chart 1) and catalyst (6,
Chart 1) are used in equal parts as a pretreatment
wash primer at the factory.
An

acid

to

a.

Mix the

primer

as

instructed

by

the manufac-

turer.

20-08-00

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Apply a thin wet coat of primer.


permitted to dry for at least an hour,
b.

It should be

but not over


six hours, before the next coat of urethane primer
is applied.

eliminate the scratches left

Take
is

Mix

instructed

the

urethane

Chart

primer 17,

1)

as

the manufacturer.

by

removing

Wash the sanded

e.

coarse

paper.
metal than

more

any

with

area

Change often to
sanding dirt will

cleaner

clean wash cloths


be

picked

(2

or

so

8,

that

up.

up has been
cleaned until all traces of discoloration are gone,
apply a thin coat of pretreatment primer (4, Chart I)
f.

a.

the

by

absolutely necessary.

Chart 1).
all of the

URETHANE PRIMER

avoid

care to

After the

damaged

to the

to

area

be touched

area.

NOTE
For the best results these directions

NOTE

carefully, for some


manufacturers require that the primer
be allowed to set for 1/2 hour after the
catalyst and base have been mixed
must be followed

while

others

after

use

recommend

If

metal conversion

iridite

or

alodine

primer coating

is

can

coating

be

immediate

mixing,

conversion

metal

wash

dispensed

is

primer

coating

available,

clean the surface to

Apply a coat of urethane primer with a spray


gun using 35 to 40 psi of air pressure. A spotted
appearance only indicates that the coat is thin.
c.

If the initial

primer

primer slightly to roughen the surface and


Wipe off the sanding dust with a
cloth dampened with a cleaner (8, Chart 1), then
apply the topcoat.
adhesion.

paint

and

catalyst

Apply

the

topcoat with

as

instructed

by

the

spray gun at 35 to 45

psi of air pressure. Two coats are normally required


to fully conceal the primer and build up the topcoat
film necessary for adequate service life and beauty.
The urethane finish will normally cure to approxi-

mately 85% of its full hardness


peratures of 800F or higher.

Mask around the skin

h.

Spray

high tack
damaged

d.

Do not

on

damaged

joint,

use
an

paint strippers that may

immediate corrosive effect

magnesium and/or

faces.

Acid

base

strippers

are

and

aluminum
some

not recommended.

if the

stripper

is not listed in the

sumable materials chart of this

edge
use

of the
a

fine

the

edge

of the

paint begins to fair into


grade of sandpaper to

sur-

phenol

Consult the manufacturer for cautions

area.

When the

smooth

urethane topcoats.

WARNING

of

e.
Using a coarse sandpaper, fair
damaged area with the metal.

on two

I --~I

base

edges

meet

PAINT REMOVAL FROM MAGNESIUM SURFACES

paint by using a
adhesive tape around the edge of the

Remove all loose

paint

If

cause

the

has cured for 24

PAINTING IMAGNESIUM

area.

b.

up

necessary, apply additional urethane


until the juncture of old paint with metal is no
visible.

gone.

in 24 hours at tem-

containing

primer

the indentation where the metal and old

URETHANE TOUCH-UP REPAIR


a.

apply

After the urethane

g.

man uf actu re r.

b.

be touched

urethane

hours, sand the area under repair with medium fine


sandpaper. Sand the edge of the repair area until

primer
longer

URETHANE TOPCOATS
Mix the

no

area.

is

a.

but

carefully

topcoat is applied,

sand the

assure

with.

primer (7, Chart 1)


to the bare metal. This should produce
a satisfactory undercoat for the repair
and

coat is allowed to cure for

than 24 hours before the

as

wash

If the metal has not been treated with

b.

more

such

the

used,

conman-

ual.

a.
more

Mask

areas

not

thicknesses of

being stripped with two or


masking tape and aluminum
20-08-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

~i3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

foil to prevent accidental

the
b.

spillage

from

exposure to high concentrates of


vapor may irritate the eyes and lungs.

penetrating

masking.
Apply paint stripper (27, Chart 1, 91-00-00) to
being stripped with a brush or non-

the surface

atomizing gun.

plane
paint loose
remain

strippers

on

are

with

the

allowed to

neutralized with
surface being
stripped must be thoroughly dry before
any application of the stripper. Magneslum surfaces are treated at the factory with a brown to amber Dow #19
primer coat. Any magnesium surfaces
not displaying this color should be resprayed with a primer coat before application of paint.
Most

to remain

on

the air-

for 20 to 30 minutes, then work the

NOTE

water;

paint stripper

Allow the

c.

bristle brush. The

airplane

dry

remaining
stripper may

for 2 hours but must not be

the surface.

on

the

therefore,

1
Never

use a

wire brush when remov-

from

ing paint
it may

CAUTION

cause

magnesium
damage to

surfaces for
the surface.

masking paper and wash the


area thoroughly with water under high
pressure. Remove all remnants of paint with lacRemove

d.

the

affected

NOTE
Dow #19 is used in the field to restore
the
original anti-corrosion surface
treatment that may have been penetrated in service. The chemicals for
Dow #19 formula may be purchased
from a BEECHCRAFT Authorized Outlet in powder form or may be procured

locally
1.
water in

gallon

and

produced

as

quer thinner.

PAINTING MAGNESIUM SURFACES

NOTE

Any time an airplane is repainted,


inspect all placards to assure that they
are not covered with paint, are easily
readable, and are securely attached.

follows:

approximately 3/4 gallon of distilled


plastic container which will measure one

Place
a

of fluid. The water should be at

tempera-

2.

Add

3.

Add 1

1-1/3
oz.

oz,

(H2CT04)
sulphate (CaS04)to

of chromic acid

of calcium

Prepare

a.

ture of between 70"F and 90"F.

the surface to be

SURFACES.
with

the water.

lacquer

Clean
thinner

the

water and

Apply

liberal

corrosion resistant

coating

of

after

assembly. Any

ings which will


bearings shall

epoxy-based

primer.

unreduced
corrosion

thoroughly

or grease
holes in the cast-

receive
be

zinc

bushings

coated

chromate

with

or

wet,

primer

or

preventative compound

at

the time of installation.

w,,,,
WARNING

Stripping should be accomplished in a


well ventilated area, since prolonged

area

equivalent solvent.

will come in contact with oil

dry by

exposure to hot air blast,


7.

indi-

Unprimed areas of magnesium castings are to be coated with MIL-M-3171


corrosion preventative compound (28,
Chart 1, 91-00-00) unless these areas

Brush the solution in and around the bare


surfaces of the magnesium, keeping the area wet
with the solution for one to three minutes to produce a brown film. Do not exceed three minutes.

running

as

NOTE

5.

Rinse with cold

affected

or an

4.
Add distilled water to make one gallon of
solution and stir vigorously for at least 15 minutes.

6.

repainted

cated under PAINT REMOVAL FROM MAGNESIUM

b.
tative

Prime the affected

compound

and

area

apply

with corrosion preventhe urethane topcoat.

20-08-00

Page 6
Jun 20/91

A14

Ci3~echcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NOTE

a.

application of the primer base,


the magnesium surface should be
thoroughly dried. Drying may be
accomplished by subjecting the magPrior to

nesium to

b.

hour. Allow

minimum of four hours

time between

application

of the

and topcoat.

propeller

blades

instructed

as

by

the pro-

SURFACES SUSCEPTIBLE TO MUD AND SPRAY


coat of white epoxy

paint

to the

following

areas:

a.

b.
c.

nose

landing

Interior surface of
Main and

nose

gear wheel wells.

landing

gear doors.

following

areas

landing gear

assemblies.

kept free from paint:

Fright

c.

Exhaust manifolds and exhaust stacks.

controls.

control cables and chains.

1.
Aluminum parts attached
firewall shall be primed in detail.

directly

to

the

Aluminum flexible conduit.


All

tubing except unplated steel, which


primer on the exterior, on

receive two coats of

shall

inte-

riors where the color scheme must be maintained,


and except as note, on the interior of the engine

one coat

of

thoroughly

dissolved solution of

part Oakite No. 6 (13, Chart 1, 91-00-00) and


two parts water to all rubber surfaces that are to
into contact with metal

or

g.

Stall

h.

Chromium

i.

one

other rubber

sur-

faces.

warning

vane.

plated portions

magnesium parts and assembliss which are enclosed and subject to high humidity should be protected against corrosion by coating
with either epoxy primer, MIL-C-16173 corrosion
preventative compound, light grease or heavy oil (5,
Chart 1, 91-00-00).
Steel, aluminum

or

BATTERY BOX AND LID

Finish the interior of the

battery

box and lid

as

fol-

landing gear

Rubber and "rubberlike" surfaces.

j. Electrical wiring, unless otherwise noted


specific requirement.
k
i.
m.
n.

ENCLOSED AREAS SUBJECT TO HIGH HUMIDITY

of the

tubes.

Glide path antenna

as a

(if installed).

Pitot mast and static buttons.

Cabin door sill and upper latch.

Utility

door

opening threshold (E-llll,

and after; EA-1 and

lows:

shall be

b.

piston

RUBBER SEALS

come

(57, Chart 1, 91-00-00).

compartment.

Main and

Apply

91-00-00).

Engine

f.

one

(2)

Epoxy-Polyamide

coats of Matterhorn White ure-

No. 6160

paint

of

Chart 1,

a.

e.

manufactures owners manual,

Apply

two

(56,

Firewalls and wrought aluminum surfaces forward of the firewall, with the following exception:

PROPELLER BLADES

peller

coats

d.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Paint the

(2)

two

PAINT FREE AREAS

The

1300 to 140"F for

drying
primer

Apply

thane

elevated temperature of
a minimum of one

an

Apply

Primer per MIL-P-23377

E-1241

after).

overhead console escutchharness


escutcheon, lower utility
,,,1
door escutcheon, window latch escutcheon, OAT
escutcheon, ignition panel escutcheon, circuit
o.

Window

moldings,

shoulder

breaker panel escutcheon, upper utility door latch


escutcheon, wing bolt cover escutcheons, and sidewall air valve escutcheons.

surfaces subject to rotation or slidelevator trim tab linkage joints.

bearing

p.

All

ing,

such

as

q. All exterior placards. See


manual for placard locations.

Chapter

II

in this

20-08-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RECOMMENDED MA TERIALS

CORROSION

DESCRIPTION

Corrosion is the

gradual eating away

of material

by

chemical action,

Corrosion may develop at areas where the proteccoating has been damaged. When this hap-

tive

pens, it is important to restore the protective coating. Corrosion also occurs when dissimilar metals
in

moisture

present. High
any
humidity, high levels of environmental
impurities (such as salt spray, acid rain, exhaust
deposits, or chemical fumes), or high ambient temare

levels

contact

with

of

peratures

will increase the rate of corrosion. Some

of the more common

types

of corrosion

are

surface

corrosion, intergranular corrosion, pitting, exfoliation, and electrolytic or galvanic corrosion.

The recommended materials listed in Chart 1

in these charts have been tested and

The
als

galvanic

series shown below shows which met-

attacked when in contact with

are

metal. The wider the

separation

PRODUCTS WHICH CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS

BE

USED

Only

the

basic

number of each

specification

is

listed. No attempt has been made to update the listing to the latest revision. It is the resposibility of the
or

of

mechanic to determine the current

applicable specification prior

the

to

usage of the product listed. This can be done by


contacting the vendor of the product to be used.
CORROSION

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

damage requires inspection to determine


depth of penetration and the cross-sectional
area change. The damaged area must be thoroughly cleaned. If deterioration has significantly
reduced the structural strength of a part (e.g., a
reduction of thickness more than 5%), the component must be repaired or replaced. Upon completion of the clean-up or repair, all elements must be
and
refinished
treated
as
applicable. In all
instances, good preventive maintenance and reguCorrosion

the

alloys 5052, 5056, 5356, 6061, 6063

All other aluminum

MAY

CORROSION CONTROL

Magnesium alloys
Aluminum

SPECIFICATION

corro-

corroded end of series

or

OF

EVEN THOUGH NOT INCLUDED IN THE CHART.

dissimilar

in the series, from

the top to the bottom, the faster the rate of


sion. A partial galvanic series list follows:

Anodic,

for

cations. GENERIC OR LOCALLY MANUFACTURED

revision

(FIGURE I)

approved

aviation usage by Beech Aircraft Corporation, by


the vendor or compliance to the applicable specifi-

technician

GALVANIC CORROSION

as

meeting federal, military or vendor specifications


are provided for reference only and are not specifically required by Beech Aircraft Corporation. Any
product conforming to the specification may be
used subject to availability. The products included

alloys

Zinc

Cadmium

lar

Lead

cleaning

will be the most effective corrosion

con-

trol.
Tin

following solvents may be used to remove


grease, oil, stains and other surface contaminants
on most materials.
The

Steel

Copper alloys
Specification

Product

Nickel

alloys

Titanium

Cathodic,

or

protected end

num

alloys

corrode when

in

example:

alumi-

with

steel;

contact

steels corrode when in contactwith copper.

A14

0-T-634

Perchloroethylene

O-T-236
TT-T-548

Toluene

of series

Note that corrosion is relative. For

Trichloroethylene

TT-X-916

Xylene

Methyl ethyl

ketone........... TT-M-261

Dry cleaning

solvent

...........P-D-680

20-09-00
Page 1
Jun 20/91

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TABLE I
GALVANIC COUPLES
EMP

METALLURGICAL CATEGORY
SOLID

GOLD,

AND
T

+0.05

GRAPHITE

RHODIUM:

SILVER

SOLID

OR

PLATED:

HIGH

NICKEL,

SOLID

OR

PLATED;

MONEL;

ALLOYS:

SILVER
HIGH

ALLOYS

NICKEL-

COPPER, SOLID OR PLATED; LOW BRASSES OR


BRONZES; SILVER SOLDER; GERMAN SILVER; HIGH
COPPER-NICKEL ALLOYS; NICKEL-CHROME ALLOYS;
AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEELS (301, 302, 304,
316
321
347)
309

COMMERCIAL

HIGH

18% CHROMIUM
0- 3

CHROMIUM,

YELLOW
AND

BRASSES

BRONZES;

TIN-PLATE

II

LEAD

PLATED;

12

ALUMINUM,

13

IRON,

14

TYPE
CAST
15

OR

PLATED;
T

12%

OR

OF

-0.20

-0.25
MUNTZ

CHROMIUM

-0.30
-0.35
-0.45

410

TIN-LEAD
HIGH

ALLOYS

GRAY,

BRASS,

RESISTANT STEELS

ST

PLATED

WROUGHT

WROUGHT,

1 ALUMINUM,

NAVAL

TIN,

TERNEPLATE:

SOLID

AND BRONZES

TYPE CORROSION
6
-RES

10

-0.15

TITANIUM

BRASSES

PERMISSIBLE COUPLES*

+0.15

GOLD-PLATINUM

PLATED;

(VOLT

LEAD
THE

SOLDERS

-0.50

ALLOYS

-0.55

DURALUMIN

MALLEABLE;

-0.60

PLAIN

-0.70

ALLOYS OTHER THAN DURALUMIN;


7075, 5052, 5056, 1100, 3003.
ALLOYS OF THE SILICON TYPE 355
356.
WROUGHT

-0.75

6061,

1 ALUMINUM,

THAN SILICON

TYPE;

PLATE: GALVANIZED STEEL


ZINC-BASE DIE CAST ALLOYS;

ZINC-

-1.10

OR

-1.60

CAST

16

HOT-DIP-ZINC

17

ZINC

18

MAGNESIUM

WROUGHT;
AND

ALLOYS

OTHER

MAGNESIUM-BASE

ALLOYS CAST

-0.80
-1.05

OF GROUPS CONNECTED BY LINES ARE CONSIDERED AS PERMISSIBLE COUPLES;


THIS SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS BEING DEVOID OF GALVANIC ACTION.
PERMISSIBLE COUPLES REPRESENT A LOW GALVANIC EFFECT.
INDICATES THE MOST CATHODIC MEMBER OF THE SERIES.
AN ANODIC MEMBER, AND THE ARROWS INDICATE THE ANODIC DIRECTION.
REFER TO TABLE II, MIL-STD-I86, FOR GROUP AMPLIFICATION OF GALVANIC COUPLES.

MEMBERS

HOWEVER,

**TAKEN

FROM

MIL-STD-1250(MI),

31

MARCH

1967

2000-slo-*a

Galvanic Coupies List

Figure 1
20-09-00
2

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

~S3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHART 1
RECOMMENDED MATERIALS

MATERIAL

SPECIFICATION

Coating

1.

PRODUCT

MIL-C-5541

VENDOR

Alodine 1200

Amchem Products Inc.,

Garden St.,
Ambler, PA 19002

Spring

Amchem Products Inc.,


St. Joseph, MO
2.

MIL-P-23377

Primer

Epoxy

Primer

Ameron Industrial,

Coatings Div.,
P.O. Box 2153,
Wichita, KS 67201
3.

MIL-M-10578

Rust Remover

8T01237

VV-K-211

Kerosene

ute

of parts may be used when the

Vapor degreasing
proper equipment

chlorides

titanium. Do

on

any solvents in

aluminum

areas

close

system,

similar metals

as

well

cleaner with

to corrosion in

are

corrosion
num

alloy

by

as

all cracks and sheet

laps.
thoroughly
compressed air.

soft brush. Rinse

dry

with

WARNING

are

several methods. Most aircraft alumi-

sheet have

thin

Always wear rubber gloves and protective clothing when working with
acids. A face mask may be necessary,

of pure
at the mill. Other alumi-

cladding layer

(ALCLAD) applied
alloy parts may be protected with an anodic
coating system or a chromate treatment. Many steel
parts are protected by cadmium plating. Most parts
have protective primer.
aluminum
num

ALUMINUM CORROSION REMOVAL


Corrosion may be removed

mechanically

or

chemi-

cally.

cles that could

depending upon ventilation in the area.


if acid accidentally contacts skin or
eyes, immediately flush with fresh
water and seek medical advice.

REMOVAL OF CORROSION FROM


ALUMINUM SURFACES
a.

In mechanical removal, it is essential that the abrasive materials

on

the tool leave

on

no

residue

or

parti-.

future corrosion. An abrasive


ferrous metals will contain min-

cause

previously used

A14

with clean water and

subject
g
ni-parts
y
ra
v
protected
degrees.
against
Aircraft

corrosion is best removed


or aluminum

On clad aluminum alloys, use a chemical alkaline


cleaner. Mix and store alkaline solutions in plastic,
stainless steel, or glass containers. Mask off all dis-

composites,

CORROSION PROTECTION
metals

alloy parts,

with aluminum oxide abrasive paper

Apply

common

alloys

of corrosion. A steel wire

wo l.On

to the oxygen

All

cycle

I w-~I
use

use

new

brush used on aluminum alloys will leave tiny particles sufficient to initiate corrosion of the aluminum.

not use exotic solvents on

Do not

is available,

WARNING

Do not

which will imbed in aluminum

particles

and start

Strip all paint from the surface

u"de

STRIPPING

PAINT in

Chapter

AND

CLEANING

as

directed

URETHANE

20-08-00.

b.
Mechanically remove
rubbing as necessary.

corrosion

by sanding

or

20-09-00
Page 3
Jun 20/91

CJT)eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

the surface

Inspect

c.

sufficient

material

carefully to ensure that


to satisfy structural

any such

remains

dry without

that

materials

washed.

being

requirements.
Clean the corrosion
d.
chemical alkaline cleaner.

removed

with

area

Treat all aluminum surfaces with MIL-C-5541

e.

in the Alodine solution.

Rinse the treated

water and

dry

in an oven

area

in COLD

by exposure

or

running

They should be
immediately after use. If such
are left to dry in the open air,

washed

to hot air

items

blast,

they could
NOTE
If cold

available,

and the

a.

area

Strip

all

paint from

the

surface

directed

as

under PArNT REMOVAL FROM IWAGNESIUM SUR-

stated above.

as

create a fire hazard.

MAGNESIUM CORROSION REMOVAL

water is not

running
rinsing may be eliminated
dried

Brushes and cloths should not be left

(1, Chart 1).


1.

WARNING
w-.,.,

FACES.
2.

minimum of 30 minutes

Brush 2 coats

(a
apart) of epoxy primer (2, Chart 1) on and around
the reworked area. Assure adequate penetration of
primer into the treated area.

Mechanically remove corrosion by sanding or


rubbing as necessary. If sanding, use aluminum
sandpaper. Start with 240 grit and finish with 400
grit.

ALUMINUM CORROSION TREA TMENT

sufficient

b.

c.

the surface

Inspect

material

carefully to ensure that


to satisfy structural

remains

requirements.
After corrosion removal and surface

als

should

be

given

protective

cleaning,

met-

treatment

and

painted. Alodine treatment of aluminum alloys forms


protective coating which resists corrosion and
provides a good surface for adhesion of the paint
primer.
a

Alodine 1200, 1200S, 1201 (1, Chart 1), or equivalent, when mixed 2 ounces per gallon of water, will
be an acceptable treatment material. Mix only in

rubber, plastic

or

stainless steel containers. Alodine

1200 series

products contain fluorides that should


not be mixed in glass containers. Coat the area with
the Alodine solution and allow the coating to dwell
for approximately five minutes. After the dwell time
has elapsed, wash the area with water and blow dry
(do not wipe dry). Paint the coated area with epoxy
polyamide primer (2, Chart l)and allow to dry.

d.

ethyl

Clean the corrosion removed


ketone or naphtha.

e
Apply corrosion
magensium.

area

treatment to the

with

methyl

unprotected

MAGNESIUM CORROSION TREATMENT

Any

bare

magnesium component which will be


should be lightly sanded to
any oxide coatings and coated with Dow

returned to service
remove

#19 formula.
The chemicals for Dow #19 formula may be purchased from a BEECHCRAFT Authorized Outlet in

powder
duced
a.

form

as

or may be
follows:

Place

water in

procured locally

approximately 3/4 gallon


plastic

container which will

nofofluid.
llag.F009

distilled

of

measure one

The water should be at

CAUTION

and pro-

tempera-

ture of between 70"F and

Keep the Alodine solution confined


the

affected

cracks

and

area.

Mask

or

seal

to

all

crevices, all steel parts,


mechanical
components.

and
any
Wash all brushes and cloths immediafter

use to prevent inadvertent


ately
contact with the acid solution and to

eliminate

possible

fire hazard from

b.

Add

c.

Add 1

1-1/3
oz.

oz.

of chromic acid

of calcium

(H2CT04)

sulphate (CaS04)

to the

water.

d.

Add distilled water to make

tion and stir


e.

vigorously

one

gallon

of solu-

for at least 15 minutes.

Brush the solution in and around the bare

faces of the

magnesium, keeping

the

area

sur-

wet with

20-09-00

Page

Jun 20/91

A14

Cil)eechcraR
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

the solution for one to three minutes to produce


brown film. Do not exceed three minutes,
f.

Rinse

with

cold

running

water

and

dry by

Apply solution

to the corroded area

resistant brush. Allow to stand

thoroughly

using

one

rinse with hot water and

an

acid-

minute, then

wipe dry.

exposure to hot air blast.


g.

Apply

sion resistant

liberal

coating

of epoxy based

corro-

primer.

Always
STEEL CORROSION REMOVAL

tective
rust

Remove corrosion from steel parts by mechanical


means. Use a steel wire brush, a steel scraper,
steel wool, or 400-grit abrasive paper.

cleaning must be used, it is essential that all


plated areas, operating mechanisms, braided lines,
or material laps which could trap the acid be adequately masked. Mix one part of metal conditioner
and rust remover (3, Chart I)with one part of clean
water in a stainless steel, plastic or glass container.

wear

WARNING

rubber

clothing

removal.

when
A

gloves
working

face

mask

and prowith with

may be

depending upon ventilation


in the area. If acid accidentally contacts the skin or eyes, immediately
necessary,

flush with fresh water and seek medi-

If acid

cal advice.
In most cases, steel that has been cleaned shall be
treated with a minimum of one coat of epoxy primer

(2,

Chart

1)

to

protect against future corrosion.

20-09-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

CHAPTER

AIR

CONDITIONING

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 21

ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

PAGE

21140-00

Heating and Ventilating System Description


Cabin Heating
Heater and Defroster Operation

and

Operation

1
1

Cabin Ventilation

Pilots Fresh Air Ventilation


Overhead Fresh Air Ventilation
Cabin Air Exhaust
Fresh Air Blower

1
1
1
1

Heating and Ventilating Maintenance Practices


Inspection of Heating and Ventilating System
100-Hour Inspection of Heating and Ventilating System
100-Hour Inspection of The Exhaust System
Heater Removal (F33A, F33C, V35B and A36)
Heater Installation (F33A, F33C, V35B and A36)
Heater Removal (A36TC and B36TC)
Heater Installation (A36TC and B36TC)
Heater Pressure Testing

7
7

7
7

7
7
7

7
8

Fresh Air Blower Removal

10

Fresh Air Blower Installation

10

21150100

Cooling Description and Operation (Effectlvlty: Optional)


(Effectivity: All serials except E-2104, E-2111 and after and except EA-320,
(Effectivity: Serials E-2104, E-2111 and after, EA-320, EA-389 and after)
Troubleshooting

Air-Conditioning System (Effectlvlty: Optional)

Maintenance Practices (Effectivlty:


Maintenance Of Air-Conditioner
Precautionary Service Measures
Air-Conditioning FunctionalTest

Cooling

Optional)

EA-389 and

after)

1
2
4
5
5
5
5

System Leak Detection


Compressor Belt Removal
Compressor Belt Installation
Compressor Belt Tension Adjustment
Compressor Mounting Torques
Compressor Belt Pulley Alignment

Condenser Removal

Condenser Installation
Condenser Control Rigging

Condenser
Condenser

7
7

7
7

Uplimit and Downlimit Rigging


Flight-Extension Limit Rigging

Compressor Removal
Installation and Alignment

8
8
9

of

Compressor

21-Contents
A18

Page 1
Aug 18/95

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 21

ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT

(Continued)
PAGE

Ventilation Blower Removal

11

Ventilation Blower Installation

11

Evaporator
Evaporator
Evaporator

Removal

12

Installation

12

Filter

12

Replacement

21 -Contents

Page

Aug 18/95

A18

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 21

ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY


CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

21-Etfectlvity

PAGE

DATE

Aug 18/95

Aug 18/95
Aug 18/95

21-Contents
2

21-40-00
1
2
3
4

5
6
7

8
9
10

Oct 16192
oct 16/92
oct 16/92
Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92
Oct16/92
oct 16/92
Oct 16/92
oct 16/92
Oct 16/92

21-50-00
1
2

3
4

6
7

8
9
10

11
12

A18

Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug

18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95
18/95

21-Effectivity
Page 1
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
(Figures 1,2,3,4 and 5)

CABIN VENTILATION
In

moderate

temperatures, ventilation air

obtained from the


in

ever,

heat exchanger connected to the right exhaust


stack provides for heated air to five outlets in the
forward and ah areas of the cabin. The two forward
A

outlets are located above and forward of each set of


The two aft outlets are installed
rudder pedals.
behind the right front seat and the right rear seat.
The fifth outlet provides heated air for windshield

defrosting,
In

flight,

can

desirable

extremely high temperatures,


to pull the red FIREWALL AIR

be

heating by
it

How-

may

be

control and

only the fresh air ventilation described in the following paragraphs.


use

PILOTS FRESH AIR VENTILATION


A duct in each

wing root is connected directly to an


adjustable outlet in the upholstery panel forward of
each front seat. Airflow from each outlet is controlled

ram

air enters

through the heater air intake

and passes through the heater, then into a mixer


valve on the forward side of the firewall. The heater
air intake on Models F33A, F33C, V35B and A36 is
from the right side of the nose. Models A36TC and
B36TC have an airscoop on the left side of the engine
compartment that furnishes air to the heater. In the
mixer valve, the heated air is combined with a controlled quantity of unheated ram air picked up at the
fresh air intake. The fresh air intake on Models F33A,
F33C, V35B and A36 is in the engine rear baffle. The
fresh air intake on Models A36TC and B36TC is from
the right side of the nose. Air of the desired temperature is then ducted from the mixer valve to the outlets in the cabin. When the forward cabin control is
in the cold

outlets used for

the CABIN HEAT control full forward.

pushing

CABIN HEA TING

same

position, unheated air circulates through

by

center knob.

The~direction of airflow is

trolled by rotating the louvered


knob on the rim.

cover

con-

with the small

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR VENTILATION


Fresh

ram

of the

air from the air intake

on

the upper side

aft

fuselage is ducted to individual outlets


above each seat, including the optional 5th seat on
Models F33A and V35B and the optional 5th and 6th
seats on Models A36, A36TC and B36TC. Each outlet
can be positioned to direct the Row of air as desired.
The volume of incoming air can be regulated by
rotating the outlet. A shutoff valve is installed in the I
fresh air duct ah of the cabin compartment panel. I
The valve is operated by turning a knob on the overhead panel.

the cabin.

CABIN AIR EXHAUST

HEATER AND DEFROSTER OPERATION


The

heater controls

are

located

on

the

lower leff

pilots subpanel. To obtain heated air to the cabin


outlets, pull the CABIN HEAT control. The control
regulates the amount of cold air that is mixed with the
air from the heater. When the control is pulled fully
out, the cold air is directed overboard and only
heated

air enters

located

on

the

cabin.

The

forward

the firewall forward of the rudder

deliver heated air to the forward cabin


CABIN HEAT control is

pulled

out.

To

vents,

pedals,

when

the

provide heated

air to the aft seat outlets, pull out the AFT CABIN
For maximum heat, the control is
HEAT control.

pulled fully

out.

To obtain heated air for

defrosting

the windshield, pull the DEFROST control out. It may


be necessary to vary or close the AFT CABIN HEAT
control to obtain maximum air flow for

close off all air from the heater

defrosting.
system, pull the

To
red

FIREWALL AIR control located to the extreme leff of


the

pilots lower subpanel.

Since the cabin is sealed, an air exhaust is required


provide for circulation of cabin ventilation air. A

to

Cabin air outlet is installed in the cabin aft

panel

and is connected to

in the left side of the

an

upholstery

exhaust vent installed

fuselage.

FRESH AIR BLOWER

An optional fresh air blower may be installed on airplanes CE-941 and after, CJ-156 and after, D-10348,
D-10364 and after, E-1809 and after and EA-192 and
The fresh air blower utilizes the same ducts
after.

and air outlets as the overhead fresh air system. The


blower is located aft of the baggage compartment
wall at the aft end of the overhead fresh air plenum.
The blowers circuit breaker/switch is located on the
console

near

planes.

On

the fuel

mixture

lever

on

early

air-

and after, CJ-156 and


E-1954, E-1988 and after and

airplanes CE-990

affer, D-10390 and after,


EA-243, EA-273 and after, the circuit breaker/switch is
located in the center of the

subpanel.

21-40-00

Page 1
A16

Oct 16~92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HEATER AIR INTAKE (NOSE)

MIXER VALVE (COLD POSITION

HEATER
FRESH AIR INTAKE

(ENGINE BAFFLE)
LEFT FORWARD

-HEATED AIR

"h

~R\ ~J

-OVERBOARD VENT

OUTLET
FRESH AIR

Lln

~U

,RIGHT FORWARD OUTLET

(LEFTWING
FRESH AIR

FIREWALL AIR

(RIGHT WING ROOT)

CONTROL
OVERHEAD FRESH AIR
SHUTOFF CONTROL
DEFROSTER

I~H

CABIN

II

nii

AFT OUTLET

(RIGHT FRONT SEAT)

/YJ

AFT CABIN HEAT CONTROL

INDIVIDUAL OVERHEAD
FRESH AIR OUTLETS
AFT OUTLET

(RIGHT REAR SEAT)

r;l

OUTrPTSj

-~-------CONTROL

CABLE

OPTIONAL 5TH AND 6TH SEAT

INDIVIDUAL OVERHEAD FRESH AIR

CABIN AIR OUTLET

CABIN AIR EXHAUST


WATER DRAIN THROUGH

BOTTOM OF FUSELAGE

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR


SHUT OFF VALVE
OVERHEAD FRESH AIR SCOOP

(V35B)
OVERHEAD FRESH AIR SCOOP

(F33A. F33C,

and

A36)

CE-831 AND AFTER. D-10200

AND AFTER AND E-1408 AND


AFTER.

Heating

(CE-748,

and

Ventilating System

CE-772 thru CE-918, CE-920 thru CE-922, CE-924,

C9200100

CE-926 and CE-928; CJ-149 thru CJ-155; 0-10097, 0-10120


thru 0-10347; and E-llll, E-1241 thru E-1421, E-1423 thru
E-1550, E-1552 thru E-1568, E-1570 thru E-1580 and E-1582

E-1593)
Figure 1

thru

21-40-00

Page 2
Oct 16/92

A16

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

n/

HEATER AIR INTAKE

(NOSE)

FRESH AIR INT

(ENGINE BAFFLE)
HEATER
MIXER VALVE

(COLD

POSITI

OVERBOARD VENT
HEATED AIR

FRESH AIR (LEFT WING

ROOT)

-I II

AIR

_t~

(RIGHT WING ROOT)

LEFT FORWARD OUTLET

RIGHT FORWARD OUTLET

FIREWALL AIR CONTROL


DEFROSTER CONTROL

CABIN HEAT CONTROL

~SP

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR CONTROL

AFT CABIN HEAT CONTROL

AFT OUTLET (RIGHT FRONT SEAT)

AFT OUTLET (RIGHT REAR

SEAT)

INDIVIDUAL OVERHEAD

FRESH AIR OUTLETS

CONTROL CABLE

........i

OPTIONAL 5TH AND 6TH


SEAT INDIVIDUAL OVERHEAD
FRESH AIR OUTLETS

AIR SCOOP

(V35B)

CABIN AIR OUTLET


CABIN AIR EXHAUST

rWATER DRAIN THROUGH BOTTOM


OF FUSELAGE

F~--- ------I
r------~

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR

OPTIONAL CABIN FRESH


AIRBLOWER

SHUT OFF VALVE

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR SCOOP

(F33A.

F33C and

A-36)

CE-941 AND AFTER. CJ-156 AND


AFTER, D-10348, D-10364 AND
AFTER AND E-1809 AND AFTER.
C9200101

Heating and Ventilating System


(CE-919, CE-923, CE-925, CE-927, E-929 and after;
CJ-156 and after; D-10348, D-10353 and after; and
E-1422, E-1551, E-1569, E-1581, E-1594 thru E-1945,
E-1947 thru E-2103, and E-2105 thru E-2110)

Figure

21-40-00

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OVERBOARD

VENT~

(NOSE)

HEATER AIR INTAKE

MIXER VALVE

(COLD POSITION)

FRESH AIR INTAKE

HEATER

(ENGINE BAFFLE)
HEATED AIR
RIGHT FORWARD OUTLET

LEFT FORWARD OUTLET

FRESH AIR INLET

(RIGHT WING ROOT)

FRESH AIR INLET

(LEFT WING ROOT)

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR


DEFROST DUCT OUTLET

CONTROL

FIREWALL AIR CONTROL


AFT OUTLET

ln\ H/ I"

CABIN HEAT CONTROL

(3RD

a 4TH

SEATS)

AFT CABIN HEAT CONTROL

DEFROSTER CONTROL

AFT OUTLET

(5TH

6TH

SEATS)

INDIVIDUAL OVERHEAD
FRESH AIR OUTLETS

CONTROL CABLE

CABIN AIR OUTLET

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR

SHUT OFF VALVE


CABIN AIR EXHAIIST-

I I

OPTIONAL CABIN

FRESH AIR BLOWER


WATER DRAIN THROUGH

BOTTOM OF FUSELAGE

(gZ

~Rf

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR INLET

C9200102

Heating and Ventilating


(E-1946, E-2104 and E-2111 and after)
Figure 3

21-40-00

Page 4
Oct 16/92

n16

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EXHAUST GASES
FROM ENGINE

(RIGHT SIDE ONLY)

(NOSE)

FRESH AIR INTAKE

HEAT EXCHANGER

HEATER
HEATER AIR INLET

AIR EXHAUST

AIREXHAUST
AIR-SCOOP

,111

(OUTLET BELOW)

MIXER VALVE

MIXER VALVE

FRESH AIR

-e

I~Llt

EXHAUST GASES TO

(LEFT WING ROOT)


t

LEFT FORWARD OUTLET

FRESH AIR

(RIGHT

DEFROST OUTLET

WING ROOT)

TURBOCHARGER AND
OVERBOARD

RIGHT FORWARDOUTLET

FIREWALL AIR CONTROL ~b63F

DEFROSTER CONTROL
CABIN HEAT CONTROL
AFT CABIN HEAT CONTROL

//II

I I IIL~---E- AFT OUTLET

(RIGHT FRONT SEAT)

INDIVIDUAL

FRESH AIR OUTLET

YU 2C~----t
111
I

INDIVIDUAL OVERHEAD
FRESH AIR OUTLETS
AFT OUTLET

(RIGHT

REAR

SEAT)

24

CABIN AIR OUTLET

II
OVERHEAD FRESH AIR SCOOP

CABIN AIR EXHAUST

WATER DRAIN THROUGH


BOTTOM OF FUSELAGE

~EPI-BANDAFIER

CP2W1(13

Heating and Ventilating


(EA-1 thru EA-20, EA-22 thru
EA-21 and EA-29 through EA-32)
Figure 4
21-40-00

Page
Ale

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE WIANUAL
FRESH AIR INTAKE

(NOSE)

EXHAUST GASES FROM


ENGINE

(RIGHT SIDE ONLY)

HEATER MUFF
EXHAUST GASES

TO TURBOCHARGER--\

(/-AIREXHAUST

AND OVERBOARD

MIXER VALVE
HEATER AIR INLET
RIGHT FORWARD OUTLET
c

LEFT FORWARD OUTLET~II

FRESH AIR INLET

FRESH AIR INLET

(LEFT WING ROOT)

(RIGHT

WING

ROOT)

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR

DEFROST DUCT OUTLET

CONTROL

AS

FIREWALL AIR CONTROL


AFT OUTLET

CONTROLI//

DEFROSTER

/n\

r--T- (3RD

4TH

SEATS)

CABIN HEAT CONTROL

AFT CABIN HEAT CONTROL

AFT OUTLET

(5TH

INDIVIDUAL OVERHEAD

g 6TH

SEATS)

FRESH AIR OUTLETS

t~

CONTROL CABLE

CABIN AIR OUTLET

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR


SHUT OFF VALVE
CABIN AIR EXHAUST--/
WATER DRAIN

THROUGH~

j(

(Ba

OPTIONAL CABIN FRESH


AIR BLOWER

BOTTOM OF FUSELAGE

OVERHEAD FRESH AIR INLET

~EA-21.
FIREWALL AIR CONTROL

EA-28. EA-33 THRU

EA-319. EA-321 THRU EA-388.

CABIN HEAT CONTROI.

EA-320, EA-389

ANO AFTER

AFT CABIN HE*~ CONTROL


EA-192 AND AFTER

OEFROSTERCONTROL~

~DETAIL

C92o010~

Heating and Ventilating


(EA-21, EA-28, EA-33 and after)
Figure 5

21-40-00

Page

Oct 16/92

A16

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MAINTE-

HEATING AND VENTILATING


NANCE PRACTICES

INSPECTION OF HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM

Inspect the air intake ducts leading to the heater;


check all clamps and connections for tightness and
Check the duct for
the duct for holes and cracks.
Check the
internal restrictions and/or collapsing.
screen at the intake duct; remove and clean as nec-

H~ArrR INSTALLATION
AND A36)
a.

cabin

and

heat

outlets.

Seal

cables

or

or

tape

heater

shroud

and

retaining

b.

install the heater in the

c.

Connect the

engine

airplane.

exhaust

to the

system

heater.

Inspect the heater control box for full stop-to-stop


travel and proper sealing of the valve.
Inspect the
condition of the air ducts leading to the windshield

openings around wires, tubes,


through the firewall.

the

screws.

essary.

defroster

Install

V35BJ

(F33A. F33C,

d.

Connect the heater ducts to the heater.

e.

Install the heater

HEATER REMOVAL

access

panel.

836TCJ

AND

(A36TC

passing
Remove the heater

access

b.

Remove the heater

ducting.

c.

Remove four bolts

a.

panel from the

right side.
Inspect around

the removable web

the lower half

on

leaks.

Openings,
stringer cutouts, or cracks must be kept sealed with
sealing compound (17, Chart 1, 91-00-00) between the
bulkhead and the skin by removing the upper upholstery panel of the bulkhead. Also plug the leveling
lug holes in the baggage doorframe to prevent entry
of the

cabin

rear

bulkhead

for

the

on

heater which attach it to the exhaust

d.

of cold air.

Loosen the

clamp

right side
system.

of the

the left side of the

on

heate r.

100-HOUR INSPECTION OF HEATING AND


VENTILA TING SYSTEM

the

heater

through

the

e.

Remove

f.

Remove the heater shroud from the heater.

access

hole.
Check for corrosion, cracks

clamps,

loose

obstructions.

sealing

loose

Check for

or worn

areas

in

ducts,

missing fasteners or
proper operation, travel and
or

Pressure test the heater


g.
HEATER PRESSURE TESTING in this

of valves,

100-HOUR INSPECTION OF THE EXHAUST


SYSTEM

INS TALLA TION

HEA TER

as

indicated

(A36TC

B36TC)
Check per POWER
Chapter 5-20-00.

PLANT

REMOVPIL
nLIVIVVnL

F33C,
jF33A,
(I

Remove the heater

a.

EXHAUST SYSTEM

access

V35B
vu~u

nlru

panel from the

Remove both heat ducts from the heater.

a.

Install the heater shroud

b~

Installthe

c.

Tighten

on

system

Disconnect the
and

remove

heater from the

it from the

exhaust

the heater.

heaterthroughthe accesshole

the

clamp

on

the left side of the

heater.

d.

Install the four bolts

on

the

heater which attach it to the exhaust


c.

AND(

in

right side.
b.

in

Chapter.

to 100 to 110

right side of the


system. Tighten

inch-pounds.

airplane.

Remove the screws from the heater shroud


d.
and slide the shroud off the heater,

e.

Install the ducts to the heater.

f.

Install the heater

access

panel.
21-40-00

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HEA TER PRESSUR~ T~STING


The heater should be
which

could

inspected for cracks and leaks

introduce

carbon

monoxide

into

the

heating system.
On

all

(EA-1
hours

any leaks are apparent, replace the heater. This test


is also recommended for the heater at every engine

Bonanzas

and

except
after), perform a

and

planes, pressurize the heater to 25 psig. On A36TC


and B36TC, pressurize the heater to 5 psig.
Pressurize the heater with air or nitrogen and either
immerse in water or "paint" with a soap solution. If

pressure test

the

turbocharged models
inspection each 100

change.

visual

each 500 hours.

NOTE

On the

turbocharged models (EA-1 and after), visually


inspect and pressure test each 100 hours. The pressure test can be accomplished as follows:

The

heat transfer

internal

place for
a.

Remove the heater

as

indicated in HEATER

baffle
a

warpage is

studs

and/or

correct
cause

along

cone

with

must

supply of heat.
for replacement.

the

be

in

Any

REMOVAL.
b.

Itest

Inspect

for leaks.

the heater

On

F33A,

visually and

pressure
F33C, V35B and A36 air-

If the inspection indicates a good heater,


c.
reinstall the heater as indicated in HEATER INSTALLATION.

21-40-00

Page

Oct 16/92

Ale

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DUCT TO
AIR INTAKE

ADAPTER

MOUNTING
BRACKET
NUT

SCREW

(4)

Be SCREW (4)

WASH\ER (3)
DUCT TO

OVERHEADOUTLETS

NUT

SPACER

WASHER (3)
CLAMP

d
SAFETY

CLAMP(2)/ A~ ~I(

SPACER

(2)
OWER

SCREW
BOLT

OETIIL

A~

~ETAIL

CE-941 THRU CE-1555;


CJ-156 THRU CJ-179;
D-10348, D-10364 THRU
D-10403; E-1809 THRU
E-2592; EA-192 THRU
EA-514.

A~

I~

CE-1457 THRU CE-1555,


E-2532 THRU E-2592,
EA-505 THRU EA-514.

[4)

SAFETY CLAMPS AND


SAFETY WIRE INSTALLED
PER SERVICE BULLETIN
NO. 2380.

CE-1556 AND AFTER,


E-2593 AND AFTER,
EA-515 AND AFTER.

C9200124

Fresh Air Blower Installation

Figure

21-40-00

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FRESH AIR BLOWER REMOVAL

FRESH AIR BLO WER INS TALLA TION

(Figure 6)

(Figure 6)

a.

Remove

the

fifth

and

sixth

seats

when

a.

installed.

screws

Place the blower in

attaching

the

position
adapter and

and install four


blower

to

the

mounting bracket.
b.

Remove the cabin

c.

Disconnect the electrical connector.

d.

Remove the

rear

upholstery panel.
b.

c.

clamps securing the ducts

to

through

Connect the air ducts with

clamps.

Install the screw, or boit(s), and


nange and brackets.

spacer(s)

the blower

the fan inlet and outlet.


e.

Remove the

comply with Service


f.

safety wire from airplanes that

Bulletin No. 2380.

Remove the

screw (or bolt/bolts) through


flange and mounting bracket. Observe
spacer and washer installation so they can be
installed in the original locations.

the blower

d.
Blowers that have the safety clamps must
safety wired. Use a minimum of three strands of
.041-inch safety wire looped through the safety
clamps. The safety wire should be installed with a
slight tension and each strand should have equal
be

tension.

Remove four screws through the adapter,


g.
mounting bracket and the blower housing. Remove
the blower from the airplane.

e.

Connect the electrical connector.

f.

Install the

g.

Install the fifth and sixth seats if used.

rear

upholstery panel.

"END"

CONTINUEB

21-40-00

Page 10
Oct16/92

A16

aeeca~craft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
COOLING DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION (EffectSvity: Optional)
optional air-conditioning system is a recirculating
12,000-BTU cooling system. The air-conditioner is

The

wired

through

the

right landing gear upiock position

switch, the left landing gear safety switch, and the

nor-

mally closed full throttle switch. With the airconditioner operating on the ground, the control circuit
is wired through the left landing gear safety switch,
which fully opens the condenser air scoop door
located under the airplane. With the gear extended
and the throttle fully opened, action of the full throttle
switch will

remove

power from the compressor clutch

coil, and drive the condenser air scoop door closed.

landing gear is
retracted, power is transmitted from the normally open
contacts of the full throttle switch (actuated closed
when the throttle is fully open), through the right landing gear uplock-position switch (actuated closed when
When the

airplane

is airborne and the

the gear is up and locked) to the condenser air scoop


door actuator. Power is then conducted through the

flight-position-limit
switch located at the end of the door (actuated closed
when the door is closed), causing the actuator to open
the door to the Right position. When the door flightposition-limit switch is actuated, the power is then
normally open

contacts of the door

directed to the compressor clutch coil,

light, independent of the air-conditioner circuit, is


by the condenser air scoop door, through the
left landing gear uplock-position switchs normally
closed contacts (closed with the landing gear
extended), which will indicate a door-open condition

actuated

while the gear is extended.

high-pressure-sensing switch monitors the presof the refrigerant from the compressor to the
expansion valve. The normally closed high pressure
switch will actuate, causing an open circuit to the com-

The

sure

presser clutch coil when the pressure in the line


10 psi, (340 ~t 10 psi on serials E-2121
reaches 390
and after; EA-320, EA-440 and after; CE-1030 and
after) which disables the compressor. The high pressure switch automatically resets to the normally

closed

position

when the

pressure. There is also

valve, located

on

refrigerant falls to a safe


high-pressurreppoppe relief

the forward side of the firewall,

which will relieve the system if the pressure reaches


450 psi, and will reseal again at 360 psi.
The low pressure switch,
closed when the system is
senses

refrigerant line drops to a pressure low enough to indirefrigerant and/or oil loss (below 7 psi), the switch
will open and prevent further operation of the compresser. When the refrigerant system is properly
charged (approximately 7 psi or more), the switch will
b,,,tivated closed allowing the compressor clutch
cate

normally open (actuated


charged with refrigerant)

system pressure. When the pressure in the

coil to be activated so the air-conditioner may operate.


Th, purpose of the switch is to prevent damage to the
compressor should oil and/or refrigerant loss occur.
The condenser air scoop door under the airplane
automatically opens when the air-conditioner is turned
on

On the

ground, the door opens

to

approximately

flight, the door opens to approximately 3/4


inch. The air scoop door-actuator-limit switches

inches. In

1/2
are

preset; however if adjustment becomes

neces-

sary, refer to CONDENSER CONTROL RIGGING in

this

chapter.

The belt-driven compressor, which is coupled with a


magnetic clutch, compresses the refrigerant to a high

pressure, high temperature gas. This gas passes


the condenser where cooling air removes
heat from the gas, condensing it to a liquid state. The

through

liquid

then passes

through the expansion valve

where

it is metered into the evaporator at a rate of 55 psi, (30


psi on serials E-2104, E-2111 and after; EA-320,

EA-440 and after;and CE-1037 and

liquid
evaporation

allows most of the

after)

which

to return to a gas. The heat


is absorbed from cabin air

required for
passing over the evaporator coils. After passing
through the evaporator, the refrigerant returns to the
compressor at

reduced pressure.

A time

delay relay has been added to the compressor


circuit at serials E-2104, E-2111 and after; U~-320,
EA-440 and after; CE-1037 and after. The time delay

relay prevents the compressor from being energized


a high head pressure exists, which would cause

while

unnecessary stress on the belt and other components.


The time delay relay is located on the forward side of

the front spar

carry-through

on

the

right side

of the

airplane.

(Effectivity:

All Serials

except E-2104,
EA-320,

E-2111 and after and except


Cq-389 and after)

The optional air-conditioning system is controlled by a


switch on the powerplant control panel and by both
high- and low-pressure-sensing switches. The switch
which controls the system is located on the powerplant control panel (console) and is placarded ArR

21-50-00
Al8

Page 1
Aug 18195

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
and are

placarded AIC OFF and BLOWER HI LO


protect the

COND OFF HI LO. The system circuit breaker,


located on the right hand subpanel, is placarded AJC

umn

CIR BKR.

system

The entire system is protected by a 15-amp circuit


breaker. The compressor and condenser air scoop
door are protected by two separate ti-amp fuses. The

panel. One circuit breaker (5 amps) protects the compresser wiring, while the other (15 amps) protects the
blower wiring.

fuses are located


front of the

on

the forward side of the firewall in

This allows the evaporator fan to


after the compressor has been removed

copilot.

operated
from the system by
be

blown fuse.

Serials E-2104, 8-2111 and


after, EA-320, t4-389 and after)

(Effectivity:

optional air-conditioning system is a recirculating


cooling system. The two switches which control the
system are located to the left of the pilots control colThe

and OFF. The two circuit breakers which


are

located in the left sidewall circuit breaker

If the air-conditioner switch is in the A/C


air-conditioner will

come on

position,

the

with the blower at low

speed, even if the blower switch is off; however, moving the blower switch from OFF or LO to HI will result
in blower speed increasing to its maximum. With the
air-conditioner switch off, the blower will operate at
either high or low speed according to the switch position.

21-5000

Page 2
Aug 18/95

A18

~Rchcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

15

8
16

6
10

17

=1

Compressor
2. Htah Pressure Line
3. High Pressure Relter Valve
4. Htgh Pressure Sense Switch
i.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
I.

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Is.

Condenser
Recetver-Drrer and Sight Class
High Pressure Service Valve

Expanston Valve
Evaporator
Pressure Service Valve
Pressure Limit Switch
Low Pressure Line
Louvers-Atr Duct
Air Duct

Low
Low

Fan
Fan

Meter

Condenser Actuator
Compressor Clutch and Puller

c~leoon c

Air-Conditioner System

Figure

21-50-00
A~t8

Page 3
Aug 1.8185

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHART 1
TROUBLESHOOTING
AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (Effectivity:
PROBABLE CAUSE

PROBLEM
1. Insufficient

cooling.

a.

Blower not

functioning.

b. Obstructed

or

disconnected air

Optional)
I

CORRECTIVE ACTION
a.

Repair.

b. Remove obstruction

or

repair.

duct.

Compressor
slipping.

clutch

c.

d.

Evaporator

filter

e.

Refrigerant

level low.

f.
2. No

cooling.

or

a.

Expansion

belt

clogged.

valve malfunction.

Blown fuse, loose connection.

adjust.

c.

Repair

d.

Replace.

e.

Leak-test and recharge.

f.
a.

or

Replace.
Check connections, fuse,

continuity.
b. Blower not

3. Excessive vibration of unit.

d.

Compressor valves inoperative.

d.

Repair

a.

Correct

a.

Overcharged.

a.

)b. Purge

system.

Mount

or

compressor bolts loose.

pulley

c.

d. Fan

Hissing

6. Chatter
module.
7. Belt

recharge.

replace.

refrigerant charge.

and

recharge system.

Ic. Tighten.
d.

Tighten.

oil level low.

a.

Add oil.

b.

Replace.

refrigerant level.

c.

Add

hitting shroud.

d.

Align

Compressor
Low

or

loose.

b. Defective belt,

5.

Leak-test and

c.

d. Drive
unit.

Repair.

Leak in system.

c.

Noisy

b.

c.

b. Air in

4.

functioning.

refrigerant.
and

e.

Defective compressor.

e.

Replace.

a.

Add

a.

Replace.
Adjust.

tighten

shroud.

in

evaporator module.

a.

Low

or

knock in

a.

Defective

a.

Loose.

a.

b.

Overcharged.

b. Correct

c.

Air in system.

c.

Evacuate and recharge.

a.

Pulleys

not in line,

a.

Align pulleys.

tight,

b.

Adjust

c.

Replace.

d.

Replace.

slipping.

8.Excessive belt

wear,

evaporator

charge,

b. Belt too
c.

expansion

valve,

Pulley groove wrong size.

d. Belt width wrong.


9. Broken belt.

a.

Check all

causes

listed.

refrigerant.

refrigerant level.

or

la. Replace

replace.

or correct.

21-50-00

Page 4
Aug 18/95

A18

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COOLING

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

(Effectivity: Optional)

freeze into ice at the expansion valve, but can also


cause the formation of hydrochloric or hydrofiuoric
acids in the

MAINTENANCE OF AIR-CONDITIONER

be

system. The air-conditioning system must


foreign material or

if contaminated with

purged

moisture.

Servicing the air-conditioning system consists of periodically checking the refrigerant level, checking compresser oil level and changing the system air filter.
Recharge the system whenever the refrigerant level is
low, air has entered the system or components carrying refrigerant are replaced. Refrigerant leaks may be
detected by inspection with a flameless leak detector.
PRECAUTIONARY SERVICE MEASURES
Due to the air

a.

in the United

quality

control

regulations

States, R-12 refrigerant

enacted

cannot be

vented into the


nance on

the

atmosphere. When performing mainteair-conditioning system where R-12 can

escape from the system, evacuate the system with


only a recovery or recycle servicing unit that will salvage the
b.

refrigerant.

The

air-conditioning system is a high pressure


disconnecting a refrigerant line, the
discharged with a recovery servicing
the
entire
Purge
system to a 125-micron level.

system. Before
system must be
unit.

precautions should be taken to prevent damfittings or connections. Even minute damage to


connection
could cause it to leak. Any fittings getting
a
dirt
on them should be wiped clean with a
grease or
cloth dampened with alcohol. Do not use chlorinated
solvents such as trichloroethylene for a cleaning
agent, for they are contaminants. If dirt, grease or
e.

All

age to

mosfue gets inside lines and cannot be removed, the


line will have to be replaced.
f.

For

serials

airplane

EA-579,

use a

prior

to

CE-1792, E-2945 and

small amount of clean 500

refrigeration
(8, Chart 1, 91-00-00)
and dip the o-ring in this oil before
oil

on

viscosity

all tube joints

assembling

the

joint.
g. For airplane serials CE-1792 and after, E-2945
and after, and EA-579 and after, use a small amount
of Ester Oil (65, Chart 1, 91-00-00) on all tube joints
and

dip

joint.

the

o-ring in this oil before assembling


help in making a leak-proof joint.

the

This will

CAUTION
owrloN1

I ---I
WARNING

A face shield should be

worn

performing maintenance on the


because refrigerant coming In

Insufficiently torqued tubing connections


result in loose joints while excessively torqued connections can cause
deformed joint parts. Either condition
can result in refrigerant leakage.
can

when
lines
con-

tact with the eyes can cause loss of

sight.

h.

When

connecting aluminum fittings

in the

reftiger-

system, torque all 5/8-inch fittings to 18 21 footpounds and all 1/2-inch fittings to 11 13 foot-pounds.

ant

servicing the
system with refrigerant because It
converts to a highly toxic gas when
exposed to an open flame
Do not smoke when

NOTE
The

doing

the work should be


on

tioning order.

major reasons for these measures are for


and
to prevent dirt and moisture from entering
safety
the system. Dirt contaminants may cause leaky valves
or wear in the compressor, Moisture may not only
d.

The

is the last

assembly

moisture into the lines.

throughly familiar with

servicing the system. They should follow very carefully these instructions when performing
the task that will maintain this system in a proper funcinstructions

receiver-dryer

to be connected. This is necessary to


reduce and/or eliminate the entry of

Before any service is attempted which requires


opening of refrigeration plumbing or units, the person
c.

For

charging the air-conditioner


Chapter 12-10-00.

or

checking

the oil,

refer to

AIR-CONDITIONING FUNCTIONAL TEST


With the

engine running

on, observe the

milky

or

bubbles

at 1,000 rpm and the

system

sight glass. If refrigerant appears


appear, charge the system as noted
21-50-00

A18

Page 5
Aug 18/95

~Beechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELECTRIC
CLUTCH
SUCTION

ENGINE-DRIVEN
DISCHARGE
COMPRESSOR

HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH

PRESSURE RELIEF

II

VALVE

SERVICE VALVE
(SUCTION) UNDER
COPILOTS SEAT

II

RECYCLE/
RECOVERY
UNIT

SERVICE VALVE
(HIGH PRESSURE)
UNDER COPILOTS
SEAT

O
EXPANSION
VALVE

IN

RECEIVER DRYER 5
SIGHT GLASS UNDER
COPILOTS SEAT

OUT

CONDENSER
IN

OUT

EVAPORATOR

C9*E1~183118

Air-Conditioning System Schematic


Figure 2
21-50-00

Page 6
Aug18/95

A~8

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
under the heading CHARGING THE AIRCONDITIONING SYSTEM in Chapter 12-10-00.

Check the system for leaks

using

flameless leak

detector.

SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION


A reduction of

system cooling ability

of bubbles in the

refrigerant, may

or

the presence

indicate

partial
loss of refrigerant. Check for bubbles in the sight glass
on the receiver-dryer located under the copilots seat.
The sight glass should be checked during operation at
maximum available ambient and cabin temperatures,
Streams of bubbles past the glass and/or milky
appearance in the glass indicate an inadequate quantity of refrigerant. If a loss of refrigerant is suspected,
an inspection of the system plumbing should be carried out to locate the source of the leak. Large leaks
may be located by the appearance of oily spots where
oil has been carried out by escaping refrigerant.
a

Smaller leaks, which are much more difficult to locate,


may be detected by detergent bubbles, or an elec-

belt should be retensioned to 50 to 65 pounds and


maintained at this tension. To check the compressor
belt tension, use a Burroughs Model BT-33-73F-50
belt tension gage or equivalent. Position the belt tension gage as shown in Figure 3. If a belt tension gage
is not available, a properly tensioned new belt will

require 4.1 to 5.0 pounds force for a midspan deflection of 0.14 inch. After 5 hours operating time, the belt
should be retensioned. After 5 hours, a properly tenrequire a force of 3.3 to 4.1 pounds for
a midspan deflection of 0.14 inch. The belt should be

sioned belt will

maintained at this tension. See


by midspan deflection.

Mounting

Nut................................................275

Compressor

COMPRESSOR BELT REMOVAL

(Figure 4)

Drive

engine cowling

to

gain

to the

access

compressor belt.
b.

Loosen the

c.

Loosentheself-locking

jamnut

on

the

e.

remove

on

to 325 in.lbs.

to Bracket

Bolt

Pulley

Bolt

Pulley

Nut

tension from the

Adjusting

Bolt Jamnut .................275 to 325 in. Ibs.

Idler Arm

Self-Locking Nut..........300

If it is determined that the compressor belt pulleys are


alignment, they may be adjusted as follows:

NOTE
An

Install the compressor belt over the compressor


pulley, idler pulley, and drive pulley.

roughs No.

to increase belt tension as

the idler

bracket
indicated in COMPRES-

on

alignment.

pulley

SOR BELT TENSION ADJUSTMENT in this

chapter.

Torque the self-locking nut on the idler arm


to 350 inch pounds.
d. Torque the jam nut on the adjusting bolt to
325 inch pounds.
e.
Closetheengine cowling,
c.

to 300

a.

Opentheengine cowling.

b.

Remove the belt

,f

Determine if the idler

d.

shims

as

e.

Reinstall the

ure

5.

65 to 80

pounds.

After 5 hours of

static tension of

operating

time, the

pulley

or

drive

Remove the

remove

COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION

indicated in COMPRESSOR

pulley is

out

and add

or

alignment.

ADJUSTMENT
New belts should be installed with

as

BELT REMOVAL.
c.

275 to

alignment gage is available (Bur-

8082 for 0.38 pulleys and


No. 8082A for 0.50 pulleys) to check belt

a.

bolt

to 350 in. Ibs.

COMPRESSOR BELT PULLEY


ALIGNMENT

(Figure 4)

adjusting

to 800 in Ibs.

...........................700

out of

Remove the compressor belt.

Use the

to 850 in. Ibs.

...........................800

COMPRESSOR BELT INSTALLA TION

b.

to 325 in. Ibs.

..................................275

bolt.

adjusting

nutontheidlerarm.

d. Use the adjusting bolt to


compressor belt.

Engine
220 to 260 in. Ibs.

Idler

the

Bracket to

Bolts

tronic detector.

Open

4 for belt ten-

COMPRESSOR MOUNTING TORQUES

Nut

a.

Figure

sion

f.

If the drive

appropriate pulley
required per Figure 5.

pulley

pulley

and

was

torque

as

indicated in

Fig-

removed, install the cotter

pin.
21-50-00

A18

Page 7
Aug 18/95

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE

d.

Connect the hoses to the condenser.

If the cotter pin holes do not align within


the prescribed torque range, a new nut
may be installed or one AN960-C916L
washer may be used under the nut.

e.

Install the

f.

Install the beacon

light.

CONDENSER CONTROL RIGGING


The condenser is located

CONDENSER REMOVAL
The condenser is located beneath the
the main spar

fairing.

airplane

aft of

carry-through.
light.

on

a.

Removethe beacon

b.

Removethefairing

c.

Disconnectthe hosesatthecondenser.

conditioner turned

d.

Remove actuator bolts.

e.

Removetheattach bolts.

flight position any time


flight.

f.

aft of thecondenser.

the bottom side of the

airplane fuselage approximately even with the 3rd and


4th seats. With the airplane on the ground and the airconditioner turned on, the condenser will be fully
open. Any tine the air-conditioner is turned off or the
engine is at full throttle with the air-conditioner turned
on, the condenser will be fully closed. With the airon

the

the condenser will be open to


the airplane is in normal

The condenser is controlled

Remove the condenser.

by the electrical circuitry


air-scoop actuator. Check the conproper operation. If the condenser fails to

that controls the


denser for

CONDENSER INSTALLAT/ON

an open circuit between the


PRESS AIR COOL switch and control actuator.

operate, check for

position.

a.

Place the condenser in

b.

Secure condenser with attaching bolts.

CONDENSER UPLIMIT AND DOWNLIMIT RIGGING

c.

Installthe actuator bolt.

For

complete condenser rigging, full up travel of the


condenser should first be checked.
a.

COMPRESSOR PULLEY

With the condenser actuator motor attached to the

condenser, and the condenser in the upper limit of


travel, the forward edge of the condenser fairing
should be
b.

If the

approximately flush
fairing

is not Rush,

with the lower skin.

operate the condenser

motor to lower the condenser.

V BELT

With the condenser lowered, disconnect the bolt


c.
that attaches the actuator to the condenser and screw
the actuator eye bolt in to raise, or out to lower, the
condenser.

~__J_

d.

Reconnect the condenser attach bolt, operate the


and recheck for flush uptravel of the con-

denser.motor,
IDLER PULLEY

When the proper uptravel of the condenser is


attained, the fully down travel (full extension), is autoe.

BELT TENSION GAGE

DRIVE PULLEY
36-425-3

matically set through the action of the internal limit


switch of the actuator and need not be adjusted. In the
fully extended position, the forward edge of the condenser fairing is approximately 3 inches beneath the

fuselage skin.
CONDENSER FLIGHT-UCTENSION LIMIT
RIGGING
Belt Tension Measurement

Figure

Both the
extended

flight-extension limit and the condenserwarning-light switches are located on a

21-50-00

Page 8
Aug 18/95

A18

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
bracket
denser
as

a.

ing

the aft end

near

assembly.

To

rig

the

on

right side

of the

both of the switches,

con-

proceed

wUN,,,
WARNING

follows:

The air-conditioning system Is a high


pressure system. Before dlsconnectIng a refrigerant line, the system must
be discharged with a recovery senrlcIng unit. Purge the entire system to a
125-micron level.

Remove the 12 screws and washers from the fair-

which

the switches and pressure hoses aft

covers

of the condenser.
b.

Remove the

fairing.

Disconnect each of the two pressure hoses


c.
located on each side of the condenser assembly.

A face shield should be

Con nect

screw.

Do not make connection with the center

f.

at the

as

indicated in step

to the

switch

condenser-extended warning-light
(inboard
the switch actuating bolt on the condenser to actuate the switch when the forward edge of

switch). Adjust

the condenser is lowered 1.5 inches


the

skin at the

fuselage

perpendicular

to

airplane centerline.

con-

servicing the
refrigerant because It
a highly toxic gas when

Do not smoke when

system with
converts to

exposed

airplane centerline.

Connect the voltmeter

lines

sight

screw.

Adjust the

fuselage skin

when

tact with the eyes can cause loss of

bolt on the end of the condenser to


actuate the switch when the forward edge of the condenser is lowered 1.25 inches perpendicular to the
e.

worn

performing maintenance on the


because refrigerant coming In

voltm eter to the R ig ht-extensio n-li m it


switch (outboard switch), by attaching one lead to the
top screw on the switch and one lead to the bottom
d.

to an open flame.

a.

Open

b.

Remove electrical leads from compressor clutch

the

right engine cowling.

terminals.
Disconnect refrigerant lines at the compressor.
Cap refrigerant lines and compressor fittings.
c.

d.

Remove the compressor belt as noted in COMPRESSOR BELT REMOVAL in this chapter.

NOTE

Using a voltmeter to adjust the above


switches is not necessary if the click of
switches upon actuation is audible.
g. Connect and
the aft condenser

washers and

tighten the pressure hoses, place


fairing in position and install the 12

screws.

Purge and charge the air-conditioning system as


indicated in CHARGING THE A\R-CONDIT\ONING
h.

SYSTEM in

Chapter

12.

e.

Remove the compressor mounting bolts and nuts

and

remove

compressor.

INSTALU\TION AND ALIGNMENT OF


COMPRESSOR
The starter drive pulley nut is torqued to 700 800
inch-pounds. If the cotter pin holes will not align,
change the nut and/or use a washer under the nut. Do
not overtorque the drive pulley nut. Install the cotter
pin.
a.

NOTE

COMPRESSOR REMOVAL

The use of AN960-C916L washer, or


equivalent, as required for cotter pin

NOTE
Due to the air

quality

control

When performing maintethe air-conditioning system


where R-12 can escape from the system, evacuate the system only with a
recovery or recycle servicing unit that
will salvage the refrigerant.

atmosphere.
nance on

alignment,

regulations

enacted in the United States, R-12


refrigerant cannot be vented into the

b.

is

permissible.

Remove the spacer from the bolt through the


Inspect the o-ring for damage and replace if

case.

necessary.
c.

Install the compressor bracket assembly and align


pulley with the drive pulley. The idler should

the idler
be

tightened snug within track. Install the existing nut


on the through bolt, then install the two

and washer

21-50-00
A18

Page 9
Aug 18!95

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COMPRESSOR

ACCESSORY
DRIVE PADS

BRACKET

MIDSPAN
DEFLECTION
CHECK

~YY/

COMPRESSOR
O

ADJUSTING BOLT

II~

STARTER

JAM NUT
IDLER PULLEY

DRIVE PULLEY
IDLER ARM SELF

LOCKING NUT

UP

ENGINE

CENTER
LINE

LEFT~

I)

RIGHT

LOOKING FORWARD AT THE


REAR OF THE ENGINE
36-425-5

Belt Tension

By Midspan Deflection
Figure 4

21-50-00

Page 10
Aug 18/95

A18

~echcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.375-inch-diameter, 2-inch-long bolts with their wash-

j.

tighten all 3 bolts finger-tight. Beginning


through bolt, tighten the bolts to 220-260 inchpounds in sequence counterclockwise.

ers, and

Chapter

the

d.
and

e.

k.

Install the compressor utilizing the bolts, washers,


self-locking nuts that are supplied with the bracket

equipment kit. Torque the


Loosen the

locking

nut

on

jam

nut

the idler

the idler outward

nuts 275

on

the

arm.

325

a.

Adjust

by rotating the adjusting bolt inward


Adjust the V-be\t to

to obtain the proper belt tension.

Torque

self-locking

the

jam

inch-pounds,
inch-pounds.

nut 275 to 325

nut 300 to 350

12-10-00.

Closethe

engine cowling.

Remove the

pilots

and

copilots

seats per

Remove the spar

c.

Disconnect the electrical leads from the motor.

cover.

VENTILATION BLOWER INSTALLATION

and

a.

Position the blower

g. Remove caps from lines and compressor and


install lines to the fittings on the compressor.

b.

Install the bolts

magnetic clutch.

Connect the electrical leads to the motor.

d.

Install the spar

e.

Installtheseats

I:

Install the electrical leads to the

Chap-

Remove the bolts which attach the blower to the


evaporator and remove the blower.

SION ADJUSTMENT in this chapter.


t.

in

d.

the tension outlined in COMPRESSOR BELT TEN-

specified

ter 25.

and self-

Install the V-belt.

as

VENT/LATION BLOWER REMOVAL

inch-pounds.

adjusting bolt

Charge the system with refrigerant

CHARGING THE AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM in

with

on

the evaporator.

attaching

the blower to the evapo-

rater.

Service the system with oil as specified in CHECKING COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL in Chapter 12-10-00.

cover.

perChapter25.

IDLER PULLEY ASSEMBLY


BOLT

(800 TO

850 IN. LBS.

TORQUE)

ADD OR REMOVE CONTINENTAL PIN


643956-20 SHIMS BETWEEN

BEARING AND SPACER FOR


P*OPERWONMEN7

SPACER

DETAIL

~iy

SPACER

STARTEWACCESSORY
DRIVER

DRIVE PULLEY
NUT

(700

TO 800 IN. LBS.

TORQUE)

PIN

ADD OR REMOVE CONTINENTAL PIN

646064-20 SH~MS BE~WEEN PULLEY


AND SPACER AS REQUIRED FOR

DETAIL

PROPER ALIGNMENT
36-425-4

Belt

Pulley Alignment
Figure 5
21-50-00

A18

Page 11
Aug 18/95

Q3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EVAPORATOR REMOVAL

b.

Connectthe refrigerant lines.

Depressurize the air-conditioning system with a


recycle servicing unit as specified in DEPRESSURIZING THE AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM in Chapter

c.

Connect the electrical leads to the motor.

a.

12.

b.

Remove the

pilots and copilots

seats per

Chap-

ter 25.

Remove the filter

d.

Remove the

cover

cover

from

over

Chapter

the ducts.

Disconnect the drain tubes and


between the evaporator and duct.

remove the

tape

Removethe sparcover.

g.

Removethe ducts.

h.

Disconnect the electrical leads from the motor.


Disconnect the

refrigerant

Charge

the

system with refrigerant

as

specified

in

CHARGING THE AIR-CONDITIONER SYSTEM in

and filter.

e.

i.

tubes.
e.

c.

f.

Install the ducts and tape with duct tape (29, Chart
1, 91-00-00) to the evaporator and connect the drain

d.

lines and cap the open

12-10-00.

I"stall the spar

cover.

g.

Install the filter and filter

h.

installthecover overtheducts.

i.

Install the seats per

cover.

Chapter

25.

EVAPORATOR FILTER REPLACEMENT

ports.
Remove the bolts attaching the evaporator to the
floorboard. Remove the evaporator from the airplane,

j.

The evaporator filter should be


dirty or defective. Remove the
cover

EVAPORATOR INSTALLAT/ON
a.

located

copilots

on

side to

replaced

if

clogged,

screws in the spar


the underside of the airplane on the

gain

access to

the filter.

Position the evaporator in the airplane and install


attaching it to the floorboard.

the bolts

21 -50-00

Page 12
Aug 18/95

A18

CHAPTER

COMMUNICATIONS

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 23

COMMUNICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJEC~

PAGE

2311 0-00
Ground Communication System Description and Operation
Ground Communication (E-2104, E-2111 and after, EA-320, EA-389 and

after)

23~-60-00

Operation

Static

Discharging

Description

Static

Discharging

Maintenance Practices

and

1
1

Static Wick Removal (Plior to D-10383, CJ-156, CE-978, E-1932, EA-273


Static Wick Installation (Plior to D-10383, CJ-156, CE-978, E-1992, EA-273
Static Wick Removal (D-10383, CJ-156, CE-978, E-1932, EA-273 and after)

Static Wick Installation

(D-10383, CJ-156, CE-978, E-1932,

EA-273 and

after)

1
1

P3Contents
A18

Page 1
Aug 18/95

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 23

COMMUNICATIONS

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY


CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

PSEffectlvlty
P~-Contents

23-1 0-00

23-60-00

A18

PAGE

DATE

Aug 18/95

Aug 18/95

Sep 27/84

Jan 20/82

23-83eetlvlty
Page 1
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANPA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GROUND COMMUNICATION
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

SYSTEM

communication while all other electrical

GROUND COMMUNICATION
(E-2104, E-2111 and after; EA-320, EA-389 and after)

center. The

below the

after, this
may be equipped with an optional ground
communication system. This system allows radio

The

equipment

is turned

off. The switch for this system is a push-on, push-off switch


located near the top of the instrument panel to the right of

systems two 5-amp circuit breakers are located


battery box. On airplane serials CE-1037 and
optional equipment is available on the model

F33A; however, there

airplane

are

no

standard locations for the

equipment.

"END"

23-1 090

99

Pegs 1
Sep 27184

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STATIC DISCHARGING
OPERATION

DESCRIPTION AND

aluminum

or

and the

magnesium

Dow treatment of

preventive to use
airplane surface.

corrosion

is

suitable

between the static wick base

A static electrical

airplane while

charge may build up in the surface of the


is in flight. This electrical charge, if retained,

it

NOTE

interference in radio and avionics

equipment
operation. Therefore, static wicks are installed on the trailing
edges of the flight surfaces to aid in the dissipation of the
electrical charge.
can

cause

STATIC DISCHARGING
PRACTICES

elevator,
five

one on

(four

on

model

35)

one on

static wicks

the rudder. These

are

contact

two

(none

on

b.

Install the wick,

using the

two screws and lock

removed and

the

B36TC)
on

on

each aileron, three

on

NOTE

Check the

each

continuity

between the static wick

base and the surface to which it is attached.


There should be a resistance of 2.5 miliiohms or

the rudder. These fifteen (twelve on


are removed and installed in the

V35B) static wicks

flight

Whenever it is

washers.

less.

The base of the later static wicks is riveted to


surface and need not be removed in normal

same manner.

the

in

same manner.

elevator, and three


the

be used

suitably protected

necessary that any combination of such metals


be assembled, an interposing material
compatible to each should be used.

On seriils 0-10383, CJ-156,


CE-976, E-1932, and EA-273 and after, the static wicks are
installed with one (three on the 836TC) on each wing tip,
installed in the

not to

are

unless

against electrolylic corrosion.

MAINTENANCE

On serials prior to 0-10363, CJ-156, CE-978, E-1932 and


EA-2j3, the static wicks are installed with one on each
each aileron, and

Dissimilar materials
intimate

service.
c.

Refinish

attachment

(Prior to
EA-2M)

STATIC WICK REMOI/AL


156, CE-978, E-1932 and
a.

securing
b.

Remove the

two

screws

and

lock

washers

No.

the wick

point.

STATIC WICK REMCVAL (0-10383,


9781 E-1932, EA-273 and after)
a.

Remove the wick from the surface.

Clean around the static wick

3M

around

CJ-156, CE-

the wick to the surface.

STATIC WICKINSTALL9TION (Prior to


CJ-156, CE-978, E-193Y and EA-213)

finishes

area

0-10383, CJ-

b.

a.

the surface

area

Unscrew the static wick from the base.


Remove the static wick and lock washer.

0-10383,
STATIC WICK INSTALLATION (0-10383, CJ-156,
CE-978, E-1932, EA-273 and after)

by:

Removing all grease, oil, paints, lacquer, metal


or other high resistance properties with Minnesota
600 grit sandpaper, or equivalent. The mating

surfaces must be smooth and contoured so that maximum


surface area is in actual contact. Alodine treatment for

The threads must be clean and free of grease, oil, and

paint.
a.

Install the static wick and lock washer.

b.

Torque the static wick

to 4.7

inch-pounds.

"END"

2360-00

page
A4

Jan 20/82

CHAPTER

ELECTRICAL
POVVER

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 24

ELECTRICAL POWER

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT

SUBJECT

DC GENERATION

Description
Electrical

PAGE

..........24-30-00

......1

Operation
System

and

......1

Troubleshooting Electrical System

......1

Maintenance Practices

......6

Alternator Removal

......6

Alternator Installation

......6

Drive Gear and


on

Coupling Installation
......6

New Alternators

......6

Voltage Regulator Removal


Voltage Regulator Installation
Voltage Regulator Adjustments
Battery Maintenance Program
Battery Removal
Battery Installation
Battery Cleaning
Battery Box Cleaning
Battery Servicing

......7
......7

......7
......8

......8
......8

......9
......9
.....24-31-00

STANDBY GENERATOR

Description and Operation

.....1

Maintenance Practices

.....1
........24-40-00

EXTERNAL POWER

.....1

Maintenance Practices

ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION

24-50-00
.....1

Maintenance Practices
Electrical Utilization Chart

.....1

Continuous Load (Standard Equipment)


Continuous Load (Optional Equipment)

.....1

(Standard Equipment)
Intermittent Loads (Optional Equipment).

.....2

.....2

Intermittent Loads

.....3

"END"

2eCONfENTS

FaO1
Oct 7/83

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINIENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 24
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY
CHAPTER
SECTlON
SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

PCEFFECTIVITY

Oct 7/83

24-CONTENTS

Oct 7/83

24-30-00

Oct 7/83
9/80

May

Oct 10/80
Oct 10/80

Oct 10/80

Oct 10/80

7
8

Oct 10/80
Oct 10/80

Oct 10i80

24-31-00

Oct 7/83

24-40-00

May

1
2

May 9i80
May 9180

Jan 20/82

24-50-00

9/80

"END"

P4-EFFECTIVITY

Page
A6

Oct 7183

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DC GENERATION
OPERATION

DESCRIPTION

AND

alternator is

designed

magnetism.

In the event the

to have

small amount of residual

battery is discharged

extent that it will not excite the alternator

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

magnetism

is strong

enough

to the

field, the residual

to excite the alternator field if

all load is removed from the

airplane electrical system includes a 28-volt, 50-amp


(prior to CJ-156, CE-929, D-10354, EA-159, E-1766) or 60amp (CJ-156 and after, CE-929 and after, D-10354 and
after, EA-159 and after, E-1766 and after) alternator. A 100amp alternator is optional. The alternator and one 11.0ampere-hour lead acid battery supply all the de power to the
airplane. The battery supplies power for the airplane starter
system and electrical system when the engine is not
operating. The alternator provides the do voltage to the
electrical system during engine operation.
The

airplane electrical system until


the bus is brought up to the proper voltage. When
attempting to excite the alternator and develop output
without battery power, turn off all electrical load and operate
the engine at near cruise speed. In the event the alternator
is not producing electrical power, the alternator sensor will
illuminate an annunciator light.

Electrical system

repair methods

alternator output is controlled

by

"Aircraft Alterations" manual AC 43.13-2.

combined

airplane

bus

through

Any components

and any wire, cable, or terminals used in the


maintenance of the electrical system must be of aircraft

transistorized voltage regulator/overvoitage relay. Current to


excite the alternator field is normally derived from the
the

Agencys "Aircraft

manual AC 43.13-1A and/or the

Inspection and Repair"


The

used must be made in

accordance with the Federal Aviation

replaced

10 amp switch/circuit breaker and


relay. The self excited

voltage regulator/overvoltage

quality. Any solderless terminals or splices used


applied with tooling specified by the vendor.

must be

TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TROUBLE

PROBABLE CAUSE

REMARKS

ALTERNATOR SYSTEM
1.

No ammeter indication.

a.

Loose connection.

a.

Check connections

b.

No alternator output.

b.

Check alternator output.

c.

Defective voltage regulator,

c.

Replace regulator.

d.

Overvoltage relay tripped,

d.

Check

throughout system.

reguratorlovervoltage

relay for

proper output.

2.

No alternator output.

a.

Defective ammeter.

e.

Replace

a.

Circuit breaker

a.

Reset.

b.

Open

b.

Check

c.

Defective control switch.

c.

Replace

d.

Brushes

d.

Replace brushes.

e.

Dirty slid rings.

a.

With alternator

tripped.

circuit,

worn out,

ammeter.

continuity
switch.

with No. 400

jet
f.

Brushes not

rings.

contacting slip

f.

of circuit.

to remove

running, clean slip rings


finer sandpaper. Use air
grit.

or

Clean brushes and holders with

clean,

lint-free, dry cloth. Replace weak springs.

24-30-00

Pagel
A6

Oct 7/83

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TROUBLE
2.

PROBABLE CAUSE

No alternator output.

g.

(Continued)

Open

REMARKS

shorted circuit in

or

g.

h.

Open

shorted circuit in

or

h.

Alternator output low.

Replace

if

Test

resistance

of stater.

Replace

if

Replace

if

defective.

stater.

3.

Test resistance of rotor.

defective.

rotor.

i.

Defective

a.

Defective rectifier diode.

i.

Replace regulator.

a.

Replace diode.

or

a.

Test.

battery

b.

Check

c.

Check switch for operation.

voltage regulator.

BATTERY SYSTEM

i.

No

power

battery

indicated

with

a.

master switch "ON".

Battery discharged
defective.

b.

Open

circuit between

continuity.

and master switch.

c.

Master switch defective.

necessary.
d.

Defective

d.

relay.

Check relay for operation.

Replace if

necessary.
2.

Power

3.

with master switch

on

in "OFF"

a.

Master switch defective.

Complete failure

to

operate.

b.

Relay

contacts stuck.

a.

Loose

or

Loose

broken lead.
or

terminals in

Excessive

Check switch for operation.

spewage

(crystalline deposits
outside of battery).

c.

Battery

a.

Excessive

not

disengaged
battery.

charged.

charge

rate.

b.

Replace relay.

a.

Secure lead.

b.

Secure terminals.

c.

Charge battery.

a.

Clean

on

b.

Excessive

ambient

b.

temperature during charge.

No

Output.

a.

Output voltage adjustment


too low.

24-30-00

Page 2
May 9/80

if

the battery
electrolyte level.

and

adjust the

Clean

and

adjust

the

electrolyte

battery

level.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR SYSTEM

i.

Replace

necessary.

b.

4.

a.

position.

set

a.

Readjust output voltage.

the

BEECHCRAFT
BONANtA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

1.

REMARKS

PROBABLE CAUSE

TROUBLE
No output.

b.

Field circuit fuse open.

b.

Replace fuse.

c.

Transistor 07 open.

*c.

Replace 07.

d.

Overvoltage protection circuit


tripped.

d.

Reset

e.

Relay

e.

Clean relay contacts.

a.

Overvoltage circuit

set too

a.

Readjust overvoltage circuit.

high,

b.

Readjust output voltages.

(Continued)

2.

Output is normal when


engine is started but ceases
after

3.

dirty.

circuit.

low.

short time.

Overvoltage
inoperative

4.

contacts

overvoltage protection

circuit
at any

b.

Output voltage

a.

Transistor Q1 and 02 open.

a.

Replace Q1

b.

Diode CR3 shotted.

b.

Replace CR3.

c.

External pin connections not


properly made.

c.

Check external pin connections.

d.

Zener diode CR2 open.

d.

Replace CR2.

e.

Relay

*e.

Repair

a.

Readjust output voltage.

b.

Replace 06

set too

or

02.

voltage.

Continuous high output.

K1 stuck.

Output voltage adjustment


high.

a.

or

replace relay.

set too

5.

Indicator

lamp fails

to

light.

07 shorted.

07.

*b.

Transistor 06

*c.

Transistor 05 shotted.

c.

Replace 05.

d.

Transistor 04 open.

d.

Replace Q4.

e.

Transistor 03 open.

e.

Replace 03.

a.

Lamp

burned out.

a.

Replace lamp.

b.

Relay

contacts

b.

Clean

relay

c.

Check

ground connection.

c.

Bad

or

dirty,

ground connection

at

or

contacts.

indicator lamp.

OECO Voltage

regulator/Overvoltage

relay only

24-30-00

Page 3
Oct 10/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANtA SERIES
MAINtENANCE MANUAL

TO BUSS
DASHED LINES INDICATE t
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS

r--

WARNING
LIGHT

tT~
I 1 1

r
GRD

201334
CR6 IN4004

G
To
FIELD

.47-2W~

C6
20

-_- -_

R14

C41

)2.4K

lr

TQ7
2N3055

04

2N2905A

C2

R1

R13

R8

640

1.6K-1W

3K

140

R10

CR2
IN751A

Q1

953

MPS-

06
2N3055

R15
T1

6517

2.4K

L-l-

57

5 R7

R2

03
2N3053

2K

100

-I

R4
330
R11
100

CR1

R9

Ti57

3.9K

R5

05
2N2905A

CR5

MR1032A

1.5K

C1

C3

~Q2

20

1.0

2N3053 1

C5
0.01

CR4
IN753A
Re

R12

1K

249

R16

47K

R17
2.4K

R3
820

2W

GR41
L,,

TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL


RESISTORS ARE 112 WATT CARBON, 5%
EXCEPT "BJ" RESISTORS WHICH ARE
3 WATT WIREWOUND. ALL RESISTORS
ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS.

A
B

C
D
E

cBATTERY
FIELD
GROUND
TRIPOUT INDICATOR LIGHT
NORMALLY CLOSED TO TERM "H"

G
H
I.

TRIPOUT INDICATOR LIGHT


LATCH CONTACTS NORM, OPEN
REGULATOR INPUT
+RELAY COIL
36-351-1

Voltage Regulator System


Prior to CE-898, CJ-156, D-10332,

E-1644, EA-58

Figure

24-30-00

Page

Oct 10/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

K1

500

R18
R19

7.1

4.7~

1N936

8.2K

C121e

VOLTS

47

02
07 a 08

\jf~ j

~(7K

MPS8599

2NS063

R20
3.OK

I
R16
22K

R21 470
R22 470-~

)R13

<4.7K

\NOTES
i. DESIGNATORS USED:

R23 (NOTE 2)
3301(

1.0

TC3

C3-C5, Cf-C13, R5R23,


02-08, D1, 21-22

(S/N 97 a ON)

2. MAY BE CtlPPED OUT IN

(SIN 97 a ON)

IIJ-BLKS,

GND

YELS, G
A

04

03

R5
2.4K

2N4036

R15

J(SIN 97

2N3055

05

C5
.01

22
1P1936
C11
10

O.V. INDICATOR

ORNS, B

FIELD

R9

IN4003

J1

MS3102A-18-1P

150K

18K

Q6~1

IBUS

WHTS, D

R,,

MPS8099

LATCH

D1

R8
15K

R6
470

&ON)

TEST.

I 1
C7 a
C8
1.0

R14
330K

(NOTE 2)

(S/N 97

ON)

IREG VOLTS I

R11IADJUST

C9 a
C10

1K

4.7

12

A7

8.2K

4.7K

36-31-7

Voltage Regulator System


CE-898 and after, CJ-156 and after
D-10332 and after, E-1644 and after
EA-58 and after

Figure

24-30-00

Page5
Oct 10/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANLA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANVAL

DC GENERATION

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

proper operation.

AL TERNA TOR REMOVAL


a.

right

NOTE

Access to the alternator is

cowl door and

through

the forward

If

gained through the


opening of the cowl.

alternator is to be installed, refer to

new

GEAR

DRIVE

AND

COUPLING

INSTALLATION ON NEW ALTERNATORS to

change
CAUTION
The

the drive gear and

coupling

output terminal of the alternator is

directly to the battery. Make sure the


battery switch is "OFF" before removing the
wires at the alternator or serious damage to the
wiring harness and alternator may result from
accidental grounding of the output stud.
connected

DRIVE GEAR AND COUPLING INSTALLATION ON


NEW AL TERNA TORS
alternator will be received without the drive gear
The drive gear and coupling from the old

The

new

and

coupling.

alternator will need to be installed


b.

to the new

alternator.

Disconnect the electrical

wiring

harness from the

the

on

alternator.

new

changed by following

the

Remove the shipping spacer and washer

(if

The drive and

coupling

procedures

follows.

as

may be

alternator.
c.

Remove the four

attaching bolts. Remove the

alternator.

a.

installed~ from the replacement alternator.


Install the woodruff key (if not already installed),
and thrust washer. Ensure the bearing
assembly
coupling
surface (copper color) of the thrust washer is installed
b.

AL TERNA TOR INSTALLA TION


a.

Install

a new

gasket

on

the alternator

flange.

toward the alternator.


Install the nut and

c.

pounds.
CAUTION

pin

the cotter

further, but
Do

not

force

the

alternator into

position

or

to the alternator or drive gears could

d.
ensure

alternator

pilot enters

squarely, and
engine pad.

the

the alternator is

crankcase bore

resting flat

on

to a

torque of 400 inch-

hole in the shaft, the nut should be

not to exceed 500

align

the nut to

result. Care must be taken to assure that the

damage

tighten

If the slots of the castellated nut do not

Install

inch-pounds.

align with
tightened

Do not back off

holes.
an

MS24665-302 cotter pin

carefully

to

clearance when the alternator is installed in the

engine.

the

NOTE
on the mounting pad.
attaching nuts and washers bringing to
a snug condition. Torque the nuts to 150 to 180 inch-pounds
in diagonally opposite pairs.
d.
Connect the electrical wiring to the alternator.

b.

Position the alternator

Do not

c.

Install the

flange

clamp the alternator body or mounting


a vise. The cotter pin must be installed
and then trimmed. The portion bent toward the
in

alternator

housing

must NOT touch the thrust

washer when bent

over

the nut. The

away from the alternator


NOT reach beyond the threads
bent

CAUTION
Never turn the battery switch "ON" until all
wiring harness connections have been made
and properly tightened or serious damage to the
wiring harness and alternator may result from
accidental grounding.

portion

housing
on

must

the end of

the shaft.

VOL TAGE REGULA TOR REMOVAL

is

Ensure that the battery switch is OFF, the battery


a.
disconnected, and the external power source is

disconnected.
b.
e.

24-30-00

Page6
Oct 1 0160

Start the

engine

and check for oil seepage and

Locate the voltage regulator installed

aft side of the firewall in the

on

flight compartment.

the

right

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Tag

c.

and

remove

wires from

all

the

voltage

adjustments.

screws

be

f.

regulator.
and

voltage regulator attaching


voltage regulator.

Remove the

d.

remove

the

For final check and adjustment, the engine should


operated at cruise rpm (2500 rpm) with the alternator
"ON" and carrying approximately 50% load.

VOL TAGE REGULA TOR INSTALLA TION


BATTERY MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
Ensure that the

a.

is

battery

switch is OFF, the

disconnected, and the external power

battery

source

is

Place the

b.
with

attaching

remove

voltage regulator

in

and

position

secure

screws.

Install electrical wires

c.

battery is accessible for servicing by raising the right


engine cowl and removing the battery box cover. A
systematic battery maintenance program should be
The

disconnected.

on

the

voltage regulator

and

established

follows:

as

tags.

d.

Reconnect the

e.

Operate

regulator setting

the

battery,
engine and confirm

a.

the

voltage

b.

under various loads,

The

battery

on

the

should be removed from the

and serviced after 100


occurs

VOLTAGE REGULATOR ADJUSTMENTS

performed

in the services

log

battery

should be maintained.

flight

hours

or

30

days,

airplane

whichever

first. If the ambient temperatures are above 90"F or


between engine starts averages less than 30

the time

minutes, the time between san/icing may be reduced.


c.

be

should be checked

sure the electrolyte level is sufficient to maintain a


specific gravity of 1.285. If the specific gravity drops below
this point add electrolyte (3 parts water to 1 part electrolyte)
instead of distilled water and charge the battery. Recheck

limitations voids the warranty. Should it become


necessary to adjust the voltage regulator,
may

battery

fill. Be

voltage regulator is set and sealed at the


factory. Breaking the seal prior to the warranty
The

adjustments

The fluid level of the

every 25 hours and maintained at 318 inch above the top of


the separators. If the fluid level is low, add distilled water to

NOTE

made in

the

following

the

battery

after

charging for

proper

specific gravity.

manner.

NOTE

CA UTION

battery. When the battery


spill on
the lower portions of the engine accessory
section and lower fuselage. Neutralize the acid
spillage immediately with a water solution of
sodium bicarbonate (baking soda).
Do not overfill the

Observe

engine operating

cells

limitations.

a.
Bring the voltage regulator and the alternator up
operating temperature (preferably by flying), by operating
the engine at 1800 rpm with approximately 50% load for a

to

are

overfilled,

water and acid will

minimum of 15 minutes.

Connect

b.

precision

voltmeter to the circuit

breaker bus.

Operate

c.

the

engine

at cruise rpm

(2500 rpm)

with

the alternator "ON", and the electrical load reduced to

minimum.
d.

Check the bus voltage. If it is not 28.50 -C .25 vdc,


should be made as indicated in the following

During periods when the ambient temperature is below


32"F, the battery should be maintained in a fully charged
state to prevent freezing. When distilled water is added, the
battery should be charged sufficiently to thoroughly mix the
water with the electrolyte as a precaution against freezing.

adjustment

peak performance, the battery must be kept


dry. If foreign materials are present in sufficient
quantities, the resultant deposits may form conductive paths
that permit a rapid self discharge of the battery. To prevent
the collection of such deposits, the battery should be
d.

step.
Remove the

labeled "REG" from the

plastic plug
regulator and adjust the regulator by turning
the potentiometer clockwise to increase the voltage and
counterclockwise to decrease the voltage. Make any
adjustments in small increments and allow 2 or 3 minutes
operation time for the system to stabilize between
e.

corner

of the

For

clean and

cleaned after each 100 hours of service


whichever

occurs

or

every 30

days,

first.

24-30-00

Page 7
Oct 10/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANtA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CAUTION

e.

Position the positive cable

on

the

battery and

Position the negative cable

on

the

battery and

secure.

f.

Excessive spewage may result if the cell vents


are not

kept

clean and open.

secure.

Remove
g.
terminals.
The

e.

log

of

battery service performed should

justified. Accurate

consumption data is a valid


barometer to use for adjustment of the servicing intervals.
For further servicing, information instructions are furnished
with each battery.

Place the

Position the

petroleum jelly from the

excess

box lid

battery

on

the

battery

box and

secure.

Secure the aft fuselage

i.

panel.

access

water

BA fTERY REMOVAL
a.

h.

be

evaluated to determine the need to service the battery at the


above recommended inten/als or to extend the intervals if

any

battery switch

in the OFF

BA~ERY CLEANING
Remove the battery as described under the
a.
heading BATTERY REMOVAL in this chapter.
Ensure that the battery cell filler caps are in place
b.
and tight. Brush dirt off with a stiff bristle brush.

position and

that the external power unit is disconnected.


b.
Locate the battery in the engine compartment

ensure

right

the upper

Remove

c.

CA UTION

on

hand side of the firewall.


the

negative battery

cable from

the

Never

wire brush

use a

or

brush with

construction for this purpose


or other damage may result.

battery.

as

short

metal

circuiting

CA UTION

Always

remove

the

ground

cable terminal first

c.

Disconnect the

d.

position
battery.

it

so

positive

cable from the

battery

f.

solution of ammonia

or

gallon of water).
any electrolyte sprayed or spilled out.

This will neutralize

tone part of soda

to a

CA UTION

and

it will not interfere with the removal of the

Entrance of ammonia

Remove the battery box from the firewall.


Remove the battery from the airplane.

e.

Scrub the battery with

bicarbonate of soda

and install it last to prevent accidental short


circuits.

battery
Never

or

soda solution into

cell will neutralize the cell

solvents to clean the

use

these may

damage

the

battery

electrolyte.
battery, for

case.

BA ~TERY INSTALLA TION

b.

battery switch in the OFF position and


ground power unit is disconnected.
Position the battery in the battery box.

c.

Install the

d.

Coat the

with

d.

Place the

a.
ensure

that the external

light

coat of

box at the firewall.

battery
battery terminals
petroleum jelly.

the

e.

with clear water, then sponge off

Wash the

battery to air-dry.
battery filler caps with clean

no

f.
Inspect the battery for cracks, holes,
spots. Replace if necessary.

g.

CAUTION
If the

battery

Allow the

in

positive battery terminal is

hot water

soap, then examine the vent holes in the


filler caps to make sure they are clear.
and

and cable terminals

Rinse the

excess water.

good

Make

sure

that all

battery hardware

battery

or

is clean and

mechanical condition.

not marked

POS, or painted red and the negative


NEG, or
battery terminal is not marked

NOTE

painted black, use a voltmeter to determine the


battery polarity before connecting the battery in

battery terminals
required, use a battery
terminal cleaning tool and brighten up the
terminals to ensure a good electrical

the

airplane.

Reverse

polarity

will

destroy

the

diodes and other electronic components in the


electrical system.

24-30-00

Pages
Oct 10/80

If additional

cleaning

and cable terminal is

connections.

of the

burn

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BA ITERY BOX CLEANING


The

battery box is vented overboard to dispose of


electrolyte and hydrogen gas fumes discharged during
normal charging operation. To ensure the disposal of these
fumes, the vent hose connections at the battery box should
be checked frequently far obstructions. The battery box
should be washed out thoroughly and dried each time the
battery is removed and cleaned.

performance. Never add anything but distilled water when


adjusting the electrolyte level of the battery. If electrolyte is
added each time the level in the battery is low, a high
concentration of electrolyte may cause dissolution of the
plates. Under high temperature conditions, this may be
indicated by the presence of black particles in the electrolyte
of the affected cells.

NOTE

BA TTERY SERVICING
Do not fill the

battery

over

one-half inch above

separators. Only lead-acid equipment


should be used when servicing lead-acid type

The battery should be maintained in a fully charged state at


all times and the electrolyte level checked at regular

the

intervals. A clean fully charged battery will provide peak

batteries.

"END"

24-30-00

Page9
Oct 10180

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
IAINTENANCE ~ANUAL

STANDBY GENERATOR
OPERATION

DESCRIPTION AND

standby generator system is provided to power essential


equipment in the event of loss of electrical power on the

The switch is

placarded OFF-ON-GENIRESET. The voltage


regulator/overvoltage relay is mounted aft of the firewall and
controls the generator output.

The

standby generator

is self

exciting

and

requires

no

main system,

external electrical power for it to function, although it does


require 2925 to 4050 rpm (engine rpm is 1950 to 2700) to

standby generator system is an independent electrical


system incorporated into the main system in such a manner as

function

The

only to essential engine instruments fuel


lights, turn coordinator, fuel quantity,
quantity,
certain lights, and navigation and communication system. A
diode in the circuit from the battery to the standby generator
system prevents the generator from furnishing any power to
the battery, but allows the battery (if serviceable) to supply
power to the essential equipment in the event of inadequate
output or failure of the standby generator,
to furnish power

certain

properly. At a minimum engine speed of 1950 rpm,


the generator will produce a continuous 6.5 amps at 28 volts
or for intermittent (1 minute on 2 minutes off) operation 11
amps at 24 volts.

The

standby generator system is controlled and protected


voltage regulator/oven/oltage relay. The regulator will
control the voltage at 28.50 -e .50 volts. The overvoltage
relay will remove the standby generator from the ~circuit
should the voltage reach 32.0
0.5 volts. Although the
overvoltage relay is set to trip and remove the generator
by

from the circuit at 32.0

voltage spikes (at

NOTE

Should
The circuits from the

battery

to the

standby

to

the

The

battery

switch may be in the OFF

standby generator system should only

flight by moving

the switch

momentarily

to the

position.

be used when

to

the

if

main system

picked

save

up from the

STANDBY GENERATOR
PRACTICES

STANDBY GENERATOR ~UNCTIONAL TEST

b.

Turn the generator switch OFF.


Turn the battery switch OFF.

c.

Turn the

a.

are

located

on

the

right side

of the

panel prior to E-2111 (except E-1946 and E(except EA-320). At the noted serials the
the left subpanel and the standard
to
is
moved
switch
voltmeter near the pedestal is used.

volts.
a.

instrument

and EA-389

standby generator switch ON (do not


position).
The volt meter should register approximately 24

contact the GEN/RESET

engine baffle.

d.

The switch and voltmeter

MAINTENANCE

short exists

battery power for lowering the flaps and


if
the
problem is determined to be only a faulty
gear
alternator). After turning the switches OFF, turn the standby
generator on. This optional generator is mounted aft of the
right magneto aft of the engine baffle and is cooled by air
therein, and to

2104),

seconds).

possible damage

that is

50 mill

GEN/RESET position.

loss of electrical power on the main electrical


system. As soon as a loss of electrical power is evident, turn
the alternator and battery switches OFF (this is to prevent
there is

trip

trip for

transient voltage spike cause the overvoltage relay


removing the generator from the system, it may be
a

reset in

generator system and the battery to the stall


warning system are always alive, even though

0.5 volts it is not sensitive to small

33 volts it will not

Place the switch

momentarily

in the GENIRESET

position.
f.

The volt meter should register approximately 28


at 1950 rpm.

volts, with the engine operating

"END"

24-3190

Pagel
A6

Oct 7/83

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

EXTERNAL POWER

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

b.

airplane electrical system is protected against damage


reverse polarity by a relay and diodes in the external
power circuit. The external power receptacle is located just
outboard of the left engine nacelle. The receptacle is
designed for a standard AN type plug. To supply power for
ground checks and for ground power unit assisted engine
starts, a ground power unit capable of supplying a
The

from

battery master switch on to protect transistorized


equipment against transient voltage spikes.
the

CAUTION

battery switch is turned off for


ground power operation, place an
external battery in parallel with the output of the
external power unit before operating any
transistorized avionics equipment.

When

continuous load of 300 amperes at 24 to 30 volts is


required. Use of an inadequate ground power unit can
cause a voltage drop below the drop-out voltage of the
starter

By

the

relay, resulting
same

token,

of 350 amperes will


power cables of the

in

relay

damage the
airplane,

external power

excess

relay and
c.

AN

Observe the
power

following precautions when using

an

external

plug,

from the

ground power unit does not have a standard


polarity of the plug. The positive lead
ground power unit must connect to the center post,
If the

check the

negative lead must connect to the front post and a


positive voltage of 24 to 28 vdc must be applied to the small
polarizing pin of the airplanes external power receptacle.
The power output of the external power receptacle must be
the

source:

auxiliary power source that is


polarity of the power source is
unknown, determine the polarity with a voltmeter before
connecting the unit to the airplane.
Use only
a.
negatively grounded.

the

extended

chatter and welded contacts.

maximum continuous load in

connecting the external power unit, turn


equipment and alternator Switches, but leave

Before

OFF all radio

an

If the

capable
checked

of

.25
maintaining 28.5
periodically with a voltmeter

vdc and should be


of known accuracy.

"END"

24-40-00

Page 1
May 9/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION


MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
ELECTRICAL UTILIZATION CHART

following specifies

the electrical load for each

piece of

equipment, either standard or optional, available on the


airplane. Based on this information, the electrical load for
the airplane may be determined. Intermittent items should
not be figured into the total figure when computing
continuous load since the short duration of their usage will
not significantly alter the standard load.
The electrical load has been divided into 4

Intermittent load

d.

Intermittent load

Under
be

The

c.

categories

follows:

as

no

more

(standard equipment)
Continuous load (optional equipment)

b.

CONTINUOUS LOAD

condition shall the total continuous electrical load


than 80% of the total alternator

continuous load consists of loads listed


the avionics

receiving

as

loads. Transient loads

capacity. Total
continuous and
are

intermittent

loads.

NOTE
The loads listed

as

continuous loads

are

for

equipment which will be operated for periods of


15 minutes or longer; however, the intermittent
loads and the avionics transmitting loads should
considered for

determining possible
overloading during shorter periods of time, i.e.,
takeoff and landing.
be

Continuous load

a.

(standard equipment)
(optional equipment)

(STANDARD EQUIPMENT)

NUMBER PER
AIRPLANE

EQUIPMENT

AMPS

EACH

TOTAL

.06

.06

.02

.04

Inverter, Electroluminescent
Instruments, Engine
Clock, Panel

.50

.50

.32

.32

.01

.01

Potentiometer, Light Dim

.03

.12

Relay, Annunciator Dim


Relay, Battery Master

.04

.04

.50

.50

Sensor, Alternator Out

.04

.04

Turn Coordinator

.40

.40

Voltage Regulator

3.00

3.00

Passenger Reading
Light
Compass

.30

.60

.17

.34

.04

.04

Elevator Tab

.04

.04

Flap Position

.04

.04

Fuel Select

.04

.08

12

.17

2.04

Flap Indicator System


Fuel Indicator System

LIGHTING

3rd

4th

Cabin

Glareshield Flood

.04

OAT

.04

Tail Position

1.02

1.02

.93

1.86

Wing Tip

Nav

Light

24-50-00

Page 1
May 9/80

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTINUOUS LOAD

(Optional Equipment)
AMPS

NUMBER PER
AIRPLANE

EQUIPMENT
Air

EACH

TOTAL

Conditioning

Actuator, Condenser Door

.86

.86

Compressor Clutch
Evaporator Blower
Clock, Digital
Electrothermal Prop Anti-ice
(2 Blade)
(3 Blade)

1.70

1.70

13.50

13.50

.20

.20

10.00

10.00

15.00

15.00
.01

Ammeter

.01

Timer

.10

.10

5.00

5.00

4.60

4.60

.30

.60

.04

.04

26

.04

1.04

37

.04

1.48

14

.024

.67

16

.024

.77

Power

Supply,

Strobe

Heater, Pitot

(1)

LIGHTING
5th 8 6th Seat

Reading

Clock, Control Wheel 8-Day


Instrument, Post Light (Single)
Instrument, Post Light (Dual)
Instrument, Wedge Light (Single)
Instrument, Wedge Light (Dual)

Map
Rotating Beacon, Lower
Rotating Beacon, Upper

.30

.30

3.22

3.22

3.22

3.22

Tail Nav/Strobe

1.02

1.02

INTERMITTENT LOADS

(Standard Equipment)

EQUIPMENT

Cigarette Lighter
Flap Motor
Flasher, Gear Warning
Horn, Gear Warning
Horn, Stall Warning
Landing Gear Motor
Pump, Auxiliary Fuel
Pump, Auxiliary Fuel
Pump, Auxiliary Fuel
Relay, Dynamic Brake
Relay, Starter
Starter, Engine

6.00

12.00

11.00

11.00

.04

.04

.20

.20

.20

40.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

4.00

Starter Vibrator

.20
40.00 (3)

~2)
(4)
4.00 (5j

1.25

1.25

3.30

3.30

100.00

100.00

2.00

Alternator Out

.04

.04

Condenser Door

.04

.04

.17

.34

.04

.04

2.00 (5)

LIGHTING

Courtesy Light
Door Ajar

24-5000

Page 2
May 9/80

Open

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

INTERMITTENT LOADS

(Srandard Equipment Continued)


NUMBER PER

LIGHTING (Continued)

Landing Gear
Landing Light

AIRPLANE

Indicator

AMPS
EACH

TOTAL

.04

.16

8.93

8.93

Actuator

.85

.85

Resistor, Shunt

.37

.31

.08

.08

8.93

8.93

INTERMITTENT LOADS

(Optional Equipment)

EQUIPMENT
Elevator Trim

Relay, Ldg

Gear Latch

LIGHTING
Taxi

Light

NOTES:

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

Intermittent Operation.
only on Models A38, V35B, F33A and F33C.
Peak current after initial start-up load.
Used

Used only
Used only

on

Model F33C.

on

Models A36TC and B38TC.

"END"

24-50-00

Page
A4

Jan 20/82

C H A PT E R

EQUIPMENTI
FU RN ISH I NGS

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 25

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

SUBJECT
25-00-00

Description

and

Operation

Flight Compartment

and

Passenger Compartment Seating

General

Maintenance Practices

Pilot and

Copilot Seat Removal

Pilot and

Copilot

General

Seat Installation

Passenger

Seat Removal

Passenger

Seat Installation

Fith Seat Removal

(CE-748,

Pith Seat Installation


Fith Seat

CE-772 and After; D-10097, D-10120 and

(CE-748,

Stowage (CE-748,

(E-llll,

Fith and Sixth Seat Installation

Fith and Sixth Seat

CE-772 and After; D-10097, D-10120 and

CE-772 and After; 0-10097, D-10120 and

Pith and Sixth Seat Removal

After)

E-1241 and After; EA-1 and

(E-llll,

Stowage (E-llll,

After)

After)

After)

E-1241 and After; EA-1 and

E-1241 and After; EA-1 and

After)

After)

Vertical Position

Horizontal Position

Headliner Removal
CE-929 and After; CJ-156 and After; D-10348,
E-1551, E-1569, E-1594 and After; EA-21, EA-28, EA-33 and After)

(CE-919, CE-923, CE-925, CE-927,


D-10353 and After; E-1422,

Header Installation

(CE-919, CE-923, CE-925, CE-927,

CE-929 and After; CJ-156 and After; D-10348,

D-10353 and After; E-1422, E-1551, E-1569, E-1594 and After; EA-21, EA-28, EA-33 and

Forward
Forward

A22

After)

Carry-Through Spar

Cover Removal

Carry-Through Soar

Cover Installation

25-CONTENTS

Nov

10/00Pagel

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 25

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


PAGE

SUBJEC7
25-60-00

Emergency Description

and

Operation

Locator Transmitter

Emergency

Communications

Components Corporation ELT TR70-17

and TR70-13

Narco ELT 10
Dorne and

Margolin

ELT

Artex ELT 110-4

Emergency-

Components Corporation Battery Replacement

Battery

Pack

Testing

the

Testing

the Communications

Emergency

Testing the Narco

Replacement

11

Locator Transmitter

Components Corporation

the Dorne and

Testing

the Artex ELT 110-4

Margolin

ELT TR70-13 and TR70-17

11

11

ELT 10

Testing

2Nov10/00

Margolin Battery Replacement

Atrex ELT 110-4

3
5

Battery Replacement

Dome and

Page

Locator Transmitter Maintenance

Communications
Narco

Maintenance Practices

Emergency

ELT

25-CONTENTS

12

12

A22

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 25

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

LIST OF PA GE EFFECTIVITY

CHA PTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

P&Effectivity

Nov 10/00

25-Contents

Nov 10/00

Nov10/00

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Nov 10/00

Oct 16/92

Oct16/92

Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92

Oct16/92

Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92

Oct 16/92

10

Oct 16/92

11

Oct 16/92

12

Oct 16/92

13

Oct 16/92

25-00-00

25-60-00

A22

25-EFFECT~VITY

Nov

10/0 Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GENERAL

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

FLIGHT COMPARTMENTAND PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEA TING


On all serials except CJ-149 and after, the pilot and copilot seat backs fold forward to facilitate passengers entering
and leaving the airplane. Airplane serials CJ-149 and after have locking seat backs on the pilot and copilot seats
which

can

be folded forward

by rotating the seat back release lever, located on the lower inboard side of each seat.
copilots seat on the upper right corner is also used to fold the copilots seat for-

An additional lever located behind


ward for

access

to the passenger seats.

The passenger seat backs can be folded forward by rotating the seat back release lever located
side of each seat. All passenger seats have locking backs.

To

adjust the pilot, copilot,

on

the lower inboard

and passenger seats forward or aft, an adjustment lever, located beneath the front of the
can then be slid to the desired position.

seats, must be pulled up. The seat


A seat back

adjustment lever, located on the lower inboard side of the pilot, copilot, passenger, and on the fifth and
(A36 Series), enables the seat back to be adjusted to several positions. It is controlled by a mechanical,
three position cam lock. An optional seat installation is available whereby the adjustment of the copilot and passenger seat backs are controlled by a loton lock lever located on the forward inboard side of the seat bottom.
sixth seats

Airplane serials E-2104, E-2111 and after, and EA-389 and after are equipped with vertically adjusting seats in the
flight compartment (copilots seat is optional). The seat is raised and lowered by gas springs mounted underneath
the seat. The seat is adjustable through a arrange of 1.3 inches for improved visibility and crew comfort. The raising
and lowering action is initiated by pulling up on a release lever located on the front RH side of the seat. When the
release lever is raised, two ratchet type camlocks are disengaged from sector gears attached to the gas springs
mounted on each side undeneath the seat, allowing the gas spring piston rods to extend or retract to raise or lower
the seat. To raise the seat the pilots weight must be shifted forward. To lower the seat the weight must be shifted
to the rear to overcome the gas spring tension.

P~2

25-00-00

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

PILOT AND COPILOT SEA T REMOVAL


a.

Remove the seat stops at the aft end of the

b.

Pull up on the fore and aft


mounting tracks.

adjustment

mounting

tracks..

lever located beneath the front of each seat, and slide the seat off the

PILOTAND COPILOT SEA T INSTALLA TION

NOTE
If shims
which
a.

were

installed in the seat support, they should be reinstalled in the same location from
removed to achieve proper seat locking engagement with the seat track.

they were

Align the seat guide

in the

same

location

b.

Pull up

and

ensure

c.

If the lock

on

as

with the seat track. If shims

that from which

they

were

the fore and aft

that the seat is

pin

does not

with shims. Use shims

as

adjustment lever and


securely in place.

align

were

installed in the front seat

guide, they

should be reinstalled

removed.
slide the seat onto the seat track. Release the

with the holes in the center seat track, it will be necessary to


locking pin with the holes in the seat track.

adjustment lever

reposition the guides

needed to center the

NOTE
Shims

(three

The shims

d.

Pull up

that the
e.

on

inches

are

long X 0.3 inch wide) may be fabricated form 0.016 6061-T6 Sheet aluminum.
placed inside the seat guide and formed around the guide. Refer to Figure 2.

the fore and aft

locking pin

has

adjustment lever and slide the seat through the full


positive engagement in all holes of the seat track.

travel of seat

adjustment.

Ensure

Install the seat stops at the aft end of the seat track.

NOTE
When

airplane serials CJ-149 and after are used for aerobatics and parachutes are worn, the headpilot and copilot seats must be removed and the seat back cushions rotated over the

rests for the

seat backs and reattached to the bottom of the seat backs. The headrest

can

then be reinstalled.

PASSENGER SEA T REMOVAL


a.

When

airplane serials CJ-149 and afterare being operated in the aerobatics category, the passenger seats
gravity requirements.

may

need to be removed in order to meet the center of


b.

Remove the seat stops at the aft end of the seat tracks.

c.

Pull up

mounting

Page

on

the fore and aft

adjustment lever, located beneath the front

track.

2Nov10/00

25-00-00

of each seat, and slide the seat off the

Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

~I

SECTOR
GEAR

GAS SPRING

iB

RELEASE

ACTUATOR

LEVER

ROD

,o

TORQUE
TUBE

ADJUSTIING
LEVER

EA258
om~man.nl

Vertically Adjusting
Figure 1

A22

Seat

25I00-00

Nov

10/0 Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SHIMS

MAKE FROM .016 6061-T6 ALUMINUM


.3 INCHES

SUIOUIOE

T~----

NMES

CENTER
SEAT TRACK
EA258

CENTER FRONT SEAT LEG

SHIM

VIEW FROM FRONT

Seat Track Shims

Figure

PA SSENGER SEA T INSTALLA TION

Align

b.

Pull up on the fore and aft adjustment lever and slide the seat onto the
that the seat is securely in place.

the seat

guides

with the slots in the

a.

mounting

tracks.

mounting

tracks. Release the lever and

ensure

c.

Reinstall the seat stops at the aft end of the

FIFTH SEA T REMOVAL

(CE-748,

a.

Remove the two bolts at the lower aft

b.

Remove the seat

by removing

mounting

tracks.

CE-772 AND AFTER; D-10097, 0-10120 AND

portion

AFTER)

of the seat bottom.

the extrusion at the forward top side of the hatshelf. Reinstall the extrusion

on

the hatshelf.

FIFTH SEA T INSTALLA TION

(CE-748

CE-772 AND AFTER; D- 1 0097 0-10120 AND

a.

Remove the extrusion from the hatshelf.

b.

Instail the extrusion along with the seat back

c.

Install the seat bottom, seat belts, and the two

Nov

25-00-00

retaining strap

securing

on

AFTER)

the hatshelf.

bolts.

A22

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FIFTH SEA T STOWAGE


a.

Pull forward

forward side

on

on

the lower

(CE-748, CE-772 AND AFTER;

D- 10097 0-10120 AND

of the seat back until the seat back is in

portion

the seat bottom, rotate the seat bottom to

horizontal

position,

and

position

retaining strap

into

position.

vertical

AFTER)

position. Lift up
the seat bottom

on

the

legs par-

allel with the seat bottom.


b.

Lower the seat back into

vertical

position and snap

FIFTH AND SIXTH SEA T REMOVAL


a.

Fold the bottom of the seat up to

b.

Remove the seat attach

(E- 1 I 1 1,

vertical

position

the

E- 1241 AND

AFTER; EA-1 AND AFTER)

and fold the seat support in the retract

position.

pins.

FIFTH AND SIXTH SEA T INSTALLA TION

(E- 1 I 1 I,

E- 124 1 AND AFTER; EA- I AND

a.

Positionthe seats.

b.

Install the seat attach

c.

Fold the seat bottom and seat support down and snap the support into the floor base.

AFTER)

pins.

FIFTH AND SIXTH SEA T STOWAGE

(E- I 1 I I,

The fifth and sixth seats may be folded either in


This may be accomplished as follows:

E-124 I AND AFTER; EA-1 AND

horizontal

or

vertical

position

to

provide

AFTER)

additional cargo space.

VERTICAL POSITION
vertical position.

a.

Fold the seat bottom up to

b.

Fold the seat support into the retract

c.

Position the seat

against the

rear

position.

bulkhead in

vertical

position.

HORIZONTAL POSITION

support into

a.

Fold the seat

b.

Fold the seat back forward and

retract

position

position

and

on

position

the seat bottom

on

the floorboard.

top of the seat bottom.

NOTE

seating arrangement is available (A36 and A36TC series only) that enables the third and
fourth passenger seats to be turned facing aft. When this arrangement is used, the fifth and sixth
seats must be moved four (4) inches forward to maintain proper weight and balance. If the seats
are returned to a standard seating arrangement (facing forward), the fifth and sixth seats MUST be
A club

moved back to their

original position. Holes are located in the floorboard under the carpeting to famounting brackets and the seat support base. Is is recommended that

cilitate installation of the side

both the third and fourth passenger seats face the

~n

same

direction at all times.

25-00-00

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CE-929 AND AFTER; CJ- 156


E-1569, E-1594 AND AFTER;
E-1422,
E-1551,
AFTER;

(CE-919, CE-923, CE-925, CE-927,

HEADLINER REMOVAL

AND AFTER; D-10348, D-10353 AND


EA-21, EA-28, EA-33 AND AFTER)

described in this

a.

Remove the seat backs

b.

Removethe aftbulkheadclosure.

c.

Working through

as

the aft bulkhead,

remove

Chapter.

the tape from around the air ducts that connects the air duct to the

headliner duct.
which hold the overhead console in

d.

Remove the

e.

Disconnect the wires to the

f.

Remove the window

g.

Removethe doortrim.

h.

Remove the

screws

light

and

remove

place.

the console.

moldings.

glareshield.

Refer to

Chapter

39-10-00.

Remove the windshield trim.

j.

Remove the garment

loop fasteners. These hook and loop fasteners


together.

the headliner to disconnect the fabric hook and

k.

Gently pull

are

located wherever the

I.

Separate

on

hanger.

airplane

frame and headliner

come

the forward air ducts from the air duct in the headliner. A

spatula

or

similar tool may be used to work

between the ducts to work the sealer loose.


m.

Disconnect the electrical

toward the front,


n.

or

aft of the

Remove the headliner

wiring to the headliner lights. (This connector is located


pilots side window.)

through

near

the center of the headliner

the door.

HEADLINER INSTALLA TION

(CE-919, CE-923, CE-925, CE-927, CE-929 AND AFTER; CJ- 156

AND AFTER; D- 1034$ D-1 0353 AND

AFTER; E- 1422, E- 1551, E-1569, E- 1594 AND AFTER;

EA-21, EA-28, EA-33 AND AFTER)


airplane

a.

Place the headliner in the

b.

Connect the electrical

c.

Connect the forward ventilation ducts. Seal ducts with adhesive

d.

Engage

e.

Install the garment

f.

Install the windshield trim.

g.

Install the

h.

Install

Nov

10100~t,

the hook and

wiring

loop

to the headliner

lights.

fasteners to hold headliner in

(54,

Chart 1,

91-00-00).

place.

hanger.

glareshield.

Refer to

Chapter

39-10-00.

thedoormoldings.

25-00-00

A22

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
i.

Install the window

j.

Connect the wires to the console

k.

Connect the duct aft of the

I.

Install the bulkhead closure.

m.

Install the seats

molding.

rear

light

bulkhead closure.

described in this

as

and install the console.

Tape the joint with two-inch wide tape (55,

Chart 1,

91-00-00).

Chapter.

FORWARD CARRY-THROUGH SPAR COVER REMOVAL


a.

Remove the

b.

Remove emergency

c.

On aft side of spar cover,

d.

On forward side of spar cover,

e.

Remove RHaccesscover.

f.

From inside of RH

g.

Lift spar

pilot

cover

and

copilot

landing

gear crank

pull

access

and

seats.

from spar

back carpet and

pull

cover.

remove screws

back carpet and

cover, loosen

remove

cover

clamp

from spar

remove screws

and

from spar

air duct from

remove

cover.

cover.

plenum

and

grill

assembly.

from forward spar.

FORWARD CARRY-THROUGH SPAR COVER INSTALLATION

I CAUTION 1
Improper installation of the forward carry-through
emergency hand crank operation. Ensure the
without interference with the spar cover.

Centersparcoveron

b.

From inside of RH

c.

Install RH

d.

On forward side of spar cover, install

e.

On aft side of spar cover, Install

f.

Check the emergency

access cover

g.

Install emergency

h.

Install the

a2ln

pilot

cover, install air duct on

access

carry-through

plenum

and

grill assembly

and

tighten clamp.

assembly.

landing
spar

landing

and

may interfere with the landing gear


gear hand crank will engage and rotate

cover

theforward spar.

a.

the forward

spar

landing

copilot

screws to secure

screws to secure

gear hand crank to

forward end of spar

aft end of spar

ensure

cover

cover

and install carpet.

and install carpet.

handle will engage and rotate without interference with

cover.

gear crank

cover

to spar

cover.

seats.

25-00-00

NoVP:~Page

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DESCRIPTION AND OPERA-

EMERGENCY
TION

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITT~R


The

airplane

is

with

equipped

an

automatically

actu-

ated emergency locator transmitter (ELT) to assist in


the tracking and recovery of the airplane and crew in
the event of a crash or emergency landing. The ELT
a
battery-powered emergency
(ELT), an antenna and a switch
accessible through a spring-loaded door in the right
side of the fuselage adjacent to the ELT. The output
frequencies of the ELT are 121.5 and 243.0 MHz,
simultaneously. Range is approximately line of sight.
The ELT is mounted near the right side of the fuselage, at approximate, F. S. 230.00.

of

consists

system

impact switch which will actuate the ELT automatically upon impact of the airplane. The TR70-13 also
has a remote switch which is accessible through a
small door in the right side of the fuselage.
The
placarded switch positions are REARM-ARM-XMIT.
The XMIT position is momentary and is used to test
the operation of the ELT. The ARM position is used
to arm the impact switch for automatic actuation upon
impact of the airplane. The REARM position is used
to reset the impact switch after testing the ELT.

locator transmitter

NARCO ELT 10

(Figure 2)
The

Narco ELT

remote switch

EA-81

after,

10

is

EA-411,

thru

CE-906 thru CE-1032.

The antenna for the ELT is mounted

top of the
fuselage at F.S. 195 on airplanes D-10097, D-10120
and after; E-llll, E-1241 thru E-2147; CE-748, CE-772
thru CE-1032; EA-1 thru EA-411 and CJ-149 thru

the XMIT

on

installed

(XMIT-ARM)

on

with a two-position
airplanes D-10347 and

to test the ELT

position

tion for automatic

or

The Narco ELT 10 is installed with


remote switch

CJ-156 and after, CE-1033 and after and EA-412 and


after.

thru

CORPORATION

placed in
posi-

in the ARM

operation upon impact of the air-

CJ-155. The antenna is mounted under the dorsal fin


forward of the vertical stabilizer on airplanes

COMPONENTS

and

plane.

just

COMMUNICATIONS

E-2147

thru

E-1687

The remote switch is

~TEST-ARM-XMIT)

on

a three-position
airplanes E-2424

E-2693, EA-480 thru EA-530 and CE-1241 thru

CE-1646.

The TEST and XMIT position are used for


testing the ELT. The ARM position is used for automatic operation upon impact of the airplane.

ELT TR70-17 AND TR70-13


The

(Figure 1)

Narco

ELT

ON-OFF-ARM.
There
ration
on

are

two

Communication

ELT~ being

used.

Component Corpo-

The TR70-17 ELT is installed

D-10120 thru D-10196; E-llll,


E-1406; EA-1 and EA-2; CE-748, CE-772

airplanes D-10097,

E-1241

thru

thru CE-828 and CJ-149.

The TR70-13 ELT is installed

thru D-10346, E-1407 thru E-~686,


EA-3 thru EA-80, CE-829 thru CE-905 and CJ-150 thru
CJ-155.
can be
Both, the TR70-17 and TR70-13,

on

airplanes 0-10197

replaced
or

with the Narco ELT 10

the Artex ELT 110-4

by Kit

by

Kit No. 101-3046-1

10

has

The ELT

airplane and used

control

can

switch

decaled

be removed from the

portable unit. In this event,


placed in the ON
position to transmit continuously. The OFF position
on the ELT prevents operation of the unit and the
ARM position is used to arm the impact switch for
automatic actuation upon impact of the airplane.
as a

the ELT control switch would be

The Narco ELT 10


110-4

can be replaced with the Artex ELT


by Kit No. 101-3127-1.

No. 101-3127-1.

DORNE AND MARGOLIN ELT


The TR70-17 ELT is mounted in the

the

airplane
through a small door in
the right side of the fuselage. The placarded switch
positions are ARM-OFF-ON. The OFF position preThe ON position is
vents operation of the ELT.
momentary and is used to test the operation of the
ELT. The ARM position arms an impact switch which
will actuate the ELT automatically upon impact of the
airplane.
so

(Figure 3)

control switch is accessible

The TR70-13 has

control switch which is not

acces-

It is placarded
airplane.
OFF-ON-ARM. The OFF position prevents operation
of the ELT. The ON position can be used for manual
operation of the ELT. The ARM position arms an
sible

from

outside

the

The Dorne and

Margolin

ELT is installed

on

airplanes

CE-1033 thru CE-1240, CJ-156 and after, E-2148 thru


E-2423 and EA-412 thru EA-479.
An AUTO-OFF-ON control switch located

controls the

of the unit.

on

the ELT

When the switch is

operation
position, the ELT will transmit for testing
The AUTO position arms an
or manual operation.
impact switch which will actuate the ELT automatically upon impact of the airplane. The OFF position
A
remote
prevents operation of the ELT.
TEST-AUTO-XMIT switch is used for testing and
manual actuation of the ELT. The TEST position is a
on

the ON

25-60-00

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

momentary switch which will


mit.

The XMIT

position

the AUTO

operation and

cause

the ELT to trans-

turns the unit

position

on

arms

for manual
the

unit to

operate when the impact switch is actuated upon

impact of the airplane.


The Dorne and

Margolin ELT can be replaced with the


by Kit No. 101-3127-1.

Artex ELT 110-4

ARTEX ELT 110-4

(Figure 4)
The Artex ELT 110-4 is installed

on

airplanes

CE-1647

and after, E-2694 and after and EA-531 and after.

An ON-OFF control switch

on

the ELT controls the

operation of the unit. When the switch is in the ON


position, the ELT will transmit for testing or manual
operation. Place the switch in the OFF position to
An internal impact
discontinue the transmission.
switch will actuate the ELT automatically upon impact
The remote ARMED/RESET-ON
of the airplane.
switch is used to arm the ELT or to manually actuate
the ELT. When placed in the ON position, the ELT will
transmit. The ARMED/RESET position arms the ELT
to operate automatically upon impact of the airplane.
To reset the ELT, cycle the control svi~itch on the ELT
to the ON position, then to the OFF position, and cycle
the remote switch to the ON position, then to the
ARMED/RESET position.

25-60-00

Page

Oct 16/92

A16

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

EMERGENCY

or

TR A NS MI TT~R

LOCA TOR
EMERGENC Y
MAINTENANCE

counter

replacing

life

useful

and

batteries, such

of

over-the-

those sold for

as

flashlights, portable radios, etc.,


ally unknown.

the ELT is normally limited to


battery. The following is a list of the
various conditions which warrant battery replaceMaintenance

the

acceptable suppliers, since

other

condition

are

usu-

on

CAUTION

the

The ELT switch should not be turned ON

ment:

unless the ELT is connected to its associ-

Visual

a.

corrosion

shows

case

life of the

signs

of

leakage,

ated antenna

or a

50-ohm

dummy

load.

unsecured leads.
noted

date

Elapsed replacement

b.

battery

or

inspection

on

the

CORCOMPONENTS
COMMUNICA TIONS
PORA TION BA TTER Y REPLACEMENT

(this date represents 50% of the useful

battery).

NOTE
NOTE

(Artex ELT 110-4) or Kit


(Narco ELT 10) may be
installed on these airplanes. Referto the
appropriate procedure when one of these
kits is installed on your airplane.
Kit No. 101-3127-1

battery is the length


battery may be stored
without losing its ability to continuously

The useful life of the


of time which the

No.

101-3046-1

a.

Remove the cabin aft

operate the ELT for 48 hours.


c.

After any emergency

d.

After

one

use,

gain

cumulative hour of

operation of

use.

After

f.

If the transmitter is stored in

an area

where

temperature is normally above 100"F (380C), the


battery life will be shortened.

the

Avoid

in

storing

excess

the batteries at

of 1300F

d.

on

temperatures

(550C).

battery

life

and

replacement

to

on

the ELT

position.

On the TR70-17 ELT,


the ELT to the

remove

mounting

four

bracket.

screws

On the

TR70-13 ELT, rotate the release knob on the base to


release the ELT. Remove the ELT from the airplane.
e.

Information

upholstery panel

fuselage.

Disconnect the antenna cable. On the


c.
TR70-13 ELT, disconnect the remote switch wiring.

attaching

CAUTION

to the aft

Place the ARM-OFF-ON switch

b.

in the OFF

unknown duration.

e.

access

is

included in the data furnished with each ELT, and is


usually placarded on the battery,

i"g

base
f.

Remove the
on

screws

which hold the mount-

the transmitter and

Remove the old

electrical connector.

remove

the base.

battery and disconnect


battery.

the

Discard the old

NOTE

WARNING
Replacement batteries should be obtained
only from ELT and aircraft manufacturers

DO NOT discard the

battery in

fire.

25-60-00

Page 3
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TR70-13 ELT

CONTROL

SWITCH

A
RELEASE
KNOB

DETAIL

SWITCH
ACCESS
CONTROL

SWITCH

SWITCH

TR70-17 ELT

(REMOTE)

DOOR

POSITION
PLACARD

SWITCH

POSITION
PLACARD

REMOTE

SWITCH

cbi~

REMOTE SWITCH
FOR TR70-13 ELT

DETAIL

SWITCH

ACCESS
DOOR

DETAIL

A
C9101610

Communications

Components Corporation Installation


Figure 1

25-60-00

Page 4
Oct 16/92

A16

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Inspect for, and properly treat, any corrog.


that may be indicated in the area where the
battery was installed.

Ision

h.

Connect

fresh

battery

and install it in the

compartment.
the base and

j.

Install the transmitter in the airplane and


On the TR70-13 ELT, con-

screws.

na

attach the antenna cable.

wiring.

nect the remote switch

The

future

on

To avoid

to the

damage

antenna

replacement

new

the ELT in

visible

of the ELT.

inspections

useful life of the

battery

as

should

date

area.

tab

the

and

on

handling

the control head.

the four screws attaching


battery casing and slide the
trol head and battery case apart. The battery
nection leads are approximately 3-inches long.

f.

Remove

control head to the

This date is 50% of the


defined by the battery

Do not

remove

the sealant

battery pack

or a

on

the inside

watertight seal

not be made when the ELT unit


as

con-

NOTE

of the

Test the ELT

the
con-

be

This will aid in

manufacturer.
I.

or

the upper end, care must be


exercised in extending the portable anten-

Replace

k.

antenna.

portable

CAUTION

plastic

i.

marked

Extend the

e.

instructed in TESTING THE

is

lip

will

reas-

sembled.

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER.


m.

Install the cabin aft

g.

upholstery panel.

Disconnect the

battery terminals

PC board. Discard the old

NARCO B A TTER Y REPLA CEMENT

(Figure 2)

DO NOT discard the

(Artex ELT 110-4) may


airplanes. Refer to
the Artar ELT 110-4 procedure when this
kit is installed on your airplane.
be installed

b.

on

to the ah

c.

upholstery panel

to

the

antenna

cable

from

i.

fire.

Unlatch the mounting strap and

ELT from the

airplane.

remove

for and

properly

treat any
area

Connect the terminals of the

on

corro-

where the

new

battery

the

Using a spatula, apply a bead of sealant


j.
(supplied with each battery pack) around the area of
the control head which is joined with the battery case
when reassembied.

ELT. Disconnect the remote switch wiring from the


terminals on the ELT.
d.

to the bottom of the transmitter PC board.

position.

Disconnect

Inspect

sion that may be indicated in the


battery was installed.

fuselage.

Place the ARM-OFF-ON control switch

the ELT in the OFF

h.

these

Remove the cabin ah

access

battery in

101-3127-1

Kit No.

gain

battery.

WARNING
NOTE

a.

battery by unsnapping the

from the bottom of the transmitter

the

NOTE
This

sealant

provides

watertight

seal

when the unit is assembled.

25-60-00

Page
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SWITCH ACCESS DOOR


REMOTE SWITCH

SWITCH
POSITION

PLACARD

CONTACT
SEPARATOR

CONTROL HEAD

MOUNTING

ATTACHING SCREW

(4)

STRAP
PORTABLE

LATCH

PORTABLE

ANTENNA

ANTENNA

CONTACT

CONTACT

FINGER

DETAIL

FINGER

PORTABLE ANTENNA BLADE


NOT
MAKING CONTACT

FIXED ANTENNA
CABLE CONNECTOR

CONTACT
SEPARATOR

CONTROL
SWITCH

COAX CABLE TO
AIRPLANE

TO

ANTENNAPORTABLE
STOP PIN

RESET

REMOTElrg

FIXED ANTENNA

HANDLE

SWITCH
C9101611

DETAIL

Narco ELT 10 Installation

Figure 2

25-60-00

Page

Oct 16/92

A16

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

k.

head

control

Insert the

battery

section

into the

being careful not to pinch the wires and


four attaching screws. Wipe any excess

Install the cabin aft

s.

upholstery panel.

case,

install the

DORNE

AND

MARGOLIN

BA TTER Y

sealant from the outside of the unit.

(Figure 3)
NOTE
NOTE
If the four
the

screw

battery

case

Stow the

I.

holes do not line up, rotate


1800 and reinsert.

portable

Kit No. 101-3127-1

(Artex ELT 110-4) or Kit


(Narco ELT 10) may be
installed on these airplanes. Refer to the
appropriate procedure when one of these
kits is installed on your airplane.

antenna.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme

in order to avoid
the

or

plastic tab

gain

101-3046-1

a.

Remove the cabin ah

access

to the aft

upholstery panel

to

fuselage.

the upper end.

on

Install the transmitter in the

m.
secure

care

to the antenna

damage

No.

the

b.

Make certain the ELT is turned off.

c.

Disconnect the antenna cable.

d.

Disconnect the remote switch.

e.

Remove

airplane and

mounting strap.

Connect the fixed antenna cable to the ELT.


(plastic) separator is inserted
between the portable antenna contact and the portn.

Ensure that the contact

able antenna

as

shown in

Figure

NOTE
With the contact

f.
not in

be

place, a
transmitted,

for

separator

very weak signal may


which is strong enough

on

h.

wiring

Remove the
remove

screws

Disconnect the

from the bottom of the

battery

and discard it.

WARNING
DO NOT discard the

battery

The

in

fire.

the

Inspect for

i.

and

properly

sion that may be indicated


new

replacement

the ELT in

visible

date

area.

should

be

battery

treat any corroarea

where the

replaced.

Connect the

j.
k.

manufacturer.

marked
as instructed in TESTING THE
LOCATOR TRANSMITTER in this chap-

Test the ELT

was

in the

This will aid in

inspections of the ELT. This date is 50% of the


useful life of the battery as defined by the battery

future

r.

in

the bottom.

to the

RESET button and place the


p.
ARM-OFF-ON switch on the ELT in the ARM position.

on

ELT

the ELT.

Press

q.
marked

the

Remove the ELT from the airplane.

g.
ELT and

use.

Connect the remote switch

o.

holding

screws

functional

test, but too weak for emergency

terminals

the

place.

2.

future

The
on

new

the ELT in

inspections

useful life of the

new

battery.

replacement
a

visible

date

area.

should

be

This will aid in

of the ELT.

This date is 50% of the

battery

defined

the

.rerutcafunamyrebyttab
as

25-60-00

Page
Ale

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SWITCH ACCESS DOOR


REMOTE

CABLE TO ANTENNA

SWITCH

DORNE AND MARGOLIN ELT

SWITCH
POSITION

PLACARD

CONTROL SWITCH

(AUTO

OFF

ON)

REMOTE
SWITCH
WIRING

DETAIL

A
C9101612

Dorne And

Margolin
Figure

ELT Installation
3

25-60-00

Page

Oct 16/92

Ale

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

i.

Install

bottom

the

of the

ELT

and

WARNING

the

screws.

Do not discard
Install the ELT in the

m.

the

screws

which hold it in

Test the ELT

n.

as

airplane

battery pack in

fire.

and install

NOTE

place.

Replacement battery packs should be


only from ELT and airplane manufacturers or from other acceptable sup-

instructed in TESTING THE

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER in this

obtained

chap-

ter.

since the condition and useful life


over-the-counter batteries,
such
as
those sold for flashlights, portable radios,

pliers,

Install the cabin aft

o.

ARTEX
~LT
REPLAC~MENT

of

upholstery panel.

1 10-4

BA TTER Y

NOTE

procedure

must be used for

that have Kit No.

101-3127-1

installed

on

defined

Remove the cabin aft

a.

to the ah

access

b.

the OFF

usually unknown.

A new battery pack replacement date must


i.
be marked on the outside of the transmitter.
The
date is 50% of the useful life of the battery pack as

airplanes

them.

gain

are

i.
Inspect for and properly treat any corrosion that may be indicated in the area where the
battery was installed.

(Figure 4)

This

etc.,

PACK

upholstery panel

to

fuselage.

k.

nector

Place the control switch

(12)

on

Connect the

battery pack

electrical

con-

(10).

i.

the ELT in

position,

by the battery pack manufacturer.

screws

Secure the

(8).

battery pack to the


gaskets

Make certain that all

ELT with the


are

properly

aligned and in good condition.


c.

the

Loosen the two thumb screws (1) securing


frame cap (2) to the mounting frame

mounting
base ~5).
d.

Disconnect the antenna cable

(4) from the

ELT.

e.

Disconnect the remote switch harness

from the ELT

(3)

(11).

o.

base

Remove the ELT

frame base

(11) from the mounting

h.

Remove the
to the ELT

screws

(11).

connector

(10)

(8) securing the bat-

remote

switch

harness

(3)

connect to

Install the ELT

(11) in the mounting frame


Position the ELT in the mounting frame
that the arrow on the top of the ELT is pointed

so

in the direction of
p.

battery pack

the

(4) through the


(11).

(5).

(5).

Disconnect the
g.
from the ELT.

tery pack

Insert

n.

cable

connect to the ELT

through the mounting frame cap (2) and


the ELT (11).

base

f.

Insert the antenna

m.

mounting frame cap (2) and

flight.

Install the

mounting
screws (1).

mounting
(5) and

frame base

q.
the OFF

frame cap (2) onto the


with the thumb

secure

Place the control switch

~12)

on

the ELT in

position.

2,60-00

Page
Ale

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
14

15

DETAIL

11

12

(4

/Ilrl~

"O
~I

j
10

i.

THUMBSCREW

2.

MOUNTING FRAMECAP

3.

REMOTE SWITCH HARNESS

4.

ANTENNA CABLE

5.

MOUNTING FRAME BASE

6.

SCREW

7.

WASHER

3.

SCREW

9.

BATTERY PACK

10.

BATTERY PACK CONNECTOR

11.

ELT

12.

CONTROL SWITCH

13.

SWITCH POSITION PLACARD

14.

ACCESSDOOR

15.

REMOTE SWITCH

~tl

s-

r
5

DETAIL

C9101613

Artex Elt 110-4 Installation


Figure 4

25-60-00

Page 10
Oct 16/92

A16

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Test the ELT

r.

as

instructed in TESTING THE

EMERGENCY TRANSMITTER in this


Install the cabin aft

s.

THE
TES TING
TR A NS MI TTER

chapter.

upholstery panel.
LOCA TOR

EMERGENCY

TESTING THE COMMUNICATIONS COMPONENTS CORPORATION ELT TR70-13 AND


TR 70-1 7

(Figure 1)
Turn

a.

the

on

airplanes COMM-1

and tune

it to 121.5 MHz.

Any time maintenance is performed on the ELT, the


following operational test must be performed. The
FAA/DOT allows free space transmission tests from
airplane anytime within five minutes after each

b.

Turn

SPEAKER

the

COMM-1

position and place

audio

switch

to

the

the volume control in

the center of its range.

the

hour.

The test time is

warble

tone,

or

generally
approximately

The control tower should be notified that


about to be

NOTE

three sweeps of the


a one-second test.
a

test is

Monitor

frequency on COMM
operating.

to

be

certain the radio is

performed.

Improper testing of the ELT could trigger false alerts


create frequency jamming of real emergency
Be certain that all procedures are
transmissions.
closely followed and that monitoring of frequencies
occurs to ensure the ELT switches are placed in the
proper positions after testing is complete. if the test
is performed with the ELT removed from the airplane,
Federal
Communications Commission regulations
require the testing be done in a screened or shielded
and

test room, or in a test enclosure that will


self-contained ELT and an antenna.

hold the

placed

ON

connected to

or a

50-ohm

or

approximately
the ELT signal.

the
one

NOTE
A

distinctive

downward

sweeping

tone

should have been heard from the monitor-

ing receiver during

the test.

if the tone

was

heard, the ELT is functioning properly.

If

~assuming that
the VHF transceiver is operating properly),
the battery is probably disconnected, outdated or discharged.

The ELT switch must not be


its associated antenna

second and monitor

there

CAUTION

position unless the ELT is

Place the TR70-17 ELT switch to ON

c.

TR70-13 remote switch to XMIT for

was no

audible tone

in the

dummy

d.
to the OFF

After the test, place the TR70-17 ELT switch


position or the TR70-13 ELT remote switch

to the REARM

load,

appear

position.
completely.

The audio

signal

should dis-

NOTE
e.

Tests

should

not

be

longer than

three

audio sweeps. One audio sweep may be


defined as amplitude modulating the carrier

with

an

downward

audio

frequency

sweeping

range of not less than


700 Hz, within the range 1600 to 300 Hz,
and a sweep repetition rate between two
over

should

be conducted

in the first five minutes of any hour. If


the operational tests must be made at a

only

time not included within the first five minafter the

audible

position.

signal present.

If the ELT continues to

the remote switch is in the ARM

operate,
position.

check that

On the
g.
switch to ON, then

TR70-17 ELT, place the control


place it firmly in the ARM position.
On the TR70-13 ELT, gain access to the ELT control
switch and place it in the OFF position.
The audio
signal should stop. Reset the.TR70-13 ELT to the
ARM position.

hour, the tests should be

coordinated with the nearest FAA tower

flight

f.

no

and four Hz. Tests

utes

Place the ELT switch in the ARM

There should be

or

service station.

Operational testing of installed ELTs must be accomplished by the following appropriate procedure:

TESTING TI-IE NARCO ELT 10

(Figure 2)
a.

Turn

on

the

airplanes

COMM-1 and tune

it to 121.5 MHz.
2160-00

Page 11
A16

Oct 16/92

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

b.

audio

COMM-1

the

Turn

SPEAKER position and


e center of its range,

switch

tothe

the volume control in

place

Place the remote TEST-AUTO-XMIT switch

c.

in the TEST

mately

position and hold the switch for approxi


second.

one

NOTE

NOTE
Monitor

frequency on COMM
radio is operating,

certain the

to

be

econd and monitor the ELT

distinctive

(TEST-AUTO-XMIT,
approximately one
signal.

the

tone

heard, the ELT is functioning properly.


audible tone

the

place

test,

the

or

the

the

place

test,

remote

position.

If the ELT continues to operate, be certain


Gain
switch is in the AUTO position.

to the ELT and check that the control switch

remote

position or the
position. The audio
disappear completely,

ensure

remote

access

XMIT-ARM switch to the ARM


should

out-

discharged.

After

f.
the

TEST-AUTO-XMIT switch to the AUTO

signal

If

was no

is in the AUTO
After

was

Monitor the emergency channel to


e.
the ELT has discontinued operation.

If

the VHF transceiver is

d.

if the tone

TEST-AUTO-XMIT switch in the AUTO

(assuming that
operating properly),
the battery is probably disconnected, outdated or discharged.
was no

the test,

battery is probably disconnected,

d.

sweeping

should have been heard from the monitoring receiver during the test, if the tone was
there

tone

audible tone (assuming that


the VHF transceiver is operating properly),
there

dated

downward

sweeping

heard, the ELT is functioning properly.

NOTE
A

downward

ing receiver during

Place the remote ELT


MIT-ARM) switch to XMIT for
c.

distinctive

should have been heard from the monitor-

cycle

position

also.

If the ELT still continues to send a signal,


g.
the control switch on the ELT to the ON position

and then to the AUTO

to reset the ELT

position

impact

switch.
e.

or

If the ELT continues to

operate, check that

remote XMIT- ARM switch is in the ARM

position
posi-

the TEST-AUTO-XMIT switch is in the AUTO

TESTING THE ARTEX ELT 110-4

(Figure 4)

tion.

Turn

a.

If the ELT continues to send

f.

signal, gain

on

the

airplanes

COMM 1 and tune

it to 121.5 MHz.

to the ELT and firmly press the reset switch


the front of the ELT and listen to ensure that the

access
on

audio

signal disappears

control switch

must

be in the ARM

position when

b.

the

audio

COMM-1

switch

to

the

the volume control in

position and place

the center of its range.

NOTE

TESTING THE DORNE AND MARGOLIN ELT

Monitor

(Figure 3)
a.

Turn

SPEAKER

procedure.

the test

completing

from the COMM 1. The ELTs

frequency on COMM
operating.

to be

certain the radio is

Turn

on

the

airplanes COMM 1 and

tune

the

Place

c.

it to 121.5 MHz.

switch in the ON

remote

position

for

ARMED/RESET-ON

approximately

one sec-

end.
b.
SPEAKER

Turn

the

position

COMM-1
and

place

audio

switch

to

the

the volume control in

NOTE

the center of its range.

distinctive downward sweeping tone


should have been heard from the monitor-

NOTE

ing
Monitor

certain the

frequency on COMM
radio is operating.

to

be

receiver

during the

test.

If the tone

was

heard, the ELT is functioning properly.


there

was no

audible tone

(assuming

If

that

25-60-00

Page 12
Oct 16/92

A16

BEECHCRAFT

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

f.

the VHF transceiver is

operating properly),
battery is probably disconnected, outdated or discharged.

If the ELT continues to

Gain

access

to the ELT and check that the control

switch is in the OFF


d.

After

the

ARMED/RESET-ON

place

test,

switch

in

the

the

ARMED/RESET

Monitor the emergency channel to


that the ELT has discontinued operation,

position also.

remote

position.
e.

operate, be certain
position.

the remote switch is in the ARMED/RESET

the

ensure

If the ELT still continues to send a signal,


g.
the
control
switch on the ELT to the ON and
cycle
then OFF

position

and then

ARMED/RESET

and the remote switch to the ON

position

to

reset the

ELT

impact switch.
"END"

25-60-00

Page
A16

13

Oct 16/92

C H A PT E

FLIGHT

CONTROLS

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLIGHT CONTROLS

CHAPTER 27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

SUBJECT

27-00-00

Flight

Controls

Description

and

Operation

Control Surfaces
Effect of

Temperature Upon Cable Tension

Taper Pins
27-1 0-00

Maintenance Practices

Aileron and Tab

CE-772 and After; CJ-149 and After; D-10097, D-10120 and After; E-llll, E-1241 thru
2111 except E-1946 and E-2104; EA-1 thru EA-388 except EA-320)

(CE-748,

Single

Throw-Over Control Column

Control Column Arm Removal

Control Column Arm Installation

Rigging

the Control Column Arm Chain

Dual Control Arm


Dual Control Arm Removal

Dual Control Arm Installation

Rigging

The Dual Control Arm Chain

Aileron Removal

Aileron Installation

Rigging the Aileron

Control

Aileron Control Trimmer

System

(Single

Control Column

Airplanes)

Trimmer Removal

Trimmer Installation

6
6

Aileron Tabs

27-11-00

Aileron and Tabs

(E-1946, E-2104,

Maintenance Practices

E-2111 and After; EA-320, EA-389 and

After)
1

Dual Control Column

A20

Control Column Chain Removal

Control Column Chain Installation

27-CONTENTS

Feb

26/9 Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27

FLIGHT CONTROLS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


PAGE

SUBJECT

Rigging

Adjustment

Control Column Chain


Control Column Roller

FoMlard Outer Tube Rollers

(Roil

on

the Inner

Control Column Support Roller Adjustment

Square Shaft)

(Attached

to the Instrument

Subpanel)

Aileron Removal

Aileron Installation

Aileron Control Cable Removal

Aileron Control Cable Installation

Rigging

the Aileron Control

System

11

Aileron Tab
Aileron Trim Tab Cable Removal

11

Aileron Trim Tab Cable Installation

11

Aileron Trim Tab

12

Rigging

Aileron Trim Tab Actuator Removal

12

Aileron Trim Tab Actuator Installation

12

Aileron Trim Tab Actuator

Disassembly

13

Aileron Trim Tab Actuator

Assembly

14

Checking

Aileron Trim Tab Free

Aileron Trim Tab Free

14

Play

15

Play Inspection
27-20-00

Maintenance Practices

(F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC and B36TC)

Rudder and Tab


Rudder

Rudder Removal

Rudder Installation

Rigging

the Rudder Control

System
27-21 -00

Ruddervator and Tab Maintenance Practices

Rudder(V35B)
Rudder

Rigging

Procedure

Ruddervator Removal

Ruddervator Installation

Page

beF2

26/99

27-CONTENTS

A20

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27

FLIGHT CONTROLS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

SUBJECT

PAGE

Elevator Trim Tab Removal

Elevator Trim Tab Installation

Elevator and Tab

Elevator

(V35B)

Rigging

Inspection

Procedure

Electric Elevator Trim


Elevator Tab

Rigging
For

of Elevator Tabs

10

(Optional)

10
10

Rigging

12

Elevator Trim Tabs to Correct for Yaw

Right

Yaw

For Left Yaw

(Nose

(Nose

of

of

airplane

airplane

Elevator Tab Indicator Cable

Inspection

of Tab

tends to

tends to

move to the

move

right

with

to the left with

12

wings level)

wings level)

12

Replacement

12

Hinges

14

Trim Tab Actuator Removal

(V35B)

Trim Tab Actuator Installation

14

(V35B)

14

27-30-00

Elevator and Tab

Maintenance Practices

(F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC, B36TC)

Elevator Removal

Elevator Installation

Rigging

the Elevator Control

System (CE-748,

CE-772 and After; CJ-149 and After; Prior to E-211 1

except E-1946 and E-2104; Prior to EA-389 except EA-320)

Rigging

the Elevator Control

Elevator Tab Indicator Cable

System (E-1946, E-2104,

E-2111 and After; EA-320, EA-389 and

Replacement (CE-748, CE-772 and After;


EA-320)

After)

CJ-149 and After; Prior to

E-2111 except E-1946 and E-2104; Prior to EA-389 except


Elevator Trim Tab Fonnrard Cable

(E-1946, E-2104,
Rigging

Replacement

E-2111 and After; EA-320, EA-389 and

6A

After)

the Elevator Trim Tab

6B

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator

6B

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator


to CJ-156

except those

Disassembly (F33A, B36TC, A36TC


airplanes with Kit 33-4002-1 installed)

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator


CJ-156 except those

A20

Assembly (F33A, B36TC, A36TC


airplanes with Kit 33-4002-1 installed)

and A36 except E-llll; F33C

and A36 except E-llll; F33C

prior
6B

prior to
6C

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator

Disassembly (E-l 11 1 only)

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator

Assembly (E-llll only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27-CONTENTS

Feb

26/99Page

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27

FLIGHT CONTROLS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


PAGE

SUBJECT

Model F33C

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator

incorporating

Kit

Disassembly
33-4002-1)

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator

rating

Kit

Checking
After)

and After, and earlier

airplanes
8

Model F33C

Assembly

(CJ-156

(CJ-156

and After, and earlier

airplanes incorpo9

33-4002-1)

Elevator Tab Free

Play (CE-748,

CE-772 and After; E-l 111, E-1241 and After; CJ-149 and
11

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator Removal

(F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator Installation

Elevator Trim Tab Actuator Color


Electric Elevator Trim

and

(F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC

Coding (F33A, F33C, A36,

B36TC)

and

B36TC)

A36TC and

B36TC)

11
12
12
12

(Optional)

12A

Model A36, A36TC and B36TC


Electric Elevator Trim Tab Servo Removal

12A

Electric Elevator Trim Tab Servo Installation

12A

Electric Elevator Trim Ground Checks

without

(Airplanes

Autopilot)

12A
128

Model F33A, F33C and V35B


Electric Trim Tab Actuator Removal

128

Electric Trim Tab Actuator Installation

128

New Tab Cable Installation

12B

Magnetic Clutch Removal

128

Magnetic

12B

Clutch Installation

Electric Trim Tab Actuator Brush

Replacement

Schedule

13

13

Magnetic Clutch Torque Test


27-31 -00

Stall

Warning/Safe Flight System Description

Stall
Stall

Operation

Warning System

Warning

Stall

and

1
1

Maintenance Practices

Warning System

1
1

Adjustments
27-50-00

Description

Flaps

Maintenance Practices

Removal

Flap

Page

beF4

26/99

and

Operation

Flaps

27-CO NTE NTS

A20

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27

FLIGHT CONTROLS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


PAGE

SUBJECT

Flap Installation
Flap

Track Wear Limits

Flap

Limit Switch

Two-Position

Adjustment

Flaps (CE-748,

CE-722 thru CE-815; CJ-149; D-10097, D-10120 thru D-10178;


2

E-llll, E-1241 thru E-1370)

Flaps (CE-816
After)

Three-Position
EA-1 and

Flap

Position Indicator and

and After, CJ-150 and After; D-10179 and After; E-1371 and After;
2
5

Adjustment

Flap Motor Removal

Connecting

Flexible

Flap

Drive Shaft to

Flap

Motor Shaft

Flap Motor Installation

Flap

Shaft Removal

Flap Shaft Installation


Flap

Actuator Removal

Flap

Actuator Installation

Flap

Inner Flex Shaft Removal

Flap

Inner Flex Shaft Installation

Flap Actuator Disassembly

10

Flap Actuator Assembly

11

27-70-00

Gust Lock And

Damper

Control Lock

A20

27-CONTENTS

Feb

26/99Page

Qeec~craft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 27
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
REVISION
NUMBER

DATE
INSERTED

DATE
REMOVED

REASON
REMOVED

PAGE
NUMBER

27-1

Dec 11/92

Nov 15/93

Temporary

27-50-00
Page 4

Revision
27-2
27-2

27-50-00

Nov 15/93

NOTE: Insert this Record of

Temporary

Revisions after the

Chapter

27 divider tab.

Page 1
Nov 15/93

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27

FLIGHT CONTROLS

LIST OF PA GE EFFECTIVITY

CHA PTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

27-Effectivity

Pir-Contents

27-00-00

27-10-00

27-11-00

A20

DATE

PAGE

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Aug

28/87

Aug

28/87

Mar 29/96

Aug 18/95

Aug

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

Aug18/95

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

10

Feb 26/99

11

Feb 26/99

12

Feb 26/99

13

Feb 26/99

27-EFFECTIVITY

18/95

Feb

26/99Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27

FLIGHT CONTROLS

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY (CONTINUED)


CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

PAGE

27-20-00

27-21-00

27-30-00

Page

beF2

26/99

27-EFFECTIVITY

DATE

14

Feb 26/99

15

Feb 26/99

16

Feb 26/99

17

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Mar 29/96

Aug 18/95

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

Mar 29/96

10

Mar29/96

11

Mar 29/96

12

Mar 29/96

13

Mar 29/96

14

Mar 29/96

15

Mar 29/96

Aug 18/95

Aug 18/95

Aug 18/95

Aug 18/95

Aug

Aug 18/95

18/95

A20

Raylheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27

FLIGHT CONTROLS

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVIN (CONTINUED)

CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

6A

Aug 18/95

6B

Aug 18/95

6C

Aug 18/95

Jun 20/91

May 31/85

May 31/85

10

Oct 7/83

11

May 31/85

12

Jun 20/91

12A

Jun 20/91

12B

Jun 20/91

13

Oct 7/83

27-31-00

May 9/80

27-50-00

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

Feb 26/99

10

Feb 26/99

11

Feb 26/99

12

Feb 26/99

13

Feb 26/99

27-70-00

A20

27-EFFECTIVITY

May

9/80

Feb

26/99Page

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MA\NTENANCE MANUAL

DESCRIPTION AND

FLIGHT CONTROLS
OPERATION

position. The switch is placarded UP, OFF,


DOWN. The markings on this position

and

indicator will
CONTROL

be UP

100, 200 and DN,

SURFACES
NOTE

V35B and A36TC air-

Model

F33A, F33C,
planes and earler Model A36 and B3GPC
airplanes are e~uipped with either a single "throw-over or dual "T" control colE-2111 and
umn. At serials E-1946, E-2104,
after; EA-320, EA-389 and after, dual
All

control columns
equipment. The

operated
require

installed as standard
flight controls are cable
were

surfaces
conventional
for
no
power assistance

control by the pilot or copilot.


and optional electric elevator
electrically driven.

which
normal

The flaps
trim
are

primary flight control surfaces are


manually controlled through cable bell
Each system incorporates
crank systems.
survace travel
stops and linkage adjustments. The ailerons, elevators, and rudder
All

secured with control locks (qust


~hen
the flight compartment.
these
locks are installed, the elevator
is at approximately 110 down and the control wheel is approximately 120 to
the
The rudder pedals are interconright.
nected by a linkage below the flight compartment floor. -~he rudder pedals are

may

be

locks)

in

adjustable

to

two

positions by pressing

the spring-loaded lever

pedal.

If brakes

are

the side of the


installed on the
lever may be
same
on

not

On serials E-1946, E-2104, E-2111


and after, the approach position
is 120

serials
CJ-150
On Airplane
CE-8~6
and
after, D-10179
E-1371 through E-2110 except

and
and

after,
after,

E-1946

and

E-2104, and EA-1 and after, the flaps have


three positions; UP (O"), APPROACH (150),
and DOWN (300). The switch is placarded
UP, APPROACH and DOWN. There is no way to
stop the flaps in other positions without
using the circuit breaker. The flap position transmitter (if installed) is located
near the left flap actuator.

On airplane serials E-1946, E-2104, E-2111


and after, EA-320, and EA-389 and after,
the position of the flaps is indicated by
three lights, located near the flap control handle, in the subpanel. The lights
indicate down,
wi 11
approach, and intransit positions. All lights are out wheri
the flaps are up.

Trim tabs
The tabs

pilot

are
are

installed

each elevator.
by the
systems using

drum-cable
Tab position indicaprovided on the tab controls.

through

jackscrew

on

manually controlled

actuators.

copilots pedals, this


used to place the copilots pedals against

tors

the floor.

optional electric elevator trim tab


operated by a control switch on the
outboard handle of the pilots control
A down spring and bob weight are
wheel.
incorporated into the elevator control
system for improved stability.

One flap installed on each wing is operated byan electric motor-driven gearbox
the forward side of the rear spar at
on
of
The
the
centerl i ne
the
ai rplane.
gearbox drives two flexible drive shafts,
connected to an acme thread type
each
jackscrew at each flap. The flaps are
controlled by a lever in the subpanel, and
their position indicated by an instrument
The
the left of the control column.
to
lever (switch) must be pulled out of a
detent to change positions.
On airplane
serials CJ-149, CE-748, CE-772,
through

CE-815, 0-10097, D-10120 through D-10178,


E-llll, and E-1241 through E-1370, the
flaps may be stopped at any desired position by moving the flap switch to the OFF
position when the flaps are at the desired

are

The
is

On

earlier serials, aileron trimming was


by bendable tabs on each aileron and a
spring tension trimmer in the control
column. The bendable tabs were adjustable
only while on the ground. The spring tension trimmer was ad~justable in flight. The
spring tension trimmer and left bendable

tab were replaced by an inflight adjusta-l


ble trim tab at serials E-2111 and after,l
except E-1946 and E-2104, and on serialsl
This system is a
EA-321 through EA-388.
cable
control
a
jacksrew
system with
actuator and a trim wheel in the pedesal.

27-00-00
Page 1
A12

Aug 28/87

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

the primary flight conand


limit their travel.
traveling stops secured to the cables
the
tab
limit
Because
trim
movement.
cables are connected at turnbuckles, each
cable has one left hand and one right hand
threaded cable end.
Proper routing of the
cables
shown in the applicable subas
chapter will aid against crossing the
cables
and
improper movement
causing
after Ehe cables have been removed
and
reinstalled.

TAPER

applicable riyyiny procedures

of tile

Positive stops
trol
surfaces

on

PINS

Refer to the applicable rigging procedures


cable
for
and
details regarding chain
tension, control wheel movement and force,
and system friction. Any time the control
column has been removed and disassembled,
be
should
the
following
precautions
observed:
a.

When

installed,

nylon mallet
Refer to the
for details

regarding

chain

and

cable

tension, control wheel movement and force,


and down spring force and system friction.

to

tapered

extend
surface.

or

be
to
are
pins
light weight rawhide or

taper

use

no

set the pin. The small end


shank should be flush with,

more

than 0.06 inch

over

the

CAUTION
EFFECT

OF

TEMPERATURE

UPON

CABLE

The taper pin may crack the torque


tube if driven excessively.

TENSION

Graphs specifying the

correct maximum and


minimum cable tension permissible for the
various controls appear on the individual
rigging control system illustrations. The
graphs provide rigging limits at temperatures
varying from OOF to 1100F. The
horizontal scale on the graphs disignates
the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at
which the control cables may be rigged,
and the vertical
scale designates the
correct tension in pounds for each tem-

perature reading,

WARNING
On

airplane

serials

E-1946,

E-2104, E-2111 and after; EA-320,


the
EA-389
and
observe
after,
color coding on all
parts when

replacing

or

reinstalling control

cranks and/or other


system components. DO NOT

cables, bell
control

connect coded parts of one color


to coded parts of different color.

"END"

27-00-00
Page 2

Aug 28/87

A12

rZ~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON AND TAB MAINTENANCE


PRACTICES (EffectiVity: CE1748, CE1772

link. The turnbuckles must be near the access opening. The slot in the lower sprocket should be approxi-

and after; CJ-149 and after; 0-10097,


0-10120 and after; Elllll, E11241 thru
E-2111 except E1946 and 0-2104; EA-1

mately parallel

thru EA1388 except

b.

theturnbucklesand
Removethesafetywirefrom
or tighten the chain as necessary.

loose"

EA1320)

NOTE
the chain until friction or binding
is felt on the control wheel, then loosen
the chain just enough to remove the
binding or friction from the control wheel.

Tighten

SINGLE 7HROW-OVER CONTROL


COLUMN

(Figure

I
c.

CONTROL COLUMN ARM REMOVAL

Check the control wheel and control surfaces for

proper
a.

Remove the four

collar

assembly

to the sides of the arm.

that

screws

secure

to the control column

the retainer

housing.

Disconnect any electrical

c.

Remove the aileron trimmer

indicated in AILE-

as

After the

and freedom of movement.

adiustments

are

complete, check

that

the location of the control wheel, sprockets, and turnbuckles are as shown. Refer to Figure 1.

wiring.

b.

d~

operation

e.

Safety

wirethe turnbuckles.

RON CONTROL TRIMMER.

Pull the "T" handle located

d.

the control

the forward side of

arm.

Rotate the control column

e.

on

cal

position
housing.

arm

to the

nearly verti-

and slide the control column

arm

DUAL CONTROL ARM

(f~igure 2)
DUAL CONTROL ARM REMOVAL

off the
a.

Remove the four

collar

assembly

screws

Position the control

ure

1. Make

sure

approximately parallel

as

each other

near

the

shown in

b.

The ailerons MUST be in the neutral

e.

Pull the "T" handle located

the control
d.

on

position.

the forward side of

arm on

the control ool-

housing.

Connect all electrical

omit the following step.


b.

assembly

Install the retainer collar and attach it with the four

as

indicated in AILE-

Check the control column forfull movement and

the control surfaces for proper direction of movement.

RIGGING THE CONTROL ARM CHAIN

screw

right

and washer

retaining

the

forward side of hub of the

c.

Disconnect all electrical

d.

Slidethecontrolarm off ofthehousing.

pin

con-

wiring.

Position the control arm, control wheel, and


as shown in Figure i. The long and short
on

the

sprockets

Position the control

arm as

shown. Refer to

Figure

2.

Make sure the slot in the center sprocket is


b.
approximately vertical and the turnbuckles between
the long chains and the short chains are are opposite
each other near the access openings.
Th,,ilerons MUST be in neutral.

NOTE

sprockets

chains must be centered

the

DUAL CONTROL ARM INSTALLATION

g. Install the aileron trimmer


RON CONTROL TRIMMER.

a.

on

arm.

wiring.

screws.

h.

Remove the

trol

a.

f.

housing.

Some installations may have a "T"


handle on the right forward side of the
the control arm. Pull the "T" handle and

are

arm.

Slide the control column

umn
e.

Figsprocket is

long and short chains


access opening,

the retainer

NOTE

to the sides of the arm and that

the turnbuchles between the

opposite

vertical

arm

that the slot in the lower

secure

to the control column

CONTROL COLUMN ARM INSTALLATION


a.

that

within one

Some installations may have a "T"


handle on the right forward side of the
the control arm. Pull the "T" handle.
27-1 0-00

Page
A19

Mar 29/96

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

i i/
\r

z-li

111

LONG CHAIN

ACCESS OPENING

TURNBUCKLE

SHORT CHAIN

SLOT

IN SPROCKET

C9201 73~

Single

Throw-over Control Column

Figure

27-1 0-00

Page 2
Aug 18/95

A18

aeechcrraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TURNBUCKLES MUST
BE OPPOSITE
SLOT
LONG CHAIN

ii

IN SPROCKET

LONG CHAIN

Arl

TURNBUCKLES MUST
BE OPPOSITE

SHORT CHAIN

RIGHT

LEFT
VIEW LOOKING AFT

RIGHT

DETAIL

LEFT

FWD

C9201739 9

Dual Control with

Single Control
Figure 2

Column

27-1 0-00

A18

Page 3
Aug 18/95

aeechc~ft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
d.

Slide the control column

umn

the control col-

arm on

NOTE
On installations with

the

"T" handle, omit

following step.

Install the pin


e.
control arm hub.
f.

Place the aileron in

hinge brackplace
between the aileron skin and the reinforcing structure.
b.

ets. The

housing,

assembly

on

the

right

side of the

Install the retainer collar and attach it with the four

screws.

g. Check for full control movement and for proper


direction of movement.

hinge brackets

position

on

the

must be in the correct

c.

Install the upper and lower hinge bracket

d.

Pull

screws.

the aileron in a direction straight away


wing to make sure that the hinge brackets
are positioned correctly. If there is any movement of
the aileron, recheck the position of all hinge brackets.
on

from the

RIGGING THE AILERON CONTROL


SYSTEM

(Figure 3)

RIGGING THE DUAL CONTROL ARM CHAIN

NOTE

Position the control arm, control wheel, and


sprocket as shown. Refer to Figure 2.
a.

b.

Center the

ets within
c.

e.

and short chains

on

their sprock-

link.

one

The slot in the center

mately vertical
d.

long

BEECHCRAFT recommends the use of


the aileron travel gage shown in the
SPECIAL TOOLS in Chapter 12-20-00.

as

Remove the

Adjust the

shown.

be
2.

wing

as

necessary.
a.

Aileron and

flap

outboard of the inboard

surfaces must

upper and lower surfaces of the

properly adjusted by
chains until binding is

wing

align

with the

within 1/16 inch.

are

Adjust the aileron downstops in the wing until the


just clears the gusset on the wing rib. Set
the aileron upstep in the wing so that the aileron bellcrank just misses the aileron pushrod.
b.

the
the control wheel; then
loosen the chains just enough to remove
the binding or friction from the control

tightening
noticed

(just
hinge).

rib

aileron

NOTE
The chains

The front of the travel gage should be


located over the leading edge skin splice
with the aft portion over the number 8

approxi-

wire from the turnbuckles.

safety

chains

sprocket must
Refer to Figure

bellcrank

on

wheel
c.

complete, check that the


location of the control arm, control wheels, sprockets
and turnbuckles are as shown. Refer to Figure 2.

f.

g.

After the

Safety

adjustments

are

the

screws

b.

remove

damage

to

attaching
hinge bracket.

the two

from the top and bottom of each

straight away from


the attaching areas.

Pull the aileron

avoid
c.

and

Remove the screws

attaching

the

the

AILERON INSTALLATION
Attach the

bonding

wing

bonding

to the aileron.

a.

connecting the

aileron to the bell-

upstep and the downstop.

The aileron is in neutral when the aileron

trailing edge aligns with the trailing edge


of the wing, and its inboard end is parallel with the outboard end of the flap.

AILERON REMOVAL

Support the aileron

the link

NOTE

wire the turnbuckles.

h.
Check the controls for freedom of movement and
the control surfaces for proper direction of movement,

a.

Adjust

crank to allow full travel of the aileron surface between

cable to the aileron.

to

cable

d.

Adjust the cables from

the

cables. The turnbuckles

wing

are

to the control col-

in the wheel wells.

Secure the control column wheel in neutral by


e.
securing a bar across the top of the control wheel and
leveling the control wheel with a bubble level. Onlith
the control locks installed, the control wheel is rotated
12" to the right.) Adjust the tension as shown on the
aileron temperature cable tension
ure 3.

graph. Refer

to

Fig-

27-1 0-00

Page

Mar 29/96

A~9

BONANZA SERIES
IVIAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM


TEMPERATURE CABLE TENSION GRAPH

ALL SINGLE CONTROL COLUWIN

BONANZAS
so

s40

CABLES

CABLE TENSION

SURFACE TRAVEL

~30
20"
40LBS

AILERON

+2
-2

UP

~5LBSAT

59"F
BUNGEE SPRINGS
CONNECTED

20"

+2DOWN
-2

10

10

20

40

30

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

TEMPERATURE -~F

RIGHT AILERON

UP CABLE

IN WHEEL

WEUTURNBUCKLES

DOWNSTOP

UPSTOP

oo

:i:iSas-::-::-:::::

LEFT UP

SPAR
TURNBUCKLES

RIGHT UP

CARRY THROUGH

1N WHEEL WELL

-Y

LEFT AILERON

BALANCE CABLE

UP CABLE

36-151-17

!1

~i

001

_Y,
RUDDER INTERCONNECT
BUNGEE

Rigging The Aileron Control System


(Effectlvity: CE-748, CE-T72 and after;
CJ-149 and after; D-10097, D-10120 and after;
E-lll1, E-1241 thru E-2111 except E-1946 and

E-2104; EA-1 thru EA-388 except EA-320)

Figure 3

27-10-00

Page
A19

Mar 29/96

CJ;)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE
The control wheel must be level in relation to the airplane. If the airplane is not
level, make a corresponding change to
the position of the control wheel using a

spirit

Check the allerons for correct directlon of movement. When the control
wheel Is moved to the left, the left
alleron must move up and the right

level protractor.

Take the cable reading in the wheel well


where the control column cables attach
to the

alleron must move down. When the


control wheel Is moved to the right,
the right alleron must move up and
left alleron must move down.

wing cables.

f.

Rotate the control wheel to ascertain

the

wing bellcranks

by

feel that

reach their stops before the


trol column reaches its stops.

con-

g. If there is less travel of the control wheel in one


direction than in the other direction, loosen one turn-

AILERON CONTROL TRIMMER (SINGLE


CONTROL COLUMN AIRPLANES)

tighten the opposite

The aileron control system is equipped with an aileron


control trimmer which functions by applying tension on

lower cable turnbuckle, depending on which way the


travel is off. Maintain the correct cable tension.

the aileron control cables to level the wings as


needed. The holding pressure exerted by the aileron

buckle

h.

on

the lower cable and

Secure the control wheel in neutral after the

control trimmer
cor-

rect travel of the wheel is obtained.

connecting

the aileron in

determined

Adjust the link


wing bellcrank to obtain
neutral. Neutral position of the aileron is

the aileron to the

by aligning

the inboard end of the aileron

with the outboard end of the

flap with the flap

in the up

position

tem

the cable tension.

TRIMMER REMOVAL

(Figure

give
Figure

deflection of
3.

NOTE
The aileron bellcrank stops should make
contact 1/16 inch before the control column stops are reached.

body halves by holding the


body housing touter half) and turning the clutch
nut
body
(inner half) counterclockwise.
b.
Separate the two body halves by pulling out on
the clutch body housing.
clutch

TRIMMER INSTALLATION

(FIgure 4)
a

Carefully insert the shaft through the felt seal into


bearing, being careful not to sheer the felt

each aileron bellcrank contacts its upstep


at the same time the bellcrank in the opposite wing

the hub

contacts its

seal.

j.

sure

downstop.

Check the control stop (secondary stop) in the


control column for 1/16-inch clearance in each direction. If the clearance is not correct, recheck the entire
k.

aileron control system for correct chain and cable

rig-

ging.
NOTE
The control stop clearance provides a
slight movement of the control wheel (a
"cushion") after the travel stops on the
aileron bellcranks make contact.
i.

Recheck cable tension and

buckles.
m.

Tighten alljamnuts.

safety

Unscrew the two

a.

Set the bellcrank stop bolts to


20" ~2" up and/or down. Refer to
i.

Be

can be easily overriden at the discrepilot. The trimmer does not change the sysrigging but should be removed before checking

tion of the

wire the turn-

b. Screw the two halves of the unit together by holding the clutch body and turning the clutch body nut.
Hand-tightening the two halves should be sufficient.

Check that the tangs of the drive shaft engage


properly with the sprocket as the unit is being tightened by hand. Also note that the position indicator on
the face of the unit is right side up as the shaft
c

engages with the

sprocket.

AILERON TABS
The ailerons

equipped with sheet metal tabs which


airplane is on the ground.
bending them in opposite
directions to each other. Bend the tabs only a small
amount each time and check the setting by flight test.
are

may be adjusted while the


The tabs are adjusted by

27-1 0-00

Page

Mat 29/96

A19

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

i.

THROW-OVER CONTROL ARM


"T"

CONTROL

2.

DUAL

3.

AILERON TRIMMER

ARM

;f~C

Alleron Trimmer

(Slngle Control Column)


Figure 4
27-1 0-00

A18

Page 7
Aug 18/95

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON AND TAB

(E-1946, E12104,

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
AFTER, EA-320, EA-389 AND

E12111 AND

AFTER)

WARNING
I WARNING)
Make certain that insulation, tie wraps, etc. do not interfere with control components such
as

cables, chains,

etc.

DUAL CONTROL COLUMN

WARNING
I WARNING)
On

airplane serials

CE-1566 and after; E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and after; EA-320, EA-389 and
on all parts when replacing or installing control cables,

after, observe the color coding

bellcranks an~or other control system components. DO NOT connect parts of one color to
coded parts of a different color.
CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN REMOVAL

FIGURE 1
a.

Paint

one

tooth of each control columns sprocket and its

corresponding

chain link to

ensure

proper alignment

of the control wheels at installation.


b.

Loosen the turnbuckles of the control column chain and the aileron turnbuckles in the wheel well.

TURNBUCKLE

STOP

TORQUE
SHAFT

GUARD PIN

LINK

ASSEMBLY

CHAIN
ASSEMBLY

CONNECTOR
LINK

SPROCKET
ASSEMBLY

AILERON CABLE
ASSEMBLY

Q
AIRCRAFT
36-155-6

Dual Control Column Chain

Figure

A20

Adjustment

27-11-00

Feb

26/9 Page

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
c.

Remove the

safety

wire from the 4 bolts

(2

on

each

end),

and

remove

the 6 bolts from the channel between the

control columns.

d.

Remove the channel from the

e.

Disconnect the turnbuckles from the chain of the control column.

f.

Remove the 4 connector links from the stop link

airplane.

assembly,

then

remove

the stop link

assembly.

NOTE
It may be necessary to
g.

Slide the

remove

the stop block before

sprocket support assembly aft

over

the

joint

removing

then

remove

the stop link

assembly.

the chains from the control columns.

CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN INSTALLATION

FIGURE 1
a.

Install the chains

b.

Install the stop link

c.

Install the aileron cable chains. The inboard holes of the stop link

over

the control column

assembly.

sprockets.

The outboard holes

are

used with the control column chain.

assembly

are

used with the aileron cable

chains.

NOTE
Make certain the connector links
d.

Install the stop block if removed.

e.

Connect the turnbuckles

f.

Slide the

(do

not

are

properly

installed.

tighten).

sprocket support assemblies forward and install the channel between the control columns. Safety wire

the bolts.
g.

Tighten

the control column chains

as

indicated in CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN RIGGING.

WARNING
IWARNINO)
Check the ailerons for proper motion, When the control column is turned to the
aileron should move down and the

right aileron

move

right,

the left

up.

CONTROL COLUMN CHAIN RIGGING


FIGURE 1

Rigging
a.

Rig

of the control column chain may be


neutral

on

the control wheels

may be ~0.06 inch off the


b.

accomplished by

by placing
straightedge.

straightedge

the

across

Assure that the ends of the control column chain around the

from the centerline of the

Page

following:
the top of the control wheels. One of the

right sprocket

are

within

one

link of

grips

equidistance

sprocket.

27-11-00

A20

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If the stop link assembly is not centered within ~0.02 inch with respect to its stop,
the link.
c.

d.

Place

vertical load of two

+0.06 inches.
e.

the

pounds

the turnbuckles

Adjust

adjust the turnbuckles to center

the top chain near the airplane centerline. The chain should deflect 0.25
necessary to obtain this deflection.

on

as

rigging the control column chain, refer to


ailerons are properly rigged.
After

RIGGING THE AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM and make certain

CONTROL COLUMN ROLLER ADJUSTMENT

FIGURES 2 AND 3
FORWARD OUTER TUBE ROLLERS

(ROLL

ON THE INNER SQUARE

SHAFT)

FIGURE 2
There

are

four rollers

on

the forward end of each control column which transmit torque to the square inner shaft.
are installed with eccentric bolts which allow for adjustment of roller clear-

Two of the rollers of each control column


ance.

These two bolts may be identified


the shafts clean and

by their

Wipe

b.

Hold

c.

The roller

d.

If the conditions of step

e.

Turn the bolt until the conditions of step

f.

Tighten

g.

Check the other

h.

If the

of the
on

firmly against the

shaft.

side of the shaft should turn

freely

nonadjustable

the

opposite

Adjust

the rollers

as

follows:

dry.

a.

one

10-32 threads.

c are

rollers

while

having

no more

not met, loosen the nut on the roller which has the bolt with 10-32 threads.
c are

complied

with.

the nut, then recheck the roller clearance in accordance with steps b and

pair

than 0.002 inch clearance.

of rollers

as

indicated in steps b and

adjustment is needed, follow steps d,

c.

c.

and f for the second set of rollers.

Repeat this procedure for the other control column.

nzo

27-11-00

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

1?

FORCE

f~lS ROLLER
SHOUCD ROLL
FREE
.002 0~7 LESS

34t50-*

Forward Control Column Rollers

Figure
CONTROL COLUMN SUPPORT ROLLER ADJUSTMENT

(ATTACHED TO

THE INSTRUMENT

SUBPANEL)

FIGURE 3
The

top

two rollers of each control column

support

are

installed with eccentric bolts which may be used for adjust-

ment as follows:

Pull the control column fore and aft until the


ers

position of

least clearance between the control column and

Keep the control column in this position while checking


probably have its own position of least clearance.

is located.

column will

firmly against the

and/or

adjusting

top rollers.

a.

Hold the control column

b.

The clearance between the control column tube and the lower roller should be 0.005 ~0.002 inch.

c.

If the correct clearance is not indicated, loosen the nuts

d.

Rotate the bolts to obtain the proper clearance.

e.

Tightenthe

f.

Recheck for proper clearance

g.

Repeatforthe

Page

beF4

26/99

nuts.

(step b).

othercontrol column.

27-11-00

two

on

the two top rollers.

support

roil-

the clearance. Each control

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON REMOVAL
a.

Lower the

b.

Support

c.

Pull the aileron

d.

Remove the

flaps

and disconnect the

the aileron and

straight

screws

remove

push-pull

the two

away from the

rod to the aileron tab.

attaching

to avoid

wing

attaching the bonding

screws

from the top and bottom of each

damage

to the

attaching

hinge

bracket.

areas.

cables to the aileron.

AILERON INSTALLATION
a.

Attach the

b.

Place the aileron in

bonding

aileron skin and the


c.

cables to the aileron.

position on the hinge


reinforcing structure.

Install the upper and lower

hinge

brackets. Be

bracket

sure

the

hinge

bracket is in the proper

place

screws.

Pull on the aileron in a direction straight away from the wing to assure that the hinge brackets
sitioned. If any movement of the aileron is noted, recheck the position of all hinge brackets.
d.

e.

Lower the

flap

between the

and connect the aileron tab

push-pull

rod and install the cotter

are

properly

po-

pin.

AILERON CONTROL CABLE REMOVAL


FIGURE 4
and the floorboards in the

pilots compartment.

Remove the

b.

Remove the forward passenger seats and the floorboards between the main and

c.

Remove the

trailing edge

pilots

and

copilots seat,

a.

plates
wings.

access

of the

as

gain

necessary to

access

to the aileron cables and

from the cable

pulley

d.

Remove all necessary cable

e.

Disconnect the forward aileron cables from the chain and cable

retaining pins

rear

spars.

pulley brackets

on

the lower

brackets.

assembly at the connector link below the control

column. Install lead lines to both aileron cables.


f.

Disconnect the forward aileron cables and the forward outboard

Connect
g.

lead line to

one

end of the cable and

remove

Disconnect the balance cable at the turnbuckle in each

remove

h.

wing

cable at the turnbuckles in each

wing.

the cable.

wing.

Connect

lead line to

one

end of the cable and

the cable.

Disconnect the forward outboard and the aft outboard cables at the bellcrank in each

wing. Identify and

remove

the cables.

~20

27-11-00

Feb

26/9 Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

i. WHEEL
2. COLLAR ASSEMBLY
3. COLUMN TORQUE TUBE
4. ELEVATOR TORQUE ARM
5. ELEVATOR TORQUE TUBE
6. ELEVATOR BELLCRANK
7. ELEVATOR TORQUE TUBE SUPPORT
8. 808 WEIGHT ASSEMBLY
S.CQUAR
10. COLLAR ASSEMBLY
11. ELEVATOR PUSHROD
12. CONNECTOR
13. INNER COLUMN GUIDE
14. INNER COLUMN TORQUE TUBE

.SU-JOIM
iTROPPUS

16. SPROCKET
17. TAPER PIN
18. SPROCKFT

q 21

19
18

.91TUNFORWARD SUPPORT

16

20.
21. COTTER PIN
22. SUPPORT. ROLLERS

Ip

11

;I

15

17

110

7--,

~1
17

~B

5
22
17

17
c

111\\
t

36155-\4

Control Column

Figure

Page 6
Feb 26/99

27-11-00

A20

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

F.S. 96.00

F.S. 84.358

DETAIL

DETAIL

RIGHT AILERON UP

RIGHT AILERON

BALANCE CABLE

LEFT AILERON UP

F.S 117.187

BALANCE CABLE~
I

DETAILD
F.S. 112000

LEFT A1LERON VP

AILERON TAB

ACTUATOR

B
BALANCE CABLE

i
a

TEMPERATURE CABLE rr#SIOIJ GRAPH

TTRAVEL

STOPS

AILERON
CABLE

SURFACETFIA~EL

DETAILE
DETAIL

AILERON

35~5LBS
AT 59~F BUNGEE

SPREKiS CONNECTED

20"
20"

~I
a

BEUCRANK

2" UP
2 DOWrl
10

20

.30

-40

50

60

TEMPERAfURE
AIIlRON
TAB

F.S.

APPROXIMATE FUSiLAGE
STATION

10 LBS +-5 LBS


-0 LBS
AT

9"~ 0
9"t 0

70

80

90

100

110

120

"F

1" UP
1 WWN

59"F

36151-18

Aileron

(E-1946,

A20

System

E-2104 and After, EA-320 and


Figure 4

27-11-00

EA-389)

Feb

26/99Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Page

Feb 26/99

27-11-00

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION


FIGURE 4
a.

Connect the forward outboard and the aft outboard cables to the bellcrank in each

wing.

Route the cables in-

board and disconnect the lead lines.


b.

Route the balance cable

through

wing,

one

the

fuselage,

then

through

the

opposite wing. Disconnect the


wing.

lead

line and connect the balance cable and the aft outboard cables to the turnbuckles in each
c.

Route

one

end of the aileron cables outboard in each

wing,

and the other end forward to the control column.

Connect the cables to the turnbuckles at the forward outboard cable in each

both aileron cables at the connector link below the control column.

d.

Connect the chain and cable

assembly to

e.

Install all

pulley

f.

Rig

g.

Install the

h.

Install the floorboards and the forward passenger seats.

i.

Install the floorboards and the

retaining pins

the aileron control


access

in the

wing.

brackets.

system.

plates

on

the lower

pilots

trailing edge

and

copilots

of the

wings.

seats.

WAANINO I
I WARNING
Make certain that
as

cables, chains,

insulation, tie wraps,

etc. do not interfere with control

components such

etc.

Check for correct direction of movement

by moving

the control wheel. When the control

wheel is moved to the left, the left aileron should move up and the right aileron move down.
When the control wheel is turned to the right, the right aileron should move up and the left
aileron down.

RIGGING THE AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM


NOTE

Company recommends the use of the aileron travel gage shown in the SPECIAL
Chapter 12-20-00. The front of the travel gage should be located over the leading edge
skin splice with the aft portion over the number 8 wing rib (just outboard of the inboard aileron
hinge).
Raytheon

Aircraft

TOOLS in

a.

Aileron and tab surfaces must

b.

Place the aft

the locknuts

on

c.

Tightenthe

d.

Rig

neutral

arm

with the upper and lower surfaces of the

of both aileron bellcranks

both ends of the

push-pull

wing

within 1/16 inch.

parallel to the adjacent wing rib. If the aileron is


adjust the push-pull tube until the aileron

tube and

not in

neutral, loosen

is in neutral.

locknuts.
on

the control wheels

may be ~0.06 inch off of the

nm

align

by placing
straightedge.

straightedge

across

the top of the two control wheels. One

27-11-00

grip

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
e.

Assure that the ends of the chain around the

centerline of the

are

within

one

link of

equidistance

from the

sprocket.

if the link stop

f.

control column

right

assembly

is not centered with respect to its stop,

adjust the

turnbuckles to center the link.

Place a vertical load of two pounds on the top chain near the airplane centerline. The chain should deflect 0.25
g.
~0.06 inch. Adjust the turnbuckles as necessary to obtain this deflection.
h.

Connectthe

bungeesprings.

With a straight rig pin installed between the pilots rudder pedals and with a simulated (10 Ibs.) cable tension,
i.
adjust the turnbuckle above the forward aileron bungee spring until both bungee springs are extended equally ~0.06

inch.

j.

Adjust the turnbuckles

k.

Remove the

i.

Adjust

m.

Tighten

n.

Rig

o.

Be

in the wheel wells to

straightedge

on

(primary stops)

(00).

for

deflection of 20 ~2" up, and 20 lt2" down from neutral.

the bellcrank stop bolts.

the aileron cables to the tension indicated in


sure

the ailerons to neutral

from the control wheels.

the aileron bellcrank stops


the locknuts

bring

each bellcrank contacts its upstep at the

Figure
same

4. Use the turnbuckles in the wheel wells.

time the bellcrank in the

opposite wing contacts

its down-

stop.
p. Set the secondary stop bolts (the stop link at the forward end of the control
clearance from the stop with the ailerons at full travel (both right and left).

column) to

maintain 0.06 to 0.12 inch

q. With a straight rig pin installed between the pilots rudder pedals, the control wheels should center within 5" of
neutral. If necessary, readjust the vertical turnbuckle above the forward bungee spring and the aft turnbuckle in the

wheel well

as

required

to center the control wheels.

r.

Recheck cable tension and

s.

With the ailerons

10"

right

t.

Connect the

or

left of

safety the turnbuckles.

Make certain all locknuts

fully rigged (bungee springs disconnected),


neutral shall not exceed 15 inch-pounds.

the torque

are

required

tight.
to move either control wheel

bungee springs.

WARNING
IWI\RNINO

by moving the control wheel. When the control


wheel is moved to the left, the left aileron should move up and the right aileron move down.
When the control wheel is turned to the right, the right aileron should move up and the left

Check for correct direction of movement

aileron down.
u.

Removeall

Page

rigging pins.

27-11-00

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON TAB
A trim tab has been installed in the left aileron which is controllable from inside the

tab is controlled

through

normal cable and chain

linkage to

airplane while in flight. The aileron


pedestal with the indicator.

control wheel located in the

AILERON TRIM TAB CABLE REMOVAL


seat and the left floorboard.

a.

Remove the

b.

Remove the lower forward

c.

Remove the forward left passenger seat and the floorboard.

d.

Remove necessary

e.

Remove the cable

f.

Disconnect the tab cables at the turnbuckles in the left

g.

Remove the cable

h.

Remove the outboard cable from the actuator sprocket. Remove the cable

through the

actuator

i.

Remove chain master link at the

Remove cable

through the

actuator

pilots

upholstery panel

access

plates

retaining pins

stops

at

wing

to

gain

at the

on

the left side of the

access

pulley

to the trim tab

pedestal.

cables, actuator, and cable pulley brackets.

brackets.

wing. Identify

and connect lead lines

on

the cable ends.

station 43.375.

sprocket

on

the

pedestal.

access

opening.

access

opening.

AILERON TRIM TAB CABLE INSTALLATION

pedestal sprocket

a.

Position the chain of the forward tab cable around the

b.

Route the cable ends aft in the

c.

Position the chain of the outboard cable around the actuator

d.

Install the cable stops at

e.

Install the cable

f.

Rig

g.

Install all

h.

Install the floorboard and the left forward passenger seat.

i.

Install the floorboard and the

j.

Install the

and outboard into the left

wing

sprocket

and disconnect the lead lines.

and route the cable ends inboard.

station 43.375 and connect the cables at the turnbuckles in the

wing

retaining pins

the aileron trim tab control


access

fuselage

and install the chain master link.

in the

pulley

wing.

brackets.

system per AILERON TRIM TAB RIGGING in this chapter.

plates in the left wing.

upholstery panel

pilots

on

seat.

the left side of the

pedestal.

WARNING
IWARNINOI
Make certain that insulation, tie wraps, etc. do not interfere with control components such
as cables, chains, etc.

plane with respect to the aileron when the aileron is


moved. When the tab control wheel is turned to indicate left wing up, the aileron tab should
move up. If the aileron and aileron tab do not move in the proper direction, recheck rigging.
The aileron tab should stay in the

same

27-11-00Page

11

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON TRIM TAB RIGGING

NOTE
Place the aileron in neutral.
a.

Place the aileron trim tab control in neutral

b.

Place the aileron in neutral

position

position.

and connect the trim tab to the tab actuator.

By turning the sprocket on the actuator, adjust the trim tab to both extremes of travel; measure both settings
return the tab to the midpoint of the two extremes of travel. This will place the actuator in the neutral position.

c.

d.

If the trim tab is not in the neutral

tral

position.

e.

Center the chain

f.

Set the aileron tab stop

stops

to 40 to 60

on

the

sprocket
W.S.

(at
inch-pounds.

g.

Rig

h.

Check trim tab travel,

cable tension and

position

and

safety all

tighten the

43.375)

adjust travel

completion

upon

as

adjust the pushrod

to

place

the tab in

neu-

cable.

to obtain

noted in

of step c,

and

surface deflection of 9" +0" -1" up and down.

Figure

Torque

the

4.

turnbuckles and stops.

WARNING I
I wnrc#l~a
After rigging the aileron and aileron tab control system, check for correct movement of the
control surfaces with respect to the movement of the controls. The aileron tab should stay
in the same plane with respect to the aileron when the aileron is moved. When the tab control
wheel is turned to indicate left wing up, the aileron tab should move up. If the aileron and

aileron tab do not move in the proper direction, recheck the

rigging.

AILERON TRIM TAB ACTUATOR REMOVAL


a.

Remove the

b.

Disconnect the outboard cable at the turnbuckles in the

c.

Remove the outboard cable from the actuator

d.

Disconnect the actuator from the trim tab

e.

Remove the bolts

access

plates

at the actuator.

attaching

wing.

sprocket.

linkage.

the actuator to the

wing

structure. Remove the actuator.

AILERON TRIM TAB ACTUATOR INSTALLATION


a.

Position the actuator

b.

Connect the actuator to the tab

c.

Install the outboard cable

d.

Connect the cables at the turnbuckles in the wing.

Page

beF21

26/99

against the wing

on

structure and install the

attaching

bolts.

linkage.

the actuator

27-11-00

sprocket.

nzo

Ral(theon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
the ai\eron trim tab control system.

e.

Rig

f.

Install the

access

plates

at the actuator.

AILERON TRIM TAB ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLY


FIGURE 5
a.

Remove the pins from the nut

assembly (5) and sprocket (1)

and

the

remove

sprocket (1)

from the actuator

as-

sembly.
b.

Remove the snap

c.

Remove the actuator

d.

Remove the

(Il)from

the

ring (10)

from the actuator

(8) from

screw

the nut

housing (6), and pull

the nut

assembly (5)

out of the

housing.

assembly.

pins from the actuator screw (8) and the actuator rod end (11) and remove the actuator rod end
screw (8). The bearing (4) and the bushing (9) can now be removed from the screw.

1.

Sprocket

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

2. Check Nut
3. AdSustinO Bushing
4. Bearing
5. Nut Asselhbly
6. Actuator Housing
7. Bracket

Actuator Screw

Bushing

Snap Ring

Actuator Rod End


Tube End
Actuator Tube

I
13

"e

12

~fi
io
3

ii

THns
as4es9AA

Aileron Trim Tab Actuator

Figure 5

A20

27-11 -00

Feb

26/9 Page

13

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
e.

Remove the check nut

f.

Remove the

and

(2),

screw out

from the nut

bearing (4)

the

with

adjusting bushing (3)

spanner wrench.

assembly.

AILERON TRIM TAB ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

NOTE
lubricate all

During assembly
bearing (4)

a.

Install the

b.

Install the other

c.

Install the actuator

d.

Push the nut

e.

Use

housing

the nut

on

bearing (4)

and

bushing (9)

(11,

Chart 1,

91-00-00).

on

the actuator

screw

ring (10)

in the

(8).

assembly.

into the actuator

assembly

with grease

assembly (5).

in the nut

screw

moving parts

housing (6),

and install the snap

housing.

spanner wrench to install the adjusting bushing (3) into the housing until the end play between the screw
and nut assembly is less than 0.025 inch. If the end play cannot be reduced to within limits, replace the
a

actuator.

f.

Install the check nut

g.

Install the actuator rod end

h.

Align the

i.

Install the

j.

Align the

(2)

holes in the

the

on

adjusting bushing.

(11)

screw

sprocket (1)

holes in the

on

(8)

the

on

screw.

with those of the actuator rod end

the actuator

sprocket (1)

(11)

and install the two

pins.

assembly.

assembly (5)

with those in the nut

and install the two

pins.

CHECKING AILERON TRIM TAB FREE PLAY


FIGURE 6

Visually inspect

the aileron trim tab for

damage, security of hinge attach points, and


checking the free play of the tab.

for

tightness

of the

actuating

system. Inconsistencies must be corrected before

(P/N 45-135030-9/810) or equivalent, a dial indicator, and a push-pull scale


loading to the tab are required for making the inspection for tab free play. Refer to Figure 6.

A check fixture

applying

for

accurate

a.

Securely lock the

control surfaces to prevent movement of the ailerons. Set the aileron trim tab in neutral.

b.

Use shot

hold the dial indicator check fixture

bags to

tab

hinge

line and

c.

Apply

small

on

the outboard

edge

so

that the

point of the dial

indicator is 2.0 inches aft of the

of the aileron tab.

piece of masking tape (for paint protection) 4.0 inches aft of the tab hinge line
point of pressure against the tab by the push-pull scale.

and

along the

cen-

terline of the tab actuator. This is the

Apply

e.

Set the dial indicator at

f.

With the

g.

Release half of the load to obtain

Page

another

piece of masking tape

d.

zero.

push-pull scale

on

in the

corresponding

location

on

during

the

Do not reset the dial indicator

the

masking tape, apply


a

27-11-00

1.5

3.0

pound downward

pound

the bottom surface of the tab.

checking procedure.

downward load. Record the dial

load. Record the dial

reading

as

reading

as

A.

B.

nzo

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
h.

On the

masking tape

on

the bottom surface,

Release half of the load to obtain

Enter the recorded

j.

readings

on a

1.5

3.0

copy of Chart 1 and

SubtractAfromBand recordasX.

2.

Multiply Bby2and

3.

Multiply

4.

SubtractCfrom2Dand recordasY.

pound upward

load. Record the

proceed

as

load. Record the dial

reading

as

reading

as

C.

D.

follows:

recordas2B.

2 and record

by

pound upward

1.

apply

as

2D.

NOTE
X and Y
5.

Add X and Y and record

(E

I.

If the free

play

determine the

be

negative

numbers.

E.

as

MAXIMUM)

0.094 INCH

k.

can

is

over

cause.

All

the maximum

worn

parts

specified in Chart 1, inspect


replaced.

all components of the tab actuator system to

must be

AILERON TRIM TAB FREE PLAY INSPECTION

FIGURE 6
This check should be

performed

at least once

year to

ensure

that the trim tab free

play falls

within the

prescribed

limits.

(P/N 45-135030-9/810) or equivalent as shown in Figure 6, a dial indicator, and a push-pull scale for I
applying accurate loading to the tab are required for making the inspection for free play of the tab.

A check fixture

a.

Securely

lock the control surfaces to

prevent

movement of the ailerons. Set the aileron tab in the neutral

posi-

tion.

Using shot bags, affix the dial indicator check fixture


hinge line and on the outboard edge of the aileron tab.
b.

c.

Apply

small

d.

that the dial indicator

point

is 2.00 inches aft of the tab

masking tape (for paint protection) 4.00 inches aft of the tab hinge line and along
actuator. This will be the point of pressure against the tab by the push-pull scale.

piece

centerline of the tab

so

of

Apply another piece of masking tape in the corresponding position on the

bottom surface of the tab for the

the

same

purpose.
e.

Zero the dial indicator at

f.

With the

ing

as

push-pull

no

scale at the

initially.

Do not reset

during

the

checking procedure.

point of masking tape, apply a full &pound

downward load. Record the dial read-

A.

g.

Release half the load until

h.

Apply

i.

Release half the load until

~2(1

load

full

3-pound upward
a

1.5-pound downward
load at the

load is obtained. Record the dial

masking tape

l.&pound upward

on

reading

as

the bottom surface. Record the dial

load is obtained. Record the dial

reading

as

B.

reading

D.

27-11-00

as

C.

Rayeheen Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Enter the recorded values

j.

on a

copy of Chart 1 and

proceed

as

follows:

recordas2B.

1.

MultiplyBby2and

2.

SubtractAfrom 28 and record

3.

MultiplyDby2and recordas2D.

4.

Subtract C from 2D and record

as

as

X.

Y.

NOTE
The results of X and Y
5.

k.
All

Add X and Y and record

If the free
worn

play

as

be

negative

numbers.

E.

inspect

exceeds 0.094 inch,

parts should be

can

all components of the tab actuator system to determine the

cause.

replaced.

CHART1
AILERON TAB FREE PLAY LIMITS
3-POUND

I.5-POUND READING

READING

2B

-A

=X

2D

-C

=Y

+Y

=E

(E=O.Og4-inch maximum)

Page

bef61

26/99

27-11-00

A20

RRyliheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

to\i

12

678

13

.8 IN

.5 IN

--rr

--1-!5

I
~I

25 IN

I
I

1
I

II

Inpsls-11

1.25
I__

IN,

_TYPI

2.9 1N

TAB

tAA_L

ICis

14

1.30 IN

mM

QUANf.

DESCRIPTIOPI

Il;

NO.
.68 IN
8 aluminum or

3/4 x 1

1 x 1 3/8 x 1 3/4 aluminum or

1/2

7 1/2

10 aluminum

C81Q Indicator"

3/4

1/4 Cia

2 carroslon

res.

114 Cia xl Eonosion

res.

1/4-28 nut

318

I(

10

3/8
1/4

2 x 10 rubber

11

12

13

14

^PIN of Federal Produots

2 1/2 x 14 aluminum
x

equiv.

or

equlv.

stl.
56.

II

II

1.6~

IN

.31 IN

10 rubber

x 2 5

13

equhr.

or

cM709ion
2/1
.l70tque
is
VLlFN
x

equlv.

10

KN813 Keenswt or lap 1/2


1/8 x 1 x 3/4 rubber

Corp., ProvMence,

res.

sore~

13

SECTION A

THIS GROOVE TO BE A SNUG FIT


To THC 5CR5W 8840881 ON
THE DIAL INDICATOR

R. I.

loo-lss.a

Fabricating Clamp for Tab

Deflection

Figure 6

A20

27-1100

Feb

26/99Pagel7

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

RUDDER AND TAB

RUDDER

(F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC,

AND

B36TC)

WARNING
I WARNING)
On

CE-1566 and after; E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and after; EA-320, EA-389 and
coding on all parts when replacing or installing control cables,

airplane serials

after,

observe the color

bellcranks and /or other control system components. DO NOT connect parts of
parts of a different color.

one

color to

coded

RUDDER REMOVAL
a.

Detach the tail cone, disconnect the tail

b.

Remove the tail section

c.

Remove the four attach bolts from the rudder bellcrank.

d.

Disconnect the rudder

e.

Removethe rudder.

access

hinges

doors

navigation light

wire and

remove

the left hand side of the aft

on

and rudder

bonding

the tail

cone.

fuselage.

cable.

RUDDER INSTALLATION
a.

Placethe

b.

Connect the rudder

c.

Install the rudder bellcrank attach bolts

d.

Installtheaccess doors.

e.

Connect the

f.

Install the tail

A20

rudderinposition.
hinges

and

navigation light

bonding

cable.

(torque

to 50 to 70

inch-pounds).

wires.

cone.

27-20-00

Feb

26/99Page

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Rig

Pin

CL

CL
0.38 to 0.45"

8-8

s,

A-A

Rig Pinr: 3/8" dio. x 2-1/8" Long


8loc1(: 1/2" w 1" x 2" Long

Rudder Pedal

Figure

Page

be26/99
F2

27I20-00

Rig

Tool

A20

Raylheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OETAILA

LEFT
RU]DER
CABLE

F~3A lCE-lAE,
AH) AFTER)
FEED
A)c~) AFTER)
RUDDER
PEDAL
STOPS

RUDDER
BELLCRAM<
STOPS

RIGHT
RUDDER
CABLE

LEFT
RUDDER
CABLE

RIGHT
RUDDER

CABLE

RMOER
PEDAL
STOPS

i~B

A36 (E-IIIl. E-12~1 AHI AFTERI


A5~6n: TEA-I TCIRII u-nr. pceEm 99-262)
B;HTC (EA-UZ
AH9 AFTER)
ATTACH
BOLTS

OETAIL E

DETADL D

mA4B

mAILc

/I
Rudder

System

Figure

A20

27-20-00

Feb

26/99Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Page

beF4

26/99

27-20-00

A20

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CABLES

CABLE

RUDDER

25

TENSION

5 LBS
LBS
AT 59 F

SURFACE
25
AND

LEFT
RIGHT

TRAVEL

ALL F33A AND A36TC.


F33C PRIOR TO CJ-156
WITHOUT KIT 33-4002-1,

A36 PRIOR TO E-2111


EXCEPT E-1946 AND
E-2104
20

+0
AND

-1
LEFT
RIGHT

B36TC

25 +1
20 +O

LEFT
-I RIGHT

F33C,

23 +O -1
LEFT AND
RIGHT OF
NEUTRAL

TEMPERATURE

CABLE

CJ-156 AND
AFTER. AND EARLIER
F33CS WITH KIT
33-4002-1

E-1946. E-2104
AND E-2111 AND
AFTER

TENSION GRAPH

50

40

g
5
g
H

30

20

10

10

20

30

40

50
60
70
TEMPERATURE- F

80

90

100

110

120

EA278
984801AA

Rudder Cable Tension and Surface Travel Data

Figure

A20

27-20-00

Feb

26/99Page

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RIGGING THE RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM

FIGURES 2 AND 3

NOTE

rigging of the rudder pedals a rigging tool may be fabricated from a steel block 1/2 inch
X 1 inch X 2 inches; and two 3/8-inch- x 2-1/8-inch-long pins. The rig pins are located parallel and
forward of the block, one on each side, and welded. The rig pins should be spaced as noted in
To facilitate

Figure

1.

a.

Place the rudder

b.

Install

c.

With the bellcrank in the neutral

graph

in

rig

pedals

in the aft

tool in the holes

Figure

3, then

remove

position.

provided

the

in the

pilots rudder pedals.

position, rig the


rig pin.

cables to the tension shown

on

the temperature cable tension

NOTE
Installation of the

justment
The
d.

right

Adjust the

as

the

rig pin in the pilots


pilots pedals.

hand rudder

pedals

are

rudder

rigged

pedals

0.38

as

Adjust the rudder pedal travel at the rudder pedal stops


immediately prior to contact with the rudder pedal stops.

f.

Make

Page

sure

that the rudder movement

27120100

corresponds

bring

the

copilots pedals

0.45 inch forward of the neutral

rudder travel at the rudder bellcrank stops

e.

will

indicated in
so

Figure

to the same ad-

position.

2.

that contact with the rudder bellcrank stops

to the movement of the rudder

occurs

pedals.

A20

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RUDDERVATOR AND TAB
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

jig assembly
Figure 1, Detail E) to position the differential
mechanism in the neutral position. The jig assembly
will position the differential mechanism of the right tail
e.

RUDDER

Install the differential mechanism

(refer

(V35B)

to

RUDDER RIGGING PROCEDURE

control arm aft of the differential mechanism for the


left tail control arm with the elevator and rudder sys-

(Flgure

tems in neutral.

NOTE

NOTE

All rudder

rigging should be accomwith


a travel board installed. A
plished
bubble protractor should not be used for
any rudder rigging procedure.

jig assembly is

The rudder system and elevator system


are separate systems forward of the

tems

The 35-590087 differential mechanism


to be used with the
35-590087-9 stop installed.

With the rudder, elevator and tab syscorrectly adjusted and in neutral,

the differential mechanism tail control

empennage. The control surfaces for


both the rudder and elevator are the
same

(rudder)

parts. The rudder and elevator

control surfaces will be referred to

Adjust the stops on the aft fuselage bulkhead to


permit a maximum combined ruddervator travel as
shown on the overall travel tables. Refer to Figure 1.
With the

adjusting

on

the

nose

link at the rudder

wheel and

jig assembly,

are

per

Figure

d.

Position the control column in the neutral position


with 4-112 inches (4-3/4 inches on D-10359 and after)
between the collar on the instrument panel and split
collar on the control column. This can be accom-

plished by cutting a block 4-1/2 (or 4-3/4 for D-10359


after) inches long and taping it to the control col-

umn.

rig tool and the

are

installed with

position with
tempera-

ture cable tension

graph.

The trim tab

system is in neutral when the cockpit


indicator is at 0", the cable tensions are

1, 27-20-00.

and

the rudder

the cable tensions set to the

tool in

each side, and

spaced

positioned
jig assembly.

the ruddervators in the 0"

the rudder

pins. See Figure 1, 27-20-00. The rig


pins are located parallel and forward on
oneon

is to be

control column block

set to the

The left rudder pedal is rigged .38 to .45


inch aft of the neutral position. To facilitate rigging of the rudder pedals to these
dimensions, a rigging tool may be fabricated from a steel block 1/2 x 1 x 2
inches, and two 3/8 x 2-1/8-inch-long rig

pins

arm

The elevator and rudder system are in


neutral when the differential mechanism

NOTE

the block,
welded. Rig

(center)

inside the hole in the

aft of the rudder

Straighten
position
pedals in neutral position with an aligning (rig)
the pedals. Refer to Figure 1, 27-20-00.
c.

the differential mechanism elevator

control

quadrant,
pedals, lengthen or
shorten as necessary to align the copilots pedals with
the pilots pedals. When aligning the pedals, be sure
both sets of pedals are in the same position.
just

the

jig assembly and the out(legs) of the jig assembly are


lightly contacting the forward side of the
fuselage station 256.9 bulkhead. The nut

a.

b.

lightly contacting

mechanism
board ends

as

ruddervator.

located

arms are

aft side of the 35-590087 differential

temperature cable tension

are at O" or symgraph


metrically split. The tabs are at 00 when
their trailing edges align with the trailing
edges of the ruddervators.

and the tabs

Adjust the short, lower elevator cable to a total


length of 23.62 ~.06 inches as measured from the
center of its attachment points at the reduction bellcrank and the differential mechanism. Refer to Figure

f.

5. No threads on the turnbuckle should be visible out-

adjustment. Safety the turnadjustment of this cable is required.

side of the barrel after


buckle. No further

g. Adjust the main rudder cable tensions to the tension shown on the temperature cable tension graph.
Refer to Figure 1. (The cables can be adjusted simul-

taneously with the rudder balance cable.) The balance


cable is adjusted by adding or removing washers
27-21-00

Page
A19

Mar 29/96

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TEMPERATURE CABLE TENSION GRAPH


60

RUDDER TRAVEL

OVER-ALL TRAVEL

(COMBINE RUDDER AND ELEVATOR)

50

40

LEFT
23"

10 UP

260

~1" DOWN

LEFT

RIGHT
26" i
23"

10 UP

10 DOWN

RIGHT

440

20 UP

35"

20 UP

370

+2" DOWN

40"

+20 DOWN

i;

-~if"i

30

cci

BALANCE CABLE

LH. PEDAL

R.H. PEDAL
w

RUDDER

RUDDER PEDAL SETTINGS

NEUTRI\L POSITION

20

.38 TO .45

r:

INCHES AFT OF

c~Lj

NEUTRAL POSITION
L:

-tct

10
20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

TEMPERATURE-F"

35-590087 AND 35-590087-9


DIFFERENTIAL MECHANISM

JIG ASSEMBLY
FUSELAGE STATION
151.0

FUSELAGE

STOP BOLTS

DETAIL

STATION 170.0

A
RIGHT RUDDER

PEDAL

CABLE

POSITION
LEFT RUDDER

ADJUSTING

CABLE

LINK

B
DETAIL

LA

D
DIFFERENTIAL
MECHANISM

DETAIL

/I
~71

DETAIL

DETAIL

B:
35-153-17
003

Rudder

System (V35B)
Figure 1

27-21-00

Page 2
Aug 18/95

A18

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

pulley bracket.
and rudcolumn
control
The differential mechanism,
neutral
in
their
der pedals are still to be
positions after
behind swivel bolt

cable tensions

on

are

the balance cable

RUDDERVATOR REMOVAL

(Figure 2)
NOTE

adjusted.

The rudder system and elevator system


are separate systems forward of the
empennage. The control surfaces for
both the rudder and elevator are the
same parts. The rudder and elevator

Set the ruddervators in the neutral position (O") by


adjusting the length of the control push-pull rods.
Make sure the rod ends remain screwed the required
length into the push-pull tubes. They should extend
h.

past the inspection hole, i.e.

though

the

inspection

wire should not pass

control surfaces will be referred to


ruddervator.

hole.

Remove the differential mechanism jig assembly


remove the rudder pedal rig tool. Leave the control column 4-1/2- (or 4-3/4- for D-10359 and after)
inch-long block in place to prevent elevator system
i.

Before

and

influence

on

rudder

When ruddervator travels are correct, tighten the


jamnuts, the rudder stop jamnuts, safety the
turnbuckles, safety the nut on the swivel bolt on the
pulley bracket of the balance cable and recheck travel.
rod end

Remove the elevator column 4-1/2-

after) inch-long

Changing rudder rigging


ging. Check elevator rigging
ging.
i.

hinge
the

line. If any movement exists, find


of the looseness. If any hinge

cause

bolt, bearing

k.

D-10359 and

disassembly check the ruddervaperpendicular to the

tor for movement

rigging.

j. Set the rudder travel by adjusting the stop bolts


(refer to Figure 1, Detail A) just aft of the pilots rudder
pedals. Refer to Figure 1 for the applicable table of
travels and the appropriate rudden/ator travel values.
Steps b through h should result in the ruddervator
travel being correct or nearly correct. Make any final
minor adjustments by lengthening or shortening the
control push-pull tubes. Make sure the rod ends
remain screwed the required length into the push-pull
tubes. They should extend past the inspection hole,
i.e. a wire should not pass through the inspection hole.

(or 4-3/4-

wear,

I -II
WARNING

Remove the

a.

or

bushing shows signs


replaced.

of

must be
screws

holding the tail

cone

Remove the tail

b.

in

posi-

cone

and disconnect the

naviga-

side and bottom

panels.

wire.

tion

light

c.

Remove the aft

d.

Remove the 5/16-inch bolt from the

fuselage

push-pull

tube.
e.

inspection hole,

the open left side

Working inside

release the tab cable tension, then fasten the ruddervator tab cables so that no slack in the cables will be

transmitted

beyond

the affected tab.

NOTE

for

change elevator rigchanging rudder rig-

they

tion.

Identify the cables so that they may be


reinstalled in the proper location.

block.

may
after

as

f.

g.

Disconnect the elevator tab cables at the tab.


Remove the

guide

block located

on

the tab cable

at the front of the ruddervator.

h.
i.

Remove the cotter

pins

from the

Remove the nuts from the three

hinge

bolts.

hinge bolts.

NOTE
Check the ruddervator for the correct
direction of movement by working the
rudder pedals. When the left rudder
pedal is depressed, the left ruddervator should move down and the right

Support the

twist when the

fall or
removed.

down.

so

that it will not

hinge bolts

are

position of the washers in each


hinge assembly. Tag each hinge assembly as to the location of the washers.
Refer to Figure 2.
Note the

ruddervator should move up. When


the right rudder pedal is depressed,
the left ruddervator should move up,
and the right ruddervator should
move

ruddervator

j.

Remove the bolts from the

hinges.
27-21 -00

Page
A19

Mar 29/96

aeechcrrdt
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
k.
Remove the two bonding
attached near the hinges.

i.

jumpers which

are

Install the nuts


bolts.
d.

hinge

NOTE
The center and outboard

require

(Figore 2)

hinge bolt each

two AN960-10 washers under

the nut.
If the bolt

1U1~1WARNING

grip length,

Torque the nuts to


tightened up to
cotter pin holes.

one

inch-pounds; they
inch-pounds to align the

e.

20 to 25

may be

40

f.

h.

The elevator/rudder control surfaces will


be refered to as ruddervator.

Install the cotter

pins

in the

hinge bolts.

Connect the tab cables to their

NOTE

the ruddervator in its proper position.


Make sure the hinge bushings are installed in the
hinge halves on the stabilizer.

The bolt connecting the cable to the tab


horn should be tight enough to prevent
rattle, but loose enough to swivel. If the
bolt is too tight, the tab control system
will bind.

NOTE
or

must be

bushing
replaced.

The maximum wear for the inboard


bearing is.001-inch radial and .025-inch
axial.
Install the

bonding jumpers at the center and outboard hinges (two 105090D032-1D washers go
between the screw head and skin).

respective tab

horn.

Support

showing signs of wear

long

g. Install the guide block for the tab cable at the front
of the ruddervator.

NOTE

Any hinge bolt, bearing

is too

additional washer may be added under


the nut.

Airframe vibration may be caused by


worn elevator hinges, mlsthreaded
trim tab hinges, loose stabilizer
attachment or any Improper Installation which will allow free play.

b.

the center and outboard

Remove the ruddervator.

RUDDERVATOR INSTALLATION

a.

on

i.

Remove the fasteners which were installed to prebeing transmitted to the rest of

vent cable slack from

the tab system.

j.
k
i.

Using the notes made during removal (refer to


Figure 2), install the proper washers and bolts in the
hinges as follows:

Install the 5/16-inch

install the aft

push-pull tube

bolt.

fuselage inspection panels.

Connect the tail

light

wire and install the tail

cone.

c.

NOTE
Check for proper ruddervator and trim
tab travel after installation is complete.
When the control column is pulled back,
the correct ruddervator movement is up.
When the elevator trim tab control is
moved toward the nose-up position, the
trim tab should move DOWN. When the
elevator trim tab control is moved toward
the nose-down position, the trim tab
should move UP.

NOTE
Install the bolts with the nuts toward the

fuselage.
The inboard hinge requires two AN960-416L
AN960-416 washers. Install one AN960-416L
washer under the bolt head and one between the torque fitting and the ruddervator inboard hinge support.
One AN960-416 washer should be installed under the
1,

and

one

nut.

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB REMOVAL

Torque the
be tightened up to
pin holes.
2.

inch-pounds, It may
inch-pounds to align the cotter

nut to 30 to 40

70

(Figure 3)
a.

Remove the

screws

from the tail

cone.

27-21-00

Page

Mat 29/96

A19

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

STABILIZER
BOLT
WASHER
ELEVATOR (RUDDERVATOR)
NUT
WASHER
WASHER
TORQUE FITTTNG

INBOARD

HINGE SUPPORT

ao
I

:o:
J

a
a

4
C95012783131

Ruddervator Installation

Figure

27-21-00

Page
A19

Mar 29/96

iS)eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Disconnectthe electricalwiresand removethetail

b.

ELEVATOR RIGGING PROCEDURE

cone.

NOTE

pin from

Remove the cotter

c.

the control cables

rigging must be accomplished with a travel board installed. A


bubble protractor should not be used for
any elevator rigging procedure.
All elevator

devises and trim tab.


Remove the nuts, washers and bolts from the

d.

control cable devises.

Support the trim tab so that


hinge pin is removed.

e.

it will not fall

or

twist

when the
f.

Remove the

Adjust the stops on the aft fuselage bulkhead to


permit maximum combined elevator/rudder (rudden/a-

a.

wire from the trim tab

safety

hinge

pin.

as shown in the table of travels under


OVERALL TRAVEL in Figure 4.

torj travel
the

g.

Unclip

h.

Pull the

hinge pin.

hinge pin

out and remove the elevator

Position the control column in the neutral

position

trim tab.

with 4-1/2 inches (4-3/4 inches on D-10359 and after)


between the collar on the instrument panel and the

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB INSTALLATION

split collar on the control column. This can be accomplished by cutting a block 4-1/2- (or 4-3/4- for D-10359
and after) inches long as applicable and taping it to

(Figure 3)
a.

Support

the elevator trim tabin

position

on

the

ruddervator.

Install the trim tab

hinge pin. Refer

c.

Clip

in

d.

Connect the control cable devises to the trim tab

hinge pin

position

and

to

Figure

safety

3.

wire.

with the bolts, washers and nuts.

NOTE
The devises should be tight enoi~gh that
they will not rattle but loose enough so
that they will swivel. If the devises are
too
e.

f.

Straighten the nose wheel and adjust the pilots


rudder pedals (fore and aft) to the same position.
Install the rudder pedal rig tool in the pilots rudder

c.

b.

the

the control column.

tight, binding may

Install the cotter

pins

occur.

in the clevis bolts.

Connect the electrical wires and install the tail

cone.

NOTE
Check that the trim tab moves in the correct direction as indicated by movement
of the controls.

ELEVATOR AND TAB

(V35B)

NOTE
The rudder system and elevator system
are separate systems forward of the
empennage. The control surfaces for
both the rudder and elevator are the
same parts. The rudder and elevator
control surfaces will be referred to as
ruddervator.

pedals

to

place

them in the neutral

position

and to

prevent rudder system influence onelevator rigging.


The left rudder

pedal

is aft of the

right

rudder

with the system in neutral. Use an offset


shown in Figure 1, Chapter 21-20-00.
d.

Install the differential mechanism

position

rig

pedal

tool

as

jig assembly to
posi-

the differential mechanism in the neutral

accomplished with the 35-590087 differjig assembly with the 35-590087-9


stop (refer to Figure 1, Detail E) installed. This will
position the right tail control arm of the differential
tion. This is

ential mechanism

mechanism aft of the left tail control arm with the


elevator system and rudder system in neutral.

Adjust the short, lower elevator cable to a total


length of 23.62 ~.06 inches as measured from the
center of its attachment points at the reduction bellcrank and the differential mechanism. Refer to Figure
e.

5. No threads

on

turnbuckle ends should be visible

adjustment. Safety the turnadjustment of this cable is required.

outside of the barrel after


buckle. No further

Adjust the upper and lower (forward of the reducbellcrank) elevator cable turnbuckles simultaneously until cable tensions are as shown on the temperature cable tension graph in Figure 4. The

f.

tion

differential mechanism, the control column and rudder


pedals are still to be in their neutral positions after
cable tensions

are

adiusted.

27-21-00

Page

Mar 29/96

A19

BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

i.
2.
/I

DETAIL A

TAB HINGE
PIN
TAB HORN
CABLE BOLT

DETAIL B
O

RIGHT\

./Q\IJ

f--

OII

IO

o
RIGHT

DETAIL D

DETAilLC

~Yc----fAB
HINGE PIN
RUDDERVATOR

#TAIL H

DETAIL G
O
WRONG

WRONG

DETAIL E

DETAIL

F
C9CID127831JS C

Elevator Trim Tab Installation

Figure

27-21-00

Page
A19

Mar 29/96

BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50

I
",~K

io I

ELEVATOR TRAVEL

UP TR*VEL

cr,

WWH

o
2

tnYs~

oR

19"

Pv?+O,

OVERALL TRAVEL
T~UVELCOMBINED ELEVATOR
AND RUDDER)

tP,

1"

(L.H.) 44~
(R.H.) 3P

20 UP
2~ UP

37.
40~

2. DOWN
2~ DOWN

tE
D
iLL(~

~;I

20

30

50

40

60

70

TEMPERATURE

80

90

100

110

-"F

ELEVATOR TAB TRAVEL


ELEVATOR DOWN CABLE
UP TRAVEL

ELEVATOR TAB NEUTRAL


POSmON FROII O" ELEVATOR

DOWN TRAVEL

LEFT TAB

51/2"

+1/20

--10

23~

-t

20

ELEVATOR

FAIRLEAD

ELEVATOR UP CABLE

HINGE LINE

RIG~T TAB

DETAIL

OC
0"

Il"

0"

1"

TAB CABLE STOPS

STOP PLATE

-C9o~SPRING
TAB "UP~ CABLES
AB "DOWN" CABLES

FWD

STA.
272

ELEVATOR DOWN~
ADJUST ACTUATOR SCREW TO 23~
g RIG WITH TAB DOWN

.44

.06

SPRING

DETAIL

ELEVATOR DOWN SPRING

UP ELEVATOR
r~ UP CI\BLE

TAB DOWN CABLE

U
r

ELEVATOR DOWN

~a

--~III

DOWN ELEVATOR
CABLE

ELEVATOR UP~
NOSE DOWN

DETAIL

TAB NOSE UP~

DETAIL

DETAIL

MECHANISM

C
i DETAIL

DETAIL

F
35-152-38
001

Elevator

System (V35B)
Figure 4

27-21-00

Page

Illar 29/96

A19

Qeechc~ft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE

the

With the rudder, elevator and tab cable


systems correctly adjusted and in neutral, the differential mechanism is in its
neutral position when its tail control (rudder arms) are lightly contacting the aft
side of the 35-390087 differential
mechanism jig assembly (with -9 stop
installed) and the outboard ends (legs)
of the jig assembly are lightly contacting
the forward side of the fuselage station
256.9 bulkhead. The nut on the differential mechanism elevator (center) control
arm is to be positioned inside the hole in
the jig assembly.
The elevator and rudder system is in
neutral when the differential mechanism

jig assembly, the rudder rig tool


control column block

are

and the

installed with

the ruddervators in the 0"

position and
temperature cable tension graph. Refer to Figure
4. The trim tab system is in neutral when
the cable tensions set to the

cockpit indicator is

tensions

at

0", the cable

set to the

temperature
graph and the tabs are at
symmetrically split to correct for
are

cable tension
0"

or

yaw. The tabs

ing edges align

are

at O" when their trail-

with the

trailing edges

of

the ruddervators.
Set the ruddervators in the neutral

position (O") by
lengths. Make
sure the rod ends remain screwed the required length
into the push-pull tubes. They should extend past the
inspection hole, i.e. a wire should not pass through the
inspection hole.
g.

adjusting

the control

push-pull

tube

h.

Remove the differential mechanism

and

remove

jig assemblies
4-1/2-inch-long block (4-3/4-inch-long
on D-10359 and after) on the control column. Recheck
(reset if necessary) the elevator cable tensions. The
elevator trim system may be repositioned to minimize
the downspring/bob weight effect on the elevator arm
and elevator cable tensions. After the downspring
effect is minimized, the up-and-down cable tension
the

average must fall within the maximum and minimum

llrB
DIFFERENTIAL
MECHANISM

ELEVATOR
REDUCTION
BELL CRANK

23.62 f- .08

INCHES

FS 256.9

FS 233.5

SHORT. LOWER
ELEVATOR CABLE

35-152-41

Elevator Short Lower Cable

Adjustment

I
27-21 -00

Page
A19

Mar 29/96

~eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
values

designated by the temperature cable tension


graph.
Figure 4.
Refer to

Check the elevators for correct up-and-down travel


limits: 22-1/2 degrees ~O -1 degree up and 19 +2 -1
degrees down. The stops are nonadjustable stops forward of the instrument panel and underneath the control column. Steps b through h should result in the
i.

ruddervator travel

being correct or close to correct.


Make any final minor adjustments by lengthening or
shortening the ruddervator push-pull tubes, but make
sure

the rod ends remain screwed the

required length

into the

push-pull tubes. They should extend past the


inspection hole, i.e. a wire should not pass through the
inspection
j.

hole.

Adjust the elevator downspring cable turnbuckle

Check the up and down travel of the elevator tabs.


a.
The travel should be 5-1/2" +1/2" -1" up and 23" +2"
00 down.
b.

Check the main and the aft tab cables for proper
as shown on the temperature cable tension

tension

graph.

Refer to Figure 4. The same number of terminal threads should be visible on each end of the turnbuckle barrels (a maximum of three threads may be

visible).
ELECTRIC ELEVATOR TRIM

For the Model F33A, E33C and V35B electric trim syst,,t see Chapter 27-30-00.

ELEVATOR TAB RIGGING

with the ruddervators 9" up and the tabs 20" down


(nose up) to remove all slack from this cable system;
then check the force

on

pounds applied

on

NOTE
The

the elevator control column.

With the trim tabs set at neutral

k.

tab travel.
are

correct,
Elevator tabs should be

the rod-end jam nuts, safety the turnbuckles


and recheck the travels. Remove the rudder rig tool.

rigged with the


bubble protractor perpendicular to the chord plane of the stabiiizer or tab respectively.

travel board

i.

Changing elevator rigging maychange rudder rigging. Check rudder rigging after changing elevator rigging,

a.
on

ARNING
WULIING

bubble protractor is not

However, with the ruddervator set at


neutral, a tab travel board or a bubble
protractor may be used to set elevator

tighten

to set the ruddervator travels.

A travel board must be used for this.

the ruddervators

When the elevator travels and forces

of

use

adequate

(O"), force of 19 ~3
the control column is required to
a

through neutral. If necessary,


the
elevator
adjust
downspring cable turnbuckle to
obtain the value.
move

(OPTIONAL)

Install

or

4-1/2-inch-long block (or 4-3/4-inch-long


after) on the control column and
rudder pedal rig tool (Figure 1, 27-20-00) to
a

D-10359 and

install the

maintain the ruddervators in neutral. Rotate the elevator tab wheel in the cabin so the indicator dial is set on

Check for correct direction of ruddervator travel by moving the control


column. When the control column Is

pushed forward,

zero.

NOTE

the correct rudder-

Both elevator trim tabs should be at neutral (tab trailing edge aligned with ruddervator trailing edge; see the procedure
for RIGGING ELEVATOR TRIM TABS
TO CORRECT FOR YAW). Trim tab actuator stops on the cables should be
moved away from the stops in the fuse-

vator movement is down. When the

control column Is

pulled back,

the

correct ruddervator movement Is up.

When the elevator trim tab control Is


moved toward the nose-up position,
the trim tab should move DOWN.

When the elevator trim tab control is


moved toward the nose-down posltlon, the trim tab should move UP.
INSPECTION OF ELEVATOR TABS

NOTE
The trim tabs have
surface,

an

upper contoured

lage.
b.

Rotate the elevator trim tab control wheel to full


up on the indicator (tabs down). Check the tab
actuator at F.S. 233.5. for a distance of.38 to .50 inch
between the face of the actuator and the centerline of
nose

the bolt in the clevis end of the actuator


shown in

Figure

screw as

6.

27-21-00

Page

10

Mar 29/96

A19

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Move the tab system to neutral (00) position.
readjust cable tension per the temperature

Adjust the length of the actuator screw by disconnecting the bellcrank at the actuator bolt and turning
the screw to the dimension shown in Figure 6. Recon-

f.

nect the bellcrank to the tab actuator,

g. Move the tab control wheel toward nose-down


a"d establish trim tab up-travel per the chart on Figure

c.

Check and

cable tension

Adjust the four trim tab cables aft of the bellcrank

d.

to obtain 23" +2" -0" tab down

position,

the fixed
h.

maximum of 3

preceding procedure has established

of the elevator tab actuator to

Check the clevis bolts which attach the tab cables

stop against the fixed stop in the fuselage. Move the

(O") on the indicator. The


trailing edge of the trim tabs should align with the traili"g edge of the ruddervators.
tab control wheel to neutral

capabilthrough its
correctly oriented
the

j.

move

maximum available range and has


the tab indicator, the tab actuator and trim tabs to

Reinspect

and

safety

and cable stops affected


tab cable stops are to be

one

another.

pounds

CLEVIS

enough to allow free


binding the tab cables.

i.
Move the trim tab wheel toward nose-up and
establish the trim tab down-travel per the chart on Figure 4, and move the trim tab cable adjustable down

to obtain these dimensions.

ity

adjustable upstep against

stop in the fuselage.

movement of the horn without

fully nose down on


the indicator (tabs up). The trim tab up-position should
be 5-1/2" +1/2" -1" without altering the tab cable
adjustment. Loosen the tab cable stop, if necessary,
The

4 if necessary.

rosion and dirt and be loose

threads),

Move the tab control wheel to

e.

Figure

to the tab horn. The clevis bolts should be free of cor-

stop if necessary. The same number of terminal


threads should be visible on each end of the turn-

(a

in

4. Move the trim tab cable

and establish

the initial trim tab cable tension per the temperature


cable tension graph on figure 4. Loosen the tab cable

buckle barrel

graph

of

all turnbuckles, nuts, bolts


during this procedure. The

tightened

to 20 +5 -0 inch-

torque and safetied.

END

BELLCRANK

ACTUATOR

BELLCRANK LINKAGE

SCREW

ACTUATOR

FACE OF

~BOLT

ACTUATOR
CABLE OPENING

ACTUATOR

.50.38

BOLT

ACTUATOR

CENTERLINE

\O

TO

ACTUATOR BOLT CENTERLINE


TO ACTUATOR FACE DISTANCE
35-152-040

Trim Tab Actuator and Bellcrank

Figure

01358)

6
27-21-00

Page
A19

11

Mar 29/96

C~3eechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

i
After

b. Adjust the left elevator tab down approximately 1


by lengthening the upper left cable and shortening the

rewol"

WARNING

left cable.

rigging

the ruddervator and

c.

Figure

elevator trim tab control system,


check for correct movement of the
control surfaces with respect to the
movement of the controls. When the
control column Is moved forward, the
ruddervators should move DOWN.
When the control column Is moved
ah, the ruddervators should move
UP. When the elevator trim tab control Is moved toward the nose up
position, the trim tab should move
DOWN. When the elevator trim tab
control Is moved toward the nose
down position, the trim tab should
move UP.
k.

inspection panels

Close all

and test

d.

if

yawing

occurs

in level

flight,

graph specifications

on

4.

Safety

the two turnbuckles, close


fly the airplane.

inspection

pan-

els and test

NOTE
In the event the above procedure results
in overcorrecting, partial readjustment to
reduce the rudder effect can be accomplished on one tab only. The maximum
allowable amount of split between trim
tabs is 6". The average degree of tab
travel at fully up or down cannot exceed
the limit of travel.

fly the air-

plane.
i.

Set cable tension to the

with the ailerons in

ELEVATOR TAB INDICATOR CABLE


REPLACEMENT

(Flgure 7)

neutral, adjust the tabs per the instructions under RIG-

a.

GING ELEVATOR TRIM TABS TO CORRECT FOR

neutral

YAW.

tion 185 should be

RIGGING ELEVATOR TRIM TABS TO CORRECT

To install the dial indicator cable, thread the cable


through the hole in the head of the cotter pin and out

FOR YAW
The elevator tabs

be

rigged to function as a rudder tab by making minor adjustments up and down


from neutral position.
can

FOR RIGHT YAW

(NOSE OF

LEVEL)

Adjust the right elevator tab down approximately


by lengthening the upper right trim tab cable and
shortening the lower right trim tab cable.
a.

1"

left elevator tab up approximately 1" by


shortening the upper left trim tab cable and lengthening the lower left cable.
b.

c.

Adjust the

Set cable tensions to the

Figure
d.

graph specifications

on

4.

Safety

the two turnbuckles, close


fly the airplane.

inspection

pan-

els and test

FOR LEFT YAW

(NOSE

OF AIRPLANE TENDS TO

MOVE LEFT WITH WINGS

LEVEL)

Adjust the right elevator tab up approximately 1"


by lengthening the lower right tab cable and shortening the upper right tab cable.

a.

approximately

even.

b.

through the holes


c.

in the indicator drum.

With the dial at 0

both ends of the cable

degrees, slip
are

of

the cable

so

that

equal length.

Wrap the cable around the drum one full turn in


each direction. The end that wraps to the right will be
wrapped clockwise around the drum, and the end that
d.

AIRPLANE TENDS

TO MOVE TO RIGHT WITH WINGS

Place the proper tension on the trim cables in


position. Both turnbuckles aft of Fuselage Sta-

wraps to the left will be wrapped counterclockwise,


viewed from the left side.
e.

Route the cable

over

the

appropriate

idler

as

pulley

down to the shaft of the tab control wheel.


With the dial still in 0 degrees position, take the
cable coming off the top of the elevator tab dial
sheave and bring it down to the forward side of the tab
wheel shaft to the left of the small hole.
f.

g. Wrap the cable (counterclockwise) around the


shaft toward the hole three turns. Insert the cable
through the hole. Wrap the surplus cable around the
shaft.
h.

With the dial set at 0

take the cable

com-

ing

off the bottom of the trim tab dial sheave and

bring

degrees,

it down to the aft side of the tab wheel shaft, to the

27-21-00

Page

12

Mar 29196

A19

aeechc~rt
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COTTER PIN
WRAP ONE FULL
TURN IN BOTH
DIRECTIONS

I
I

lili~

INDICATOR

(SHEAVE)

R~ATEDV
90"

DETAIL

ANDIDLER

PULLEY

TIE

SOLDERI

INDICATOR
DRUM (SHEAVE)

r-

IIN/

na

r-

WRAP 3 FULL TURNS-/

DETAIL

TRIM TAB CONTROL


WHEEL SHAFT
ROTATED 90

TRIM
CONTROL
WHEEL

.36-152-39

Elevator Trim Tab Indicator Cable

Figure

Replacement

27-21-00

Page
A19

13

Mar 29/96

BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

right of the hole in the shaft, and wrap the cable


(clockwise as viewed from the left end of the shaft)

b. Remove the access panel on the left side


fuselage, just forward of the ruddervator.

three turns toward the hole in the shaft.

Install identification tags to the cables and disconare routed aft to the elevator
trim tabs.

i.

Insert the cable

through

c.

the hole in the shaft and

wrap it around the shaft.

j. Twist the cables together and


only rosin core solder.
Check the tab dial to
stop to the other.
k.

see

solder them. Use

nect the cables which

d.

Install identification tags to the cables

one

Set the tab dial at 0 degrees. Place tension on the


tab cables in the tail section to hold the tabs in line
with rudden/ators.
i.

ward

pulleys. Secure the cables to the

actuator screw

position

Safety the turnbuckles and set the stops


fuselage cables to maintain proper travel in
dance with the travel table in Figure 4.
m.

Do not
cables.
e.
so

on

the

accor-

Identify the

cables

the bracket and

move

remove

the actuator to

airplane.

(V35B)

above

Position the actuator assembly in the bracket and


attaching bolts.

install the three


or

below the

the cable to the elevator tab horn

should swivel in the horn at all times, if the bolt binds,


it will cause cracks to develop in the tab horn. The bolt

just tight enough to prevent rattle, but


tight enough to cause binding in the horn.
should be

TRIM TAB ACTUATOR REMOVAL

b.

Rotate the actuator drum upward until the pin


c.
securing the cable to the drum is no longer visible
through the actuator cable opening.

NOTE

not

flight compartfully nose-up posi-

of the actuator

drum travel.

If the bellcrank-to-actuator

screw

linkage

is disconnected, install the actuator bolt,


washers, nut and cotter pin to attach the

(V35B)

the trim control to the


on the elevator trim tab indicator,

Using the cable at the forward side

drum, be certain the cable is at the end of its actuator

bellcrank to the actuator.

the trim tab control in the

noted

securing

the actuator and attached

UP.

recommended limits, will cause excessive wear on the


tab hinges. if excessive wear is noted on the ruddervator half of the hinge, it should be replaced,

move

being removed
replacement actuator are

the actuator

TRIM TAB ACTUATOR INSTALLATION

a.

as

put bends in the

It may be necessary to remove the two


tab cable pulleys located directly below
the actuator, in order to provide cleatance for the cable ends on the actuator
cables through the pulley bracket.

INSPECTION OF TAB HINGES

ment,

or

NOTE

After rigging the elevator and elevator


trim tab control system, check for
correct movement of the control surfaces with respect to the movement
of the controls. When the elevator
trim tab control wheel Is moved
toward the NOSE DOWN position, the

tion

actuator so the

be maintained.

correctly.

WARNING

Using

on

Remove the three bolts

I w~I

a.

kink

that the cables on the

eco""ected
f.

damage,

bellcrank from the

securing

can

CAUTION

With the ruddervators set in the neutral


position, the left elevator tab should be
set at 2" ~1" above neutral ruddervator
position. The right elevator tab should be
set at O" ~1" ruddervator position.

The bolt

each

cables routed forward to the flight compartment.


Secure the cables so they do not come off of the for-

NOTE

improper cable tensions, either

on

side of the first turnbuckle and disconnect the actuator

that it will roll from

elevator trim tab should

of the

d.

With the actuator bolt

actuator screw

connecting

the bellcrank to

linkage installed, position the trim tab

27-21-00

Page

14

Mar 29/96

A~9

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
actuator screw by rotating the actuator drum to obtain
the actuator bolt-centerline-to-actuator-face
distance

h.

of.38 to .50

in

e.

as

shown in

Figure

6.

degrees

as

Connect the actuator cables to the cables routed

aft from the

Do not

kink

or

are

hooked up

correctly. Operate
system
through the full travel to ensure complete and proper degrees of travel of the
the elevator

trim tabs. Check for proper direction of


travel. For a nose-up condition on the
airplane, the trim tab should move down.
For a full nose-down condition, the trim
tab should move up.

put bends in the

cables.
9 Connect the bellcrank cables routed aft to the
elevator trim tabs,

4.

Be certain that all cables

CAUTION

damage,

Figure

CAUTION

at this time.

noted in

r~7

flight compartment.

f. If the two tab cable pulleys, located directly below


the actuators, were removed to provide clearance for
the ends of the actuator cable, install the two pulleys

The elevator trim tab indicator on the pilots instrupanel should indicate the fully nose-up position

ment

i.

Install the

lage, just

access

panel

on

the left side of the fuse-

forward of the ruddervator.

27-21-00

Page
A19

15

Mar 29/96

BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ELEVATOR AND TAB MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES (F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC
AND B36TC)

WARNING

airplane

d.

Connect the

for the elevator.

e.

Connect the tail

access

doors.

downstop bolt so the aft side of the belltouches


a straightedge held vertically
just
the
back
of
the
bulkhead (or is .62 1 .05 inch
against
forward of the straightedge on F33A).

~t

the elevator

c.

actuator will be coded with

d.

on

push-pull rod

Adjust

the elevator upstep bolt for


(25" ~tl" on F33A).

Disconnect the elevator

Detach the tail cone, disconnect the tail


light and remove the tail cone,

b.

Remove the tail section access doors


hand side of the aft fuselage,

push-pull

navigation

on

200

the left-

tension

as

tubes from the

With the elevators

B36TC

bolts.

i.

cable and

remove

Connect the elevator bonding cable and position


on the stabilizer, install the hinge bolts

b.

and

adjust
a

the

cable

1.

downsprings.

fully rigged

on

A36, A36TC,

Employing

hand-held force gage

on

the control

as

follows:

A36, A36TC and B36TC:


23 maximum

pounds

of breakout force at

20" DOWN elevator.

b)

25to26

poundsofforcethrough NEUTRAL

23 to 24

pounds

elevator.

safety,

Connect the rod to the trim tab actuator


elevator.

only,

a)

the elevator

tighten

Figure

wheel, adjust the elevator downsprings


1.

ELEVATOR INSTALLATION

and nuts then

by

the control column should have a 1/16- to


1/8-inch cushion when in the full forward position.

elevator trim tab.

a.

the control column


so

indicated in Sheet 2 of

Disconnect the actuator rod at the actuator for the

bonding

25"

deflection of

With the column fastened at neutral

d.

Disconnect the elevator


the elevator.

turnbuckles to obtain neutral elevators with

Connect the elevator

f.

or

support.

g.

hinge

A36,

the gust lock hole is


0.03 inches aft of the hole in the control column

torque tube fittings of the elevator.

Remove the

downward

on

downspring.

Rig neutral elevators on


positioning the control column
e.

a.

for

F33A, 20" ~tl"

i" on B36TC.

23"~ 1" up

red.

Disconnect the elevator

Adjust

deflection of 15" ~1"

ELEVATOR REMOVAL

e.

EA-320)

crank

uator will be coded with a blue color,

c.

wires and install the tail

Set the

a.

actuators may have colored stripes or


may be of a solid color. The left act-

or

Install the

TO EA-389 U(CEPT

preceding airplane serials and


airplanes In compliance with

right

torque tube fit-

CJ-149 AND ATTER, PRIOR TO E-21 I I


EXCEPT E-1946 AND E-2104, AND PRIOR

b.

The

at the

RIGGING THE ELEVATOR CONTROL


SYSTEM (CE-748, CE-772 AND AFTER,

Service Bulletin No. 2399, the elevator


tab actuators are color-coded. The

black

push-pull tubes

light

point for the

inch-pounds.

serials 08-1566 and after;

different color.
On the

nut at the inboard

to 50-70

cone.

8-1948, 8-2104, E-2111 and after;


EA-320, EA-389 and after, observe the
color coding on allpark when replacing or installing control cables,
bellcranks, and/or other control system components. DO NOT connect
parts of one color to coded parts of a

earlier

attaching

torque

ting

f.

On

Install the

c.

elevator and

on

the

c)

of force

as

23" UP elevator

is reached.

27-30-00

A18

Page 1
Aug 18/95

e~edtcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CABLE

CABLES

ELEVATOR

22

SURFACE

TENSION

LBS.

TOP

CABLE

(DOWN ELEVATOR)
AT

23

25"~

UP

F33A

15~

DOWN

F33C

59"F
5 LBS.

MODEL

TRAVEL

1"

NOTE

ON SERIALS CE-881 AND AFTER. CJ-156 AND AFTER. E-1588 THRU


E-2111 EXCEPT E-1946 AND E-2104. EA-I THRU EA-388 EXCEPT EA320. THE IN-LINE FORCE REOUIRED TO MOVE THE TRIM TAB SYSTEM
CABLES SHALL NOT EXCEED 20 POUNDS. WITH OR WITHOUT ELECTRIC
TRIM.

ELEVATOR DOWN STOP

LOWER CABLE

(UP ELEVATORI
24

TOP

LBS.

CABLE

(DOWN ELEVATOR)
AT

26

(UP
25

15

1"

UP

A36

20"~

DOWN

A36TC

(I II

nayi

ON MODELS F33A. F33C. A36. A36TC AND B36TC WHERE THE TAB
CABLES DIVIDE INTO TWO CABLES EACH. THE TWO CABLES SHALL
BE ADJUSTED FOR EOUAL TENSION WITHIN TWO POUNDS OF TOTAL
VARIATION.

59"F
5 LBS.

LOWER CABLE

ELEVATOR)
5

TOP

LBS.

CABLE

(DOWN ELEVATOR)
AT

23"~

23~

1"

UP

25"+

DOWN

C,

B36TC

o\ O
O

59F

LOWER CABLE

5 LBS.

(UP ELEVATOR)
ELEVATOR
TABS

15
AT

LBS.

LBS.

10"+

1"

UP

LBS.

27~

1"

DOWN

I
1

F33A
A36

II II
1111

A36TC

59"F

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR DOWN

II IY
/II II

ELEVATOR

UPSTOP

DOWN

D(!

B36TC

AT

59"F

10+

UP

21"+

DOWN

ELEVATOR

UY

DETAIL

ELEVATOR UP

UP

000

C
C
DETAI~LA

I,

~s

ELEVATOR

UP

ELEVATOR DOWN
TAB

ElevatorSy~tem (CE-748, CE-M and an.r; W-149and 8Rer;


prior to E-2111, except E-1946 and E-2104;
prior to EA-389, except EA-320)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 1

NOSE DOWN

TAB

NOSE

UP

DETAIL

DETAIL

DETAIL

C9~E*2783DIO

27-30-00

Page 2
Aug 18l95

A18

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TEMPERATURE CABLE TENSION GRAPH
ALL ELEVATOR TAB CABLES

8~

41

10

20

40

30

50

70

60

TEMPERATUAE-

80

90

100

110

120

110

120

OF

50

40

AND~

"i

ToPELEV_AToR

10

20

30

40

50

MuFn

60

70

TEMPERATURE-

80

90

100

"F

Ti-a3b AND,

M~UM
16
i

i1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

BO

90

100

110

120

TEMPERATURE- "F

Elevator

System (CE-748, CE-n2 and after; CJ-149 and after;


prior to E-2111, except E-1948 and E-2104;
prior to EA-389, except EA-320)
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 1
27-30-00

A18

Page 3
Aug 18/95

Beeehcr~t
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR

ELEV.

UP

ELEV.

DOWN

ELEV.

UP

ELEV.
NOSE

NEUTRAL RIG PLN

TOOL

FABRICATE FROM
5/16-INCH-DIAMETER
STEEL ROD

DOWN
DOWN

1.35"

NOSE UP
\NOSE

NOSE

DETAIL

DOWN

UP

C
aJa

a.sa;03 rNLH68
B36TC 3.45 r.03 INCHES

ELEVATOR DOWN

TAB

DETAIL

CABLE STOPS

~c.95..

OETAILB

A
F.S.

ELEVATOR

179

UP

CABLE

TOP

5 LBS.

24

(OOWN ELEVATOR)
AT

(UP

LBS.

LOWER

AT

59F

26

[UP

LBS.

AT

DOWN

UP

DOWN

TDP

CABLE

23

LBS.

25"

5
O

LBS.
LBS.

25

DOWN RH

27"

I"

DOWN LH

A36
B36TC

59"F
c

8"

UP

836TC

LOWER CABLE

10"

ELEV.

UP

ELEVATOR)
LBS

15

ELEVATOR
TABS

CABLE

(DOWNELEVATOR)

ELEVATOR BELLCRANK STOPS

I"-0

20"

ELEVATOR)

24

25

MODEL

A36

59"F

26

TRAVEL

SURFACE

TENSION

CABLE

CABLES
ELEVATOR

I"

UP RH

I"

UP

LH

E-2104. E-2111 AND AFTER: EA-320. EA-389 AND AFTER. THE


REOUIRED TO MOVE THE TRIM TAB SYSTEM CABLES SHALL NOT

ON SERIALS E-1946.

ELEV.
NOSE

DOWN

DOWN\\

NOSE

L=i

ELEV.

IN-LINE
DOWN

EXCEED
ON

UP

FORCE
16

MODELS

THE
POUNDS.

EACH.

C~3

ELEV.

E
D

AND

OR

B36TC

TWO CABLES SHALL

TENSIONMETER

BLES WITH

DETAIL

A36.

WITH

WITHOUT ELECTRIC
WHERE
BE

TAB CABLES

DIVIDE

ADJUSTED FOR EOUAL

THE

READINGS SHALL BE

ELEVATOR

IN

THE

TAKEN

ON

TWO CABLES

INTO

TENSION WITHIN 2

THE

NEUTRAL POSITION.

THE DOWN-SPRINGS DISCONNECTED.


F.S.

THE

TRIM.

.5

UP
*THE

DETAIL

POUNDS.

TOP

AND

AGAINST

BOTTOM

THE

STOPS

CAAND

C9aEn2783nM9

233.50

Elevator System (8-1948, E-2104, E-2111 and after;


EA-320, EA-389 and after)

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 1A
27-3090

Page

Aug 18/95

A18

aeechct~ft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TEUPERATURE CABLE TENSION GRAPH


ALL ELEVATOR TAB CABLES

tffRRtFmfft-KHitF;tffttmtt+ttr-::
TAe

3~
210

l0

20

30

40

50

60

TEMPERATURE

70

80

90

100

liO

120

"F

40

530

a
420

to.

20

30

40

50

60

70

8b

9~

100

liO

liO

110

120

TEMPERAfURE- "F

f
.A3~

0
0

l0

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

50

100

TEMPERATURE- OF

Elevator

System (E-1946, E-2104,

E-2111 and after;

EA-320, EA-389 and after)

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 1
27-30-00
A18

Page 5
Aug 18/95

aeechc~ft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F33A and F33C:

2.

a)

17 to 13

pounds of force

through

15 to 16

of force as 25"

pounds

fully

UP

elevator is reached.

reading at NEUTRAL elevator and 23"


(A36, A36TC, and B36TC) or 25" (F33A, F33C) UP
elevator (.06 inch off fully upstep) must be taken while
The gage

Removethe

h.

Connect the elevator

NEUTRAL

elevator.

b)

g.

the control wheel is in motion.

Adjust each spring by transferring the upper end


spring-attaching hole providing increased or
decreased tension, as applicable. The elevator sysk.

to a

rigtool.

downsprings.

i. With the elevators fully rigged (including autopilot


and electric trim if installed), the force required to pull
the control wheelaft through neutral must be 25 to 29

POU"dS. The force required to return the wheel


through neutral shall be 20 to 24 pounds. The difference (friction of the system) between the two readings
shall never exceed 9 pounds (7 pounds is desired) nor
be less than 4 pounds.
j

Maintain

minimum clearance of.06 inch between

tem should have sufficient freedom to allow free return

adapter and the inner control column


guide assembly (both the pilots and copilots) at fully

of the elevator from

down elevator

fully UP

to

fully

DOWN.

the control wheel

on

the A36 and B36TC.

NOTE

NOTE
After

After rigging the elevator and elevator


trim tab control system, check for correct
movement of the control surfaces with
respect to the movement of the controls.

NOSE DOWN position, the trim tab


should move UP.

AFTER, EA-320, E1-389 AND AFTER)


Set the

downstop

bolt

so

hole in the bellcrank is .38 inch

straightedge

held

against

that the center of the


.05 inch forward of

the back of the bulkhead at

F.S. 257.606.
b. Adjust the elevator push-pull rod for an elevator
deflection of 20" ~1" down ton B36TC 25" ~1"),

Adjust

c.

the elevator upstep bolt for

25" +1" -O" on A36 and 23" ~1" up

Disconnectthe

d.

on

deflection of

B36TC.

elevatordownsprings.

Rig neutral elevators on the control column by


positioning the pilots control column so the gust lock
hole is 2.50 ~.03 ton B36TO 3.45 ~.03) inches aft of
the hole in the control column support and install rig
tool (Sheet 1 of Figure 1A).
e.

NOTE
The short end of the tool is inserted into
the control column support and the long
end is inserted into the control column.
The weight of the control column will
hold the tool in place.
f.

the turnbuckles to obtain neutral elevators


cable tension as indicated in Sheet 2 of Figure

Adjust

with

1A.

the elevator and trim tab

correct movement of
the control surfaces with respect to the
movement of the controls. When the trim
tab control wheel is moved toward the

RIGGING THE ELEVATOR CONTROL


SYSTEM (8-1946 E-2104, E-2fll AND

a.

rigging

system, check for

ELEVATOR TAB INDICATOR CABLE


REPLACEMENT (CE-748, CE-772 AND
CJ-149 AND AFTER, PRIOR TO
E-2111 EXCEPT E-1946, AND E-2104,
PRIOR TO EA-389 EXCEPT EA-320)
a.

Place the proper tension

"eutal
b.

on

the trim cables in

position.

To install the dial indicator cable, thread the cable

through the hole in the head of the cotter pin and


through the holes in the indicator drum.
c.

With the dial at 0

both ends of the cable

degrees, slip the cable


are equal length.

so

out

that

d. Wrap the cable around the drum one full turn in


each direction. The end that wraps to the right will be
wrapped clockwise around the drum, and the end that

wraps to the left will be wrapped counterclockwise,


viewed from the left side.
e.

Route the cable

over

the

appropriate

idler

as

pulley

down to the shaft of the tab control wheel.

With the dial still in O degrees position, take the


cable coming off the top of the elevator tab dial
sheave and bring it down to the forward side of the tab

f.

wheel shaft to the left of the small hole.

27-30-00

Page 6
Aug 18/95

A18

cjaeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
g. Wrap the cable (counterclockwise) around the
shaft toward the hole three turns. insert the cable

through the hole. Wrap the surplus cable around

the

shaft.
h.

Remove the

c.

upholstery panel

baggage

area.

d.

identifying

After

and

tagging

from the back of the

the cables for rein-

stallation, disconnect the forward trim tab cables at the


takethecablecom-

WiththedialsetatOdegrees,

ing off the bottom

of the trim tab dial sheave and

bring

turnbuckles in the aft

it down to the aft side of the tab wheel shaft to the

Tie nylon
e.
small knot.

right of the hole in the shaft, and wrap the cable


(clockwise as viewed from the left end of the shaft)

f.

strings

fuselage.
to each of the cable ends. Use a

three turns toward the hole in the shaft.

Remove the access panel (actuator door) which is


located under the pulleys below the pedestal.

i.

g.

Remov~ the

h.

Remove the

Insert the cable

through

the hole in the shaft and

wrap it around the shaft.

j.

Twist the cables

only
k.

rosin

core

together and

solder them. Use

engine

pedestal.

autopilot panel (if installed)


propeller controls.

below the

solder.

on

NOTE

Check the tab dial to


to the other.

see

that it will roll from

Station a man in the aft fuselage to keep


small amount of tension on the strings
as they are pulled through the fuselage.

one

stop
i.

and

the left side of the

panel

Set the tab dial at O

degrees.

Place tension

on

the

tab cables in the tail section to hold the tabs in line

i.

with the elevators.

the neutral

j.

NOTE

Place the elevator tab control in neutral and mark

position

on

the

sprocket

and chain.

Count the number of chain links

on

each side of

the mark and note the number for later reference.


With the elevators set in the neutral
position, the left elevator tab should be
set at 2" rt~lo above neutral elevator position. The

right elevator tab should


position.

k.

Pull the cables and

strings

from the

fuselage

out

through the pedestal.

be set

NOTE

at O" ~1" elevator

Safety the turnbuckles and set the stops


fuselage cables to maintain proper travel in
m.

on

Note which color (blue and black) goes


the top, forward side of the

the

over

accor-

dance with the travel table.

sprocket.
i.

Tie the

new

cable to the

NOTE

strings.

NOTE

After rigging the elevator and elevator


trim tab control system, check for correct
movement of the control surfaces with
respect to the movement of the controls.
When the elevator trim tab control wheel
is moved toward the NOSE DOWN posi-

tion, the elevator trim tab should

(color coded blue) cable


the tap forward side of the

The shorter

goes

over

sprocket.
Pull the

m.

strings and cables back through

move

NOTE

UP.

Make sure that the trim tab cables do not


interfere with the engine and propeller
controls located adjacent to them.

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB FORWARD CABLE

REPLACEMENT(E-1946, E-210L~,

the fuse-

lage.

E-2111

AND A~TtR, EA-320, EA-339 AND

AFTER)

n.

Check the

pulleys below the pedestal


are properly installed.

to deter-

mine that the cables


Remove the fifth and sixth seats (if installed) as
a.
shown in FIFTH AND SIXTH SEAT REMOVAL in

Chapter
b.

screws

and remove the floor,

Make certain that the correct number of chain

links

25-00-00.

Remove the

from the

baggage

area

floor

are on

each side of the mark

on

p.

Co""ect the turnbuckles in the aft

q.

Tensionthecables

the

sprocket.

fuselage.

perSheeteof Figure

1A.

27-30-00
A18

Page 6A
Aug 18/95

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Check for proper elevator tab travel.

r.

Set the tab travel

s.

indicated in Sheet 1 of

as

Figure

Installtheaft

upholsterypanel.
floor

u.

Install the

v.

Install the back seats. See FIFTH AND SIXTH

baggage

Install the

w.

access

panel.

Chapter

SEAT INSTALLATION in

Sheet 1 of

25-00-00.

panel (actuator door)

panel(s)

on

the

The

4.

below the

d.

1A.

cockpit

indicator is to read 9" f2Q Up and

2rb,

pedestal.

as

with the serials listed in the

planes
e.

the stops on the cables to allow surface


shown in Sheet 1 of Figure 1 except on air-

Adjust

travel

Install the access

Figure

26" ~t20 down.

pedestal.
x.

Torque

as

respect to the movement of the controls.


When the elevator tab control is moved
toward the "NOSE DOWN" position, the
tab should move up.

cables,

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR

tab control system, check for correct


movement of the control surfaces

ELEVATOR TRIFI TAB ACTUATOR

with respect to the movement of the


controls. When the elevator tab con-

DISASSEMBLY

the tab should

move

RIGGING THE ELEVATOR TRIM TAB

a.

Place the elevator tab indicator in the neutral

posi-

tion.
b.

the cables to the tension shown

temperature cable tension


ure 1 or 1A, as applicable.

tor

c.

ing
b.

Rig

graph

pushrod

to

bring

on

the eleva-

in Sheet 2 of

Remove the snap ring (6) from the actuator houspull the nut assembly (1 0) out of the housing.

and

Remove the actuator

screw

(9)

from the nut

assembly.

FigCAUTION
i ,,,,-r

Place the elevator in neutral

the trim tab

A36TC AND A36,

INSTALLED)
(Flgure 2)

up.

a.

(F33A, B36TC,

EXCEPT E-llll, F33C PRIOR TO CJ-156 EXCEPT


THOSE AIRPLANES WITH KIT 33-4002-1

trol Is moved toward the "NOSE

position,

inch-pounds.

After rigging the elevator and elevator


tab control system, check for correct
movement of the control surfaces with

After rigging the elevator and elevator

DOWIV"

note.

NOTE

Make certain that insulation, tie


wraps, etc. do not Interfere with con-

components such
chains, etc.

preceding

the stop bolts to 40 to 60

WARNING

trol

positions.

3. Set the cable stops to provide 8" ~1" up on LH


tab and 10" ~1" up on RH tab, and 27" ~1" down on
LH tab and 25" ~1" down on RH tab as indicated in

1A.
t.

The normal total difference between the tab

2.

surfaces is to be 2"+ .5" for all

position

and

adjust

the tab into the neutral

Do not damage the rod end when

position.

drilling

out rivets.

NOTE
c.

To improve elevator centering, the LH


and RH trim tabs ate rigged to a different
setting in the neutral position on serials
E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and after,
EA-320 and EA-389 and after. Rig these

airplanes per steps


1.

Rig

through

and RH up 1"

.5" with indicator at O",

(2), washer (3) and shoulder pin (5)


(1). Remove actuator rod end (4)
The bearing (7) and the bushing (8)

from the

screw.

can now

be removed from the

d.

4.

neutral tab surfaces with LH down 1"

Remove nut

then drill out rivet

Remove check nut

adjusting bushing (14)


~t

.5"

(15)

screw.

and

with

screw out

the end

appropriate spanner

wrench.
e.

RemovetheO-ring (13).

27-30-00

Page 66
Aug 18/95

A18

aeechcraft
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE IVIANUAL
f.

Remove the

bearing (12)

from the

housing (11).

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

(F33A, B367C, A367C

deterioration. Lubricate all parts with MIL-G-23827


grease (11, Chart 1, 91-00-00) prior to assembly.

AND A36, U<CEPT E-llll,

F33C PRIOR TO CJ-156, U<CEPT THOSE


AIRPLANES WITH KIT 33-4002-1 INSTALLED

(Flgure 2)
(16, Chart 1, 91-0000) and inspect for cracks, corrosion, and distortion.
Replace bushings and any parts showing evidence of

Clean all parts in PD680 solvent

27-30-00
A18

Page 6C
Aug 18/95

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

14

15

12

13

11

s
9.

ActuatorScrew

i.

Rivet

2.

Nut

10.

3.

Washer

11.

4.

Actuator Rod End

12.

5.

ShoulderPin

13

a.

14.

7.

Snap Ring
Bearing

NutAssembly
Housing
Bearing
O-Ring
Adjusting Bushing

15.

CheckNut

8.

Bushing

33-164-3

Elevator Tab Actuator


Figure 2
Install

a.

bearing (12)

into

clockwise

housing (11).

when

screwed

into

the

nut

assembly (10).
b.

Install

O-ring (13)

into

adjusting bushing

(14).

Install nut

g.
secure

Install

c.

~15). (Do

not

d.

ring (6)
e.

adjusting bushing (14) and check


tighten.)
bushing (8), bearing (7)

Install
on

actuator screw

Install

(9) and
~5), washer (3)
screw

end

rod

with rivet

and nut

(1)

(4)

on

actuator

(2).
NOTE

all

parts

into

housing (11);

pin

h.
Screw adjusting bushing (14) into housing
(11) until the end play has been removed from the nut
assembly, and tighten the check nut(l5). An end play
of 0.003 inch is permissible.

ELEVATOR

TRIM

TAB

ACTUATOR

DISASSEMBLY

(E-llll ONLY)
(Figure 3)
Remove

a.

except O-ring with


(11, Chart 1, 91-00-00)
prior to assembly. Lubricate the O-ring
with MIL-S-8660 (50, Chart 1, 91-00-00).
Lubricate

snap

and shoulder

assembly (10)
ring (6).

nut

(9).

actuator

secure

and

with snap

the

housing (5) and pull


housing.

ring (2) from the


assembly (6) out of the

retainer

the nut

MIL-G-23827 grease

f.

Install

screw

(9) into

nut

(10).

WARNING

b.

Remove the actuator

screw

(4) from

the nut

assembly (6).
c.

Drill out rivet (12).

d.

Remove nut

pin (9). The collar ~3)

(10), washer~ll) and shoulder


can now

be removed.

The trim tab actuator that will be installed


on

the left hand horizonal stabilizer shall

its actuator screw ~9) that


will rotate clockwise when screwed into
the nut assembly (10). The trim tab actuahave threads

on

tor that will be installed on the

right hand

horizontal stabilizer shall have threads

the actuator

screw

(9)

on

that rotate counter-

Remove check nut (8) and

e.

ing (7)

with the

appropriate

screw

out bush-

spanner wrench.

Clean all parts with solvent (16, Chart 1, 91-00-00) and


replace parts that are cracked, corroded and distorted.

Chart 1,

Lubricate all

parts with lubricating grease(ll,

91-00-00) prior

to

assembly.
27-30-00

Page
A14

Jun 20/91

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1.

Actuator Rod End

7.

Bushing

2.

Retainer

8.

Check Nut

9.

Ring

3.

Collar

4.

Actuator Screw

10.

Shoulder Pin
Nut

5.

Housing
Nut Assembly

11.

Washer

12.

Rivet

6.

;st~

38133-8

Elevator Tab Actuator


Figure 3

(E-llll Only)

Install

g.

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

bushing (7)

(E-llll only)
(Figure 3)
(3)

and retainer

ring (2)

on

b.

(1)

Install actuator rod end

align

on

actuator

screw

(4)
1

the holes.

pin (9) washer (11) and


(12), P/N MS20613-3C10.

c.

Install shoulder

d.

Install rivet

nut

(10).

assembling the actuator, screw the


bushing (7) into the assembly (5) until
end play of the nut assembly (6) has been
removed, then lock in place by tightening the
check nut (8). The nut assembly (6) must be free
to rotate and provide smooth operation through
its full travel with a maximum end play of 0.0015
inch.

NOTE

lubricating grease (11,


91-00-00) prior
assembly.

Lubricate all parts with


Chart 1,

to

Install actuator

e.

screw

(4)

into nut

assembly (6).

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLV


Model F33C (CJ-158 and after, and earlier airplanes
incorporating Kit 33-4002-1)

(Figure3A)

WARNING

a.

housing
The trim tab actuator that will be installed

on

its actuator

screw

(4)

b.

the

left hand horizontal stabilizer shall have threads


on

Remove the snap ring


pull the nut assembly

and

Remove the actuator

assembly.

assembly (6). The trim


on the right hand

CAUTION

tab actuator that will be installed

horizontal stabilizer shall have threads


tuator

screw

(4)

assembly (6)
ring (2).

Install nut

on

the

ac-

Do not

that rotate counterclockwise

when screwed into the nut

with retainer

(4) from the actuator


(7) out of the housing.
screw (6) from the nut

that will rotate clockwise

when screwed into the nut

f.

(8).

threaded

careful to

being

withi check nut

When

actuator

(4).

screw

secure

NOTE

Place collar

a.

and

damage

rod end when

drilling

out rivet.

assembly (6).

into

housing (5) and

c.

secure

The

Remove nut

bushing (5)

(1), washer (2)

can now

and shoulder

be removed from the

pin (3).

screw.

27-30-00

Page8
May 31/85

A10

BEECHCRAFT
BONANtA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

112

It

bl

10

I. Nut

Assembly
Housing
Bearing
10. O-Ring
it. Adjusting Bushing
7. Nut

2. Washer

8.
9.

3. Shoulder Pin
4.

5.

Snap Ring
Bushing

12. Check Nut

6. Actuator Screw

F33C-164-6

Elevator Tab Actuator

Figure

3A

(12) and screw out the end


adjusting bushing (11)
appropriate spanner wrench.
Remove O-ring (10).
e.
f.
Remove the bearing (9) from housing (8).

Install adjusting bushing (11) and check nut (12).


tighten.)
d.
Install bearing (5) and snap ring (4) on actuator
screw (6).
Install shoulder pin (3), washer (2) and nut (1) on
e.

Clean all parts in PD680 solvent (16, Chart i, 91-00-00) and


inspect for cracks, corrosion, and distortion. Replace
bushings and any parts showing evidence of deterioration.
Lubricate all parts with MlL-G-23827 grease (11, Chart 1,
91-00-00) prior to assembly.

actuator screw (6).

d.

Remove check nut

with

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY


Model F33C (CJISB and after, and earlier
Kit

airplanes

33-4002-1)

Install

Install

Install

f.

screw

(6)

into nut

bearing (9)
O-ring (10)

into

into

housing (8).
adjusting bushing (11).

(7).

WARNING
The trim tab actuator that will be installed on the
left hand horizontal stabilizer shall have threads
its actuator

screw

(6)

that will rotate clockwise

when screwed into the nut

Clean all parts in PD680 solvent (16, Chart 1, 91-00-00) and


inspect for cracks, corrosion, and distortion. Replace
bushings and any parts showing evidence of deterioration,
Lubricate all parts with MIL-G-23827 grease (11, Chart 1,
91-00-00) prior to assembly.
a.

not

on

(Rgure 3A).

b.

c.

(Do

assembly (7). The trim


right hand

tab actuator that will be installed on the


horizontal stabilizer shall have threads
tuator screw

(6)

when screwed into the nut

Install nut
g.
with snap ring (4).

on

the

ac-

that rotate counterclockwise

assembly (7).

assembly (7) into housing (8),

secure

27-30-00

A10

PageS
May 31/85

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAlNTENANCE MANUAL

12

io

678

13

1I

.8 IN

+C.5

IN

~-c---------.25

Tnp 5/8-11

1.25 IN!

0_
_

IN

__

-TYP~C

2.9 IN

i~H

TAB

/Ciso

14

t~

1.30 IN

ITEM

QUANT.

DESCRIPTION

NO.
1

6 aluminum

equiv.

3/4

1/2

C81Q Indicator*

3/4

1/4 Dia.

1/4 Dia. xl corrosion res, stl,

1/4-28 nut

3/8

10

3/8

11

1/4

12

1/2

13

13

KN813 Keensert

14

1/8

1 3/8
x

7 1/2

2 1/2

10 aluminum

.6811N

res.

equiv.

stl.

II

II

1.6

IN

.31 IN

10 rubber

10 rubber

equiv.
equiv.

rnt

or

14 aluminum or

2 corrosion

or

1 3/4 aluminum or

10 corrosion
x

3 VLIER
or

res.

Torque

stl.

screw

tap 1/2

3/4 rubber

13

SECTION A A
THIS GROOVE TO BE A SNUG FIT
TO THE SCREW BRACKET ON

*P/N of Federal Products

Corp., Providence, R. I.

THE DIAL INDICATOR

100-135-8

Fabricating Clamp tor Tab Detlection


Figure 4

27-3090

PegelO
Oct 7183

A6

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NOTE
Lubricate

all

parts

O-ring

except

with

MI L-G-23827 g rease prior to assemb ly. Lubri cate

the

O-ring

with

MIL-S-8660

(50, Chart 1,

"B"

"28".

Multiply

Subtract "A" from "28" and record

3.

Multiply

"D"

by

2 and record

1.

2.

by

as

2 and record

as

"X".

"2D".

as

4.

Subtract "C" from "2D" and record

5.

Add "X" and "Y" and record

as

"Y".

"E".

as

91-00-00).
CHART 1
ELEVATOR TAB FREE PLAV LIMITS
h.

the end

Screw

play

adjusting bushing (11)

into

housing (8) until


assembly, and

has been removed from the nut

tighten the check


permissible.

nut

(12).

An end

play

of 0.003 inch is

CHECKING ELEVATOR TAB FREE PLAY


(CE-748, CE-772 and after; E-llll, E-1241 and after;
CJ-149 and after)

1.5-FOUND

SPOUND

READING

READING

28

-A

=X

+Y

=E

2D
X

security of
actuating
corrected prior to

Visually inspect the elevator tabs for any damage,


hinge attach points, and for tightness of the
systems. Inconsistencies should be
checking the free play of the tabs.

(E

0.050 inch

NOTE

(P/N 810 4~135030-9) or equivalent, a dial


indicator, and a push-pull scale for applying accurate
loading to the tabs are required for making the inspection for

A check fixture
t

free

play

The results of "X" and "Y"

can

be

negative

numbers.

of the tabs.

Lock the control surface to prevent movement of


the elevators. Set the elevator tabs in the neutral position.
b.
Using shot bags and tape, affix the dial indicator

maximum)

a.

so that the dial indicator point is positioned on


edge of the elevator tab at a point 3.30 inches
aft of the hinge line as measured along the top of the tab.
c.
Apply a sman piece of masking tape to the upper
surface (for paint protection) 4.50 inches aft of the tab hinge
line and along the centerline of the tab actuator. This will be
the point of pressure against the tab by the push-pull settle.
d.
Apply another piece of masking tape in the
corresponding position on the bottom surface of the tab for

check fixture
the outboard

the

same
e.

purpose,
Zero the dial indicator at

during

the

no

load

initially. Do

not

Repeat steps

"b"

through "j"

the

on

opposite

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR REMOVAL


F33C, A36, A36TC AND B36TC)
a.

Remove the

access

the horizontal stabilizer to

panel

gain

near

access to

the

(F33A,

trailing edge

of

the elevator trim tab

actuator

b.

light

Detach the tail cone, disconnect the tail


remove the tail cone.

navigation

wire and
c.

the

checking procedure,
With the push-pull scale at the point of the
f.
masking tape, apply 9-pound downward load. Record the
dial reading as "A".
Release half the load until a l.&pound downward
g.
load is obtained. Record the dial reading as "B".
h.
Apply a full 9pound upward load at the masking
tape on the bottom surface. Record the dial reading as "C".
i.
Release half the load until a 1.Bpound upward
load is obtained. Record the dial reading as "D".
Enter the recorded values on a copy of CHART 1
j.
and proceed as follows:
reset

k.

elevator tab.

Remove the

fuselage just
d.

access

Remove the

access

the horizontal stabilizer to


actuator
e.

on

the left hand side of

panel

gain

near

access to

the

leading edge of

the elevator trim tab

sprocket.
Remove the elevator

00 under the
f.

panel

forward of the horizontal stabilizer.

heading

as

outlined in

Chapter

27-30-

ELEVATOR REMOVAL.

Disconnect the elevator trim tab cables at the turn-

buckles in the aft

fuselage.

Secure the forward elevator trim

t,b cables to prevent them from

unwinding

at the universal.

CAUTION
Do not damage the cables. Use a material such
phenolic to protect the cables.

as

27-30-00

Page
A10

11

;May31/851

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Remove the chain and cable assembly


g.
from the elevator trim tab actuator sprocket.

Install the access panel located


g.
leading edge of the horizontal stabilizer.

near

the

the eleva-

Install the access panel located


h.
trailing edge of the horizontal stabilizer.

near

the

Remove the hardware

h.
tor

trim

tab

to

actuator

Remove the actuator from the

attaching

horizontal

the

stabilizer.

airplane.
access panel on the left hand
fuselage just forward of the horizontal

Install the

i.

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR INSTALLATION (F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC AND

side of the
stabilizer.

B36TC)
install the tail

The elevator trim tab actuators must not


be interchanged between the right and left

B36TC)
airplanes serials CE-1566 and after, CJ-180 and
after, E-2111 and after, and EA-389 and after, elevator
On

trim tab actuators have been color coded LH blue and

uncontrollable airplane
attitude.
Refer to ELEVATOR TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR COLOR CODING to reduce the
probability of unintentionally switching the
actuators upon installation.
an

installation
cover

On earlier

airplanes,

not color coded.


actuators

Position the chain and cable

sprocket
equidistant within

the actuator

assembly

(LH

appropriate

blue

and

RH

black).

horizontal

b.

that the

visually inspecting

and

color coded actuator is installed

hardware,

are

Actuators may be inspected for proper


by removing the actuator inspection hole

RH black.

Position the elevator trim tab actuator in


stabilizer and install the attaching

a.

the

navigation light wire and

cone.

ELEVATOR TRIM TAB ACTUATOR COLOR


CODING (F33A, F33C, A36, A36TC AND.

horizontal stabilizers when they are reinstalled after removal. Reversing the actuators reverses the direction, and plane
nose-up trim would actually resiilt in an
inadvertent nose-down trim condition that
could result in

Connect the tail

j.

WARNING

on

that the ends of the chain


+.20 inch at the sprocket cen-

so

terline.

installed

can
or

elevator trim tab actuators

were

coding of the elevator trim tab


accomplished with the actuators

Color

be

This will reduce the

before installation.

unintentionally switching the actuators.


probability
Use BEECHCRAFT Mandatory Service Bulletin No.
of

2399 for

painting

instructions

how to color code

on

elevator trim tab actuators.


c.

Install the elevator as outlined under the


OF THE ELEVATOR.

WARNING

heading INSTALLATION
d.

Connect the elevator trim tab cables to the

turnbuckles in the ah
e.

Remove

Do not install

fuselage.

material

used

to

protect

the

cables.

blue-coded actuator

black-coded

stabilizer

actuator

blue-coded stabilizer.

on a

or

ELECTRIC ELEVATOR TRIM

Rig the elevator trim tab control system as


outlined under the heading RIGGING THE ELEVATOR
f.

on

black-coded

(OPTIONAL)

When the elevator trim tab control wheel

optional electric trim system offered on the


airplanes allows the pilot to correct the
elevator trim without removing his hands from the
controlwheel. The switch requires 2 actions before
it will actuate the system: first depressed ~enable
switch), then moved forward (down-trim) or rearward
(up-trim). On the control wheel left hand grip is a
quick-interrupt switch (placarded TRIM INTER) which
opens the circuit to the servo and stops the action of
The PITCH TRIM OFF-ON
the electric trim system.

is moved toward the NOSE DOWN

position,

switch is located in the lower left

the elevator trim tab should

UP.

ing instrument panel and the circuit breaker ~plac-

TRIM TAB.

NOTE
After
tab

rigging the elevator and elevator trim


system, check for correct

control

movement

respect

of the

to the

control

surfaces

with

movement of the controls.

move

The

Bonanza

corner

of the float-

27-30-00

Page 12
Jun 20/91

A14

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

is

TRIM)

arded

circuit breaker

located

electroluminescent

the

in

below the instrument

panel

panel.

TRIM
ELEVA TOR
GROUND
ELECTRIC
CHECKS (AIRPLANES WITHOUT

AUTOPI-I

LOT)
A36TC, AND

MODEL A36,

B36TC

access

to the

SIXTH

AND

by removing the
(refer to Chapter 25
REMOVAL

SEAT

INSTALLATION) and the partition


gage compartment and ah section

ON

bagairplane.

the

left trim

(make a note
reinstallation)

and dia-

the turnbuckle

Unsafety

on

the

trim

switch

master

and

system circuit breaker.

AND

between the

of the

Turn

b.

engage the "TRIM"


c.

and

move

Simultaneously press the


pilots control wheel switch

that the trim wheel


b.

of the electric trim instal-

wires, obstructions safetied cables,

lation for loose

servo

sixth seat

(if installed)

FIFTH

under

SERVO

etc., turn "ON" airplane master switch.

Gain

a.

fifth and

TAB

TRIM

inspection

After

a.

ELEVATOR

ELECTRIC
REMOVAL

moves

enable

switch

forward.

toward "DOWN" trim

Note

posi-

cable and loosen the cable.


d.
c.

Remove the cable

gram of the cable routing for


pulleys and capstan.

from the

Remove the 4 bolts, nuts, and 8 washers


which secure the servo to the brackets in the aird.

plane.

With

manual override

e.

and

e.

Remove the
servo

(note on which side of


mounted) from the airplane.

servo

is

TAB

TRIM

ELECTRIC ELEVATOR
INS TALLA TION

SERVO

a.

Place the

servo

in

position

and install the

4 bolts, 8 washers, and 4 nuts (make certain the servo


is installed in the same position from which it was

removed).
Install the cables on the
~outboard) trim cable should be
b.

servo.

routed

The left

forward

around the outside groove of the capstan and back to


the aft pulley, then forward to the other pulley; wrap
around the forward pulley and aft around the inside
groove of the

capstan

Install

c.

cable to the

d.

the

pulley

as

and forward to the turnbuckle.

right

(inboard)

elevator

switch

still

capability;

the clutch will

slip.

Simultaneously press the enable switchl


pilots control wheel switch rearward. Note
trim wheel moves toward the "UP" trim posi-

that the

With

f.

Adjust the capstan cable guard to within


capstan and secure with the attaching
Tighten the attaching bolts of the 2 idler

screws.

pulleys.
e.
Adjust the cable tension per RIGGING THE
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM and Figure 1.

restrictions.

control

wheel

Press the enable switch

must not

switch

still

only;

trim

system

run.

Move the trim switch fore and aft

h.

system

must not

only;

trim

run.

The control wheel mounting includes an I


trim-interrupt switch. This switch has the
primary purpose of stopping all trim action by interand ground. The interrupt
rupting both the trim A
switch is a momentary type pushbutton, which may
i.

electric

be checked

as

1.

follows:

With the trim system still turned on,

actuate the trim switch to drive the trim

system. While
system is being driven, push the interrupt switch and
note that the trim system stops running while the
switch is

depressed.

If the trim system operates while the


2.
interrupt switch is depressed, the trouble should be
located and corrected before flying the airplane.

j.
Operate the elevator trim system through
complete range of of travel to check for any bindf.

pilots

grasp the trim wheel and check for manual


Ove"ide capability; the clutch will slip.

engaged,

trim

indicated in step "b".

1/32 inch of the

or

wheel

move

g.

ing

control

tion.

the brackets the

its

pilots

the manual trim wheel and check for

engaged, grasp

without

If the circuit breaker

both

the

switch actuated,

enable

pull

trips

switch

or

and

the trim

the

runs

direction

the trim circuit breaker, turn the

trim master switch OFF and leave disconnected until


27-30-00

Page 12A
A14

Jun 20/91

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

the trouble is located.

breaker out, do not


k.
the

If the trim

runs

with the circuit

N~W TAB CABLE INSTALLATION

fly the airplane.

After the

electric trim

airplane manual trim system

system check-out,
should be free of

excessive friction and should function

Note the position of the old cable in relation to the


cable drum and forward end cable fittings. Install the
new cable in the same positions

normally.
MAGNETIC CLUTCH REMOVAL

MODEL

F33C AND V35B

F33A,

(Figure 5)

ELECTRIC TRIM TAB ACTUATOR REMOVAL


Remove the

a.

just

below the

b.

access

leading edge of

on

actuator wire

Disconnect the

the disconnect

door

the

fuselage

the L.H. stablizer.

harness

at

splices.

buckle.

Tape the cable


unwinding of the cable.

to the actuator to

Remove the lid from the clutch

b.

Loosen the set

ator

to

Remove the three bolts

prevent

the

bracket.

removed from the

ELECTRIC
LATION

The

securing the

actuator

may

actu-

now

be

airplane.

TRIM

TAB ACTUATOR INSTAL-

a.

Place the actuator in its

b.

Install the bolts

mounting location.

securing

the

actuator

place.

Remove the motor from the clutch

d.

Slide the cable drum and shaft

from the clutch

Connect the cables at the turnbuckles

d.

Connect the wire harness.

rotor

in

housing.

assembly

housing.

Remove the clutch from the clutch

housing.

MAGNETIC CLUTCH INS TA LLA nON

(Figure 5)
a.

Install the clutch in the clutch

b.

Slide the cable drum and shaft

into the clutch

c.

housing.
assembly

housing.

Tighten

until there is

c.

in the clutch

c.

e.

d.

screw

housing.

and armature hubs.

Disconnect the actuator cable at the turn-

c.

a.

no

the

clutch

visible end

armature

play

set

screws

in the cable drum

shaft.
Slide the clutch rotor on the motor shaft to
obtain .010 to .015 inch clearance between the friction

surfaces
screws.

of the

clutch

Stake both set

before

tightening

the

set

screws.

27-30-00

Page

128

Jun 20/91

A14

BEECHCRAFT
BONANZA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CLUTCH
ROTOR

CLUTCH HOUSING

.010 to .015

I II
CLUTCH

CLUTCH

ASSEMBLYrlL~
SETSCREW

CABLE DRUM SHAFT

CABLE RETAINING PIN

CABLE DRUM
Bo-3ael

Electric Trim Tab Actuator


Figure 5

CAUTION

tool

that will

shaft

fit the

the

which

on

cable drum is

mounted.
With

no

visible end

play

in the cable drum shaft,

the clutch is

de-energized

or

damage

fabricate

to the

450

similar tool

/2

rpm)

TAB

ELECTRIC TRIM
REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE

ACTUATOR

the brushes at intervals of 2000

flight

BFIUSH

hours,

performed

check should be

following
magnetic clutch

is

drill

any time the

28 vdc power source, connect the red


Using
lead of the magnetic clutch to ground and the white lead to
the power source. Using a torque wrench, check that the

inch-pounds

of torque

applied

at the

be

attached

to

the

5.

Remove the

access

plate

from the clutch

and clutch clean with clean

and blow the

16 vdc,

connect the red electrical lead of the clutch to

ground
clips.

Using

housing

regulated

power

and the white lead to the power

drill off and

source set at 14 to

source

with

alligator

With the screwdriver in the slot in the drum

unclip

on

and

run

for 15 seconds. Turn the

the leads to the clutch.

8. Let the clutch cool for approximately one


minute before reattaching the lead for another 15 second
interval. Repeat the foregoing sequence until the clutch will

inch-pounds of torque as indicated in step "a",


housing clean with clean dry
compressed air. Install the access plate on the clutch
housing.
hold with 30

actuator shaft.

If the static torque of the clutch is less than 30


inch-pounds, burn the clutch as follows:
b.

Find

metal

plate

then

blow the clutch and

of sufficient thickness for

to fit in a vise with the actuator

and

large enough
rigidity
assembly attached. Anchor

the

plate

holes in the plate to match the actuator


the actuator to the plate.
2.

may

or

speed (approximately

Secure the screwdriver in the 1/2 inch drill

7.

1.

motor

low

housing
dry air.

replaced.

clutch holds with 30

4.

shaft turn the drill motor


a.

that

motor.

6.

MAGNETIC CLUTCH TORQUE TEST


The

inch

so

screwdriver or similar tool.

clutch will result.

Replace

Remove the handle from the screwdriver

3.

the clutch faces must not make contact while

Locate

CAUTION

in a vise and drill 3

mounting holes. Bolt

blade type screwdriver

or

similar

Exceeding the 15 second burn-in periods may


damage the magnetic clutch.

overheat and

"END"
27-30-00

Page
A6

13

Oct7/83

EEECHCRAFT
BONA~UA SERIES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STALL WARNING/SAFE FLIGHT SYSTEM


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

As

rule of thumb,

moving the vane 1/4 inch will change the


warning actuates by about 5 mph of indicated
airspeed. The only way to test the accuracy of the setting is
to fly the airplane into a stall, noting the speed at which the
warning horn comes on and the speed at which the full stall
a

time the stall

STALL WARNING SYSTEM

occurs.

The stall

warning system is designed to give the pilot


advance warning of an impending stall. The stall warning
switch is located on the bottom leading edge of the left wing.
Air moving over the vane of the switch will cause the switch
to open or close depending an the air velocity. The opening
or closing of the stall warning switch indicates the lift
capabilities of the wing and subsequently indicates to the
pilot the approaching of a stall condition.

STALL WARNING

ADJUST UP TO
ACTUATE SOONER

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

STALL WARNING SYSTEM

ADJUSTMENTO
SCREWS?

ADJUSTMENTS

\O

The stall warning switch is carefully adjusted when the


airplane is test flown at the factory. Should it require

readjusting, proceed
installation
the two

as

follows:

Locate

the under surface of the left

on

Phillips-head

vane.

If the stall

move

the

vane

(Flgure 1)

one

screws,

warning has

been

on

the

switch

ADJUST DOWN TO
ACTUATE LATER

wing and loosen

60-251-1~

either side of the

coming

back and down. If the stall

on

too

early,

warning

Stall Vane Adjustment

has

Figure

coming on too late, move the vane up and forward.


Moving the vane, with the Phillips-head screws loosened,
moves the entire unit up or down inside the wing causing
the switch to be closed earlier or later. Retighten the
screws after making each adjustment. NEVER TRY TO
been

ADJUST THE SWITCH BY BENDING THE VANE.


The stall should be made with the

flaps and gear up and


power off. Prior to stalling decelerate no faster than one
mph per second. It may be necessary to make several

NOTE

alternate

If

a new

(lift detector) is being installed it


positioned (with vane full down) so

switch

should be
that the

upper surface of the vane is in


with the index line on the cover

alignment
plate. The airplane should then be flown
the switch adjusted as indicated in
following procedure,

setting
ideally,

adjustments

can

at 7 to 9

switch

and test

mph

setting should

necessary whenever

and

replaced

the

installed.

flights before the desired


warning should actuate,

be reached. The stall

ahead of the

a wing or
extensively repaired,
The switch should require
or

complete stall. The


adjusted as
wing leading edge is

be checked and
or
no

if

switch

new

adjustment

is

in normal

service.

"END"

27-31 -00

Page 1
May 9/80

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

This

flaps are hinged in specially designed tracks. When extended, the flap moves
gives a large, effective wing area, which produces additional lift and drag.

One

flap

The

is installed

on

each

wing.

The

flaps

are

operated by

an

rearward

electric-motor-driven

as

it

pivots

gearbox on the

downward.

aft side of the

front spar at the centerline of the airplane. The gearbox drives two flexible drive shafts, each connected to an acmethread-type jackscrew at each flap. The flaps are controlled by a lever in the subpanel, and the flap position is indi-

by an instrument to the left of the control column. The lever (switch) must be pulled out of a detent to change
positions. On airplane serials E-llll, E-1241,though E-1370; CJ-149; CE-748, CE-772 though CE-815; D-10097,
and D-10120 through 0-10178, the flaps may be stopped at any position by moving the flap switch to OFF when the
flaps reach the desired position. The switch is placarded UP, OFF, and DOWN. The markings on the position indicator will be UP, 10", 20", and DN. On airplane serials CJ-150 and after; CE-816 and after; D-10179 and after; E1371 though E-2110 except E-1946 and E-2104; EA-1 though EA-388 except EA-320, the indicator is marked UP,
15", and DN. Serials E-1946, E-2104 and E-2111 and after; EA-320 and EA-389 and after, have lights to indicate
flap position. These lights are marked to indicate the down, in-transit, and approach positions of the flaps. All lights
are out when the flaps are up. The flaps can be stopped only on the up, approach, or down position as indicated by
the flap switch.

cated

The

flap position transmitter (if installed) is located near the left flap
by the flap relay and limit switches.

actuator. Power to

operate the indicator lights

of later serials is controlled

NOTE
After

an

damage
FLAPS

emergency extension at speeds above the normal extension speeds,


or distortion before the next flight.

inspect the flaps for

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

FLAP REMOVAL
a.

Remove the bolt from the

b.

Remove the

c.

Remove the bolts from the

flap actuating

bonding cable

from the

flap

flap

arm.

tracks.

track brackets and

remove

the

flaps.

FLAP INSTALLATION
a.

Hold the

flap

in

position

and install the rollers and the bolts in the

flap track

bracket.

NOTE
flap track rollers (four rollers per flap and two rollers per track) in the flap track brackets
flanges of the rollers in one track facing the flanges of the rollers in other track.

Install the
with the
b.

Connect the

bonding

cable and install the bolt in the

flap actuating

arm.

FLAP TRACK WEAR LIMITS


The allowable track

wear on

the track slot. The allowable

the

bearing

wear

surface is 0.032-inch

resulting

in

maximum dimension of 0.785-inch in

into the track side surface is 0.050-inch. Track

wear

within the

preceding limita(49 and

tions may be dressed smooth with light emery cloth to prevent roller binding. Lubricant mixed with solvent
26, Chart 1, 91-00-00) may be brushed on the flap tracks during servicing of the airplane.

n20

27-50-00

Feb

26/99Page~

Rayeheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAP LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT

NOTE

Battery voltage is not sufficient to properly cycle the flaps during rigging. An auxiliaty power supply
capable of maintaining 28.25 ~t0.25 volts should be used. If an external power receptacle is not
available on the airplane, jumper cables may be used between the battery and the power supply.
Be sure of the polarity before making the connection.

I CAUTION I
Excessive
a

The

flap

short

operation of the flap motor without proper cooling may cause damage to the motor. Allow
cooling time after each extension and retraction cycle.

limit switches

left wing

panel.

limits of travel.

are

mounted

on a

bracket and installed

on

the outboard side of the inboard

The limit switches control the travel of the

They

are

accessible

by lowering

the

flaps by breaking the circuit to the flap


flaps.

flap

track in the

motor at the extreme

TWO-POSITION FLAPS

(CE-748,
There

CE-772 THRU

CE-815; CJ-149; D-10097, D-10120 THRU D-10178; E-llll, E-1241 THRU E-1370)

two limit switches for this

for the

uplimit position, and one for the downlimit position. To adjust


position,
assembly so that the assembly can pivot on the foMlard
hole.
the
switch
to
the
as
elongated
Adjust
flaps in neutral position. Actuate the flap switch to the
stop
necessary
down position and measure the degrees of travel (proper degree of travel is 30" +0" -2"). Adjustment of the down
position of the flaps is made on the downlimit switch.

the

are

flaps to

neutral

system,

loosen the

one

screws

of the switch

THREE-POSITION FLAPS

(CE-816

AND

AFTER; CJ-150 AND AFTER; D-10179

AND

AFTER; E-1371 AND AFTER; EA-1 AND AFTER)

The limit switches, one for up, two for the approach position and one for the down travel, control the travel of the
flaps by breaking the circuit to the flap motor at the extreme limits of selected travel. The switches are accessible by

lowering
The

the

flaps.

flap travel is adjusted by moving the


Rig as follows:

limit switches. The left

flap

is

rigged first, then

the

right flap is synchronized

with it.

NOTE

Rig the flaps

under

simulated

flight load to

reduce overtravel to

minimum after the limit switches

have been actuated.


When the
tween the
a.

Adjust

Page

the

flaps are in the 00 position, a clearance of 1/16-inch +1/1Fj-inch


flap roller and the forward edge of the flap track slot.

uplimit

switch

so

the

flaps

2750-00

will

stop

at the 0"

-1/32-inch must exist be-

position.

A2D

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NOTE
At serials E-1946, E-2104, E-2111 and

limit

after, the flap switch approach position

is 12".

Adjust the

11"

flaps
(outboard)
flaps are positioned
fully up position to the approach position. Adjust the 13" limit switch (inboard) switch until
the flaps are at the 13" to 12.50 position after the flaps have been actuated from fully down to the
approach position.
switch until the

at 11" to 11.5" after the

have been actu-

ated from

b.

Adjust

(inboard) in its mounting slot until the flap is positioned at 14" to 14.5" after the flap
fully up to the takeoff position (15" range). Adjust the 16" limit switch (outboard) in its mountpositioned at 16" to 15.50 after the flap has been actuated from fully down to the takeoff po-

the 14" limit switch

has been actuated from

ing

slot until the

sition

flap
(15" range).

is

c.

Adjust the downlimit switch

d.

Remove the bolt

e.

Turn the

f.

Install the bolt

in its

mounting slot until

attaching the right

jackscrew

on

the

connecting

right

actuator to the

actuator in

or

the actuator to the

it actuates at 28" to 30" of

flap

travel.

right flap.

out to

align

the

right flap

with the left

flap.

flap.

CAUTION I
I CAUTION
If the

flaps

are

removed for any

reason

the main power switch should be in the OFF position.

NOTE
After the

flap is completely rigged, adjust the rubber bumper (flap down) installed on the flap and
dividing rib. Turn the adjusting screw in or out, as required, to take out play or stop vibration
when the flap is in the up position. A distinct change in the sound of the flap motor near the completion of the flap-up travel may indicate an excessive outward adjustment of the bumper.
aileron

g. Operate the
rubber bumper.

~20

flaps through

full travel to

ensure

that the

flaps

contact the limit switches before

they contact

27-50-00

Feb

the

26/9 Page

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAP SVSTEM
FLAP SETTING
FLAP ACTUATOR

CE-748, CE-772 THROUGH CE-815; 01-149


D-10097, D-10120 THROUGH P101Z8;

FLAP SHAFT

E-llll, 6-1241 THROUGH E-1370

d
FULL UP
FULL DOWN

0"

30"

AND HOUSING

2"

FLAP ACTUATOR MOTOR

CE-816 AND AFTER, CJ-150 AND AFTER


0-10179 AND AFTER, E-1371 THRU E-2110 EXCEPT
6-1946 AND 5-2104 EA-1 AND AFTER
FULL UP

LIMIT
SWITCHES
FLAP SHAFT AND HOUSING

O"

APPROACH
FULL DOWN

15"
30"

ACTUATOR

2"

6-1946 5-2104, E-2111 AND AFTER


FLAP POSITION INDICATOR

FULL LR
O"
12"
APPROACH
FULL DOWN
30"+ 0"- 2"

FLAP POSITION fftANSMTT~R

INDICATOR

INDICATOR

FLAP ACTUATOR

TRANSMITTER

CE-748, CE-772 THROUGH

:o

CE-BIBANDAFTER
CJ-1SOANDAFTER
D-10179 AND AFTER
D-10~20 THROUGH D-10178
E-llll, 6-1241 THROUGH 6-1370 G1371 THRU E-2110 EXCEPT
E-1946 AND E-2104
EA-1 THRU EA-388 EXCEPT
EA-320

CE-815; CJ-149, 0-10097,

TO ADJUST, LOOSEN MOUNTING


BOLTS ANO MOVE FORE AND AFT,
OR ROTATE SLIGHTLY.

WHICH HAVE LIGHTS TO


INDICATE POSITION

POSTTION
SWITCHES
SWITCHES
DOWNLIMIT SWITCH

o~/or
UPLIMTT SWITCHES

UPLIMIT
SWITCH

CE;748, CE-n2 THROUGH CE-815, 01-149;


D-10097, 0-10120 THROUGH D-10178;
E-llll, E1241 THROUGH E-1370

FLAP LIMTr SWITCHES

CE-816 AND AFTER


CJ-150 AND AFTER
D-10179 AND AFTER
5-1371 AND AFTER
EA-1 AND AFTER
33-161-15

Flap System
Figure 1

Page

Feb 26/99

27-5000

A20

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAP POSITION INDICA TOR AND ADJUSTMENT


The

flap position

is installed
a.

on

indicator gage is installed in the instrument panel. An adjustable flap position indicator transmitter
the flap actuator in the left wing just forward of the rear spar to coordinate gage reading with flap travel.

Adjust the flap travel limit


ADJUSTMENT.)

switches to

provide

the correct up and down travel of the

flaps. (See

FLAP LIMIT

SWITCH
b.
not

Run the flaps down and check the pilots compartment flap position indicator for 100% flaps. If down flaps are
indicated, loosen the transmitter attachment bolts and adjust transmitter fore and aft or rotate slightly until the

reading
c.

is correct, then

Run the

flaps

tighten

the transmitter

attaching

up and check the indicator for up

bolts.

flaps reading.

FLAP MOTOR REMOVAL

CAVTION I
I CAUTION
If the

be

flap motor fails orif major overhaul is required for it to operate properly, the flap motor should
replaced. No attempt should be made to overhaul the motor in the field.

a.

Remove the front seat assemblies.

b.

Removethe sparcover.

c.

Detach the

d.

Disconnect the motor electrical

e.

Loosen the two set

f.

Rotate the cable retainers 90".

g.

Loosen the nuts

h.

Pull the flexible drive shafts from the

i.

Remove the

clamp supporting

screws on

wiring

wiring

at the

motor

from the

quick

right-hand flap-shaft housing.

disconnect.

each cable retainer.

the inboard side of the

on

flap

the electrical

attaching

flap

mounting supports.

motor shafts and retainers.

bolts and

remove

the

flap

motor.

CONNECTING FLEXIBLE FLAP DRIVE SHAFT TO FLAP MOTOR SHAFT


FIGURE 2
Connect the LH and RH flexible

flap drive shafts

to the

flap

drive motor shaft

as

follows, using the illustration for

component locations:
a.

Install the outboard nut and washer

b.

Start setscrews

shaft

as

far

c.

Align

d.

While

~uo

as

as

far

as

they

will go onto the threaded

(2) into retainer. Insert the retainer through

the

flap

shaft

portion

of the

flap

mounting support

shaft

housing.

and onto the motor

it will go.

retainer

keyway with key slot

inserting

the

flap

shaft

in

through

flap
the

motor drive shaft and

mounting support,

tighten

one

setscrew

temporarily.

install the inboard washer and nut.

27-50-00

Ray~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL
e.

Install the

flap

shaft

through

the retainer and into the motor drive shaft until the

keyway

is

just past the key slot

in the retainer.
f.

Loosen the set

g.

Ensure that the retainer is still installed

h.

Keep inboard

i.

Secure the

screw

that

pressure

flap

on

was

tightened

in step

c.

the motor shaft

on

the retainer and

tighten

as

far is it will go and rotate retainer 9(P.

both retainer set

screws.

drive shaft to the

mounting support by tightening the nuts (2). Tighten inboard nut to ensure that
edge of the retainer and the cable housing to allow the retainer
to rotate without coming into contact with the cable housing. In threaded part of cable housing is not long enough to
install the two nuts and washer, use a die to add 5/8-24 UNEF threads until 0.88 inch thread length is attained.
there is sufficient clearance between the outboard

j.

Tighten

outboard nut

against the mounting support.

FORWARD
TAINER

(50-361131)

MOUNTING
SUPPORT
OUIBOARD

FLAP
MOTOR

SET
OUTBOARD
NUT

SET
SCREW

KEY SLOT IN
MOTOR SHAFT

SET

SCREW

SCREW

RETAINER

KEYWAY

OUTBOARD
WASHER
INBOARD INBOARD
WASHER

NUT

ENSURE THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE OUTBOARD EDGE OF


RETAINER AND THE CABLE HOUSING TO
THE RETAINER TO ROTATE WITHOUT COMING
INTO CONTACT WITH THE HOUSING.

INBOARD END VIEW


RETAINER (50-361

OF

OUTBOARD

31]

RETAINER

END

VIEW

OF

[50-361131)
C93D*0480116 C

Flap

Cable Retainer

Figure

Page

be26/99
F6

27-50-00

A20

Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAP MOTOR INSTALLATION

CAMON 1
I CAUTION
Should the

erly,

flap

motor fail or should

it should be

a.

Place the

b.

Connect the

c.

Install flexible

flap

motor in

flap

and

position

motor electrical

secure

wiring

drive shafts into the

flap

major overhaul be required

for the

flap

motor to

operate prop-

No attempt should be made to overhaul the motor in the field.

replaced.

with the

at the

flap

quick

flap

motor attach bolts.

disconnect.

motor shafts in accordance with CONNECTING FLEXIBLE FLAP

DRIVE SHAFT TO FLAP MOTOR SHAFT.

supports the electrical wiring from the right flap shaft housing.

d.

Attach the

e.

Run the

f.

Install the spar

g.

Install the front seat assemblies.

clamp

that

flaps through

full travel, up and down, to check

flap rigging.

cover.

FLAP SHAFT REMOVAL


a.

Place the

airplane

on

jacks

and

use

the circuit breaker to retract the

landing

gear until the inboard doors

are

open.
b.

Remove the front seat assemblies.

c.

Remove the spar

d.

Loosen the two set

e.

Rotatethecable retainer90".

f.

Remove the nut

g.

Pull the flexible drive shaft from the

h.

Disconnect all

i.

Remove the dust

j.

Disconnect the

k.

Pull the actuator and flexible shaft

A20

cover.

on

screws on

each cable retainer.

the inboard side of the

clamps securing
cover

flap

in the

flap

motor shaft and retainer.

the shaft

rear

mounting support.

housing

to the

wing

structure.

section of the wheel well.

actuator from the

wing flap

housing

and the

out of the

wing

spar section.

wing.

27-50-00

Feb

26/9 Page

Ral~heon Aircraft
BEECH BONANZA SERIES MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAP SHAFT INSTALLA TION


a.

Pull the flexible shaft and

the

housing through

and attach the actuator to the

wing

wing flap and wing

spar

sec-

tion.
b.

Set the

c.

Push the flexible shaft into the

d.

Rotatethe retainer90".

e.

While

f.

Tighten

g.

Install the

h.

Install the dust

i.

Run the

j.

Lower the

k.

Install the spar

i.

Install the front seat assemblies.

flaps

in the up

holding

position.

flap

motor shaft and retainer.

the retainer onto the motor shaft

the nut

on

the inboard side of the

in the

flaps through

to the

wing

the two set

screws

in each retainer.

structure.

section of the wheel well.

full travel, up and down, to check

gear and

landing

rear

possible, tighten

as

mounting support.

clamps securing the shaft housing


cover

far

as

remove

the

flap rigging.

airplane from the jacks.

cover.

FLAP ACTUA TOR REMO VAL


a.

Place the

b.

Remove the dust

c.

Lower the

airplane

flaps

on

jacks

cover

and retract the

in the

rear

landing

section of the wheel well to

and disconnect the actuator from the

gain

access

the circuit

(use

gear until the inboard door is open

breaker).

to the actuator.

flap.

NOTE
To retain the
so

original rigging

of the

that it may be installed in the

flaps, mark the extension of the flap actuator before


position.

flap position transmitter from

d.

Remove the

e.

Remove the snap

ring

f.

Remove the

bolts from the

pivot

the

flap

actuator.

and disconnect the flexible drive

flap

it is removed

same

mounting

actuator

housing.
bracket and

remove

the

flap

actuator.

FLAP ACTUA TOR INSTALLA TION

flap

position

a.

Place the

actuator in

b.

Connect the flexible drive

c.

Install the

flap position

housing

and

secure

it to the

flap

and install the snap

transmitter to